Skills for Employment Project: Initial Environmental Examination

Initial Environmental Examination

September 2019

Mongolia: Skills for Employment Project

Prepared by the Ministry of Labor and Social Protection for the Asian Development Bank.

i CURRENCY EQUIVALENTS (as of 26 September 2019)

Currency unit – togrog (MNT) MNT1.00 = $0.00038 $1.00 = MNT2,666

ABBREVIATIONS ACM – asbestos-containing materials ADB – Asian Development Bank ASI – agency for specialized inspection DPR – detailed project report EA – executing agency EIA – environmental impact assessment EMoP – environmental monitoring plan EMP – environmental management plan GASI – General Agency for Specialized Inspection GoM – Government of Mongolia GRM – grievance redress mechanism IA – implementing agency IEE – initial environmental examination MECSS – Ministry of Education, Culture, Science and Sports MEGD – Ministry of Environment and Green Development MOH – Ministry of Health MLSP – Ministry of Labor and Social Protection MOF – Ministry of Finance PAH – polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon PCB – polychlorinated biphenyl PIU – project implementation unit S-EARF – simplified environmental assessment and review framework TVET – technical and vocational education and training TVET – TVET providers, assessment and certification centers Centers VOC – volatile organic compound

WEIGHTS AND MEASURES 1 Cusec – measure of flow rate (28.317 liters per second) 1 ha (hectare) – 10,000 square meters 1 km (kilometer) – 1,000 meters 1 kV – kilovolt (1,000 volts) 1 kW – kilowatt (1,000 watts) 1 kWh – 1 kilowatt-hour = 1000 watts

GLOSSARY aimag – province soum – smallest administrative unit of aimag bagh – smallest administrative unit of soum district – smallest administrative unit of Ulaanbaatar City khoroo – smallest administrative unit of district ger – traditional tent ger area – area in the cities whereresidents use traditional dwellings like herders’ tents (sШЦОtТЦОs МaХХОН “вurt”) khashaa – fencing around ger owned by households plot constructio – technical and detailed drawing for construction of n blueprint buildings

For the purposes of this IEE: sub-project – individual TVET schools selected and included in the project for expansion

NOTE In this report, "$" refers to United States dollars.

This initial environmental examination is a document of the borrower. The views expressed herein do not necessarily represent those of ADB's Board of Directors, Management, or staff, and may be preliminary in nature. Your attention is directed to the “TОrЦs Шf UsО” section of this website.

In preparing any country program or strategy, financing any project, or by making any designation of or reference to a particular territory or geographic area in this document, the Asian Development Bank does not intend to make any judgments as to the legal or other status of any territory or area.

iii TABLE OF CONTENTS EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 1 1.0 INTRODUCTION 4 1.1 Background 4 1.2 Impacts, Outcome, and Outputs 6 1.3 Costs and Financing 7 1.4 Scope of Work and Methodology Adopted 7 2.0 POLICY, LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK 10 2.1 Mongolian - National, Local, Other Applicable Environmental Laws, Regulations, and Standards as applicable to the project. 10 2.2 Mongolia and Multilateral Environmental Agreements (MEAs) 26 2.3 AsТaЧ өОЯОХШpЦОЧt BaЧk’s SafОРuarНs PШХТМТОs 27 3.0 DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT 30 3.1 The Project 30 3.2 Justification of the Project 30 3.3 Location 30 3.4 Project components 31 4.0 DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT (Baseline Data) 35 4.1 Categorization of Sub-projects 35 4.2 Environment in Mongolia 35 4.3 Subproject locations 53 4.4 Environmental Parameters: Air, Ground Water, Soil, Noise Quality 110 4.5 Existing Infrastructure at Subproject Locations 130 4.6 Current Conditions and Major Problems In Mongolia 134 4.7 Proposed Infrastructure Measures at Subproject locations 140 5.0 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES 146 5.1 Impacts and Mitigation Measures During Project Location and Design 146 5.2 Impacts and Mitigation Measures During Pre-Construction Stage 147 5.3 Impacts and Mitigation Measures During construction stage 149 5.4 Environmental Impacts Associated with Operational Stage 159 5.5 Summary of Impacts 162 5.6 Cumulative Impact Analysis of Subprojects 164 6.0 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES 166 6.1 MLSP Approach for Planning of a Subproject 166 6.2 Alternatives for Subproject Components 166 6.3 Methodology for Sub-project Site Selection: Environmental View 166 7.0 INFORMATION DISCLOSURE, CONSULTATION, AND PARTICIPATION 168 7.1 Consultation Process 168 7.2 Consultation Details 168 7.3 Information Disclosure 173 7.4 Future Consultation Plan 173 8.0 GRIEVANCE REDRESS MECHANISM 174 8.1 Grievance Channels (Framework) 174 8.2 Time Frame 174 8.3 The Grievance Redress Mechanism 174 9.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 178 9.1 Critical Environmental Review Criteria 178 9.2 Emergency Response, Disaster Management, Health and Safety, Training 178 9.3 Magnitude of Environmental Impacts 181 9.4 Environmental Management Plan (EMP) 186 9.5 Development of Site-specific Environmental Management Plan (SEMP) 189 9.6 Monitoring and Reporting 190 9.7 Environmental Management Plan Budget Costs 191 9.8 Institutional Arrangements 192 9.9 Implementation Plan 198

iv 10.0 CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATION 200 ANNEXURES 202 Annexure – 1:Inventorization of TVET Schools 202 Annexure – 2:Environment Management Plan (EMP) 217 Annexure – 3:Environment Monitoring Plan (Environmental Parameters) 233 Annexure – 4:Environmental Laws, Standards for Air, Water, Noise and Soil monitoring 238 Annexure - 5: Semi-annual Environment Monitoring Report Format 251 Annexure - 6 :Details of Public Consultation (Environment) 254 Annexure - 7: Biodiversity 280 Annexure - 8: Asbestos 291

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

1. The Government Platform, 2012–2016 highlights employment as one of five goals in creating a sustainable and competitive economy1. Many initiatives are underway to reform TVET and general education systems in order to better prepare the МШuЧtrв’s labor force. The project will support the РШЯОrЧЦОЧt’s reform initiatives in the TVET and secondary education sectors. The project is included in Asian Development Bank (AөB)’s country operations business plan, 2014–2016 for Mongolia, and is aligned with AөB’s interim country partnership strategy, 2014–2016 for Mongolia, which has a focus on achieving inclusive growth and social development through broad-based employment generation2.

2. Innovative features. The project will introduce several innovations to MШЧРШХТa’s TVET system, including (i) support for sector sub councils, industry and professional associations, and employers to set standards for TVET programs and courses; (ii) creation of an independent competence assessment and certification system; (iii) strengthening of workplace training for TVET students and teachers; (iv) introduction of career guidance in junior secondary schools prior to tracking; and (v) development of a credit transfer system between senior secondary education, tertiary education, and TVET within a national qualifications framework.

3. Lessons. The project builds on past and on-going projects in the TVET sector supported by development partners and the private sector3. It also draws on lessons from previous involvement by ADB in the Mongolian TVET and general education sectors4. Major lessons from these projects are (i) various interventions—such as development of training curricula and materials, upgrading of equipment and facilities, and training for TVET teachers—need to be aligned with standards set in collaboration with employers, and industry and professional associations; (ii) institutionalized technical and vocational skills training for TVET teachers is indispensable to keep the skills of TVET teachers upgraded; (iii) provision of career information and guidance in early grades is essential to enable students to make an informed choice regarding their careers, and prepare them for work; and (iv) active public communication and consultations are some of the key sustainable reforms of TVET and general education systems requird in the country.

Components and Summary Environmental Issues 4. Initially, the project was classified under environment category C as per ABS SPS 2009, because there were no construction activities planned and the planned physical works included indoor refurbishment works and provision of necessary equipment. The original scope for the eight TVET schools that required expansion were only refurbishment of the existing classroom buildings and provision of necessary equipment. However, as results of the initial site assessment conducted by the PIU engineers, the current facilities at 8 TVET schools (UB, Darkhan-Urguu, Bayanchandmani, Zuunkharaa, Arkhangai, Khuvsgul, Nalaikh and Bayankhongor) did not have enough space, thus additional small scale buildling construction works are proposed to construct/extend laboratory buildings (Annexure Table A1.2). The proposed small scale extension buildings within the existing school land area (the schools have land available for this) are not likely to cause a significant adverse impacts to surrounding environment and community5. Hence an IEE has been prepared for due to

1 Government of Mongolia. 2012. Government Platform, 2012–2016. Ulaanbaatar. 2 ADB. 2014. Country Operations Business Plan: Mongolia, 2014–2016. Manila; ADB. 2014. Interim Country Partnership Strategy: Mongolia, 2014–2016. Manila. 3 Major development partners and the private sector that have supported the Mongolian TVET sector include the European Commission, German development cooperation through Deutsche Gesellschaft für Internationale Zusammenarbeit, the Korean International Cooperation Agency, the Millennium Challenge Account-Mongolia, Oyu Tolgoi LLC, Singapore Polytechnic, and the Swiss Agency for Development and Cooperation. 4 ADB. 2001. Report and Recommendation of the President to the Board of Directors: Proposed Loans and Technical Assistance Grant to Mongolia for the Social Security Sector Development Program. Manila; ADB. 2006. Proposed Grant Assistance to Mongolia for the Nonformal Skills Training for Unemployed Youth and Adults Project. Manila; ADB. 2006. Report and Recommendation of the President to the Board of Directors: Proposed Loan to Mongolia for the Third Education Development Project. Manila. 5 No hazardous substance such as asbestos is present in any proposed buildings; the construction will be mostly done during summer vacations and no training programs shall use any toxic/harmful substance). Physical inspection of

change in project implementation.

5. The IEE report comprises of baseline data on the existing condition of TVET Centers (TVET providers, assessment and certification centers) for the physical and biological environment, the anticipated environmental impacts, proposed mitigation measures, monitoring frameworks, grievance procedure and public consultations. The consultant team undertook field surveys to sub-project sites to assess the physical and biological environment – factors such as site ecology, management of construction, sanitation, use of equipment and machineries, environmental health and safety, occupational hazard etc. The environment management and monitoring plan have been dealt with in detail in the respective sections of the report. An environment management plan has been attached separately.

6. However, a summary list of key impacts on environment parameters are briefly enumerated in Table 1 below:

Table 1: Summary Impacts on Key Environment Parameters # Environmental Magnitude Reason Proposed Mitigation Measures Parameter of Impact # 1 Air Quality Low Insignificant air emission Sprinkling of water, proper from the construction handling of excavated soil, proper activity except during construction material storage stacking/storage of soil, construction material at site. 2 Water Quality Low The project will require The required water will be sourced small quantity of water for from tankers by the construction construction. All project company. components are Domestic effluent shall be connected to centralized discharged in holding tanks which sewage system No will be cleaned regularly and hazardous effluent is waste thrown at urban ЛШНв’s envisaged to be wastewater management site. discharged both during construction and operation. 3 Soil Quality Low Land is available-has Construction company to ensure open/vacant areas within proper housekeeping, sanitation the TVET School and cleanliness at work site. premises for expansion projects and proper housekeeping. 4 Noise Quality Medium The construction activity The TVET Schools shall be closed may lead to noise pollution for summer vacation during during concreting etc. for demolition and shell construction the residents of the area. of the new building to minimize Small noise related disruption. Noise monitoring will installations within shell be done at regular intervals. No structure may continue night construction activity will be beyond TVET School undertaken. Neighbourhood must holidays. be consulted to determine suitable work timings.

asbestos was conducted by Specialized Inspection Agency of Mongolia and they issued an official letter confirming that no asbestos is found is attached in Annexure 8.

# Environmental Magnitude Reason Proposed Mitigation Measures Parameter of Impact # 5 Hazardous Low The expansion projects No Asbestos Containing Materials Substance – will not impact the main (ACM) will be removed, repaired eg. Asbestos, buildings of the TVET or demolished. Due to lack of Volatile Schools. A small single specialised handling capacity in Organic floor workshop building Mongolia for ACM, any Compounds will be demolished at UB components that have ACM as (VOCs) TVET. The main buildings associated facilities will not be will not be affected and no undertaken for project funding. other demolishment will occur in the project 6 Terrestrial Low No ecologically sensitive Tree replantation/transplantation Ecology place (protected to be carried out inside TVET area/reserved School by construction company if forest/Important flora and any trees are cut. fauna species) within 5 km6 radius from each subproject site. # A low, medium or high magnitude of impacts at the location by any construction activity that would affect the staff, students, residents etc. physically through its implementation. None of the 8 TVET schools locate within any SPA buffer zones. Table 2.7 summarize distances from protected areas.

7. Table 2 below gives key features, proposed project scope (education program/majors) and environmental issues (if any) for the sub-projects. Only refurbishment of the existing classroom buildings and provision of necessary equipment were assumed in the initial project documents. However, as results of the initial site assessment conducted by the PIU team in 2018, the current facilities at 8 TVET schools does not have enough space, thus minor construction works are proposed to provide small scale extension buildings at the 8 TVET schools. This was the main reason the category of the Project upgraded from C to B. As for other 11 TVET schools, the current facilities have enough space, thus only refurbishment of the existing classroom buildings and provision of necessary equipment are planned

6 The Law on Special Protected Areas does not specify any minimum distance but the Monuments Classification says distance to be 0.1-3 km of the territory of Natural, Cultural and Historic Monuments. Therefore for any SPA, the safe distance is assumed to be 5 km for the IEE report.

Table 2: Key Features and Environmental Issues for Each Sub-project No Sub-Project Location Proposed education Key features of sub-project Environmental Issues components program/majors component7 A TVET Schools requiring Expansion (civil works (demolition and construction) 1 Nalaikh TVET Nalaikh district 1. Road and bridge Original Health and Safety concerns for students and construction worker Construction of workshop (648m2) teachers as well as construction workers. Dust and 2. Operators of road and garage (250m2) buildings, noise impact on nearby communities. Traffic safety construction machineries outside training field 1200m2. would be required. 3. Repairman of road construction machineries 4. Laboritarian of road materials laboratory 2 Darkhan- Darkhan city 1. Road and bridge 1. A new workshop building, size: A new access road is needed. Health and Safety Urguu TVET construction worker 1000m2, 1 storey concerns for students and teachers as well as 2. Operators of road 2. An outside training field will be construction workers. Dust and noise impact on construction machineries made for the heavy machineries – nearby communities. Traffic safety would be 3. Repairman of road 1200m2 required. construction machineries 3. Provide a material storage house 4. Laboritarian of road and lightings. materials laboratory 3 Ulaanbaatar Bayangol 1. Interior construction and Demolish existing workshop 7 private owned garages will be affected due to Polytechnical district, UB city decoration worker building. Construction of new temporary blockage of access road(details available College 2. Construction workers for workshop building: 3 storey and in Table 5.1). Demolition of old workshop building. energy saving buildings 2250m2 Health and Safety concerns for students and 3. Construction electrician teachers as well as construction workers. Dust and 4. Construction worker noise impact on nearby communities. Traffic safety 5. Operator for construction concerns on the access road. 15 populous trees will machineries be removed. 4 Zuunkharaa Zuunkharaa 1.Vegetable farmer Construct vegetable storage and Safety concerns for female students. Traffic safety TVET town, Mandal 2. Greenhouse farmer renewal of pipelines at agro-park, concerns for construction at the ago-park. soum winter house nearby girls dormitory Permafrost survey is needed. 5 Bayanchandm Bayanchandm 1.Vegetable farmer 1. A winter & a summer Dust and noise impact on nearby communities. ani TVET ani soum, Tuv 2.Greenhouse farmer greenhouses, 6m*30m size. Traffic safety. Polluted soil cover in the farm yard province 3.Technician for wool and 2. A new workshop building, 1 needs to be peeled off and removed. Treated water cashmere processing storey, 330m2 from the water treatment facility of the TVET is 4.Vehicle repairman 3. Construct a new waste water removed to an adjacent dry riverbed. The water treatment facility for the TVET treatment facility is old (built in 1971) and needs to be renovated. a new waste water treatment facility

7 No Asbestos Containing Materials (ACM) will be removed, repaired or demolished. Also, components that have ACM as associated facilities will not be undertaken for project funding. 1

No Sub-Project Location Proposed education Key features of sub-project Environmental Issues components program/majors component7 or septic/holding tank shall be provided to the Bayanchandmani TVET school. Type and details of proper waste water facility shall be decided during the detailed design. 6 Arkhangai Tsetserleg 1.Vegetable farmer Construction of a new workshop An existing power pole (220 volts) at the planned TVET town 2.Forestry worker building. practice field needs to be relocated. 3.Technician for wool and cashmere processing 7 Khuvsgul Murun town, 1.Vegetable farmer Construction of a new workshop Health and safety concerns for students and TVET Khuvsgul 2.Greenhouse farmer building with size 400m2 teachers as well as construction workers. Any province 3.Forestry worker impacts related to the planned new sewage pit shall be monitored closely. 5 power transmission poles within the school yard will be relocated. Dust and noise impact on ger areas on south and east sides. 8 Bayankhongor Bayankhongor 1. Interior construction and EбТstТЧР СОЧ sСОХtОr, sТгО 6*2ү аТХХ Demolition of old hen shelter building. Power TVET town decoration worker be demolished. Construct a new distribution line and pole (220 volts) within the 2. Operator for construction workshop building, size: 18m x school yard will be relocated. The power cable machineries 36m. crosses the construction site. Health and Safety concerns for students and teachers as well as construction workers. Dust and noise impact on nearby communities. B TVET Schools requiring Equipment and refurbishments 1 TVET Darkhan city 1. Interior construction and 7 classrooms and toilets in the None decoration worker existing workshop building will be 2. Construction workers for refurbished. Sanitary system and energy saving buildings windows of the dormitory building 3. Operator for construction will be upgraded. machineries 2 TVET Khentii 1.Vegetable farmer Refurbishment of the existing None province 2.Greenhouse farmer classroom building and an existing 3.Forestry worker water well house 3 TVET Dornod 1. Construction electrician Refurbishment of the 2 existing None province 2. Construction worker workshop buildings 3. Operator for construction machineries 4 TVET Dundgobi 1. Interior construction and Workshop tools and and devices None province decoration worker will be provided. Teachers will be 2. Construction electrician trained. 3. Construction worker 2

No Sub-Project Location Proposed education Key features of sub-project Environmental Issues components program/majors component7 5 TVET Uvurkhangai 1.Construction electrician Provide winter greenhouse and None province 2.Technician for wool and vegetable storage nearby existing cashmere processing garages. 3.Greenhouse farmer Refurbishment of 4 classrooms in the existing workshop buildings, refurbishment of 1st floor and toilets in the existing student dormitory building. Improvement of sanitary for the existing classroom building and upgrade an existing summer greenhouse 6 TVET Zavkhan 1.Technician for wool and Refurbishment works in the existing None province cashmere processing workshop building, classroom building and the gym. Renew power cables. 7 TVET Govi-Altai 1. Interior construction and 4 classrooms in the existing None province decoration worker workshop building will be 2. Construction electrician refurbished.

8 TVET Erdenet city 1.Construction worker Refurbishment works for 2 None 2.Vehicle repairman classrooms and 2 garages within 3.Technician for wool and the existing workshop building cashmere processing

9 TVET Bulgan 1.Vegetable farmer 3 classrooms will be refurbished in None province 2.Greenhouse farmer the existing building. 3.Veterinarian 10 TVET Dornogobi 1. Interior construction and If a new land is acquired by the None province decoration worker school for agro-park, then provide 2.Vehicle repairman water well, electricity line, workshop 3.Greenhouse farmer building and 2 pcs of 40ft containers

11 TVET Khovd 1.Greenhouse farmer Provide water well, electricity line None province 2.Vegetable farmer and vegetable storage in the agro- 3.Technician for wool and park yard. Place 2 pcs of 40ft cashmere processing containers. 5 classrooms and toilets in the existing classroom building will be refurbished, renew sanitary filter in the wool wash classroom 3

8. Potential impacts are mostly temporary, predictable, and reversible, and can be mitigated through adherence to national8 and international standards9, design criteria, and/or implementation of Environment Management Plan (EMP). TVET Schools are proposed on TVET school owned government land and are not located in any sanctuary/protected areas or any other environmentally- sensitive areas. Utilization of the best available technology and best management practices are built- in to the project design and listed through the Generic EMP and more specifically through the EMP.

9. IEE including EMP has been prepared to mitigate the potential adverse impacts of construction. The proposed expansion of TVET Schools will be located on existing government lands or those lands that are allotted to MLSP by Government of Mongolia and therefore acquisition of land will not be required from the surrounding communities. In all other TVET Schools the equipment and internal refurbishment will be fitted inside their existing buildings thereby not requiring any extra land/building.

10. For most of the proposed TVET Schools expansion plans, their blueprint design (technical reports) will be finalized after conducting detailed physical survey of the land through suitable architect firms engaged by the EA under the project. The expansion will be done avoiding existing buildings, trees or any other existing roads etc. as well as avoiding nuisance to students studying at the school or living in dormitories at the time of construction. As assessed, the project benefits outweigh the negative impacts. Some negative environmental impacts are likely to be associated with construction activities at the TVET Schools - noise during construction, transportation of construction material to site, disposal of waste soil, inconvenience to neighboring communities due to increased traffic due to new building construction activities etc. Buildings or works that require any asbestos related renewal or refurbishment has been dropped10. Physical inspection of asbestos was conducted by Specialized Inspection Agency of Mongolia and they issued an official letter confirming that no asbestos is found is attached in Annexure 8.

11. During the site visits, the PIU officials and safeguard consultants made numerous observations and held discussions with TVET School managements’ concerned to assist in proper design of TVET School facilties with respect to the following: (i) location of proper access roads, lay down area for materials to be used by the construction companies to use without disturbing the TVET School working and minimizing utilization of playground areas, (ii) avoidance of underground existing pipes for water, heating, sewage etc. at proposed work sites, (iii) right of way for construction vehicles and adequate traffic safety during construction to local residents living adjoining these TVET Schools, (iv) traffic caused by construction equipment outside the existing TVET schools where expansion projects use concrete/dump trucks etc. for transporting materials inside/outside TVET School premises; (v) traffic safety for students during operations of TVET School in normal work hours, (vi) lack of safety equipment such as smoke alarms in most old buildings and the need for adequate firefighting extinguishers and imparting evacuation drills and emergency response procedures training; (vii) distances of these TVET Schools from non-sensitive biodiversity areas and cultural heritage sites to ensure no impact, (viii) dust and noise emissions from the each construction site and their impacts on TVET School children and apartment dwellers adjoining the TVET School area, (ix) noises from any surroundings areas during construction, (x) avoid any banned substances generated as part of any expansion or demolition at subproject buildings such as asbestos etc., (xi) avoid any shadow projection onto adjoining buildings due to new structures to be constructed as part of this project, (xii) Emissions from heat only boilers that use coal burning to generate heating (such as TVET schools in Arkhangai and Bayanchandmani11) (Annexure Table A1.3) will comply to the maximum

8 Relevant Mongolian Standards mentioned in section 2 later 9 World Bank/IFC Environment Health and Safety guidelines 2007 10 No Asbestos Containing Materials (ACM) will be removed, repaired or demolished. Also, components that have ACM as associated facilities will not be undertaken for project funding. 11 The Bayanchandmani TVET school has a boiler with a capacity of 3.6 metric tons which is placed within a separate house made of brick in the school premise. Its boiler is made in Russia and was newly installed in 2016. The Arkhangai TVET school has two boilers with a capacity of 1.2 metric tons each that is placed within a separate house made of block materials in the school premise. Its boiler is made in China and was newly installed in 2018.

allowed levels of SO2, NO2 and CO required by WHO Ambient Air Quality Guidelines and the national air quality standard MNS4585:2016 (Table A4-3 in Annexure 4), (xiv) ensure energy efficiency and proper insulation works carrked out at TVET schools, i.e. loss of heat due to old walls, (xv) check presence of any linked or associated facilities, (xvi) determine potential climate change impact of project activities, (xvii) any demolition and major construction works will mostly be done during the summer vacations, and (xviii) no training programs shall use any toxic/harmful substances for training purposes12.

12. The team along with district officials and TVET School managements conducted group consultation and discussions with the apartment dwellers/public residing in these sub-project areas to sensitize them about project activities, their impacts and get their suggestions.

13. Very small number of trees exists at sites selected for construction/expansion subprojects (details are provided in relevant sections). Repair and refurbishment as well as equipment procurement and installation sub-projects do not need any external land. No endangered or protected species of flora or fauna are reported at any of the subproject sites. Before start of construction, the construction company shall procure all requisite regulatory approvals from all concerned authorities. Adequate provisions have been made for the environmental mitigation and monitoring of predicted impacts, along with their associated costs in the IEE. Adverse impacts if noticed during implementation will be mitigated using appropriate design and management measures as per the EMP by the construction company.

14. The layout plan development for TVET schools where expansion construction is required is underway. The data regarding land cutting and filling required, distance from receptors – utilities and distance from major roads, details of trees to be affected, land/building details have are been collected. If construction expansion sites are changed other than those indicated in the IEE, supplementary information will be supplied for each of revised location for these subprojects by MLSP to ADB for prior approval before finalizing design drawings.

15. According to the MET regulation, the project would not require development of a generic Environment Impact Assessment (EIA). According to Government of MШЧРШХТa’s (GoM) EIA Notification, projects are not listed as environmental sensitive projects and hence no clearance is required from Ministry of Environment and Tourism (MET).

16. The Government of Mongolia, through the MLSP, will be responsible for ensuring selected TVET providers and assessment and certification centers to be upgraded and operated in accordance with (i) the national environmental, health and safety laws, regulations, procedures, and guidelines; and (ii) the AөB’s SPS 2009 МШЦpХaЧt IEE and its EMP13. The PIU, with the support of the consulting firm for TVET facilities upgrading, will be responsible for overseeing the implementation of the IEE and its EMP, including preparation of bidding documents, supervision of civil works contractors, monitoring and reporting of the IEE implementation. A PIU Environment and Social Consultant (PIU ESC) has been hired for implementation monitoring during the construction phase. The Terms of Reference of the PIU ESC includes conducting environmental compliance during the construction phase. One staff of PIU will be designated additional responsibilities to serve as intermittent Safeguard Officer (SO) during the course of project implementation; who will supervise the work of the PIU ESC, the construction contracts and will be the responsible for project progress reporting to the ministry and the ADB. 17. An initial environmental examination (IEE) report including a environmental management plan (EMP) is prepared in compliance with AөB’s Safeguard Policy Statement (2009) and the Government

12 5 TVET schools (Bayanchandmani, Uvurkhangai, Arkhangai, Orkhon and Khovd) will have training program for wool/cashmere processing plant workers. Only fabric paints will be used for cashmere/wool processing trainings and there will not be any hazardous waste. The wool and cashmere processing courses would not contribute to increased goat herding. Occupational health and safety issues related to the use of chemicals in processing should be included in the curriculum. 13 ADB IEE and EMP is endorsed by the Implementing Agency – Ministry of Labour and Social Protection.

of MШЧРШХТa’s regulatory framework. The EMP (EMP) document has been prepared and included separately. This document would be included in all standard bidding documents for the subproject. The PIU shall be obligated to monitor the environment aspects of the work done by the construction company as per procedure laid out therein and then inform ADB through regular Environment Monitoring Reports. Annexure 5 contains the template of Semi-annual Environment Monitoring Report to be submitted to ADB every six months. However, Annexures 2 and 3 contains all items in the IEE document as well that are mentioned in the EMP.

18. The EMP attached in Annexure 2 will be used by all types of construction subprojects (Category B type interventions) and equipment repair and installation subprojects (Category C type interventions) by the Contractor for report on environment mitigation measures undertaken.

19. The IEE defines the procedure to be followed by the MLSP, the PIU, the Regional Methodology Centers, selected TVET Schools (in short for TVET providers, assessment and certification centers), and civil works contractors for the avoidance or mitigation of adverse environmental effects that may arise out of construction/expansion, repair and refurbishment of facilities and additional equipment. The EMP defines all potential impacts of construction/expansion, repair and refurbishment works and the mitigation and protection measures, monitoring requirements, and institutional responsibilities to ensure proper environmental management throughout the pre- construction, construction and repair, and operations of facilities.

20. Since the project does not involve activities that have significant adverse impacts or consist of any banned substances, an IEE has been developed comprising development of an environmental management plan and monitoring plan as per AөB’s Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS) 2009. The IEE report conforms to national environmental regulations and is also consistent with ADB SPS 2009. Accordingly, the environmental classification for the project is “ӨatОРШrв B” as per ADB SPS 2009.

1.0 INTRODUCTION

1.1 Background

21. MШЧРШХТa’s economy has grown rapidly with a two-fold increase in gross domestic product (GDP) per capita from 2001 to 201214, due to the booming mining sector, which boosted its share of GDP from 9.0% to 18.6%. The supply of skills, however, has not responded flexibly to labor market demand. Despite a strong demand for skilled workers, only 55.6% of TVET graduates found employment in 201215; the labor force participation rate remained at 63.6%, lower than the world average16; and the national unemployment rate was 8.2%, with higher rates in urban areas (9.7%), and among youths aged 20–24 (18.3% for women, 16.1% for men). This situation can be partly explained by the МШuЧtrв’s TVET system whose linkages with industries and employers were weakened considerably during the transition from central planning to a market-based economy, and have never been fully restored.

22. The shortage of skilled workers constrains growth in some key sectors of the Mongolian economy. First, although Mongolia has unique and abundant agricultural resources, these have remained largely underutilized because of poor product quality and productivity, despite recent favorable government policies to support the introduction of modern technology in the production and the processing of agricultural products. This underutilization can be explained in part by difficulties in finding skilled workers in the sector. Second, the recent growth of public and private investments in housing and public facility development has generated employment opportunities in the building construction sector, which recorded the largest number of job vacancies of all sectors in Mongolia in the first quarter of 201317. Third, Mongolia is large, sparsely populated and landlocked, and the government has invested in road and railway construction projects to improve connectivity, both internally and with neighboring countries. However, serious shortages of skilled workers have often forced contractors to hire foreign workers18.

23. To improve the responsiveness of the TVET system to labor market demand, the government initiated reforms beginning in the 2000s that have involved employers, and industry and professional associations. The amendment to the TVET law in 2009 was a landmark in recent TVET system reforms, establishing a specialized TVET agency19, and the National Council on Vocational Education and Training (NCVET) as an institution to actively engage employers, and industry and professional associations in TVET policy development. Four sector sub councils have been established under NCVET, but NCVET and the sector sub councils have yet to become functional. With the support of development partners, competency-based curricula (CBC) have been developed for certain occupations20, using standards set in collaboration with some employers. However, no standards have been approved by NCVET or sector sub councils and widely recognized by the relevant employers, and industry and professional associations. CBCs were introduced relatively recently, and remain in an early stage of implementation. Moreover, graduates from TVET programs and courses have not been independently assessed and certified, and competency varies across TVET providers,

14 GDP per capita, purchasing power parity (constant 2005 international $). World Bank. 2001–2012. World Development Indicators, 2001–2012. Washington, DC. 15 28.6% of graduates from TVET programs remained unemployed and 15.8% of graduates went to study at higher education institutions in 2012. 16 World Bank. 2011. World Development Indicators, 2011. Washington, DC. The global average labor force participation rate was 69%. 17 Data from the Labor Exchange Central Office indicates the construction sector had 73,246 out of 249,791 job vacancies (29.3%). 18 The construction sector employed the largest number of foreign workers (21.6%) of all sectors, followed by the mining sector (18.3%), and the transportation and storage sector (13.4%). (Government of Mongolia, Ministry of Labor and Social Protection, Employment Service Center. 2013. Report on Labor Market Trend in February 2013. Ulaanbaatar. 19 Prior to the establishment of the Agency for Vocational Education and Training, the former Ministry of Education, Culture, and Science was responsible for TVET along with the other levels of education. The agency was disbanded in 2012 with responsibility for TVET transferred to the newly created Ministry of Labor and Social Protection. 20 The list of occupations for which CBC have been developed is in Appendix 4 of the Project Administration Manual (PAM, accessible from the list of linked documents in Appendix 2).

programs, and courses.

24. Although both the number of TVET providers and TVET enrolment has increased dramatically in less than a decade21, most TVET programs and courses have been offered without adequate training equipment and facilities. With the exception of those that have been supplied training equipment under projects funded by development partners, many TVET providers, particularly in remote areas, have been operating with training equipment that is out-dated or can no longer be used, and training facilities that require repairs22. Licenses have been given to TVET providers that meet basic requirements, but these requirements are insufficient to ensure quality at program, course, and institution levels. Inadequate training equipment and facilities are major constraints on the development of a TVET system that is responsive to labor market demand.

25. Most TVET teachers have been trained as general secondary education teachers, because qualifications for teachers in the TVET system have not been clearly specified23. Institutional mechanisms for in-service training for teachers in technical and vocational skills are almost non- existent. Additionally, most management staff of TVET providers lack the industry experience and skills needed to develop and manage TVET programs and courses in collaboration with employers, and industry and professional associations. Because of its poor public image, TVET remains a secondary option to most students and parents. The growth of student TVET enrolment has resulted largely from the monthly stipends given to TVET students, rather than their informed choice. Career information and guidance have not been provided for junior secondary students, who must choose between senior secondary education and TVET after graduation. As a result, TVET has enrolled students who are generally academically less successful and come from poorer families. Notwithstanding academic success, existing senior secondary and tertiary education do a poor job of preparing students for work, as evidenced by the low labor force participation rates for youths aged 15–24, and high unemployment rates for graduates from tertiary education.

26. TСО prШУОМt аТХХ suppШrt tСО РШЯОrЧЦОЧt’s rОfШrЦ ТЧТtТatТЯОs ТЧ tСО TVET aЧН secondary ОНuМatТШЧ sОМtШrs. TСО prШУОМt Тs ТЧМХuНОН ТЧ AsТaЧ өОЯОХШpЦОЧt BaЧk (AөB)’s МШuЧtrв ШpОratТШЧs business plan, 2014–2016 fШr MШЧРШХТa, aЧН Тs aХТРЧОН аТtС AөB’s ТЧtОrТЦ МШuЧtrв partЧОrsСТp strategy, 2014–2016 for Mongolia, which has a focus on achieving inclusive growth and social development through broad-based employment generation24.The project will introduce several innovations to MШЧРШХТa’s TVET system, including (i) support for sector sub councils, industry and professional associations, and employers to set standards for TVET programs and courses; (ii) creation of an independent competence assessment and certification system; (iii) strengthening of workplace training for TVET students and teachers; (iv) introduction of career guidance in junior secondary TVET Schools prior to tracking; and (v) development of a credit transfer system between senior secondary education, tertiary education, and TVET within a national qualifications framework.

27. Lessons. The project builds on past and on-going projects in the TVET sector supported by development partners and the private sector25. It also draws on lessons from previous involvement by ADB in the Mongolian TVET and general education sectors26. Major lessons from these projects

21Government of Mongolia, Ministry of Education, Culture, and Science. 2010. Education Statistics, 2009–2010. Ulaanbaatar. In 2005 there were only 38 formal TVET providers which enrolled 23,249 students. 22 Total public expenditures on TVET are estimated to be less than 1% of GDP, of which capital expenditures are around 10%. 23 The Law on VШМatТШЧaХ EНuМatТШЧ aЧН TraТЧТЧР (ArtТМХО 1ү) rОquТrОs TVET tОaМСОrs tШ СaЯО ”prШpОr ОбpОrТОЧМО ТЧ prШНuМtТШЧ аШrk” aЧН ”a СТРС ЯШМatТШЧaХ НОРrОО”; tСОsО СaЯО ЧШt вОt ЛООЧ НОfТЧОН. 24 ADB. 2014. Country Operations Business Plan: Mongolia, 2014–2016. Manila; ADB. 2014. Interim Country Partnership Strategy: Mongolia, 2014–2016. Manila. 25 Major development partners and the private sector that have supported the Mongolian TVET sector include the European Commission, German development cooperation through Deutsche Gesellschaft für Internationale Zusammenarbeit, the Korean International Cooperation Agency, the Millennium Challenge Account-Mongolia, Oyu Tolgoi LLC, Singapore Polytechnic, and the Swiss Agency for Development and Cooperation. 26 ADB. 2001. Report and Recommendation of the President to the Board of Directors: Proposed Loans and Technical Assistance Grant to Mongolia for the Social Security Sector Development Program. Manila; ADB. 2006. Proposed Grant

are (i) various interventions—such as development of training curricula and materials, upgrading of equipment and facilities, and training for TVET teachers—need to be aligned with standards set in collaboration with employers, and industry and professional associations; (ii) institutionalized technical and vocational skills training for TVET teachers is indispensable for keeping skills of TVET teachers upgraded; (iii) provision of career information and guidance in early grades is essential to enable students to make an informed choice regarding their career, and prepare for work; and (iv) active public communication and consultations are key to sustainable reforms of TVET and general education systems.

1.1.1 Selection of TVET School expansion and construction sites 28. MOF and MLSP and the Mission reviewed and agreed on the list of TVET Schools (in short for TVET providers, assessment and certification centers) construction/expansions, repair and refurbishment sites on which safeguard and technical due diligence was conducted (Annexure 1). The list was developed through the following procedures: (i) a preliminary list of TVET Schools in Ulaanbaatar and Aimags requiring construction/expansion, repair and refurbishment sites was prepared by MLSP; (ii) these preliminary lists were screened and shortened by considering (a) positive impacts on TVET Schools, (b) positive long-term impacts on enrolments in TVET programs and the improvement and upgradation of facilities that are obsolete, require expansion, repair and refurbishment at TVET Schools in Ulaanbaatar and other aimag centers, (c) availability of land for construction expansion, (d) absence of significant potentially category A environmental impacts which can be caused especially by the demolition or expansion of existing buildings – asbestos and banned substances; and (e) absence of significant potentially category A involuntary resettlement.

1.2 Impacts, Outcome, and Outputs 29. The impact of the project will be increased employment in the three priority sectors (agriculture, construction, and road and transportation). The outcome of the project will be enhanced responsiveness of the TVET system to labor market demand in the three priority sectors.

30. The project has five components: i. Component 1: Establishment of Industry-driven Technical and Vocational Education and Training System in the Three Priority Sectors • Output 1: Standards for Key Occupations Developed in Collaboration with Employers, and Industry and Professional Associations in the Three Priority Sectors • Output 2: Assessment and Certification Centers Established in Collaboration with Employers, and Industry and Professional Associations in the Three Priority Sectors ii. Component 2: Upgrading of Selected Technical and Vocational Education and Training Providers to Implement Competency-based Training and Assessment in the Three Priority Sectors • Output 3: Selected Technical and Vocational Education and Training Providers Upgraded (details included in this IEE assessment document) • Output 4: Managers and Teachers of Selected Technical and Vocational Education and Training Providers Trained • Output 5: Industry Partnerships with Selected Technical and Vocational Education and Training Providers Strengthened iii. Component 3: Establishment of Training Systems for Technical and Vocational Education and Training Managers and Teachers in the Three Priority Sectors • Output 6: Training Programs for Managers in Industry-driven Technical and Vocational Education and Training Management Developed • Output 7: Technical and Vocational Skills Training Programs for Teachers of the Key Occupations Developed iv. Component 4: Support for Secondary Education Career Guidance and TVET Schools

Assistance to Mongolia for the Nonformal Skills Training for Unemployed Youth and Adults Project. Manila; ADB. 2006. Report and Recommendation of the President to the Board of Directors: Proposed Loan to Mongolia for the Third Education Development Project. Manila.

that Specialize in Technology • Output 8: Eighth and Ninth Grade Civic Education Curriculum that Integrates Career Guidance Modules Implemented • Output 9: Independent Senior Secondary TVET Schools that Offer Occupation-oriented Technology Elective Courses Established v. Component 5: Establishment of Effective Project Management System • Output 10: Capacity for project implementation and monitoring and evaluation developed (details included in the IEE assessment document)

1.3 Costs and Financing 31. The component being financed in this project constitutes about US$ 6.8 million in civil works for the seven TVETs. The equipment being funded in the project at 11 TVETS is funded separately.

1.4 Scope of Work and Methodology Adopted

32. The broad scope of the Environmental Assessment study is: i) To conduct field visits to collect data relevant to the study area and also collect secondary data so as to establish the baseline environmental status of the study area; ii) To assess the impacts on environmental attributes due to the location, design, construction and operation of the proposed project; iii) To prepare a mitigation plan outlining the measures for protecting the environment including institutional arrangement and environmental monitoring; iv) To identify critical environmental attributes required to be monitored subsequent to the implementation of the proposed project; v) To carry out consultation with local people to identify the public perception of the project; and vi) To establish the Environment Management Plan (EMP) and Environment Monitoring Plan (EMoP) for the MLSP to submit environmental monitoring reports to ADB at regular intervals.

33. Each proposed TVET Schools on the list was further examined for conformance to AөB’s safeguards and technical due diligence confirmed for support before the design of the project is finalized in August 2018. Accordingly, transect walks and field surveys were undertaken to assess physical and biological environment in April/August 2018. However, the location of expansion site at some TVET Schools could vary after the exact demarcation by the Architects preparing construction blueprints (technical drawings) and General Agency for Specialised Inspection (GASI) requirements.

34. The process of construction design and implementation are described in table below.

Table 1.1: Summary of Environmental Compliance Requirements for category B components Permissions and documents Agency Time Frame required for the Project 1. Permissions and documents related to construction Develop detailed design (blueprint) Developed by professional design firm 2018 Q4 to 2019 licensed from Construction Development Q1. Bidding Center. Ministry of Labor and Social process is in its Protection contracts with a selected firm. final stage. Design consultant is expected to start its work from December, 2018. Heating supply technical specification Issued by Municipal Heating Networking 2019 Q2 Company (Government owned entity) Electrical technical specifications Issued by Municipal Energy Distribution 2019 Q2 Networking (Government owned entity) Water supply and waste water technical Issues by USUG – Water Supply Network 2019 Q2 specifications Administration Agency (A Government Agency)

Permissions and documents Agency Time Frame required for the Project Approval on demolish existing old Issued by related district or soum authority 2019 Q2 buildings Design check or expertise conclusion Construction Development Center – An 2019 Q2 on the detailed design agency under the Ministry of Construction Permission to start of construction Granted by Ministry of Construction, 2019 Q3 works Construction Client Unit after the contractor is selected Engineering supervision Professional construction firm will be During the contracted to execute engineering supervision construction period 2019 Q3 – 2019 Q4 Acceptance Letter for the newly Issued by Specialized Inspection Agency After the constructed facility at TVET building construction completes, 2020 Q1 2. Documents related to environment, resettlement and public consultation Initial Environmental Examination and IEE/EMP development 2018 Q4. Draft IEE EMP (ADB standard) is already available. Public Consultation Organized by environmental consultant of PIU 2018 Q2 – 2018 in conjunction with the TVET school Q3. Completed in administration or the related local authority August, 2018. Fire and Safety approvals Issued by the General Emergency During the Pre- Department (A government institute) construction phase EMP implementation and monitoring Conducted by the construction contractor with Quarterly during report during the construction period the support of professional environmental the construction laboratory period Periodic inspection of construction work Carried out by Specialized Inspection Agency Periodically during (A government institute) the construction period 3. Documents/permissions related to waste management Location of construction waste disposal Specified within the permission to start At the start of point construction works granted by the construction phase, Construction Client Unit 2019 Q2 Solid waste removal agreement with Every district or soum has a state owned At the start of local service entities agency who offer contractual services on operation phase removal and demolishing of solid waste 2019 Q2 generated by each entity in their respective district/soum.

35. The IEE report comprises baseline data on existing condition of physical, ecological, economic, and social information, together with the anticipated environmental impacts and proposed mitigation measures. This report is prepared on the basis of preliminary survey, field study and consultations with the help of available secondary data of different sites, articles and report.

Associated Facility 36. No Asbestos Containing Materials (ACM) will be removed, repaired or demolished (See Annexure Table A1.2). Any components that have ACM as associated facilities will not be undertaken for project funding. because there is no specialized company which deals with ACM is available in Mongolia. The specialists from Specialized Inspection Agency have conducted asbestos detection inspection at the UB TVET. Attached is the report in Annexure 8 describing that Asbestos is not present in the facility to be demolished. Therefore, chances are low according to the assessment, and also if it is found, the amount of ACM may be not significant to warrant removal through hiring of specialized company from outside Mongolia and consequently its disposal will be unscientific in nature due to non-availability of disposal landfills. Therefore it is not delay project implementation due to any associated project facility.

37. There are no associated facilties for the project. All Project facilities, whether demolished or the the newly extensions built at the existing TVET schools will be connected to the existing utilities and services (water supply, power supply, solid waste and wastewater collection and disposal). Environmental due diligence has fully covered for examination of anticipated impacts in the operational period and includes confirmation of existing utilities and services capacities, their compliance record, and their readiness to accept and treat the linked project faМТХТtТОs’ wastewater, solid waste, and medical waste; and to provide acceptable quantities and quality of water supply (See Annexure Tables A1.3-5). The current municipal services were assessed and it is concluded that incremental water supply, wastewater and solid/medical waste generation resulting from the Project will not overburden existing services. Audit and corrective Action Plan for heating and Power Supply in existing facilities (project buildings for expansion) was conducted by Power and heating engineers of the PIU at the all TVET schools to determine whether the existing power and heating facilities are sufficient in capacity and quality. As result of this inspection, actions were proposed that are included in following sections of this document.

38. Detailed assessment of secondary source baseline environmental data for all identified TVET school at Ulaanbaatar and other Soums/Aimags centers was done to support the findings of the field survey by consultants. Public consultations were held with affected persons such as apartment dwellers, other stakeholders, and government officers of the project area. Annexure 6 gives details of places and persons who attended these consultations. The field studies were supported by data collected from secondary sources such as internet based documents, published data from GoM documents, population census statistics data, as well as documents from MLSP and documents from other government departments etc.

2.0 POLICY, LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK

2.1 Mongolian - National, Local, Other Applicable Environmental Laws, Regulations, and Standards as applicable to the project.

2.1.1 Specific Environmental Regulatory and Policy Framework

39. Mongolia has enacted a comprehensive policy and legal framework for environmental assessment and management. It has policies, legislation and strategies in place to manage the protected estate, to satisfy its international obligations, and to protect the quality of the environment for the health and well-being of its citizens. The hierarchy of policies and legislative provisions for environmental management in Mongolia comprises five layers ranging from the Constitution to international treaties, and to environment and resources protection laws27.

40. The main policy documents are the National Environmental Action Plan of 1996, the State Environmental Policy of 1997, the National Plan of Action to Combat Desertification, the Biodiversity Conservation Action Plan, and the National Plan of Action for Protected Areas, all developed under the MNET auspices, as well as the Mongolian Action Program for the 21st Century. The National Environmental Action Plan was updated in 2000 and the National Action Plan for Climate Change was added in the same year. Several program documents (e.g. National Water Program, National Forestry Program, Program of Protection of Air, Environmental Education, Special Protected Areas, and Protection of Ozone Layer) were also completed in 2000/2001. The Law on EIA was amended in May, 2012. In addition, other guidance documents with important environmental repercussions were developed under the auspices of other ministries and these include the Roads Master Plan, the Power Sector Master Plan, the Tourism Master Plan, and the Renewable Energy Master Plan. Other documents, such as the annual Human Development Reports have increasingly incorporated environmental aspects.

41. The main policy documents are the National Biodiversity Program 2015-2025 and a set of environmental laws that were amended in May 2012 including the Law on EIA. The Government of MШЧРШХТa Сas aНШptОН GrООЧ өОЯОХШpЦОЧt PШХТМв ТЧ 2014 аСТМС aЦТs tШ aНЯaЧМО MШЧРШХТa’s ЧatТШЧaХ development in an environmentally sustainable manner, building the conditions for future generations to benefit and gain in the long term and to ensure environmental sustainabilitythrough creation of РrШаtС ЛasОН ШЧ РrООЧ НОЯОХШpЦОЧt МШЧМОpts aЧН tСrШuРС МТtТгОЧ’s partТМТpatТШЧ aЧН ТЧМХusТЯОЧОss. It seeks to ensure green development for Mongolia through achieving six main objectives: (i). Promote resource efficient, low carbon production and consumption with emphasis on waste reduction. (ii). Maintain ecosystem balance and reduce environmental degradation while intensifying reclamation activities and environmental protection. (iii). Proomote investment in environmental protection, human development and clean technology and leverage tax, credit and incentive mechanisms to finance green economy. (iv). Promote green jobs, reduce poverty and promote green lifestyle. (v). Make education, science and technology and innovation accelerators of green development by promoting environmentally adapted style and cultural values. (vi). Plan and implement human settlement adapted to climate change, and natural resources carrying capacity.

42. The main principles of the Green Development Policy are: (i). harmony beween sectoral policies and planning are consistent with green development concepts, (ii). support for clean aНЯaЧМОН tОМСЧШХШРТОs, (ТТТ). МТtТгОЧs’ partТМТpatТШЧ aЧН ТЧМХusТЯОЧОss ТЧ РrООЧ РrШаtС, (ТЯ). environmentally friendly attitudes, habits and competencies, (v). transparency, accountability and liability and (vi). efficient, effective and rational use of resources.

2.1.2 Mongolian Policy, Legal and Administrative Framework 43. The Government of Mongolia undertook a major environmental law reform in 2012 including the law of land, protected areas, water, forest, wildlife, and native flora resources. The legislation base

27 UNDP. 2008. Institutional Structures for Environmental Management in Mongolia. Ulaanbaatar and Wellington.

is extensive as evidenced by the following table of key environmental legislation as shown in Table 2.1 and their applicability to the project.

Table 2.1: Key Mongolian Environmental Legislation Environmental Laws, Environmental Quality and Health and Safety Standards Law Enacted Responsible Agency Brief Description Relevance to the and project Amended Law on Enacted in State specialized To ensure safe environment, have The project is subject Environmental 1995 and inspection agency ecologically balanced social and to this law because Protection amended Environmental economic development, and for the impacts of construction in May departments of district, protection of the environment for works on air quality and 2017 province and soum present and future generations, the soil will arise. authorities proper use of natural resources Department of and the restoration of available Environment of MUB rОsШurМОs”. Its ArtТМХО Ү rОquТrОs tСО conduct of natural resource assessment and environmental impact assessment to preserve the natural state of the environment, and Article 10, the conduct of environmental monitoring on the state and changes of the environment. Law on Enacted in Ministry of Environment RОРuХatОs “rОХatТШЧs МШЧМОrning The project is subject Environmental January and Tourism (MET) protection of the environment, to this law because 8 Impact 1998 and State specialized prevention of ecological imbalance, components with new Assessment last agency the use of natural resources, construction/expansion amended Environmental assessment of the environmental will need to have in May departments of district impact and decision-making on the GEIA’s. 2012. authority start Шf a prШУОМt”. It sОts Шut tСО Legal entity/Project general requirements and implementing entity procedures for project screening Mongolian Academy of and conduct of environmental Sciences assessment and review. Law on Land Enacted in Ministry of Road, Regulates the possession & use of The project is subject (revised) 2013 and Transportation, land by a citizen, entity & to this law in terms of amended Construction and organization, & other related land ownership. in 2018 Urban Development issues. Articles 42/43 provide guide However, the proposed (MRTCUD); on removing possessed land & construction sites are Administration of Land granting of compensation relative laready owned by the Affairs, Geodesy and to removing. TVET schools. Cartography (ALAGac); Administration of State Registry of Titles (ASRT) State Protected Area Administration of the MET Law on Enacted in Ministry of Environment Regulates the protection, proper The project is subject Natural Plants 1995 and and Tourism (MET) use, & restoration of natural plants to this law because 25 amended State specialized other than forest & cultivated populus trees will be in 2015 agency plants. removed at 2 TVET Environmental schools (UB and departments of district Zuunkharaa). authority Mongolian Academy of sciences Law on Enacted in Mineral resource Regulates relations concerning the The project is subject

Law Enacted Responsible Agency Brief Description Relevance to the and project Amended Subsoil 1988 and authority of The use & protection of subsoil in the to this law because amended implementing agency interests of present and future underground vegetable in 2015. of Mongolian generations. warehouses will be Government constructed. MET Local citizens representative meeting committee Mining companies Law on Soil Enacted in MET – including Regulates matters related to The project is subject protection and 2012 national programs protection of soil deterioration, to this law because prevention amended MAS – mainly exclamation, and prevention from there will be earthworks from in 2015 laboratories desertification during construction and desertification State specialized soil resources will be agency used. Local (Municipality, district and khoroo levels) government authority, including environmental departments Law on Water Enacted in MET – Land Regulates relations pertaining to The project is subject (revised) 2012 and management and the effective use, protection & to this law because of amended water policy restoration of water resources. water consumption in 2017 management Specifies regular monitoring of the both during department levels of water resources, quality & construction and River basin pollution. Provides safeguards operation. administrations against water pollution. Meteorological institute “MШЧРШХ Us” Government Organization USUG MAS laboratories Ministry of Energy – mainly on hydro- power stations State Specialized agency Law on Air Enacted in Meteorological institute Regulates the protection of the The project is subject (revised) 2012 and MOH atmosphere to provide to this law because amended Clean Air program environmental balance & for the there will be impacts on in 2018 Clean Air fund sake of present & future air quality during the EIA companies generations. Allows government to construction. MET set standard limits to emissions Air pollution mitigation from all sources. Regulates regular projects monitoring of air pollution, MAS – laboratories hazardous impacts & changes in The National small air components such as Committee for ozone and hydrogen. Reducing Air Pollution (NCRAP)

Law Enacted Responsible Agency Brief Description Relevance to the and project Amended Law on Enacted in State specialized Governs relationships concerning The project is subject Hygiene 2016 and agency maintenance of sanitary conditions, to this law because (revised) amended Laboratories defining the general requirements because workplace in 2017 for sanitation in order to ensure the hygiene requirements right of an individual to healthy & apply to construction safe working & living conditions, sites, new/expansion ensuring normal sanitary buildings as well as conditions, & defining the rights & existing school duties of individuals, economic facilities. entities & organizations with this respect. Law on Waste Enacted in State specialized Governs the collection, The project is subject 2017 agency transportation, storage, & to this law because MOH - District level depositing in landfills of household because waste will be infrastructure & industrial waste, re-using waste generated both during landscaping service as a source of raw materials to construction and departments eliminate hazardous impacts of operation. Infrastructure household and industrial waste on landscaping service public health & the environment. companies Undertakings that generate MET significant amount of wastes must dispose of the wastes in designated landfills that meet prescribed standards. Law on Enacted in MET Regulates matters relating to the The project is subject Disaster 2003 and NEMA – National principles & full powers of disaster to this law because Protection amended Emergency protection organizations & natural disasters such in 2012 Management Agency agencies, their organization & as flood and windstorm and 2017 State disaster activities, as well as the rights & might happen at project protection services duties of the State, local sites. State emergency authorities, enterprises, entities & commission individuals in relation to disaster MOH and local level protection. emergency management departments and divisions State specialized agency Law on Enacted in MLSP This law aims to ensure equality in The project is subject Labour 1999 and labour relations between to this law because amended employees and employers by labour force will be in 2017 defining roles, responsibilities and employed during the rights of them, work condition and construction and terms of employment. operation. Law on Enacted in MOH This law defines state policy and The project is subject Labour Safety 2008 and control on work condition, to this law because and Hygiene amended requirements on occupational labour safety in 2018. health and safety conditions and requirements apply to aims to ensure provision of safe all work places during labour condition for employees. construction and operation. Law on Fire Enacted Generalized Inspection This regulates affairs regarding fire The project is subject Safety in 2015 Agency, General safety and defines roles of to this law because fire Agency of Emergency organizations, entities and safety requirements individuals to ensure fire safety at apply to all workplaces all places. and buildings.

(a) Accession (e) Entry into force (r) Ratification Source: Mongolia: Ulaanbaatar Urban Services and Ger Areas Development Investment Program (MFF), ADB, 2013, others.

44. Other Mongolian orders, regulations and guidelines related to water and wastewater are listed in the Table 2.2. Tables 2.3 and 2.4 list key Mongolian orders for Hazardous waste and Hazardous chemicals respectively.

Table 2.2: Key Mongolian Orders, Regulations and Guidelines Related to Water and Wastewater Name of Guideline, Order or Regulation Year Relevance to the project Adopted Regulation of Fees On Water Pollution in 1992 If not managed well, there might be water pollution 1992. risks during construction. Regulation of Lining Septic Tanks For Waste 1995 3 TVET schools will be using septic tanks. Water in 1995. Regulation on Water Resource Protection 1997 If not managed well, there might be water pollution From Pollution in 1997. risks during construction.

Table 2.3: Key Mongolian Orders, Regulations and Guidelines Related to Hazardous Waste Relevance Year Name of Guideline, Order or Regulation to the Adopted project Guideline on Reporting and Recording of Storage and Disposal of Hazardous The project is 2003 Wastes By Order No: 127 of MNET in July 1, 2003. subject to all Classification and Specification and Hazardous Level Of Wastes by Order No: these 324/318/336 of Minister for Nature, Environment, and Tourism, Minster for 2006 regulations Health, and Minister for Education, Culture and Science in 2006. because “RОРuХatТШЧ ШЧ TвpОs Шf LaЧНfТХХ AЧН өТspШsaХ FaМТХТtТОs aЧН ӨОЧtraХТгОН АastО there might Disposal Sites, Relevant Requirements and Specifications, and Procedures to be hazardous be Conducted By Economic Entities and Individuals to Bury and Destroy 2006 waste during HaгarНШus АastОs” Лв OrНОr NШ: 404 of Minister for Nature, Environment and the Tourism in 2006. construction Regulation on Issuing of Passport for Hazardous Wastes By Government such as used 2006 Resolution No: 268 in 2006. oil/fuel, Payment Calculation Methodology for Hazardous Wastes by MNET in 2006. 2006 paints and emulsion etc. Regulation of National Reporting and Inventory of Hazardous Wastes by 2009 MNET in 2009.

Table 2.4: Key Mongolian Orders, Regulations and Guidelines Related to Hazardous and Toxic Chemicals Relevance Year Name of Guideline, Order or Regulation to the Adopted project List of Products Containing Toxic And Hazardous Chemicals (Renewed In The project 2003 2008) by Joint Order No: 126/171 by MNET and MOH on July 1, 2003. is subject to MОtСШНШХШРв Шf ӨaХМuХatТЧР АastО NШrЦs” Лв MNET, ТЧ 2006. 2006 all this Regulation on Trans-Boundary Movement, Trade, Transportation, Export, regulations and Import Of Toxic And Hazardous Chemicals by Joint Order No; 92/90 of because 2008 Minister for Nature, Environment, and Tourism and Minister for Foreign there might Affairs on December 29, 2008. be Guideline On Methodology And Technology To Dispose, Storage, hazardous 2009 Transportation, Collection Of Chemical Wastes; (2009) and toxic chemicals Regulation On Use, Transportation, And Import Of Toxic And Hazardous 2009 be used for Chemicals (renewed in 2009) construction Guideline on Transportation, Storage, Use, And Disposal Of Toxic And 2009

Relevance Year Name of Guideline, Order or Regulation to the Adopted project Hazardous Chemicals and b) Guideline on Developing Risk Assessment Of purposes TШбТМ AЧН HaгarНШus ӨСОЦТМaХs” Лв JШТЧt OrНОr NШ: 2ү/40/29 Шf MТЧТstОr fШr and at Health, Minister for Environment, Nature, and Tourism, and Chairman of workshops National Emergency Management Agency on February 3, 2009. during the Guideline on Classification of Hazardous and Toxic Chemicals was Approved operation 2009 in 2009. period.

45. Table 2.5 lists all Mongolian laws as they are applicable to the project.

Table 2.5: Key Mongolian laws applicable to the project # Relevant Enacte Relevant Clauses d date 1 Law on 2002.0 The project is subject to this law because all construction sites need to have Land 6.07 ownership by the TVET schools.

CHAPTER FIVE Land Acquisition and Possession Article 27. Land Acquisition 27.1. The land shall be granted only on the basis of the contract based on contractual purpose, terms and conditions set forth in this law. A certificate of land possession shall be issued to citizens, business entities and organizations of Mongolia only. Each license holder shall have a certificate.

Article 30. Time for Land Acquisition A land may be leased to citizens, economic entities and organizations of Mongolia for a term of up to 15-60 years. The land possession license shall be renewed once for not more than 40 years.

Article 51 Hygienic requirements for land use 51.2. Citizens, economic entities, and organizations shall construct buildings, equipment, industrial wastes, wastewater, toxic substances that may adversely affect ecological balance, population health, animals, air, forest, water and vegetation. and storage and burying of underground substances and other substances shall be carried out with the consent of the competent authority. 51.3. Citizens, business entities and organizations shall notify the relevant governor before announcing the work specified in Paragraph 51.2 of this Law and inform the population and record the boundaries of the land and place permanent warning signs with their own funds.

Article 56. Rational use and protection of land, towns, villages and other settlements 56.6. In order to improve the color and hygiene conditions of the cities and villages, and to protect and restore the land, at least 10% of the possessed land shall be a green area. 56.9. It shall be prohibited to interfere with the activities of professional organizations engaged in the operation and maintenance of engineering lines and equipment located in the land. 2 Law on Approv The project is subject to this law because land fees will be paid by the TVET land fee ed in school to local authorities. 1997.0 Article 8. Exemption from land fees 4.24 1. The following payer shall be exempt from the payment of possession and use of the Amend following land: ed in: 5) where the state-owned orphanage or educational institution is owned and used by 2012.0 the state, regardless of the type of ownership; 5.22 3 Law on Approv The project is subject to this law because vegetable planting fields of TVET Agricultur ed in schools are involved in project scope.

# Relevant Enacte Relevant Clauses d date e 2016.0 Article 13. Other areas related to crop production 1.29 Other areas related to agricultural production shall include the following: 13.1.1. Amend 13.1.1. Agricultural experimental and research area; ed in: 13.1.2. Real Estate and Infrastructure Department for agricultural and intensive livestock production. Article 18. Technological and technological innovation in crop production The technical trade of agricultural production shall be conducted by a legal person with training, spare parts and maintenance system, professional human resources and manufacturer's accreditation. 18.3. Techniques of agricultural production shall comply with protection of soil from erosion, storage of fertility, reduction of evaporation of moisture, economic efficiency, safe working conditions and ecological balance. 26.7. Anagrams and agribusiness analysis shall be conducted every five years by the owner and user of the farmer's own funds. 4 Law on Approv If not managed well, there might be water pollution risks during construction. water ed in Article 6. Payment Calculator pollution 2012.0 6.1. The amount of water pollution payment shall be determined as follows: 6.1.1. fee 5.17 6.1.1 kilograms of wastewater in wastewater from water pollutants that produce more than 50 m3 waste water or produce pollutants; 6.1.2 kilograms of polluting substances emitted by waste water from industrial units, service units, and waste water consumed by domestic residents for less than 50 sq. M; 6.1.3. The amount of hazardous substances in the waste water shall be as big as grams. 6.2. In accordance with the water demand norms, capacity and utilization regime for each industry and service sector, which produces less than 50 sq. M3 of wastewater from the factory and service units, the state central administrative body in charge of nature and environment shall cooperate with the relevant state administrative body. Article 8. Exemption and ease of payment 8.1. Water exemptions shall be exempt from the following conditions: 8.1.1. 8.1.1. The amount of waste water to be cleaned up to the water quality standard; 8.1.2. If the waste water is cleaned, recycled to use for re-use of the industrial or service. 8.3. Business entities and organizations engaged in cleaning of wastewater from public and state-owned cities and providing health, education and welfare services may be exempt from payment if they meet standards of wastewater and established norms and norms. 6 Law on Approv The project is subject to this law because there will be construction of expansion Construc ed in buildings at 8 TVET schools. tion 2016- Article 7. Rights and interests of public and third parties 02-05 7.1. The competent authority shall take into account the following issues in the issue of Amend construction work: 7.1.1. ed in: 7.1.1. Rights and interests related to ownership, possession, use of land, property and immovable property caused by construction activities; 7.1.2. Rights and interests arising from work and living in healthy and safe environment of legal entities and legal entities; 7.1.3. To comply with the principles set forth in this Law and Urban Development. 7.2 In the case of violation of rights and interests of public and third parties, personal rights and interests related to construction activities may be restricted by the decision of the competent authority in accordance with the requirements and grounds set forth in this Law. 7.3. During the construction activities, the third party can change the working space and living conditions and the right to use the buildings in accordance with the law. 7.4 Information on design of buildings and design of topographic maps shall be open and transparent to the public. 7.5. The state and local administrative organizations in charge of bureaus shall be responsible for the protection of the interests of private, public and third-person through the implementation and monitoring of the norms and normative documents related to

# Relevant Enacte Relevant Clauses d date the construction activities. Article 11. Principle of construction activity The following principles shall be complied with for the construction activities: 11.1.1. Ensure mechanical security: The material, structure, structure and material of the building shall be durable and soundly stable in the health, life, property and environment of the construction and operation; 11.1.2. Ensure security: incorporate conditions for preventing fire hazard, protecting against fire and harming buildings during use; 11.1.3. Ensure the safety of the environment: The construction shall be constructed without adverse impact on the environment and shall not jeopardize human health, life, property and animals and plants; 11.1.4. Ensure the safety of the person: it is designed to be protected against the effects of physical, chemical, biological, radiation, high volcanoes and other toxic substances; 11.1.5. Ensure the safety of the users of the facilities and facilities: to be designed to have reliable sources of fire-resistant, power supply and energy resources not harming human health and life during the utilization; 11.1.6 To ensure the rights of PWDs: to be constructed to ensure that the facilities are accessible to persons with disabilities and to ensure safe mobility; 11.1.7. Implement green development policy and green construction requirements for construction activities: Introduce advanced techniques and technologies, efficiently plan electricity, heat, steam and water sources.

Article 22. Providing technical conditions The request for technical condition of the construction facility shall be submitted to the engineering supply organization specified in 22.2 of this law. 22.2. The following documents shall be attached to the application: 22.1.1 permission of land issued by the competent authority; 22.1.2. Photo showing the cadastral of the unit land of the production facility and its conditions and conditions; 22.1.3. Copy of the state registration certificate of the legal entity is a citizen's identification card and a legal person; 22.1.4. The accreditation of the submission of an accredited agent; 22.1.5. A drawing of architectural model; 22.1.6. Information on the capacity of the facility and the supply of engineering required for the issue of technical conditions. 22.2. The technical supply organization shall issue technical specification and approval within 10 working days. 22.3. The technical worker's refusal to grant technical conditions shall not prevent the applicant from providing the supply of engineering resources with his or her source. 22.4. If the applicant has submitted the design of the request for the engineering supply with the source, the permission can be granted.

Article 26. Construction work permit A construction work permit shall be issued for buildings classified in 10.1.2, 10.1.3, 10.1.4 and 10.1.5 of this law for the following types of construction work: Construction of new facilities and facilities; 26.1.2. To extend and renovate the facilities; 26.1.3. Dismantling the facility for repairs 26.2. If the building structure has been modified and the capacity of the engineering network is changed, the design will be recycled and the construction permit will be renewed. 26.3. Provision of construction work to extend and renovate the building in accordance with classification, designs and documents in accordance with 10.1, 23.2 and 28.2 of this law.

Article 28. Issuance of a construction work permit certificate A certificate of construction work shall be certified in accordance with Article 27.1 of

# Relevant Enacte Relevant Clauses d date this Law The following documents shall be attached to the request for approval of the building: 28.2.1. Decision to confirm the location, model and technical specifications of the building; 28.2.2. A complete drawing and probable conclusion made by the facility; 28.2.3.Information of the legal entity of the drawing project, a copy of the state registration and license certificate; 28.2.4 assessment of the structure required for environmental impact assessment in accordance with environmental legislation; 28.2.5. Attach the certificate if insured for insurable accident and liability insurance. 28.3. In addition to the documents specified in 28.2 of this Law, the license of the designing and construction work shall be attached. 28.4. Request for construction work shall be attached to the plan for implementation of the construction phase monitoring. 28.6. The body specified in Article 35.1 of this Law is prohibited from requiring documents other than those specified in 28.2, 28.3 and 28.4 of this law.

Article 47. Construction of the technical state of the building 47.1 The State technical authority of the Building Construction shall exercise supervision over the construction supervision of the state inspectors. 7 Law on Approv The project is subject to this because heavy duty transportation trucks will be Traffic ed in used during construction. Safety 2015.7. Article 13. Rights and obligations of citizens and legal entities to ensure safety 08 of the traffic Amend 13.2. Citizens and legal entities shall have the following obligations in ensuring the ed in: safety of traffic: To obey the traffic rules; 13.2.2 to provide emergency first aid to persons affected by traffic accident; 13.2.3 not to participate in pedestrian or vehicle driving and ill-being during illness or fatigue that cannot meet the safety of traffic; 13.2.4. To ensure traffic safety in the area and its surrounding areas; 13.2.6.Households and legal entities shall clean up road pollution and snow-ice which are located in their area; 13.2.8. To comply with legitimate demands made by the authorized person on ensuring safety of the traffic. 13.4. The legal entity operating a vehicle operating on the territory of Mongolia shall have the following obligations in ensuring the safety of traffic: 13.4.1. To organize the operator's duties in compliance with traffic safety requirements; To approve and implement the labor and recreational procedures of the operator in accordance with the organization's internal rules, regulations and relevant legislation; 13.4.3. Provide opportunities to improve the profession and knowledge; 13.4.4. Ensure compliance with the organizational rules and regulations of the organizational culture, professional skills and ethical relations of the traffic police.

Article 22. Basic requirements for traffic safety in the use of the vehicle 22.1. The technical specifications of vehicles involved in the road traffic shall be sufficient to meet traffic safety requirements. 22.6. The owner / owner of the vehicle shall be responsible for maintaining the technical integrity of the vehicle in the road. 8 Law on Approv The project is subject to this law because construction materials will be Land ed in tansported/shipped to the construction site by land freight. Freight 1999.0 Article 10. Rights and obligations of the buyer 6.04 The carrier shall have the following obligations: Amend 10.2.1 To provide the shipwright with accurate information on its shipping service, and ed in: to prevent the passenger's life, health and goods harm; 2012.0 10.2.2.Transportation of passengers and passengers by convenient, dangerous and 8.17 non-hazardous transportation by designated vehicles and technical requirements; 10.2.21. To deploy lorry work and services as a specialized driver of the category;

# Relevant Enacte Relevant Clauses d date 10.2.4. Provide his / her work and service quantities, activity reports and reports to the organization that has set the specifications and timelines in a timely fashion; 10.2.5 use of road and road facilities in accordance with technical requirements and requirements; 10.2.6 to meet the requirements and requirements of the national standard of transport; 10.2.7. Owners of a vehicle, possessor and driver shall be allowed to designate, designate, designate, install, designate, designate and maintain the designated vehicles for the purpose of preventing fire, preventing traffic safety, protecting the environment, and maintaining public health and safety. ; 10.2.10.Transportation of transportation specified in 3.1.14 of this Law by special purpose vehicle that meets the standard requirements;

Article 11. Rights and obligations of the carrier and the passenger The carrier and the passenger shall have the following obligations: Prepare packing, packing and harness of the goods in accordance with the standard and preparing for transportation of the type and delivery; 11.2.2. To keep track of the way of loading and unloading the car to the vehicle without leaving the vehicle; 11.2.Equipment, dismantling machines, additional equipment and manpower are ready for loading, unloading and receiving their own or contracted goods; 11.2.4. To provide the carrier with information on shipping and storage of goods; 11.2.5. Deliver the shipment to the shipment in the transportation document and submit to the shipment; 9 Law on Approv There will be impacts on air quality from construction activities. Land ed in: Article 5. Charges for air pollution Pollution 2010.0 5.1. Payment of air pollution (hereinafter referred to as "payment") shall be imposed Fee 6.24 on emissions of raw coal, produced and imported organic solvents, automobiles and Amend self-propelled vehicles and air from large settled sources of air pollution. ed Article 8. Exemption and ease of payment in:2012 8.4. Combine grain tractor and agricultural purpose tractor. .05.17 10 Law on Approv The project is subject to this law because hygiene requirements apply to all Sanitatio ed in: workplaces and buildings. n 2011.1 Article 11. Technical terms 0.06 11.1 Technical conditions shall include the following: 11.1.1. The diameter of the connection to the structure of the building, depth of the pipe, and pressure of water; 11.1.2. The permissible level of composite and waste water, and the conditions for them to be supplied to the grid; 11.1.3.Easily water saving and other users to connect; 11.1.4. Collecting, storing, cleaning and re-use of gray water in the design of new buildings. 11.3. If the technical conditions change, the supplier shall notify the customer or investor of the terms and conditions of the renewal or renew the technical conditions. 11.4. It is prohibited to violate the requirements specified in the technical conditions. 11.5 In the technical context, owners and possessors of pipelines connecting consumers shall be specified. Article 12. The license and its classification 12.1. A licensed legal entity shall be responsible for the construction and utilization, repair and service of urban settlement water supply and sewage by the Regulatory Board. 15.1.13. To pay and pay for water consumption by meter. 17.4.1. 50 meters of water supply source / well / hygienic zone of urban settlement and protection zone not less than 200 meters;

Article 18. Planting Facilities 18.1. In order to supply wastewater to the WWTP, the permissible level of wastewater composition shall be determined by the state central administrative body in charge of

# Relevant Enacte Relevant Clauses d date environment, health, urban settlement's water supply and sewage. 18.2. The location of the concrete structure shall be determined in accordance with the following: 18.2.1. General plan of urban settlement; 18.2.2 an action plan for preventive action from a natural disaster / flood, fire, earthquake etc. / 18.2.3 Extension of treatment facility; 18.2.4. Area to establish safety and hygienic zones; 18.2.5. Personnel hygiene, occupational safety and health conditions 18.3. Planting facilities shall be equipped with a purifying and recycling equipment of gray water. 18.4. The control of the treated wastewater shall be monitored by the health and environmental monitoring unit and the technological inspection unit in the technological regime. 11 Law on Approv The project is subject to this law because it is funded with ADB loan. informati ed in: Article 5. Principles of information transparency and the right to obtain on 2011.0 information transpare 6.16 The following principles shall be adhered to in conducting information transparency ncy and and information protection: the right 5.1.1. The rule of law; to obtain Respect the legitimate interests of citizens and legal entities; informati All information except openly confidential under the law; on 5.1.4. Be independent; 5.1.5. To provide information promptly.

Article 7. Operational transparency 7.1.9. To place information on the implementation, progress and status of projects and programs implemented with state budget funds and foreign loans and grants on their website and update them regularly; Article 14. Informing The organization specified in Article 3.1 of this Law shall provide to citizens and legal entities information that is not prohibited to publicly disclose the legislation related to the activities of the organization. 12 Law on Approv The project is subject to this law because it is funded with ADB loan. Audit ed in: Article 10. Auditing Financial Statement 2015.0 The following entities and organizations shall be audited in their financial statements: 6.19 10.1.1. Accounting Law 4.1.1. / International Financial Reporting Standards; the business entity or organization to which the standard applies 10.1.2. Entities and organizations that provide consolidated financial statements; 10.1.4 Business entities and organizations with foreign investment; 10.1.6. Other entities and organizations specified in the international treaties to which Mongolia and Mongolia may require auditing in its financial statements. 10.3. The time frame for auditing of the financial statements of budget entities, state and locally owned and partly owned enterprises and organizations shall be regulated by the Law on Budget and other laws.

13 Law on 2015.0 The project is subject to this law because all TVET schools locate within urban Re- 6.26 areas. develop Article 16. Rebuild buildings that do not meet the requirements ment of 16.1. Demolish old buildings and structures that do not meet the requirements and Urban build new ones. Areas 16.2. Governors of aimags, the capital city, soums and districts shall make decisions on the use of such facilities on the basis of the conclusions of the competent authorities of the construction and urban development inspection. 16.3. Once the owner of the building has received the prohibited use of the structure from the governor of aimag, the capital city, soum and district, the request for re- planning shall be submitted to the aimag, capital city, soum and district Governor within 14 days.

# Relevant Enacte Relevant Clauses d date 16.4. Citizens' Representative Khural of Aimags and the capital city shall make a decision on dismantling and re-planning of unsuitable buildings.

2.1.3 Environmental Assessment Requirements of Mongolia 46. The EIA requirements of Mongolia are regulated by the Law on Environmental Impact Assessment (1998, amended in 2012). The terms of the law apply to all new projects, as well as rehabilitation and expansion of existing industrial, service or construction activities and projects that use natural resources. The purpose of this law is to protect the environment, prevent ecological imbalance, ensure minimal adverse impacts on the environment from the use of natural resources, and regulate relations that may arise in connection with the assessment of environmental impacts of and approval decisions on regional and sectoral policies, development programs and plans and projects. Table 2.6 lists all classes of projects that require GEIA according to the Mongolian law.

Table 2.6: Classification of Projects for which GEIA is Legally Mandatory No Project type Executor Central Government Authority for The Governors offices of Nature and Environment Provinces and the Capital city 1. Mining Exploration of all kind of minerals Exploration of common minerals to be used within local area 2. Heavy industry All types - 3. Light and Food Big industries owned by Government Local SMEs industry 4. Agriculture Water reservoir Other industries and services Irrigation system Plantation of fallow 5. Infrastructure Energy production more than 1 MW Energy production up to 1 MW capacity capacity EХОМtrТМТtв traЧsЦТssТШЧ ХТЧО ЦШrО tСaЧ 5 EХОМtrТМТtв traЧsЦТssТШЧ ХТЧО up tШ 5 kV voltage KV voltage Heat distribution pipes Heat distribution pipes local Hydro station Road and communication local Railway Airport Road international and inter cities Communication international and inter cities 6. Service Hotel, resort, sanatorium and other Hotel, resort, sanatorium and other service organizations with capacity more service organizations with capacity than 50 bed day up to 50 bed day Tourism 7. Other projects: Water supply, water treatment and solid Water supply, water treatment solid Town planning waste disposal in urban areas with more waste disposal in urban areas with up Defensive and civil than 10000 inhabitants to 10,000 inhabitants protection State owned facilities for defence and civil Local facilities for defence and civil Water supply protection protection system Water treatment plant Solid waste disposal and others 8. Bio diversity Fisheries (big size) Hunting and forestry, tribe Population, use and other activities Fishery for local market relative to animal and plants, 9. Chemicals, Treatment, use, storage, transport and radioactive disposal of chemicals, radioactive

No Project type Executor Central Government Authority for The Governors offices of Nature and Environment Provinces and the Capital city substances and substances and hazardous wastes hazardous wastes 10. Activities to be Activities to be conducted in boundaries of Activities to be conducted at locally conducted at special protected areas protected areas. special protected areas

47. The EIA requirements of Mongolia are regulated by the Law on EIA (28 enacted 2012). The terms of the law apply to all new projects, as well as rehabilitation and expansion of existing industrial, service or construction activities and projects that use natural resources. law revised in 2012 and brought into force in 2013, implemented through a new Environmental Impact Assessment Regulation.29 The 2012 revision introduces a requirement for Strategic Environmental Assessment for policy documents, and increases emphasis on public participation during a general EIA.

48. The purpose of the EIA law is environmental protection, the prevention of ecological imbalance, the regulation of natural resource use, the assessment of environmental impacts of projects and procedures for decision-making regarding the implementation of projects. The EIA process in Mongolia is summarized in Figure 2.1.

49. There are two types of EIAs defined under the Law on Environmental Impact Assessment (2012), as follows:

• General EIA (GEIA): To initiate a GEIA, the project proponent submits to the MET or Aimag government a brief description of the project, including feasibility study, technical details, drawings, baseline description of the project environment, and a written opinion of the Soum РШЯОrЧШr. TСОsО НШМuЦОЧts fШrЦ tСО ЛasТs Шf tСО GEIA aЧН MET’s assОssЦОЧt, which will have one of three conclusions: (a) project is rejected due to nonconformity with national laws and/or the severity of impacts; (b) project may proceed, subject to specific conditions, and (iii) a detailed EIA (DEIA) is necessary. Assessment by MET generally takes 14 working days.

• өОtaТХОН EIA. TСО sМШpО Шf tСО өEIA Тs НОfТЧОН ТЧ MET’s rОspШЧsО fШr tСО GEIA. TСО өEIA Тs prepared by an accredited national entity. The DEIA is submitted by the project proponent to MET and Aimag government. The reviewer(s) of the GEIA also review the DEIA, generally within 18 working days, and present the findings to the MET. Based on the content of the DEIA, reviewer conclusions, and any additional comments by MET departments, MET issues a decision on whether to approve or reject the project.

28 Law of Mongolia on Environmental Impact Assessments (1998, amended in 2002). Unofficial translation available from http://cdm-mongolia.com. 29 The new EIA Regulation revokes 2 Regulations and 1 Guideline document which do not meet the requirements of the EIA Law. The revoked legislation is: Regulation on the Environmental Impact Assessment Committee (2006); Guidelines on Formulating EPPs and EMPs (2000); and Regulation on Detailed EIA Appraisal (2006). These regulations are superseded by the EIA Law.

Projects Requiring GEIA Screening - New projects, renovation/expansion of industrial, service & construction activities, projects using natural resources

Project Implementer submits documents to MET or aimag - Project description, Feasibility Study, design approved by eligible authority and other related documents

MET or aimag expert - Conducts General EIA (screening) within 14 days Makes 1 of 3 decisions

Decision 1 - Project Can Not Progress Project is rejected because of non-conformity or impacts

Decision 2 - Project Can Progress DEIA is not required With specific conditions

Decision 3 - Project implementer - selects DEIA is required Licensed Company for Detailed EIA

Figure 2.1: Environmental Impact Assessment Process in Mongolia Source: Adapted from Vol. 1 (2001) Compendium of Laws: A Mongolian Citizens Reference Book.

50. The DEIA procedure guide lined by the method approved by the MiЧТstОr’s ШrНОr A-117 of MET in April 2014 and it is required to contain the following chapters: (i) environmental baseline data; (ii) analysis of extent and distribution of adverse impacts; (iii) measures to minimize, mitigate, and/or avoid impacts; (iv) alternative methods and technology; (v) risk assessment; (vi) environmental management plan (EMP); and (vii) stakeholder consultations, including potentially affected communities.

51. IЧ МШЦpХТaЧМО аТtС MШЧРШХТa’s ОЧЯТrШЧЦОЧtaХ safОРuarН pШХТМв, tСО PrШУОМt Тs subject to General Environmental Impact Assessment (GEIA) - or environmental screening - by the Ministry of Environment and Tourism (MET). A professional environmental consulting firm needs to be hired by the Ministry of Labour and Social Protection to conduct the domestic standard Baseline Environmental Assessment Report which needs to be submitted to MET together with approved design before obtaining GEIA. GEIA for 8 components where there will be expansion buildings need to be obtained before the commencement of construction in 2019.

52. Broadly, the GEIA conclusion has stipulated the following items to be included in the DEIA report; • engagement of a MET-registered entity to conduct/prepare the DEIA; • investigations to be conducted relative to issues concerning, identification of impacts of Subproject activity on, definition of mitigation measures and costs to monitor the quality of and impact on ground and surface water, soil, air, weather, forest plant and animals; • determination of the concentration of wastewater generated, monitoring and associated costs; • development of EMP; • identification of potential impacts on physical cultural resources, recommend management measures for affected ones and obtaining conclusion from a professional organization on this matter; • assessment of potential risks due to natural hazards and defining of mitigation measures;

• documentation of public consultations; • risk assessment of hazardous materials used in the Subproject activity according to the new procedures and rules developed in 2013, and recommendations for their safe storage, use and transport; and • Submission of DEIA to MET not required30.

53. AММШrНТЧР tШ tСО Хaа, tСО ruХО apprШЯОН Лв tСО MТЧТstОr’s ШrНОr A-05 effective from January 2013, the Program shall submit EMP performance report to the MET within twelve months from the start Шf tСО вОar as аОХХ as РОttТЧР apprШЯaХ fШr tСО ЧОбt вОar’s pХaЧ aЧН assШМТatОН ЛuНРОt.

2.1.4 Mongolian Environmental, health and safety Standards

54. At present there are so-МaХХОН “MШЧРШХТaЧ NatТШЧaХ StaЧНarНs”- MNS in effect in Mongolia. The standards prescribe effluent/wastewater standard, ambient air, noise, water quality, soil quality, industrial effluent discharge, boiler emission etc.

55. Key standards applied for this project include the following: (i) Water quality general requirement (MNS 4586:1998); (ii) Air quality. General technical requirements (MNS 4585:2016); (iii) Drinking water. Hygiene requirements, evaluation of quality and safety (MNS 0900:2018), (iv) Waste water quality supplied to sanitation network (MNS 6561-2015), (v) Determining disposal location of waste water (MNS 6230-2010), (vi) Occupational hygiene and work condition (MNS 4990-2015), (vii) General Requirements on personal protective equipment (MNS 4931-2000), (viii) General requirement on fire safety (MNS 4244-1994), (ix) General requirement on transportation of domestic waste (MNS 5344-2011), (x) Planning of public utility facilities and distance from green areas (MNS 5973-2009), (xi) General requirement for parking space (MNS 5342-2007) and the WHO Guidelines for Drinking-water Quality, Fourth Edition (2011); (xii) Soil Quality, Soil Pollutant Elements and Substances Standard (MNS 5850:2008); (xiii) Ambient Noise Standard (MNS 4585:2016); and (xiv) Labour safety and hygiene. General requirement for noise level and occupational safety (MNS 5002:2000). The standards for air, water, noise and soils pollution as per Mongolian Standard are listed in Annexure 4 for reference.

56. Occupational health and safety standard (MNS 5002:2000). Article 16 of the National ӨШЧstТtutТШЧ Шf MШЧРШХТa statОs tСat ОЯОrв ОЦpХШвОО Сas tСО rТРСt tШ ‘suТtaЛХО МШЧНТtТШЧs Шf аШrk’. TСО government adopted a National Program for Occupational Safety and Health Improvement in 2001 and national standards are also adopted such as the National Standard on Occupational Health and Safety MNS 5002:2000 which support the Occupational Safety and Health Law 2008 which sets out policies, rules and regulations on occupational safety and health, and the most common requirements for workplace safety.

Special Protected Areas 57. SШЦО tСО rОХОЯaЧt НОfТЧТtТТШЧs arО ХТstОН ТЧ “The Law on Special Protected Areas – Amendments, Comments and Recommendations” arО (SШurМО: MШЧРШХТaЧ Laа ШЧ Special Protected Areas and Law on Buffer Zones by IUCN). • “Article 7. Strictly Protected Areas o Strictly Protected Areas shall consists of those territories taken under state special protection, upon consideration of the preservation status of the original conditions and features of natural zones, in order to represent specific traits of the zones and scientific importance, and to ensure environmental balance. o Article 8. Strictly Protected Areas Zones 1. Upon consideration of the natural features, characteristics, unique soil, water, flora and fauna, and the human activities involved, Strictly Protected Areas shall be divided into the following zones: 1/ Pristine Zones; 2/ C

30 8 sub-projects components are subject to GEIA by MET, but DEIA is likely not be required by MET. In order to obtain GEIA, the PIU needs to submit approved design and baseline environmental survey reports made by licensed firm.

onserv ation Z ones, and; 3/ Limited Use Zones; o Limited Use Zones used in project area: 6/ pursuant to the appropriate procedure, organize eco-travel and tourism according to designated routes and directions 7/ use accommodations constructed pursuant to appropriate procedures and designated for temporary residence, camping, observation, research and investigation by travelers and other people with permission”

58. None of the 8 TVET schools locate within any SPA buffer zones. The nearest SPA is Bulgan Uul SPA which is in 2.5km distance from Arkhangai TVET. However the TVET school is separeted from the SPA by major settlement areas (Tsetserleg town). No impact is anticipated on the SPA. Table 2.7 summarize distances from protected areas.

Table 2.7: List of Protected Areas nearest to the category B Project sites TVET Schools Nearest protected area Distance UB TVET Bogdkhan Mountain SPA 4 km Nalaikh TVET Bogdkhan Mountain SPA 5.1 km Bayanchandmani TVET Chingeltei Khairkhan Mountain SPA 36 km Zuunkharaa TVET Noyon Uul Natural Complex 15.8 km Bayankhongor TVET Khangain Mountain Range SPA 40 km Khuvsgul TVET Khuvsgul Lake SPA 79 km Arkhangai TVET Bulgan Mountain SPA 2.5 km Darkhan-Urguu TVET Tujiin Nars SPA 59 km

2.1.5 Mongolia TVET School building Environmental Infrastructure 59. The consultants reviewed environmental issues related to development of infrastructure at TVET Schools in Mongolia. The project implementation would ensure that project design proposes measures to address constraints in carrying out safe construction/expansion activities of TVET School buildings as per national and international norms. The project design must include development of overall environmental infrastructure, a systematic technological evaluation of appropriate, cost- effective and sustainable solutions to waste water, connections to centralized sewerage systems, effective solid waste management, connected water supply and energy efficient buildings and heating system infrastructure at TVET School facilities in urban and rural settings.

60. Most TVET Schools in Ulaanbaatar areas are served by central water supply, wastewater collection and treatment facilities, centralized drainage systems, centralized heating systems and available electrical supply. However, some of the TVET Schools may lack access to some of the above listed environmental infrastructure systems at Aimags and Soum centers.

Green Building Concept31 61. A preliminary draft of a green building rating system was developed by Mongolia Green Building Council (MGBC) in 2014 by order of the Ministry of Environment, Green Development and Tourism of Mongolia (MEGDT). The draft system consists of ten main and 26 sub- criteria, covering the four thematic areas of energy, water, environment, and innovation (as shown in Table 2.8).

Table 2.8: Criteria of the MGBC’s Green building rating system Energy Implementation of the requirements of standard criteria of the A, B, C heating/thermal

31 Source of information Design and Technology Options - Analysis for a Green Public TVET School in Mongolia February 2016 Prepared by Mongolian Green Building Council and Building Technologies LLC for Global Green Growth Institute and Ministry of Environment.

categories specified in BND 23-02-09 - Mongolian Building Standard Usage of energy efficient equipment Usage of interior and exterior lighting of the building Usage of renewable energy sources Water saving Water saving equipment installation Reuse of grey water futures Reuse of rain water Environmental Location: aspects External planning, playground, car parking, bike parking and greenery should be designed according to BND Connectivity to the public transport Building: Usage of resource saving building material Usage of Green marked building material Interior air quality: Internal air temperature, humidity and noise level according to BND Usage of green labelled material in Interior design. Environmental management: Usage of environmental management program and environmental monitoring plan during construction. Construction company or client has ISO 14001 environmental management standard Maximum natural lighting in design. Innovation Usage of innovative technology, idea and material not directly related to green building rating system, but incorporated into GBRS (Source: Mongolia Green Building Council, 2014, report)

62. The criteria of the draft rating systems helped inform the choice of green design and technology options for the Green Public School in Mongolia. The design concept of the Green Public School (developed by Green Technology Center-Korea (GTCK)) examined design and technology options across five areas, as follows: • Building materials: Insulation • Interior: LED, others • Energy: Energy Efficiency of Building: Insulation of building for heat loss prevention; Heating: Four types of electrical and renewable heating systems - Electric floor heating, Night heat saver, Power saving heating and usage of Hybrid systems • Water and sanitation: Drinking Water: Solar panel to work the bore-well for drinking water; Wastewater: Biological treatment systems for wastewater • Exterior: Landscaping etc. • Other: Septic Tank for Solid waste

2.2 Mongolia and Multilateral Environmental Agreements (MEAs)

63. The health of Mongolia's natural ecosystems and populations of wild species is of both national and global importance. The country forms an important part of the global ecosystem in the ecological transition zone in Central Asia, where the great Siberian taiga, the Central Asian steppe, the high Altai Mountains, and the Gobi Desert converge. In recognition of its global responsibilities, Mongolia has acceded to a number of international environmental conventions and the key ones are tabulated below under four clusters in Table 2.9.

64. Each of these conventions places obligations on signatory governments ranging from the provision of a legislative basis for implementation, to adherence to the requirements and conditions of each convention, to monitoring implementation performance on a regular basis, to reporting on a regular basis and to the conference of parties.

Table 2.9: International Environmental Conventions Signed by Mongolia

No Convention Year of Accession Broadly (a) Relevant to Project A Nature conservation 1 Convention on the Protection of Wetlands of International 1998 No Importance-Ramsar Convention on Wetlands 2 CITES (Convention on International Trade in Endangered 1996 No Species of Fauna and Flora) 3 CBD (Convention on Biological Diversity) 1993 No B Hazardous material 1 Stockholm Convention on Persistent Organic Pollutants 2004 Yes (POPs) 2 Basel Convention on the Control of Trans-boundary 1997 Yes Movement of Hazardous Waste and Their Disposal 3 Rotterdam Convention on Prior Informed Consent (PIC) for 2000 No certain Hazardous Chemicals and Pesticides in International Trade C Atmospheric emissions 1 UNFCCC (United Nations Framework Convention on Climate 1994 Yes Change) 2 Kyoto Protocol 1999 Yes 3 UNCCD (United Nations Convention to Combat 1996 Yes Desertification) 4 Montreal Protocol (on Ozone Depleting Substances) 1996 Yes 5 Vienna Convention for the Protection of the Ozone Layer 1996 Yes D World Heritage 1 World Heritage Convention 1990 Yes Note: (a) accession; (e) entry into force; (r) ratification.

2.3 Asian Development BaЧk’s Safeguards Policies

2.3.1 Asian Development BaЧk’s Environment Classification 65. The AөB’s Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS), 2009 is applicable to all projects. These projects can be categorized as A, B, C or FI. Table 2.10 below provides a list of categorization of the activities related to Environment, Safeguards, as per AөB’s Safeguard Policy Statement 2009 requirements:

Table 2.10: Environment Safeguards Categorization: Definition Category Environment Type of reporting required. A — Significant Projects that anticipate significant adverse An environmental impact environmental impacts that are irreversible, assessment (EIA) is diverse, or unprecedented. These impacts may required to address affect an area larger than the sites or facilities significant impacts. subject to physical works. B — Less Projects with potential adverse impacts that are An initial environmental Significant site-specific, few if any of them are irreversible, examination (IEE) is and in most cases mitigation measures can be required to determine more readily designed than for Category A whether or not significant investments. environmental impacts. C — Minimal or Projects that have minimal or no adverse Environmental due impact environmental impacts. diligence report or any other document that reviews environmental implications is required, FI — Financial Projects of ADB funds through financial An environmental and Intermediation intermediaries (FI) social management system

Category Environment Type of reporting required. (ESMS) report is required.

66. At an initial stage of identifying project activities, the ADB's Prohibited Investment Activities List (described below) will apply. If the investment involves a prohibited activity, IA will not consider the investment. In this project, there are no prohibited activities being undertaken. 32

2.3.2 ADB SPS Requirements (SR1): Environment Policy 67. AөB’s SPS sets out the policy objectives, scope and triggers, and principles for the environmental safeguards. To achieve the policy objectives and deliver the policy principles, ADB carries out the actions described in the “PШХТМв Delivery PrШМОss” (subsection “B” of the SPS). To help borrowers/clients and their projects achieve the desired outcomes, ADB adopts a set of specific safeguard requirements that borrowers/clients are required to meet in addressing environmental and social impacts and risks. ADB staff, through their due diligence, review, and supervision, will ensure that borrowers/clients comply with these requirements during project preparation and implementation.

68. The objective of AөB’s due diligence for the Project loan is that EA ensures the environmental soundness and sustainability of projects and to support the integration of environmental considerations into the project decision-making process.

69. Environmental safeguards are triggered if a project is likely to have potential environmental risks and impacts. TСО pШХТМв prТЧМТpХОs fШr ОЧЯТrШЧЦОЧt assОssЦОЧt arО ХТstОН ТЧ AөB’s SPS 2009 document. This Project has been evaluated as a Category B Project, requiring an IEE. Guidelines on tСО AөB’s rОquТrОЦОЧts fШr EIA ТЧМХuНО tСО SPS (JuЧО 2009).

2.3.3 Equivalence of International Best Policies in Infrastructure Development 70. The Project is required to meet the ADB SPS guidelines as well as international standards of the IFC, which is part of the World Bank Group. The international environmental and social safeguard policies of these organizations are outlined below. • World Bank GrШup’s EЧЯТrШЧЦОЧt, HОaХtС aЧН SafОtв (EHS) GuТНОХТЧОs, 200Ү. • IFC (2007) guidelines for asbestos-containing materials (ACM):33 • Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines for Waste Management Facilities. • Environmental, Health, And Safety Guidelines for Water and Sanitation. • AөB’s EЧЯТrШЧЦОЧtaХ SafОРuarНs: A GШШН PraМtТМО SШurМОЛШШk-Draft Working Document (November 2012). • ILO Core Labor Standards. • Internationally-recognized Standard Practice for Maintenance, Renovation and Repair of Installed Asbestos Cement Products (American Society for Testing and Materials [ASTM] E 2394).34

2.3.4 Applicable Standards, guidelines and good practice in ADB SPS 2009 71. The ADB SPS Policy Statement 2009 (SPS) states, "During the design, construction, and operation of the project the borrower/client will apply pollution prevention and control technologies

32 No production of, trade in, or use of unbonded asbestos fibers 33 International Finance Corporation. Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines, 2007. http://www1.ifc.org/wps/wcm/connect/topics_ext_content/ifc_external_corporate_site/ifc+sustainability/sustainability+fra mework/environmental%2C+health%2C+and+safety+guidelines/ehsguidelines 34 ASTM International. ASTM E2394-11, Standard Practice for Maintenance, Renovation and Repair of Installed Asbestos Cement Products. West Conshohocken, PA, 2011. http://www.astm.org/Standards/E2394.htm. This standard describes work practices that protect worker and community health within the resources available in developing and industrialized countries. As much as possible it relies on readily-available tools, equipment, and supplies, and techniques that require careful and diligent workmanship but not the services of highly-skilled tradesmen. The standard is written for construction workers and tradesmen, for those involved in the preparation of contracts and tenders, and for government officials involved in developing regulations to protect worker and community health.

and practices consistent with international good practice, as reflected in internationally recognized staЧНarНs suМС as tСО АШrХН BaЧk GrШup’s EЧЯТrШЧЦОЧt, HОaХtС aЧН SafОty Guidelines. These standards contain performance levels and measures that are normally acceptable and applicable to projects."

72. TСО АШrХН BaЧk GrШup’s EЧЯТrШЧЦОЧtaХ, HОaХtС, aЧН SafОtв (EHS) GuТНОХТЧОs arО tОМСЧТМaХ reference documents with general and industry-specific examples of Good International Industry Practice (GIIP). The EHS Guidelines are provided in a General Set in four major categories (Environmental, Occupational Health and Safety, Community Health and Safety, Construction and Decommissioning.) These general guidelines are applicable to all sub-projects and supplemented by relevant industry sector specific EHS guidelines.

73. For this purpose World Bank EHS guidelines are recommended. The Environmental, Health, and Safety (EHS) General Guideline35 (April 30, 2007) will be applicable for this Project. The World Bank EHS standards relevant to the project are listed in Annexure 4 for reference.

74. National regulations take precedence; but when they differ from the EHS Guidelines, the more stringent levels or measures apply. In some circumstances, less stringent levels or measures may be appropriate due to specific project conditions (e.g. existing facilities). In these cases, the borrower/client is required to prepare alternatives that are consistent with SPS requirements for the protection of human health and the environment. Full and detailed justification of the proposed alternatives should also be provided.

35 These standards contain performance levels and measures that are normally acceptable and applicable to projects. When host country regulations differ from these levels and measures, the borrower/client will achieve whichever is more stringent. If less stringent levels or measures are appropriate in view of specific project circumstances, the borrower/client will provide full and detailed justification for any proposed alternatives that are consistent with the requirements presented in this document.

3.0 DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT

3.1 The Project

75. The project will introduce several innovations to MШЧРШХТa’s TVET system, including (i) support for sector sub councils, industry and professional associations, and employers to set standards for TVET programs and courses; (ii) creation of an independent competence assessment and certification system; (iii) strengthening of workplace training for TVET students and teachers; (iv) introduction of career guidance in junior secondary TVET Schools prior to tracking; and (v) development of a credit transfer system between senior secondary education, tertiary education, and TVET within a national qualifications framework.

76. By 2019, about 8 TVET Schools will be expanded and 11 TVET schools will be supplemented with equipment and minor refurbishment. The project is under implementation period from September 2017 to 2019.

3.2 Justification of the Project 77. The low population density and harsh winters in Mongolia, coupled with the limited capacity of the central and local governments to plan and manage education services in a coordinated manner, have caused inefficiency in public spending on education. With more than one quarter of population engaged in semi-nomadic herding, the TVET School dormitory system is essential to ensure access to education. To keep students in TVET Schools, and dormitories during extremely cold winter months (November–March), constant heating is necessary. Besides, TVET Schools built in the 1970s and 1980s have run down, becoming increasingly energy inefficient. All these come with high costs. Moreover, the short curriculum reform cycle (less than 4 years) in the course of transitioning from a 10 to 12-year education system (2004–2015) has further drained public resources. On the other hand, the decentralization of education administration in 2014 has led to the random opening of senior secondary classes in some areas with fewer students than the standard class size. Investments in TVET School buildings and facilities need to be coordinated and optimized at the central and local levels, taking into account the existing enrolment capacity and trends in population growth and internal migration.

3.3 Location 78. Figure 3.1 provides the detailed map of Mongolia. Annexure 1a provides details about the location, setup, while Annexure 1b shows the location of the TVET schools on Google maps.

Figure 3.1: Map of Mongolia and location of sub-projects implementing aimags.

3.4 Project components

79. Initially, the project was classified under environment category C as per ABS SPS 2009, because there were no construction activities planned and the planned physical works included indoor refurbishment works and provision of necessary equipment. The original scope for the eight TVET schools that required expansion were only refurbishment of the existing classroom buildings and provision of necessary equipment. However, as results of the initial site assessment conducted by the PIU engineers, the current facilities at 8 TVET schools (UB, Darkhan-Urguu, Bayanchandmani, Zuunkharaa, Arkhangai, Khuvsgul, Nalaikh and Bayankhongor) did not have enough space, thus additional small scale buildling construction works are proposed to construct/extend laboratory buildings (Annexure Table A1.2). The proposed small scale extension buildings within the existing school land area (the schools have land available for this) are not likely to cause a significant adverse impacts to surrounding environment and community.

80. Table 3.1 shows key features, proposed project scope (education program/majors) and environmental issues (if any) for the sub-projects. Only refurbishment of the existing classroom buildings and provision of necessary equipment were assumed in the initial project documents. However, as results of the initial site assessment conducted by the PIU team in 2018, the current facilities at 8 TVET schools does not have enough space, thus minor construction works are proposed to provide small scale extension buildings at the 8 TVET schools. This was the main reason the category of the Project upgraded from C to B. As for other 11 TVET schools, the current facilities have enough space, thus only refurbishment of the existing classroom buildings and provision of necessary equipment are planned.

Table 3.1: Sub-project components and their key features No Sub-Project Location Proposed education Key features of sub-project component36 components program/majors A TVET Schools requiring Expansion (civil works (demolition and construction) 1 Nalaikh TVET Nalaikh district 1. Road and bridge Original construction worker Construction of workshop (648m2) and 2. Operators of road garage (250m2) buildings, outside training construction machineries field 1200m2. 3. Repairman of road construction machineries 4. Laboritarian of road materials laboratory 2 Darkhan- Darkhan city 1. Road and bridge 1. A new workshop building, size: 1000m2, Urguu TVET construction worker 1 storey 2. Operators of road 2. An outside training field will be made for construction machineries the heavy machineries – 1200m2 3. Repairman of road 3. Provide a material storage house and construction machineries lightings. 4. Laboritarian of road materials laboratory 3 Ulaanbaatar Bayangol 1. Interior construction and Demolish existing workshop building. Polytechnical district, UB city decoration worker Construction of new workshop building: 3 College 2. Construction workers for storey and 2250m2 energy saving buildings 3. Construction electrician 4. Construction worker 5. Operator for construction machineries 4 Zuunkharaa Zuunkharaa 1.Vegetable farmer Construct vegetable storage and renewal of TVET town, Mandal 2. Greenhouse farmer pipelines at agro-park, winter house nearby soum girls dormitory 5 Bayanchandm Bayanchandm 1.Vegetable farmer 1. A winter & a summer greenhouses, ani TVET ani soum, Tuv 2.Greenhouse farmer 6m*30m size. province 3.Technician for wool and 2. A new workshop building, 1 storey, cashmere processing 330m2 4.Vehicle repairman 3. Construct a new waste water treatment facility for the TVET 6 Arkhangai Tsetserleg 1.Vegetable farmer Construction of a new workshop building. TVET town 2.Forestry worker 3.Technician for wool and cashmere processing 7 Khuvsgul Murun town, 1.Vegetable farmer Construction of a new workshop building TVET Khuvsgul 2.Greenhouse farmer with size 400m2 province 3.Forestry worker 8 Bayankhongor Bayankhongor 1. Interior construction and EбТstТЧР СОЧ sСОХtОr, sТгО 6*2ү аТХХ ЛО TVET town decoration worker demolished. Construct a new workshop 2. Operator for construction building, size: 18m x 36m. machineries B TVET Schools requiring Equipment and refurbishments 1 TVET Darkhan city 1. Interior construction and 7 classrooms and toilets in the existing decoration worker workshop building will be refurbished. 2. Construction workers for Sanitary system and windows of the energy saving buildings dormitory building will be upgraded. 3. Operator for construction machineries 2 TVET Khentii 1.Vegetable farmer Refurbishment of the existing classroom

36 No Asbestos Containing Materials (ACM) will be removed, repaired or demolished. Also, components that have ACM as associated facilities will not be undertaken for project funding.

No Sub-Project Location Proposed education Key features of sub-project component36 components program/majors province 2.Greenhouse farmer building and an existing water well house 3.Forestry worker 3 TVET Dornod 1. Construction electrician Refurbishment of the 2 existing workshop province 2. Construction worker buildings 3. Operator for construction machineries 4 TVET Dundgobi 1. Interior construction and Workshop tools and and devices will be province decoration worker provided. Teachers will be trained. 2. Construction electrician 3. Construction worker 5 TVET Uvurkhangai 1.Construction electrician Provide winter greenhouse and vegetable province 2.Technician for wool and storage nearby existing garages. cashmere processing Refurbishment of 4 classrooms in the 3.Greenhouse farmer existing workshop buildings, refurbishment of 1st floor and toilets in the existing student dormitory building. Improvement of sanitary for the existing classroom building and upgrade an existing summer greenhouse 6 TVET Zavkhan 1.Technician for wool and Refurbishment works in the existing province cashmere processing workshop building, classroom building and the gym. Renew power cables. 7 TVET Govi-Altai 1. Interior construction and 4 classrooms in the existing workshop province decoration worker building will be refurbished. 2. Construction electrician 8 TVET Erdenet city 1.Construction worker Refurbishment works for 2 classrooms and 2.Vehicle repairman 2 garages within the existing workshop 3.Technician for wool and building cashmere processing 9 TVET Bulgan 1.Vegetable farmer 3 classrooms will be refurbished in the province 2.Greenhouse farmer existing building. 3.Veterinarian 10 TVET Dornogobi 1. Interior construction and If a new land is acquired by the school for province decoration worker agro-park, then provide water well, 2.Vehicle repairman electricity line, workshop building and 2 pcs 3.Greenhouse farmer of 40ft containers

11 TVET Khovd 1.Greenhouse farmer Provide water well, electricity line and province 2.Vegetable farmer vegetable storage in the agro-park yard. 3.Technician for wool and Place 2 pcs of 40ft containers. 5 classrooms cashmere processing and toilets in the existing classroom building will be refurbished, renew sanitary filter in the wool wash classroom

81. The Ulaanbaatar Polytechnical College at Bayangol district, UB city would require demolishing existing workshop building and would temporarily block the access road to the seven (7) privately operated garages in the college premises for construction of new workshop building. The following Table 3.2 provides the details.

Table 3.2: Ownership and usage of garages affected by construction at UB Polytechnic College Garage No. Name of garage owner Relation to the UB TVET Type of use of the Garage 1 Chimeddorj Ex-director of the UB TVET Garage for private car 2 Oyunbyamba Teacher at the UB TVET Garage for private car 3 Zoljargal Teacher at the UB TVET Used as storage, frequently used 4 Batmyagmar Ex-director of the UB TVET Garage for private car 5 Tsedendolgor Ex-teacher of the UB TVET Garage for private car

Garage No. Name of garage owner Relation to the UB TVET Type of use of the Garage 6 His brother Demchigdorj is Luvsan Ex-teacher of the UB TVET operating a car maintenance, 7 daily used

82. The Executing Agency for the project – Ministry of Labor and Social Protection (MLSP) will select professional design firms who will develop construction design drawings for the expansion facilities through a bidding process.

83. The data regarding land cutting and filling required, distance from receptors - water drainage and distance from major roads, details of trees to be affected, land details have been collected. However, if expansion site/location are changed other than those indicated here in the IEE, supplementary information will be supplied for each of revised location for Sub-projects proposed by MLSP to ADB for prior to approval before finalizing design drawings.

4.0 DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT (Baseline Data)

4.1 Categorization of Sub-projects 84. The Environment categorisation procedure is discussed in Section 2.3. The national level categorisation requirements stipulated by MET is also specified in Section 2.1. The domestic categorization for the project will be made within the GEIA which will be issued the Ministry of Environment. Since the size and magnitude of operation is not big, it is expected that GEIA conclusion аТХХ МШЦО Шut as “PrШУОМt МaЧ prШМООН аТtС МОrtaТЧ МШЧНТtТШЧs, өEIA Тs ЧШt ЧООНОН”.

85. In total, 19 TVET schools are involved in the project. Even though the general category for the project by ADB has been graded up from category C to category B, each subproject is classified into either category B or Category C depending on the type project activities and physical condition and features in order to implement proper environmental management for each subproject during the construction phase. 8 subprojects, namely TVET schools in Ulaanbaatar, Nalaikh, Bayanchandmani, Darkhan-Urguu, Bayankhongor, Zuunkharaa, Arkhangai and Khuvsgul are classified as category B subprojects because expansion of workshop buildings will be constructed at the schools. The remaining 11 subprojects are classified into category C because the indoor activities such as repair of a classroom or toilet within the existing buildings are not likely to cause an impact on surrounding environment and community.

86. Within this IEE, there are only 8 category B subprojects. Table 4.1 shows location, project activities and category B subprojects.

Table 4.1: Location and categorization of the subprojects No. Name of TVET schools Type of activity No. Name of TVET schools Type of activity under category B under category C 1 TVET in Ulaanbaatar 1 TVET in Darkhan city 2 TVET in Nalaikh district 2 TVET in Khentii province 3 TVET in 3 TVET in Dornod province Bayanchandmani soum Either indoor 4 TVET in Zuunkharaa 4 TVET in Dundgobi refurbishment town province works or 5 TVET in Bayankhongor Construction 5 TVET in Uvurkhangai minor outside province of extension province works with no 6 TVET in Arkhangai buildings 6 TVET in Zavkhan significant province province impacts 7 TVET in Khuvsgul 7 TVET in Govi-Altai province province 8 Darkhan-Urguu TVET 8 TVET in Erdenet city 9 TVET in Bulgan province 10 TVET in Dornogobi province 11 TVET in Khovd province

87. Most sub-project activities will have minimal impacts to the environment, and will not be influenced by current environment conditions. Thus, the main emphasis of this chapter is the description of physical, biological, and socioeconomic conditions in the 8 category B subproject locations, and more specifically the environment at the TVET Schools.

4.2 Environment in Mongolia 4.2.1 Physical Environment of Mongolia 4.2.1.1 Topography 88. Although most of the country is flat, with rolling hills, there are several significant mountain ranges, notably the Altai, Khangai, Knentii and Khuvsgul. About half of the land is at an altitude of

about 1,400 m or more above mean sea level. The altitudes range from 560 m (above sea level) at the lowest point of Khokh Nuur in the eastern steppes, to the highest of 4,374 m (above sea level) at Khuiten peak in the Altai Mountains.

4.2.1.2 Climate 89. Mongolia lies in a transitional zone at 42o – 52o N, between the boreal forests of Siberia and the Gobi Desert, spanning the southernmost border of the permafrost and the northernmost deserts of Central Asia. Large distances and high mountain chains separate the country from the oceans. It has an extreme continental climate with marked differences in seasonal and diurnal temperatures and low precipitation. Mean annual observed precipitation ranges from 38.4 mm at Ekhiin gol in Bayanhongor Aimag (province) to 389.3 mm at Dadal in Hentii Aimag. Most of the rainfall occurs in summer, between June and August. Mean monthly temperatures for the last thirty years range from -11.8oC (January) to 25.2oC (July) at Ekhiin gol, the warmest place, and from -32oC (January) to 12.8oC (July) at Rinchinlumbe, the coldest place in Mongolia.

90. Mongolia has a severe continental climate. Ulaanbaatar is the coldest national capital in the world, with temperatures ranging from approximately -370C to +250C. The country is also prone to severe winters, known as zud which means any condition that stops livestock getting to pasture. The winters of 1999, 2000, 2001 and 2010 were zud years, which resulted in the deaths of more than 25% of the livestock population. Ulaanbaatar is located at 1,350m altitude in the valley of four mountain ranges which rise to 1,650 to 1,949m altitude. Due to its location, the city experiences many temperature inversions. At least 80% of these inversions occur from October to April when air temperatures are from 7.5 to 11.70C and land temperatures are from minus 21 to minus 390C. The average depth of the inversions is 650 to 920 m.

4.2.1.3 Precipitation 91. The country averages 257 cloudless days a year, and it is usually at the centre of a region of high atmospheric pressure. Precipitation is highest in the north, including Ulaanbaatar (average of 200 to 350 mm per year) and lowest in the south, which receives 100 to 200 mm annually. In Ulaanbaatar, 95-97 percent of precipitation falls during the warm season, including 75-80 percent in the summer. In winter, the precipitation ranges from 1 to 3 mm, whereas in July it ranges from 100 to 120 mm. At an average, it rains 40-70 days a year, snow falls on 25-30 days, and land is covered with snow for 140-170 days.

4.2.1.4 Wind 92. The dry environment exacerbates the frequent dust storms occurring in Mongolia each year. Wind erosion of soil is a dynamic process of soil degradation in which the share stress applied on the ground surface by wind exceeds the ability of the soil particles to resist separation and transportation. The wind erosion depends on the climatic factors, soil properties, landscape characteristics and availability of vegetation. In Ulaanbaatar, wind blows mostly from the north and northwest and average wind velocities are usually lower than in other parts of Mongolia. Monthly wind velocities average 1.6 – 4.4 m/s, with an average of 7 to 9 days per year where wind velocities exceed 10 m/s.

4.2.2 Water Resources 93. Mongolia straddles a major continental watershed aligned east-west across the country. North of the divide, drainage is to the Arctic Ocean via the Lena River and Lake Baikal, and to the Pacific Ocean via the Amur and Yenisei rivers. South of the divide drainage terminates in dry lakes and salt pans with no outlet to the sea.

94. There are more than 3,800 rivers and streams with regular run-off in Mongolia. The total length of the river network is about 6,500 km. There are 186 glaciers of a total volume of 62.5 km3 and 3,500 lakes covering total surface area of 15,600 km2 with a total volume of 500 km3 and 8,000 river lets. There are three major drainage basins: rivers in the west drain to the enclosed Basin of Central Asia; rivers in the north drain to Arctic Ocean Basin; and rivers in the east drain to Pacific Ocean Basin.

95. The potential water resources of the country are estimated to be about 36.4 km3. Of this, the surface water resources are 22.0 km3 and the usable groundwater resources are 12.6 km3. About 78% of the river run-off is formed on 36 % of the territory in northern, western, and north-eastern mountainous areas and 22 per cent is formed on 64 % of the territory in the south of the country. On an average, the annual amount of water resources per capita is 17,300 m3. However, it ranges from 4,500 m3 per capita in the Gobi area to 46,000 m3 per capita in northern and central areas.

Surface water 96. Ulaanbaatar is located in the Tuul River basin. The Tuul River is 704 km long and drains an area 49,840 square km. Currently the Tuul River is suffering from pollution, some caused by UХaaЧЛaatar’s МОЧtraХ sОаaРО trОatЦОЧt faМТХТtв, as аОХХ as СОaЯв ЦТЧОral and sedimentation pollution caused by gold mining in the Zaamar area. The Selbe River, a tributary of the Tuul River with a catchment area of 303 square km, flows along the Eastern and Southern sides of Ulaanbaatar, eventually meeting the Tuul River approximately 20 km downstream of the City. The principal recharge mechanism for the Selbe River is the rain water in summer and autumn therefore, water levels fluctuate considerably. The river is considered to be of low biological relevance and is not used as a drinking water source or for agriculture. Table 4.2 provides average water quality in Tuul river of the Ulaanbaatar city.

Table 4.2: Average Water Quality in the Tuul river in Ulaanbaatar city (1998-2008) + - - -3 Summary DO BOD5 COD NH4 NO2 NO3 PO4 [mg/l] [mg/l] [mg/l] [mg/l] [mg/l] [mg/l] [mg/l] Mean 8.68 4.59 5.42 1.47 0.060 0.65 0.12 Min 6.87 1.79 2.96 0.11 0.003 0.15 0.01 Max 9.40 15.79 9.34 6.47 0.220 1.77 0.50 Standard 0.81 4.37 2.22 2.18 0.079 0.51 0.17 Source: Data from analyzing by Environmental monitoring laboratory of MNET, in Ulaanbaatar city, 1998-2008.

Groundwater 97. Groundwater exists in unconfined aquifers (alluvial sediments of late quaternary to recent period) at depths between 4 - 30 m. The static water level in the Tuul River valley is from 2-6 m in winter and 0.5-5 m in summer, if there are no wells in operation. However, extraction of groundwater can cause the static water level to drop from 10 - 13 m in winter and from 15 - 19 m in summer.

Permafrost 98. Two thirds of the population of Mongolia lives in the region with permafrost distribution. With the increasing activity of infrastructure networks, knowledge about the distribution patterns of mountain permafrost helps reducing installation costs, and improves life safety of people in such area.

99. A map of seasonally frozen ground and permafrost distribution of Mongolia at a scale of 1:1500000 is available. This map was compiled by the results of Russian – Mongolian geocryological expedition in 1967 – 1971.

100. On the territory of Ulaanbaatar, annual and seasonal permafrost soil is spread in relation to land surface formation and climate feature. The annual permafrost intermittently and patchily spread here (Tumurbaatar, 1995). The annual permafrost spreads on relatively small area in intermittently through average high mountains near Tolgoit, Selbe, Uliastai and Gachuurt river outfalls in north part of the Ulaanbaatar. But above mentioned rivers valleys and outfalls of Baruun Salaa and Zuun Salaa rivers in Tolgoit, Belkh and Selkh rivers, Sharga Morit and Khandgait rivers in Selbe river, Zuun gol and Baruun gol, Urd Bayn gol rivers in Uliastain river, Shijir, Shavart and Bugat rivers in Gachuurt river valley, the long-term permafrost spreads patchily. In other parts along or in low parts of land surface, medium bare mountain slopes and low hills relic soil spreads in seasonal permafrost. The annual permafrost spreads mostly in valley bottom and back side of mountains, humid sandy and argillaceous debris. Here phenomenon of cold salient, seasonal and annual cold fraction and overflow

is commonly occurred by impact of the permafrost process. Furthermore, various micro types from the permafrost are derived in hollows and convexes. The most occurred phenomenon of the permafrШst Тs tСО ШЯОrfХШа “tШsСТЧ”. It Тs rОХatОН tШ sОasШЧaХ frООгТЧР aЧН fШrЦОН ТЧ rТЯОr, strОaЦ aЧН sprig beds, and sometimes it occupies even side areas. When it gets warm in spring its ice melts and breaks valley bottom in some extent.

101. Annual absolute thickness of the permafrost is 15-40 m in thick river beds, hollow and convex regions, 25-120 m on top of high mountains and their back slopes and average thickness is 30-100 m. Seasonal freezing of relic soil in natural normal condition of annual permafrost and its melting is 2.7-3.4 m in alluvia gravel, gravelly sand and sandy soil or in river beds, 4.0- 5.6 m in sandy soil with broken rocks of mountain slopes, 2.8-3.1 m in mountain back slope soil and 5.1- 5.4 m in mountain top soil and sediment (Sharkhuu S., 2002).

102. Annual mean temperature of the relic soil freezes from zero degrees and its seasonal freezing and melting depth size decreases, when its loamy, fatty and humid feature is increased. In coherent to it, the relic soil seasonal melting average depth does not exceed over 2 m in marsh area of river beds and mountain flat slope and reaches at 3-4 m on valley slope dry area. Dominant average freezing of the relic soil seasonally is 2.5-3.5 m deep in average, but it does not exceed over 1.5-2.0 m in argillaceous debris enriched by humidity and reaches at 4-5 m in broken sandy debris lack of humidity in annual and seasonal permafrost process and phenomenon spongy debris spread is the most common in bottom of valleys and hollows regarding humidity and less distributed to mountain side slope, even in south slope.

103. FШr tСО Хast вОar’s НОptС Шf pОrЦafrШst rОХТМ sШТХ Тs prОsuЦaЛХв tШ НОМХТЧО aЧН aЧЧuaХ permafrost to be changed in south line of the relic soil due to natural and human activities, which was mentioned by researchers of Institute of Geography. It is clearly observed in patchily spread areas, where the permafrost depth declined, marshes along rivers dried up and seasonal permafrost is decayed. Due to loss of the permafrost relic soil forestation and reproduction is stagnated and stretches from forest landscape to steppe landscape that affects loss of plant cover and chases wildlife away from its habitat. Therefore, the annual and seasonal permafrost relic soil and its process influence specifically on natural and socio-economic condition of this area. Currently there is no detailed research on permafrost of the Ulaanbaatar available and it is not possible to define changes made on its phenomenon, proves and relic soil freezing and melting in depth. Figure 4.1 shows the regional distribution of permafrost near Ulaanbaatar.

Figure 4.1: Distribution of Permafrost in the area of Ulaanbaatar

4.2.3 Terrestrial Resources 104. MШЧРШХТa’s position, size and topography have resulted in a unique assembly of ecosystems or natural zones. Studies of the flora and fauna of the country, together with climatic and geographic data, have resulted in the classification of Mongolia into six broad ecological regions, 16 provinces and 47 bio-geographical zones. Mongolia also has been divided into six broad vegetation zones (Alpine, Taiga, Forest-Steppe, Steppe, Desert-Steppe and Desert). Ecosystems are fragile and extremely vulnerable to many forms of economic exploitation.

105. Alpine: High mountains rising above the tree line occur in the Altai, Khangai, Khentii and Khuvsgul ranges. The tops of these mountains are relatively flat, with few sharp peaks. Vegetation consists of low shrubs and herbs, sedges, mosses, algae and lichens, and there are few birds and mammals living at this altitude.

106. Taiga: Mountain taiga forest covers areas of the Khuvsgul and Khentii mountains, the area north of the Tarbagatai Mountains, the upper reaches of the Orhon river, and the Khan Khokhii range. It is the southern edge of the Siberian taiga that has the largest continuous forest system in the world.

107. Forest-Steppe: This zone lies between the steppe and the taiga, in the Khnagai and Altai mountain chains, including parts of Orhon and Selenge river basins and Khyangan Mountains of eastern Mongolia. Coniferous forests are found on the northern slopes, while the southern slopes are covered with open steppe vegetation.

108. Steppe: The steppe zone extends from the western Great Lakes depression past Khangai and the middle Khalkha highlands to the steppes of Khentii, Dornogobi and Dornod. It is characterized by flat plains and rolling hills covered in feather grass and shrubs.

109. Desert-Steppe: MШЧРШХТa’s desert-steppe or semi-desert is characterized by a dry climate with mean annual precipitation of 100-125 mm and vegetation dominated by low grasses and shrubs. Many of Central AsТa’s endemic plants occur in this zone.

110. Desert: Desert occurs predominantly in the south. The Mongolian desert is extremely dry, with mean annual rainfall lower than 100 mm, and some areas remain without rain for several years at a time. High winds and dust storms are frequent in spring and summer. There are oases with poplar, but for the most part the desert consists of bare sandy plains and rocky mountains.

4.2.4 Mineral Resources 111. Mongolia is rich in mineral resources: Eight thousand mineral deposits bearing over 600 mining sites have been discovered, including coal, iron, tin, copper, molybdenum, gold, silver, tungsten, zinc, tin, lead, phosphates, fluorspar, uranium and nickel. In addition, over 200 deposits of construction materials such as marble, granite, etc. have been discovered and these are currently in operation.

112. The Erdenet copper-molybdenum mine and ore-processing complex, which produces annually about 0.4 million tons of copper concentrate for export, dominates the mineral sector.

113. Other substances like oil shale, and semiprecious stones, such as agate, lapis, lazuli, garnet are also found in Mongolia. Of 200 known coal deposits, 32 have been exploited of which 13 sites are now closed. There are many large deposits of low-grade brown coal that cannot be used in some coal-fired installations as it has high sulfur content and air pollution potential. One uranium mine is under exploitation at present in Eastern aimags.

4.2.5 Seismology and other Disasters in Mongolia

Natural disasters 114. Natural disasters in Mongolia are mainly caused by forest fires, floods, extreme cold, snow storms and disease outbreaks. Forest fires accounted for 49% of the disaster events during the period 1990-2000. During this period, floods, disease outbreaks and extreme cold and snow storms accounted for 11%, 13% and 5%, respectively37. Floods and earthquakes are the natural disasters of potential relevance to the project and thus further discussed below.

Earthquakes 115. Mongolia has experienced four major earthquakes (Msk>8) and many more moderate earthquakes (Msk 5.3-7.5) in the last century. The seismic activity in Mongolia is related to its location between the compressive structures associated with the collision of the Indian-Australian plate with the Eurasian plate on the one hand and the extensional structure associated with the Baykal rift system on the other. The historical records (1903 onward) of the seismicity in Mongolia show a high concentration of seismic activity along the Mongolian-Altay and Gobi-Altay ranges and the northwestern border with Russia and around Mogod east of Hangay mountain. The multi-organizational GХШЛaХ SОТsЦТМ HaгarН AssОssЦОЧt PrШРraЦ МХassТfТОs UХaaЧЛaatar as “ХШа” tШ “ЦШНОratО” earthquake risk areas shown in Figure 4.2.

37 Source: National Center for Emergency, 2002.

Source: Research Center for Astronomy and Geophysics of Mongolian Academy of Science. Figure 4.2: Seismicity in Mongolia from 1900 to 2000

Flooding 116. Localized flooding can be caused in most areas of the country, especially in built-up areas through heavy rain events because of poor surface water drainage. This flooding is ephemeral and the water subsides rapidly. More than 75% of precipitation in Ulaanbaatar occurs in July and August.

Climate change 117. In order to address the issue of global climate change and its effects on people and the economy, Mongolia affirmed the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) in 1993 and the Kyoto Protocol in 1999. The Government of Mongolia has taken considerable steps toward the implementation of the UNFCCC, by accomplishing the required commitments such as the Initial National Communication, Technology Needs Assessment and the National Action Plan on Climate Change to address climate change and other legal commitments

118. In 2007, Mongolia was ranked 96th in the list of CO2 emitting countries, contributing around 0.04% to the global emission38. UNEP39 states that in Mongolia, the energy sector (including stationary energy, transportation and fugitive emissions) was the largest source of greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions comprising 65.4% of total emissions. The second largest source of GHG emissions was the agricultural sector (41.4%). The report also states that total CO2 removal was more than total CO2 emissions in 2006 due to an increase in the area of abandoned lands and a reduction in newly cultivated land. However, by 2020, it is predicted that MongolТa’s GHG ОЦТssТШЧs аТХХ ЛО ЦШrО tСaЧ 5 times that of 2006.

119. Climate modeling for Mongolia is projecting changes which include increased air temperatures, increased precipitation in some areas and a reduction of water resources in other areas40. Potential evapo-transpiration increase would be higher than precipitation amount increase.

38 United Nations Statistics Division, Millennium Development Goals Indicators. Available at http://mdgs.un.org/unsd/mdg/SeriesDetail.aspx?srid=749&crid= 39 United Nations Environment Program (2009) Mongolia: Assessment Report on Climate Change 2009 40 Ibid.

Future climate changes are expected to negatively impact Mongolia, mostly in the agricultural and livestock sectors. This in turn will affect the society and economy, meaning climate change adaptation is a significant issue for the country.

4.2.6 Ecological Resources 120. Ecological resources of the potentially impacted environment are defined to include the arОa’s flora and fauna, and specially protected areas. The sub-project sites include areas which have very little vegetation or exposed ground which may form habitats for fauna. However, there are a limited number of bird species observable in the Ulaanbaatar city, such as crows and sparrows, common to many urban environments. The project will not encroach on legally protected sites; the closest protected site is the Gorkhi Terelj National Park. This park is outside the city and not within the prШУОМt’s area of influence. There are no rare, threatened, or endangered species within the construction boundaries of the sub-projects.

4.2.6.1 Protected areas in Mongolia 121. Mongolia was probably one of the first countries in the world to recognize the importance of conservation. In 1778, the Bogd Khan Mountain, which is located outside MШЧРШХТa’s capital, was officially designated by the State. The values and the knowledge leading to the establishment of Protected Areas (PAs) have varied throughout the years with the on-going development of scientific knowledge and increasing involvement of stakeholders. To date, MШЧРШХТa’s PA network consists of 89 Protected Areas covering 17.4% (27.2 million hectares) of the Mongolian territory. The number of PAs has increased drastically over the past two decades following the National Programme on Protected Areas adopted by the Mongolian Parliament (1998) that set the goal of establishing a system of PAs that would cover 30% of the territory before 2015. The number of PAs, for instance, has increased from 71 to 89, which constitutes an increase of 4.5 million hectares just within the last two years. Simultaneously, it is, however, critical to improve the representativeness of ecosystems within the national PA system.

122. The Protected Areas which were established in accordance with the Law on Protected Areas fall into five different categories, subject to their protection and management arrangements.

123. 14 areas of altogether 12.4 million hectares were designated by the Parliament as Strictly Protected Areas (SPAs). These are areas “tСat represent unique features and characteristics of natural zones, have preserved their original conditions, and are of a special scientific and cultural sТРЧТfТМaЧМО.”

124. The second category, National Parks (NPs), includes 30 areas of altogether 11.9 million hectares. These are areas “аСШsО natural original condition is relatively preserved and which have historical, cultural, scientific and ecological ТЦpШrtaЧМО”. Under the current legal framework both SPAs and NPs fall under the jurisdiction of the National government, i.e. MET, and are thus designated by the Central Parliament, financed through the State budget and managed through Protected Area Administrations (PAA).

125. The third category is Nature Reserves (NRs). To date 31 areas covering 2.8 million hectares of land are designated to “МrОatО conditions for protecting, preserving and restoring specific natural features as well as one of any natural resources and аОaХtС”.

126. The fourth category, Natural, Cultural and Historical Monuments (NCHMs), encompasses 14 areas covering 125,000 hectares. These are areas of unique natural formations and areas designated to protect historical and cultural monuments. Although designated by the National Parliament, Nature Reserves and Natural, Cultural and Historical Monuments are supposed to be managed and financed by the local governments (Aimags). In light of limited public finance for environmental conservation, especially at the local level, the management of these types of PAs tends to be kept at a bare

minimum, unless the areas have attracted international projects and programmes.

127. The fifth category of protection includes Local Protected Areas (LPAs) which can be designated by the Aimag or Soum level Citizens Khural (local Parliament) for protection and conservation purposes independently from the Central GШЯОrЧЦОЧt’s administrative body. To date Soum and Aimag ӨТtТгОЧs’ Khurals have designed some 937 Local Protected Areas in the last decade – covering nearly 17 million hectares – or over 10% of MШЧРШХТa’s territory.

128. The first four categories are State PA, designated by the National Parliament, whereas category 5 is a Local PA, designated by Aimag or Soum Parliament. Management responsibility is with the 29 State Administrations for SPA (cat.1) and NP (cat.2) but given to Aimag and Soum not only for the Local PA (cat.5), but also for Nature Reserves (cat 3) and Monuments (cat.4). However, Aimag and Soum often lack capacities and resources for proper management of NRs and NCHMs. Therefore, their management is sometimes supported by international donors, NGOs or the State Administration (especially if they are in proximity to SPAs and NPs)

129. In accordance with the Law on Protected Areas, all Specially Protected Areas may have a Buffer Zone (BZ). The establishment and management of Buffer Zones are regulated by a separate Law on Buffer Zones. It aims to reduce, mitigate and prevent the actual and/or potential adverse impacts experienced in their respective PA by way of (i) increasing local МШЦЦuЧТtТОs’ participation in the conservation of protected sites, by (ii) providing livelihood means to local communities and (iii) by ensuring the appropriate use of natural resources. Currently the Government actively advocates the establishment of Buffer Zones around SPAs and NPs, (iv) properly managed the LPAs will in principal offer a good protection and they will also provide for an expansion zone of the Protected Areas. Table 4.3 lists all protected areas in Mongolia. Table 4.114 gives distances of TVET schools from nearest protected area.

Table 4.3: List of Protected Areas of Mongolia № Names of PA Province name Classification Size Total size (hectares) 1 Gobi Ikh/B/ Baynkhongor SPA 927111.8222 963834.9905 2 Alag Khairkhan Gobi-Altai NP 36723.16831 3 Gobi Ikh /A/ Gobi-Altai, SPA 4633299.775 4656395.739 Baynkhongor 4 Eej Khairkhan Gobi-Altai NM 23095.9647 5 Khukh Serkhi Nuruu Bayan-Ulgii, SPA 75749.75203 242940.3987 Khovd 6 ChiGertein river valley Bayan-Ulgii NP 167190.6466 7 Bogdkhan mountain Tuv SPA 41322.27316 41322.27316 8 Khasagt Khairkhan Gobi-Altai SPA 26760.57436 298073.9928 9 Mongol Els Gobi-Altai NP 271313.4184 10 Numrug Dornod SPA 320982.1815 320982.1815 11 Dornod Mongol Dornod SPA 589905.6506 1453809.886 12 Mongol Daguur // SPA 92880.45414 13 Mongol Daguur /B/ SPA 15273.1854 14 Yahi Lake NR 251217.9575 15 Ugtam NR 46022.85092 16 Toson Khulstai Dornod, Khentii NR 458509.7875 17 Uvs lake Uvs SPA 441223.2166 597234.8923 18 Tsagaan Shuwuut SPA 25537.7004 19 Turgen mountain SPA 130473.9754 20 Tes river NR 21 Khan Khukhii Uvs NP 221598.2789 713144.2672 22 Hyargas lake NP 341301.7869 23 Altan els SPA 150244.2014

№ Names of PA Province name Classification Size Total size (hectares) 24 OtgontenGer mountain Zankhan SPA 90498.66441 349902.0528 25 Ulaagchin Khar lake Zankhan NP 259403.3884 26 Tsambagarav Bayan-Ulgii NP 113749.2134 928352.2948 27 Altai Tavan Bogd NP 656106.3865 28 Siilhem Nuruu // NP 69935.4433 29 Siilhem Nuruu /B/ NP 77942.5287 30 Devel aral NR 10618.72285 31 Khangain nuruu Arkhangai, NP 906604.5447 1040155.534 Baynkhongor 32 Khorgo-Terkh Tsagaan Arkhangai NP 76893.00337 lake 33 Noyon Khangai NP 56657.98638 34 Onon-Balj // Khentii NP 294079.7835 400466.775 35 Onon-Balj /B/ NP 106386.9926 36 Khugnu Tarna Bulgan , NP 84143.05686 84143.05686 Uvurkhangai 37 Dariganga Sukhbaatar NP 64547.60536 88788.83834 38 Shiliin Bogd NM 18136.91995 39 Khorgiin khundii NM 6104.313042 40 Khustain nuruu Tuv NP 48400.56794 48400.56794 41 Gobi Gurvan Saikhan Umnugobi NP 2697170.845 2697170.845 42 Khan Khentii Tuv , Selenge, SPA 1748103.891 1762660.811 Khentii 43 Undurkhaan uul Khentii NP 8820.0 44 Binderya uul NM 5736.92 45 Khangal nuur NM 3913.0 46 Gorhi-Terelj Tuv NP 291838.556 47 Nagalkhaan mountain NR 1860.721221 48 Khar us lake Khovd NP 852997.2452 935804.6195 49 Mankhan NR 82807.37429 50 Tarvagatain nuruu Zankhan NP 547629.8987 547629.8987 51 Little Gobi // Umnugobi SPA 1147812.066 1830429.418 52 Little Gobi /B/ Dornogobi, SPA 682617.3514 Umnugobi 53 Ikh bogd mountain Baynkhongor NP 262855.8119 379164.3547 54 Zag Baidgar river NP 116308.5428 55 Tujiin nars Selenge NP 70804.71976 70804.71976 56 Orkhon river valley Arkhangai, NP 92717.98585 103867.05 Uvurkhangai 57 Khuisiin naiman lake Arkhangai NM 11149.06413 58 Ikh gazar chuluu Dundgobi NR 175906.1387 175906.1387 59 Khuvsgul Khuvgul NP 1175602.174 1206879.379 60 Dayan deerkhi cave NM 31277.20524 61 Ulaan taiga Khuvgul SPA 431694.4634 1534077.778 62 Khoridol Saridag SPA 226672.0417 63 Tengis-Shishged NP 875711.2729 64 Zed-Khantai-Buteeliin- Bulgan SPA 604265.563 604265.563 nuruu 65 Myangan Ugalzat Khovd NP 303775.0681 303775.0681 66 Bulgan river- Ikh Ongog Khovd NP 92743.66388 598840.3653 67 Munkhkhairkhan mountain NP 506096.7014 Uyench 68 Ikh Nart Dornogobi NR 66752.0 66752.0 69 Khar Ymaat Dornod NR 50691.0 50691.0

130. Figure 4.3 provides location of Protected Areas of Mongolia and sub-project sites.

Figure 4.3 Location of Protected Areas of Mongolia and sub-project sites.

131. None of the proposed sub-projects are located inside or near or passing through the designated core and/or buffer zones of national parks, sanctuaries, biosphere reserves, and reserved forests. The nearest Protected Area to the project site is the Bogd Khan Mountain SPA which is situated about at a distance of 4-5 km from the proposed UB TVET Schools site and Bulgan Uul Mountain SPA which is in 2.5 km distance from Arkhangai TVET school. Arkhangai TVET school is separated from the Bulgan Uul SPA by major settlement area (Tsetserleg town).

Forests 132. The recorded forest resources of Mongolia accounts for about 11.6% of its land area. Area actually under closed forest is only about 8.1% equal to about 12.9 million hectares which is a substantial resource compared to that in many countries.

133. The natural regeneration of Mongolian forests is slow, and fires and insects often damage the fШrОsts. MШЧРШХТa’s fШrОst rОsШurМОs МШЧsТst Шf ЦШrО tСaЧ 140 species of trees and shrubs and bushes, and 81.2% of the forest area is covered by natural coniferous forest, 15.8 % by saxauls (Haloxylon ammodendron), and 3.0% by shrubs and bushes.

134. Of the total forest land of Mongolia, 91.2 % or 16.68 million hectares is forest area, and 8.8 % or 1.60 million hectares is non-forest area. Of the total forest resources of 1,379.2 million m3 in Mongolia, 58.8 % is Siberian larch, 5.2 % is pine, 7.7% is cedar, 8.8 is Siberian spruce and fir, and 16.0% is saxaul. Other species like birch, poplar and willow and shrubs are spread in small quantities.

135. Figure 4.4 gives the forest map of Mongolia and location of sub-projects.

Figure 4.4: Map of forest of Mongolia and location of project sites

4.2.6.2 Biodiversity

Animals 136. Mongolian fauna is relatively rich in animal species which inhabit different habitats of the МШuЧtrв’s ЯarТaЛХО ЧaturaХ гШЧОs, suМС as fШrОsts, stОppОs, НОsОrts, aЧН СТРС ЦШuЧtaТЧs. TСО Mongolian fauna includes many species which are common in Siberian Taiga, European forests, or West Asian and Triennia deserts. But there are also species which are endemic to the steppe and deserts of Central Asia, and are common in Mongolia. In addition, Mongolia is one of the richest countries in the world by prehistoric remains of various animal species.

137. Mammals: Altogether 138 mammalian species belonging to 73 genera, 22 families, and 8 orders, out of which, 13 are insectivoruos, 12 chiropters, 6 lagomorphs, 69 rodents, 24 carnivores, 2 perissodectyls, 1 tylopods and 11 artiodactyls, exist in Mongolia.

138. Birds: 449 species belonging to 193 genera, 56 families and 17 orders have been recorded so far in Mongolia. More than 330 species from this total are migratory, and the remaining 119 species inhabit Mongolia year-round. 322 species nest in spring in Mongolia, and more than 10 species, nesting in the Tundra and in Arctic Ocean coasts, stay over winter in Mongolia. Approximately, 50 species migrate through Mongolia and 20 species are observed occasionally.

Plants 139. Detailed plant collections have still not been made for some regions so it is likely that there are over 3,000 species of flowering plants in Mongolia. There are 845 species of medicinal plants, 68 species of soil-binding plants, and 120 species of important food plants in Mongolia. The factors threatening the Mongolian biological diversity are climate change, desertification, forest insects and disease; pasture harmful insects and unsustainable human activities.

4.2.7 Human and Economic Development

140. Economic activity in Mongolia has traditionally been based on herding and agriculture. Mongolia has extensive mineral deposits. Copper, coal, molybdenum, tin, tungsten and gold account for a large part of industrial production. Soviet assistance at its height, one-third of GDP, disappeared almost overnight in 1990 and 1991 at the time of the dismantlement of the USSR. The following decade saw Mongolia endure both deep recession due to political inaction and natural disasters, as well as economic growth because of reform-embracing, free-market economics and extensive privatization of the formerly state-run economy. Severe winters and summer droughts in 2000-2002 resulted in massive livestock die-off and zero or negative GDP growth. This was compounded by falling prices for Mongolia's primary sector exports and widespread opposition to privatization. Growth was 10.6% in 2004 and 5.5% in 2005, largely because of high copper prices and new gold production. Mongolia's economy continues to be heavily influenced by its neighbors. For example, Mongolia purchases 80% of its petroleum products and a substantial amount of electric power from Russia, leaving it vulnerable to price increases. China is Mongolia's chief export partner. Mongolia settled its $11 billion debt with Russia at the end of 2003 on favorable terms. Mongolia, which joined the World Trade Organization in 1997, seeks to expand its participation and integration into Asian regional economic and trade regimes.

Agriculture and Crops 141. Agricultural sector in Mongolia has been and is still holding a weighty share in the country's economy. The agricultural sector produces over 25 per cent of GDP and 13 per cent of the national hard currency income is generated from exports of products of food and agricultural origin.

142. The agriculture sector therefore remains heavily focused on nomadic animal husbandry with 75% of the land allocated to pasture, and cropping only employing 3% of the population. Crops produced in Mongolia include corn, wheat, barley, and potatoes. Animals raised commercially in Mongolia include sheep, goats, cattle, horses, camels, and pigs. They are raised primarily for their meat, although goats are valued for their hair which can be used to produce cashmere.

143. In 2009, 388,122 tonnes of wheat (area harvested: 248,908 ha), 1,844 tonnes of barley (area harvested: 1,460 ha) and 1,512 tonnes of oat (area harvested: 1,416 ha) were produced. Vegetables like tomatoes, carrots, peas, beans, onions and cucumbers are grown in several oases in the South of Mongolia.

Existing Industrial Status 144. Main industry in Mongolia constitute of construction and construction materials; mining (coal, copper, molybdenum, fluorspar, tin, tungsten, gold); oil; food and beverages; processing of animal products, cashmere and natural fiber manufacturing.

4.2.8 Socio-Economic Development

Population 145. The population of Ulaanbaatar, the capital city of Mongolia, has been increasing rapidly from 0.78 million (Mongolia: 2.40 million) in 2000 to 1.08 million (Mongolia: 2.67 million) in 2008 with an average annual growth rate of 2.8%. This rapid increase of population is chiefly due to a rapid migration from rural area to urban area. The average number of population migrated in the past 10 years is estimated at around 20,000 per year which caused the expansion of Ger area which surrounds the apartment area of Ulaanbaatar. At present Ulaanbaatar accounts for 40% of the total population of Mongolia. The projected urban population of 2030 is 1.87 million or 1.7 times larger than the population in 2008.

Economy 146. The economy of Mongolia has grown rapidly at an average annual growth of around 5.6% and transition to market economy has proceeded at remarkable speed as well. The economic growth has been pushed by increased international commodity price as well as expansion of copper output until the global financial crisis occurred in 2008. Meanwhile, the regional domestic production of Ulaanbaatar City accounts for around 56% of the National gross domestic production (GDP), as the city has historically been the centre of the economy as well as of the administration.

147. In Mongolia, mining and quarrying are the biggest financial contributors to industrial output (58%) with manufacturing second (32%). The Tavan Tolgoi area is the world's largest untapped coking coal deposit. Manufacturing includes metals (such as copper and steel foundries) as well as woollen products such as cashmere and carpets. Ulaanbaatar has some manufacturing plants but is also the base for offices of international and national companies; because of the current infrastructure constraints, it is considered difficult to operate a significant and effective business outside Ulaanbaatar.

Unemployment 148. AММШrНТЧР tШ tСО MШЧРШХТaЧ StatТstТМaХ YОarЛШШk 2009, tСО ‘RОРТstОrОН UЧОЦpХШвЦОЧt RatО’ for Ulaanbaatar is 1.6%. However, this is the rate of people that are officially registered unemployed. TСО ЛШШk aХsШ prШЯТНОs aЧ ‘uЧОЦpХШвЦОЧt ratО’ аСТМС Тs 14% fШr tСО ӨТtв, НОrТЯОН frШЦ a ЧОа methodology of calculation based on the results of a Labor Force Survey.

Poverty 149. The Mongolian Statistical Yearbook 2009 provides background data on poverty levels within the City. The Poverty Headcount Index is a widely-used poverty measure, giving the percentage of the population whose consumption is below the poverty line. For Ulaanbaatar, this rate is 36.7% in 2009, which compares to 38.7% nationally. This increases to over 49% in rural areas, showing that relatively speaking, Ulaanbaatar is wealthier than the rural areas. This translates to an average household income of nearly 455,000 MNT in urban areas, and 332,000 MNT in rural areas.

150. The following Table 4.4 gives overview of selected key development indicators gives a first indication of the poverty situation in Mongolia:

Table 4.4: Key Development Indicators in Mongolia Key Development Indicators Measure Year Total population 2.7 million 2010 % under 15 27.3 2010 Population Distribution (% Rural) 36.7 2010 Human Development Index (HDI) 0.653 2011 HDI Rank. out of 187 countries 110 2011 Gini Coefficient 36.5 2000-2011 Total Health Expenditure (% of GDP) (USA 15.4%. 3.0 2010 Germany 9.1%. Russia 5.4%) Government spending on health as % of total 8.7 2010 Government expenditure Gross National Income (GNI) per Capita USD 2,247 2010 GDP per Capita. USD 3,522 2009 Literacy rate (15+) 97.8% 2010 Multi-dimensional poverty index 0.065 2005 % population with improved drinking water access 51 2011 Life Expectancy at Birth 68.5 2011 Infant Mortality Rate (<5) 19.4 per 1.000 live births 2010 Maternal Mortality Rate 45.5 per 10.000 live births 2010 Sources: UNDP 2011. WHO CHIPS 2011. Health indicators. 2010. Human Development report. 2011. WHO / UNICEF (2012)

151. The analysis of the first Living Standard Measurement Survey (LSMS) in 1996 provided a profile of the poor and identified the most vulnerable groups in the country. More than 800,000 people or 36 % of the population were reported as poor. The assessment showed that female-headed households had a higher incidence of poverty as do unemployed and rural households owning less than 15 animals. Urban poverty is marginally higher than rural poverty particularly in provincial capitals that have been hard hit by the closing of state enterprises. These observations are most probably still valid, although no new data exist.

152. Income comes from different sources and varies according to location as shown in Table 4.5. Table 4.5: Monthly Average Income per Household (by sources of income and by location) Types of income National Aimag Soum Rural average (%) Ulaanbaatar centers (%) centers areas (%) (%) (%) Income Total 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 Monetary Income Total 91.5 97.0 94.6 89.4 70.9 Wages and salaries 48.5 57.0 52.5 49.3 13.8 Pensions. allowances and 20.0 18.3 22.2 20.5 22.1 compensation* Income from livestock products 5.3 0.2 1.9 5.7 26.6 Income from crop products 0.5 0.0 0.3 2.4 0.8 Income from non-agricultural 10.7 14.0 11.2 5.9 3.4 production and services Other income 6.5 7.5 6.5 5.6 4.2 Food and non-food products 3.1 2.8 2.9 1.4 5.7 received from others free of charge Food consumption from own 5.4 0.2 2.5 9.2 23.4 business (Source: NSO 2012)

153. Private transfers by family members living in the capital or abroad provide a significant source of income in poor households accounting for nearly 20 % of total income. Without these private transfers the poverty rate would increase to 46 % of the population.

154. The survey found that there was a strong correlation between unemployment and poverty with 58 % of the unemployed being poor. Unemployment was a particularly difficult problem in both the urban and rural areas. In addition to the 100,000 already unemployed the civil service reform will create another 30,000-unemployed former public service employees. In addition, over 25,000 people enter the labor market annually finishing their education. Among the rural poor 35 % of the very poor and 14 % of the poor were unemployed. Among the urban poor, the situation was even worse with 55 % of the very poor and 34 % of the poor being unemployed.

155. Mongolia is experiencing a growing difference between the living conditions of rich and poor herders, about 37 % of livestock-owning households struggle to subsist.

Ethnic minorities 156. Ethnic Mongols account for about 85% of the population and consist of Khalkha and other groups, all distinguished primarily by dialects of the Mongol language. The Khalkha make up 90% of the ethnic Mongol population. The remaining 10% include Buryats, Durbet Mongols and others in the north and Dariganga Mongols in the east. Turkic peoples (Kazakhs, Tuvans, and Chantuu (Uzbek) constitute 7% of Mongolia's population, and the rest are Tungusic peoples, Chinese, and Russians. Most but not all Russians left the country following the withdrawal of economic aid and dissolution of the Soviet Union in 1991.

Education 157. The educational system of Mongolia is composed of nursery, kindergarten schools, primary school, secondary TVET School and university facilities. Every Soum has at least one nursery and primary school. There are often also privately run nursery schools and kindergarten and primary schools (for children over the age of 3). Each Soum centre has kindergarten schools with boarding facilities, where children from the more remote herder families are accommodated. Primary and secondary schooling used to be for 10 years, but was extended to 11 years. The school year of 2008- 2009 marked the beginning of the 12-year system. In Mongolia, the school year begins in September. Pupils who want to complete secondary school often need to attend primary schools in the Aimag centres. Generally, men and women in rural areas have attended school up to year 8 and can read and write. 84%of the 35,228 pupils, who went to school in rural areas and stayed in dormitories, come from herder families (2009). Girls and boys have equal access to schools, vocational training and other state services.

158. With the advent of the free market economy and increasing urbanization primary education has experienced some ups and downs. As more families move to the cities with their children, urban schools are suffering from overcrowding while rural schools suffer from low attendance. After the communist regime stepped down and free markets were introduced, the Mongolian education system was reformed through decentralization by handing over management to the local provincial governments. Prior to this, the government heavily subsidized education in Mongolia. Education consumed 27% of the national budget in 1985, but by 1999 this had dropped to below 15% of the total budget. Every child, no matter how remote their location, was able to attend well-equipped schools that had some of the lowest student to teacher ratios in the world.

159. The situation changed when the economic downturn of the 1990s put pressure on the financial stability of families and strained the school budgets. This led to an increasing number of children being taken out of school and put to work helping their families. The introduction of capitalism put more than 36% of the Mongolian population below the poverty line by 1995. At one point, more than 15% of rural children were being put to work, mostly with herding. Furthermore, over 8% of urban children were working instead of attending school.

160. In addition, herders may question the need for education, as the aging parents had to herd the flocks themselves if their children were going to school. The dropout rate was exacerbated by the fact that many children needed to attend boarding school a long way from home. At one point the TVET SМСШШХs ТЦpХОЦОЧtОН a ‘MОat RОquТrОЦОЧt’ tШ СОХp МШЯОr tСО МШst Шf fООНТЧР stuНОЧts. TСТs meaЧt tСat a faЦТХв СaН tШ prШЯТНО Ү0 kР Шf ЦОat pОr МСТХН pОr вОar. TСО ‘MОat RОquТrОЦОЧt’ аas ТЧ essence a school fee that some families could not afford. Boys had the highest dropout rates because they were more likely to be needed for tending herds and were often seen as problem students. Fortunately, primary education in Mongolia has largely rebounded and school dropout rates are decreasing. However, the quick growth of the dropout rate during the economically turbulent 1990s does illustrate how fragile access to education can be in Mongolia.

161. In contrast, the reform of higher education has always had high priority. As part of the educational reform of 1995 courses and degrees were transformed to a Bachelor/Masters system based on the system used in the USA. The development of competitive private education providers was encouraged by the introduction of university fees with such success that Mongolia was considered a worldwide model. The new opportunities were taken up on a large scale, not only by Mongolian institutions, but also by foreign universities with bases in Russia, Kazakhstan and the USA, among other countries. More than 100 private universities have been established up to date. The most important funding source for the universities is university fees, which reach astronomical proportions particularly for prospective students at the lower end of the income scale. On the other hand, there are scholarship opportunities for poorer students. In the 2001/2002 academic year, the State paid the study fees for about 5% of the circa 90,000 students and over one-third of students received State loans. However, the internationalization of tertiary education has largely remained a one-way road. Preferred target countries of Mongolian students are the USA and Germany. In

Mongolia itself, foreign students and visiting scientists come mostly from East Asia.

162. A total of approximately 210,000 students were registered in 2010 with the country's universities, higher educational institutions, colleges, technical and vocational schools. One peculiarity of Mongolian education is the disproportionate involvement of women. This inequality starts with the first day of school and widens with the increasing length of education such that the proportion of women university graduates reaches 63% (2009).

163. Among the population aged 10 and above the percentage of people with at least primary education is 92.5% (2010), with an increase of 4.6% compared to 2000. The percentage of males with higher education has increased twice between the two censuses, whereas the same figure has increased 2.8 times among females. Literacy level among population aged 15 and above is 98.3%, which has increased by 0.5% since 2000.

Health Care 164. During the Socialist Period health services were publicly funded, but despite achievements in facilities and improved health status, the system was inefficient. In the mid-1990s, the health sector reform focused on improving primary health care and disease prevention. This, along with economic development, contributed to improvements in health status over the last 15 years.

165. The leading causes of mortality are non-communicable diseases (cardiovascular diseases and neoplasms) and external causes (injuries and poisonings). Respiratory and digestive system diseases are the main causes of morbidity, along with external causes (injuries and poisonings) in urban areas and urinary tract diseases in rural settings.

166. The health system is decentralized to the level of the Aimag. The majority of health services are delivered by the public sector.

167. Mongolia has more than twice the average number of hospitals of EU countries and other transition countries, although the numbers have been declining since 1998. At the same time there has been a decline in the number of in-patient beds, though Mongolia still has a high number of beds at 68.1 per 10,000 inhabitants in 2011.

168. However, there are more and more reports that the quality of health services is deteriorating. Thousands of people who urgently require medical care are at risk not to get adequate care. According to doctor's reports there is a general lack of functioning anaesthesia devices and medication. There is also a lack of medical information, e.g. in 2008, in average only 12% of women were aware and had a correct understanding about transmission modes of HIV/AIDS and only 22% had at least a basic understanding transmission modes of HIV/AIDS.

169. The deteriorating state of the national health care system has clear negative impacts on the health situation of the population. Infant mortality, for example, has not only increased in several regions (Western, Khangai and Eastern) but also in the national average.

170. Also, infectious diseases are spreading/increasing: In the first 11 months of 2012 the total number of cases reached 39,301, an increase by 873 cases or 2.3% compared to same period of the previous year. The increase in the number of infectious disease cases was mainly due to increases of 7,408 (9.3 times the previous figure) in mumps and 466 (11.8%) in syphilis - although there were decreases of 6,228 (49.4%) in viral hepatitis.

171. To improve the situation, the government has established a National Quality Programme and a National Programme on Improving Hospital Quality Management (2008-2013), but as yet there are no reports about the extent to which these plans have been implemented and no actual evidence whether they have actually enhanced quality.

172. The State funding of primary health care aims to provide access for everyone. Vulnerable groups are exempt from co-payments (mothers, children under 5 years, the elderly and youth). However, there is still an urban-rural disparity in access. Provision of services favours urban and non- poor areas. Rural areas suffer from a shortage of health workers. These days, when someone has a medical emergency, they are more likely to seek contact to the next urban centre.

173. The Government of Mongolia has placed a high priority on achieving the Millennium Development Goal 5. Some of the major achievements in moving towards this goal are the high coverage of antenatal care (87.7%) and delivery by skilled birth attendants (99.8%). However, providing maternal services to a mobile and migrant population is a challenge and the infant mortality rate stays high, especially in remote areas – where the herders live.

174. TСОrО arО ТЧtОrЧatТШЧaХ NGOs ХТkО “NШЦaНТМarО” аСТМС rОМШРЧТгО tСat tСО ЧШЦaНТМ ХТfОstвХО Тs at risk due to its extreme remoteness, compounded by the lack of infrastructure like roads, electricity, and water. If nomads get sick and need to go to a provincial hospital with adequate diagnostic and treatment capacity, it can be many hours away. To support their cultural survival, nomads need effective health care close to their homes. Nomadicare works on this problem.

4.2.9 Historical, Cultural and Archaeology Sites/Places 175. Ulaanbaatar is rich in physical cultural resources. The list of important heritage, cultural and religious sites of Mongolia and its provinces revised in 1994, 1998 and 2008. In this list, total of 460 objects were registered and out of them 175 have to be under State protection and 285 have to be under provincial protection. There are no heritages, cultural and religious sites in or close to the project involved sites in Ulaanbaatar city and aforementioned provinces. The list is attached in Table 4.6.

Table 4.6: Number of heritage, cultural and religious sites in Mongolia # Name of Number of heritage, cultural and Number of heritages, cultural and Provinces religious sites religious sites in/nearby project sites Under State Under Provincial Under State Under provincial protection protection protection protection 1 Arkhangai 14 24 - - 2 Bayn-Ulgii 16 13 - - 3 Baynkhongor 10 10 None None 4 Bulgan 10 25 None None 5 Gobi-Altai 8 29 None None 6 Gobisumber 0 2 None None 7 Darkhan Uul 3 2 None None 8 Dornogobi 5 8 None None 9 Dornod 3 8 None None 10 Dundgobi 7 16 - - 11 Zavkhan 6 5 - - 12 Orkhon 0 1 None None 13 Uvurkhangai 9 26 None None 14 Umnugobi 8 15 - - 15 Sukhbaatar 8 4 - - 16 Selenge 2 5 None None 17 Tuv 15 6 - - 18 Uvs 5 8 - - 19 Khovd 9 8 - - 20 Khuvsgul 9 26 - - 21 Khentee 13 23 - - 22 Ulaanbaatar 15 11 None None TOTAL 175 285 SШurМО: “GuТНОХТЧО fШr rОРТstratТШЧ Шf МuХturaХ СОrТtaРОs” Лв MLSP and Centre for Cultural Heritages of Mongolia, 2014.

4.3 Subproject locations

176. All 8 category B subproject are located in the central and northern regions of Mongolia. Exact ХШМatТШЧs, aНЦТЧТstratТШЧ uЧТt aЧН НТstaЧМО frШЦ tСО ЧatТШЧ’s Мapital city are listed in Table 4.7.

Table 4.7: Location of subprojects where expansion/construction will take place No. Name of TVET Location Distance from Coordinates school UB city 1 Polytechnical College Bayangol district, UB 106°53'34.98"E of Ulaanbaatar city 47°54'57.43"N 2 TVET in Nalaikh Nalaikh district, UB city 36 km 107°15'3.45"E 47°46'4.02"N 3 TVET in Bayanchandmani soum, 70 km 106°1Ү’19”E Bayanchandmani Tuv province 48° 23’34.1”N 4 Polytechnical College Mandal soum, Selenge 165 km 106° 2Ү’ 16.3”E in Zuunkharaa province 4ү° 51’ 4.1”N 5 Darkhan-Urguu Darkhan city 221 km 105° 5ү’ 13”E Polytechnical College 49° 2Ү’ 29.2”N 6 TVET Bayankhongor Bayankhongor- 638 km 106°43'19.0"E Provincial center 46° 11'17.9"N 7 TVET in Arkhangai Tsetserleg town, 460 km 101°31'19.16"E Arkhangai province 47° 27'59.58"N 8 TVET in Khuvsgul Murun town, Khuvsgul 750k m 100°10'52.14"E province 49°37'30.18"N

177. Description of physical environment and baseline social conditions for 8 project areas are provided in below sections.

4.3.1 Geography and Topography 4.3.1.1 Ulaanbaatar city and Nalaikh district TVET

178. The Polytechnical college is located in 16th khoroo of Bayangol district in Ulaanbaatar city while Nalaikh TVET locates in Nalaikh district of Ulaanbaatar city. By physical geographical divisions of Mongolia, Ulaanbaatar and its surrounding area is located in the southwestern edge of Khentii Mountain, in particular, the Tuul River flood plain and terrace, expanding up to 2.5-4 kilometers (km) in width. Geographically, it is in forest-steppe region which is surrounded by Bogdkhan, Songinokhairkhan, Chingeltei and Bayanzurkh Mountains, elevated 1950-2268 meters (m) above sea level.

179. Bogdkhan is a mountain chain that stretches 40 km from east to west. The highest peak is Tsetsee Gun, elevated 2268 m above sea level. An ancient flat surface that is 2000 m above sea level is dominant in the mountain.

180. Northwest of the city there are two major mountains, the 1831 m high Tolgoit Mountain and 1800 m high Chingeltei Mountain. The summit of the mountains are rounded and mountainsides lower gradually, turning to hills such as Maanit, Tasgany Ovoo and Naran edging the Tuul River valley.

181. There is tectonically originated Songinokhairkhan Mountain in the west whose absolute height is 1652 m and Bayanzutkh Mountain in the east whose absolute height is 1527 m. Those mountains have relatively steep sides, pointed tops and ravines. Difference of relative elevation of those mountains and valleys between the mountains is generally 400-500 m and sometimes reaches 700- 920 m.

182. The elevation of the Tuul River Basin is 1250-1345 m and river width reaches 1.2-4.0 km.

Absolute height of the small mountains such as Tolgoit, Bayankhoshuu, Bayantsogt, Khoid Bayan and Tsagduult is 1515-1831 m, while their sides or slope is usually 15-20 degrees and reach sometimes 30-35 degrees. A number of dry riverbeds and ravines are found crossing the sides and downhill of the mountains.

183. The majority of buildings in Ulaanbaatar were built in the Tuul River Basin, downstream area of Selbe River and terraces of Zuun Naran, Baruun Naran and Tsagaan Khuaran. State buildings or objects of special purpose are located within the protected zones of Ikh Tenger and Baga Tenger, in the southern edge of the Tuul River Valley. Additionally, there are small private housing complexes, summer houses and ger districts in Selbe, Khul and Belkh River valleys, Khar Usan Tokhoi of Tuul River, Mogoin Denj, Ikh Khuandai, downstream of Uliastai and Gachuurt Rivers, and Zuun Salaa and Baruun Salaa of Tolgoit River.

Figure 4.5: Topographical map of Ulaanbaatar area

Figure 4.6: Topographical map of Nalaikh district

4.3.1.2 Bayanchandmani soum TVET 184. Bayanchandmani soum center, where the TVET school located, is located in 68km distance from UB city in Tuv province. By physical geographical divisions of Mongolia, Bayanchandmani soum center is located within the small hills terrain sub-zone of the Khangai-Khentii Mountainous zone. Geographically, it is in forest-steppe region of Batsumber and in northern Mongolian semi-arid steppe zones.

Figure 4.7: Topographical map of Bayanchandmani soum

4.3.1.3 Zuunkharaa town 185. The Zuunkharaa TVET located in the Zuunkharaa town which is known as Mandal soum of Selenge province in terms of administration unit. The town in situated in 174km km distance from UB city. By physical geographical divisions of Mongolia, Zuunkharaa town is located in the western edge of Khentii Mountain, in particular, the Haraa River flood plain and terrace, expanding up to 3-9 kilometers (km) in width. Geographically, it is in forest-steppe region of northern Mongolia.

Figure 4.8: Topography map of Zuunkharaa area

4.3.1.4 Bayankhongor town 186. Bayankhgor town which is the center of Bayankhongor province is located in 620km distance from Ulaanbaatar city in southwestern direction. By physical geographical divisions of Mongolia, Bayankhongor town is located on souther edge of Khangai mountaineous region. Geographically, it is in semi-arid steppes of Galuut-Erdenetsogt between the Khangai and Altai mountain ranges.

Figure 4.9: Topographical map of Bayankhngor town

4.3.1.5 Tsetserleg town 187. In terms of geographical division of Mongolia, Tsetsrleg town falls in the Khangai mountain range zone. Topography of the town is shaped by hills and lowland of Urd Tamir river valley between mountain ranges. In terms of natural zonation of Mongolia, it locates on the edge mountainous forest zone of Khangai and steppe-forest zone of central Mongolia. Tstsrleg town is the provincial center for Arkhangai province and locates in 521 km west of Ulaanbaatar city.

Figure 4.10: Topographical map of Tsetserleg town

4.3.1.6 Murun town 188. In terms of geographical division of Mongolia, Murun town locates between Khangai mountain range zone and Khuvsgul mountain range zone. Topography of the town is shaped by lowland valleys on mountain foots and grassland steppes between elevated mountains. In terms of natural zonation, it locates in Delger river valley subzone of Khangai-Khentii forest mountain zone. Murun is surrounded by Erchmiin ranges on south, Burenkhaan moun on west, Dulaan mount on west.

Figure 4.11: Topographical map of Murun town

4.3.1.7 Darkhan city 189. The Darkhan-Urguu College and Darkhan Polytechnical are situated in the Darkhan city of Darkhan-Uul province in northern Mongolia in 220km distance from Ulaanbaatar city. By physical geographical divisions of Mongolia, Darkhan city and its surrounding area is located in the 14th sub- zone of Orkhon-Selenge basin plain and terrace. Landscape of Darkhan area is described as low mountains, passes, plains and sloping depressions in the valleys between the mountains. Geographically, it is located in the plain steppes of central-northern Mongolia low land with small hills area which has an altitude of 707m above sea level.

FFigure 4.12: Topographical map of Darkhan city

4.3.2 Climate condition for TVET schools 4.3.2.1 Ulaanbaatar city and Nalaikh district

190. Ulaanbaatar has extreme continental climate and falls in the semi-arid climate zone of the eastern Central Asia. In terms of natural zonation of Mongolia, UB city falls in the steppe-forest zone of northern Mongolia. It has 4 seasons which comprises of short and warm summer (June to August), dry and cool autumn (September to October), long, harsh, cold winter (November to February) and dry and windy spring (March to May).

Air temperature 191. Ulaanbaatar is the coldest capital city in the world where the air temperature in the winter reaches as low as 39.80. TСО ЦОaЧ aЧЧuaХ aТr tОЦpОraturО Тs 0.30, аСТХО aЯОraРО tОЦpОraturО ТЧ January which is the coldest month of year is -21.50. MШЧtСХв ЦОan, maximum and minimum air temperatures for the last 15 years are shown in tables below.

Table 4.8: Monthly mean air temperature in UB city, 2003-2017, 0C Months Year Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec 2003 -20.6 -15.1 -7.5 3.1 9.5 17.0 18.8 14.2 10.3 0.3 -12.7 -21.2 2004 -21.3 -14.7 -10.0 4.4 9.6 18.0 19.0 16.3 9.8 1.5 -10.1 -17.2 2005 -22.0 -24.4 -8.2 1.9 9.0 16.1 20.5 18.3 9.9 2.6 -8.5 -19.4 2006 -20.4 -17.3 -6.3 -0.5 8.0 15.2 18.0 17.6 11.0 2.3 -8.4 -16.1 2007 -18.7 -10.7 -9.0 3.6 11.8 18.7 21.9 18.3 13.2 0.2 -9.0 -16.8 2008 -23.6 -17.7 -2.4 5.2 8.2 17.4 20.2 17.8 10.9 1.5 -7.1 -19.1 2009 -20.5 -17.3 -7.5 7.2 12.3 16.8 19.3 16.8 10.1 1.2 -13.5 -20.9 2010 -23.6 -20.8 -11.5 -2.2 12.1 19.4 21.7 15.6 12.2 1.6 -8.9 -19.2 2011 -23.8 -15.6 -9.6 4.2 8.2 17.3 17.4 18.4 8.0 3.7 -10.4 -22.1

Months Year Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec 2012 -25.5 -20.2 -8.0 2.7 11.5 15.2 18.0 15.9 11.6 0.2 -12.3 -22.4 2013 -20.8 -19.4 -6.3 0.2 11.6 15.8 17.9 15.5 9.3 1.0 -8.0 -15.9 2014 -18.5 -18.4 -4.7 6.9 8.2 15.4 17.9 16.3 9.9 3.7 -8.2 -16.6 2015 -15.6 -12.9 -6.2 4.1 9.0 16.7 19.9 18.8 10.7 2.9 -10.9 -15.7 2016 -23.9 -16.3 -4.7 3.5 9.1 15.6 20.7 17.6 10.6 -1.7 -13.7 -16.5 2017 -20.0 -13.7 -4.2 5.0 12.7 19.3 21.0 15.8 9.7 0.7 -12.2 -16.7

192. Construction season in Ulaanbaatar is relatively short and lasts between mid-April and mid- October only when the monthly mean air temperature is above 00C.

Table 4.9: Monthly max air temperature in Ulaanbaatar city, 2010-2017, 0C Months Year Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec 2010 -6.2 -4.6 8.2 22.3 29.5 38.3 37.4 30.0 31.5 21.6 8.1 -3.0 2011 -9.6 2.0 12.6 24.4 27.2 32.5 30.0 33.0 25.2 22.0 10.5 -9.0 2012 -9.4 -4.3 14.4 22.4 30.0 32.7 29.4 31.4 27.4 19.0 9.6 -9.5 2013 -7.1 -2.5 9.6 19.5 28.7 29.0 30.0 27.4 26.5 20.2 9.1 -3.1 2014 -3.7 2.1 12.1 23.2 32.6 29.6 32.5 29.0 31.7 17.1 9.2 -6.3 2015 -3.6 2.7 17.5 26.7 28.3 31.1 33.7 33.7 27.3 20.2 10.3 -6.9 2016 -12.3 -1.2 12.7 18.7 28.0 29.4 34.6 36.7 22.8 18.8 6.7 -4.3 2017 -4.8 -0.8 13.1 23.1 31.4 34.5 36.9 29.0 26.1 17.7 9.4 -1.5

Table 4.10: Monthly min air temperature in UB city, 2003-2017, 0C Months Year Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec 2003 -34.0 -31.5 -24.4 -10.9 -1.5 3.6 7.3 3.1 -0.3 -11.5 -24.9 -34.5 2004 -31.6 -28.0 -27.1 -14.9 -7.6 2.5 5.4 2.3 -7.4 -17.9 -24.6 -33.3 2005 -33.2 -35.0 -28.2 -14.0 -8.4 2.1 9.0 3.0 -3.3 -7.9 -17.4 -30.1 2006 -31.1 -36.9 -21.5 -15.8 -6.1 2.0 6.7 5.2 -3.2 -12.8 -25.7 -27.3 2007 -26.8 -22.6 -26.7 -12.6 -1.8 0.5 8.0 8.7 -3.4 -15.6 -20.9 -26.6 2008 -33.8 -31.6 -18.1 -10.2 -5.3 1.8 9.2 2.2 -3.6 -14.0 -20.0 -31.8 2009 -32.9 -33.3 -25.7 -8.1 -4.0 1.8 10.2 4.2 -4.4 -12.7 -25.5 -33.6 2010 -35.7 -33.1 -29.1 -17.0 -1.5 3.3 7.3 3.2 -5.3 -9.8 -23.9 -33.2 2013 -33.2 -29.9 -20.8 -14.8 -1.1 1.8 7.3 3.3 -4.2 -12.7 -21.4 -28.7 2014 -31.6 -29.5 -22.2 -8.1 -8.0 1.0 8.4 4.6 -8.8 -8.7 -23.8 -26.7 2015 -26.7 -24.8 -22.4 -16.7 -5.4 2.8 10.1 7.8 -2.6 -8.9 -30.2 -30.4 2016 -32.0 -26.8 -24.4 -8.9 -7.3 6.8 8.6 2.2 -4.1 -19.2 -31.5 -26.9 2017 -31.4 -25.6 -15.9 -8.2 -6.0 4.0 9.0 2.4 -6.1 -10.8 -26.7 -25.5

Precipitation 193. In terms of precipitation, Ulaanbaatar city belongs to the Arctic ocean watershed. The annual precipitation level in the city is about 262 mm. Average annual moisture level is around 0.36% with highest moisture level (75-80%) occurring in January and lowest in May (45-50%). 87% of the total precipitation which equals to 180 mm falls during the summer season between June and August. It has snow cover for about 130 days a year (multi-year average) between November 10 and March 20. Table below shows the monthly precipitation level recorded during the last 15 years between 2003 and 2017.

Table 4.11: Monthly precipitation level in UB city, 2003-2017 Months Year Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec 2003 1.4 6.2 1.3 3.3 51.4 22.3 75.3 46.3 51.6 2.9 19.2 6.8 2004 2.3 8.9 7 16.5 25.6 85.8 48.6 16.8 34.6 3.5 5.6 5.5 2005 4.4 4.6 4.8 10.5 13.6 24.4 59.9 41.8 23.9 1.5 1.7 2.2 2006 5.1 1.1 3.5 5.6 70.1 26.3 86.4 26.2 18.4 10.2 3.1 1.8

Months Year Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec 2007 4.4 6.7 11.5 4.5 18.6 23.2 35.5 72.6 0.8 1.8 2.1 4 2008 2.2 0.9 2.3 1.4 12.4 67.2 69.1 41.3 14 10.8 0.7 6.2 2009 0.9 2.8 3.8 2 39 31.1 118 47.3 13.8 8.1 1.8 5.5 2010 2.3 4.4 7.2 1.1 25.7 23.3 79.6 65.8 8.9 12.6 7.6 1.2 2011 1.4 8.2 0.4 11 27.4 77.3 58.3 43.9 7.6 10.5 11.7 2.1 2012 0.7 1.4 0.9 6.5 9 70.1 106.8 56.7 17.5 3.8 7.8 6.2 2013 1.4 1.8 11.2 13.6 26.8 36.8 37.2 75.4 15.8 34.5 3.8 1.4 2014 0.9 1.9 2 6.8 40 62.4 100.4 55.2 19.1 1.5 0.9 3.1 2015 1.3 0.8 20.5 22.6 12.7 9.2 125.5 30.8 22.6 14.2 5.1 4.5 2016 1.2 1.4 10.9 3.2 33.2 68.4 80.5 45.2 24.5 13.7 18.4 1.1 2017 0.8 0.2 1.9 2.6 11 70.4 28.1 94.6 48.1 16.1 11.2 2.4

Wind regime 194. The predominant wind directions in UB city are north-to-south and northwest to southeast. Average annual wind speed is 2.2 m/sec. Wind speed is at its lowest during the winter season due to anti-cyclone centered in western Mongolia while during the spring, the most windy season of year, it reaches upto 15-20 m/sec in April and May. Tables below shows monthly average and maximum wind speed recorded during the last 15 years between 2003 and 2017.

Table 4.12: Monthly average wind speed, m/sec Months Year Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec 2003 0.9 1.4 1.6 2.3 2.4 2.3 1.9 2.1 1.8 1.2 1.3 0.6 2004 0.9 1.2 1.8 2.1 2.5 2.3 2.0 1.7 2.0 1.3 1.3 1.0 2005 1.1 1.0 1.9 3.3 3.4 2.9 2.9 2.7 2.8 2.4 1.8 1.5 2006 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.7 2.5 2.0 1.5 2.4 2.2 2.2 1.3 1.0 2007 0.9 1.3 1.5 2.3 2.7 2.7 2.1 2.1 2.0 1.7 1.3 0.8 2008 0.9 1.1 2.0 3.1 3.3 3.1 2.9 2.8 2.8 2.5 1.9 1.6 2009 1.4 2.2 2.6 3.0 3.5 3.5 3.1 2.9 3.0 2.4 1.8 1.8 2010 1.9 2.1 2.8 2.9 3.6 3.2 3.1 2.8 2.7 2.1 1.9 1.7 2011 1.3 1.7 2.3 3.1 3.2 3.0 2.8 2.7 2.6 2.2 2.0 1.2 2012 1.1 1.8 2.4 3.2 3.4 2.7 2.2 2.8 2.5 2.2 2.1 1.6 2013 1.2 1.6 2.4 2.6 3.2 3.1 2.1 2.3 2.5 2.3 1.4 1.0 2014 1.3 1.7 2.3 2.7 3.0 2.9 2.6 2.7 2.5 2.0 1.7 0.8 2015 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.2 2.7 2.2 2.3 2.0 2.0 1.6 1.2 0.6 2016 0.6 0.9 1.2 2.1 2.2 1.7 2.4 2.2 2.1 2.2 1.6 0.9 2017 1.2 1.5 1.8 2.2 2.8 2.3 1.5 2.1 2.5 1.7 1.3 1.0

Table 4.13: Monthly max wind speed, m/sec Months Year Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec 2003 20 12 12 16 20 14 12 12 16 16 18 12 2004 12 14 16 18 16 16 14 14 14 10 10 12 2005 10 12 12 24 21 20 22 24 21 17 14 10 2006 5 12 14 20 20 17 20 20 21 18 17 10 2007 15 12 17 14 14 18 17 18 16 13 10 9 2008 7 8 14 21 20 30 21 24 16 16 14 17 2009 14 19 18 20 19 21 20 17 20 16 15 18 2010 13 22 19 19 22 25 17 22 14 14 20 13 2011 10 11 20 19 23 20 18 18 19 16 13 9 2012 10 13 17 20 19 20 17 20 20 14 13 13 2013 12 14 18 15 22 18 15 15 16 19 14 15 2014 12 12 18 24 19 23 22 20 21 17 17 12 2015 12.0 14.0 14.0 20.0 19.0 19.0 21.0 22.0 18.0 19.0 13.0 12.0 2016 11.0 14.0 20.0 18.0 21.0 15.0 20.0 14.0 13.0 23.0 12.0 11.0

Months Year Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec 2017 16.0 14.0 12.0 16.0 20.0 23.0 18.0 20.0 14.0 16.0 14.0 10.0

4.3.2.2 Bayanchandmani soum 195. Bayanchandmani soum center is located in an area elevated 1400m above sea level and has semi-arid, cold, continental climate. It has short and warm summer and a harsh and cold winter.

Air temperature 196. The mean annual air temperature is +0.70C while it reaches as high as +380C in the summer and as low as -400C during the winter. Tables below show mean, maximum and minimum air temperatures occur in each month of the year.

Table 4.14: Monthly mean air temperatures, 2010-2017, 0C Year Months 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 2010 -22.3 -19.7 -11.4 -2.5 10.5 16.9 19.5 14.3 10.9 0.8 -7.7 -18.6 2011 -24.2 -13.5 -8.9 3.9 7.0 16.1 16.2 17.3 7.5 3.7 -8.6 -18.5 2012 -23.0 -19.6 -8.3 2.0 10.5 14.6 16.7 14.8 10.9 -0.1 -11.7 -22.7 2013 -18.6 -19.0 -6.5 0.0 9.9 14.6 16.4 14.6 8.2 0.8 -7.1 -14.7 2014 -16.3 -17.9 -4.6 6.6 7.6 14.5 17.0 15.4 8.6 2.4 -7.8 -17.0 2015 -14.3 -13.9 -6.6 3.8 8.4 16.0 19.7 18.1 9.3 2.4 -11.0 -13.6 2016 -23.6 -16.1 -5.0 2.5 9.0 14.7 20.1 16.5 10.2 -2.4 -12.2 -13.5 2017 -18.3 -12.9 -5.2 4.6 12.1 18.5 20.7 15.4 9.3 0.1 -11.0 -15.2

Table 4.15: Monthly max air temperatures, 2010-2017, 0C Year Months 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 2010 -0.4 -1.1 8.2 20.9 27.4 37.7 36.4 29.6 30.2 20.5 10.0 3.1 2011 -8.0 0.0 11.7 23.6 26.1 32.2 29.2 32.2 24.0 20.1 8.2 -5.2 2012 -9.5 -7.0 13.3 21.9 28.7 31.7 33.7 30.5 26.1 17.5 8.8 -9.1 2013 -2.5 -2.3 8.9 19.5 27.5 27.7 28.2 25.3 26.0 20.2 9.4 -0.8 2014 -1.8 1.1 12.0 23.2 30.5 30.0 30.7 28.8 31.3 17.4 9.7 -6.4 2015 -0.5 2.4 17.1 26.0 28.7 31.6 34.3 33.8 27.1 20.4 11.0 -4.1 2016 -9.5 0.8 13.1 18.6 27.3 29.4 33.2 36.4 23.3 19.5 9.8 0.0 2017 -3.1 0.6 13.4 22.6 31.4 34.2 37.6 29.2 25.0 17.6 10.9 -2.0

Table 4.16: Monthly minimum air temperatures, 2010-2017, 0C Year Months 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 2010 -35.9 -33.5 -29.8 -18.4 -3.7 -0.1 4.0 1.1 -7.9 -12.6 -25.1 -36.3 2011 -34.0 -25.9 -22.9 -12.2 -7.1 2.1 3.5 4.4 -9.6 -8.3 -21.1 -30.1 2012 -36.7 -34.8 -25.3 -11.2 -4.5 2.0 6.5 -1.9 -4.5 -16.2 -28.6 -36.4 2013 -34.6 -34.7 -20.0 -16.0 -2.1 0.7 4.6 3.1 -6.3 -13.3 -24.0 -29.0 2014 -31.3 -31.2 -23.5 -8.1 -8.1 -0.8 6.5 0.1 -14.2 -13.2 -27.4 -29.8 2015 -29.1 -29.0 -24.7 -19.1 -9.7 -1.1 9.4 6.4 -5.0 -13.5 -30.5 -26.9 2016 -36.2 -27.8 -28.6 -10.7 -6.2 3.8 8.7 0.9 -4.0 -22.1 -32.2 -25.4 2017 -33.4 -25.9 -20.1 -10.3 -6.3 0.8 7.5 2.0 -5.3 -13.1 -27.5 -26.5

Precipitation 197. Average annual precipitation level in Bayanchandmani area is 216.0 mm. Occasionally, it drops to as low as 70.5 mm in years the drought occurs. 70-80% of total precipitation falls during summer months between June and August. Tables below show recorded monthly total precipitation levels in each month of last 15 years.

Table 4.17: Monthly total precipitation, 2003-2017, mm Year Months 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 2003 0.7 0.8 1.1 3.6 41.6 25.1 94.8 142.1 25.8 1.0 10.2 2.5 2004 0.2 1.4 7.0 3.6 25.8 52.5 83.8 45.3 28.1 2.1 3.7 2.0 2005 2.9 1.8 1.0 7.2 33.2 81.3 37.2 48.4 27.3 1.7 1.4 0.2 2006 0.2 1.0 2.3 3.9 87.6 44.0 58.3 25.8 19.2 1.2 0.8 0.4 2007 2.0 1.2 7.5 3.8 25.0 49.2 22.5 84.1 1.4 2.7 4.0 0.6 2008 0.0 0.0 4.4 0.0 18.8 87.7 70.0 56.6 20.8 9.3 2.0 3.2 2009 1.3 2.0 3.7 8.2 8.7 59.7 46.1 114.5 22.1 3.5 1.1 2.9 2010 0.5 1.0 4.2 1.0 39.3 38.1 77.1 55.2 8.8 2.9 2.3 1.0 2011 0.6 2.5 1.7 22.9 28.6 71.2 70.4 46.3 21.7 22.1 1.8 1.3 2012 0.7 0.3 0.6 12.6 3.2 80.9 83.1 94.8 17.3 5.7 6.8 4.0 2013 0.9 0.7 8.0 5.6 41.9 41.0 79.3 124.5 30.5 5.2 3.7 1.8 2014 2.2 0.5 1.2 7.4 33.9 38.0 94.6 32.2 37.9 1.6 1.7 3.8 2015 0.8 1.4 5.9 9.6 9.8 6.2 79.8 48.4 22.0 4.2 5.5 5.4 2016 1.8 1.4 13.2 3.2 12.0 65.0 60.7 67.3 27.4 4.9 6.3 1.0 2017 1.2 0.2 1.0 4.9 15.7 39.1 22.7 137.5 70.6 29.6 4.3 2.0

Wind regime 198. The predominant wind direction in Bayanchandmani area is northwest to southeast (19%) and north to south (24%). Annual mean wind speed is around 4-6 m/sec. However, the wind speed reaches as high as 15-20 m/sec. Tables below show average and maximum wind speed recorded in each months of the last 15 years.

Table 4.18: Average wind speed in each month, m/sec Months Year 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 2003 2.5 2.8 2.6 4.4 3.4 3.6 2.9 2.7 3.2 3.1 3.2 2.4 2004 2.3 2.6 3.0 3.3 4.3 3.4 2.4 2.3 3.2 2.5 2.3 2.0 2005 1.2 1.2 2.5 3.8 3.7 3.0 2.7 2.6 3.2 3.4 1.7 1.5 2006 2.3 2.7 3.2 3.5 4.0 3.3 2.0 2.9 2.8 2.9 2.5 2.2 2007 1.8 2.7 2.6 3.5 3.9 3.9 2.5 2.5 2.8 2.8 2.3 2.3 2008 1.5 1.7 3.6 3.9 4.5 3.7 2.9 3.2 3.5 2.9 3.0 2.7 2009 2.4 3.1 3.6 4.6 4.8 4.3 3.5 3.0 3.7 3.3 2.5 3.0 2010 2.6 2.9 4.0 4.3 4.8 3.9 3.6 3.7 3.6 3.1 3.1 2.6 2011 1.7 2.4 3.4 4.8 4.5 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.5 2.9 2.8 1.9 2012 1.8 2.5 3.2 4.6 5.3 4.0 3.1 3.5 3.4 3.3 3.5 2.5 2013 2.5 2.7 3.7 4.3 4.5 4.1 2.8 2.9 3.8 3.9 2.9 2.5 2014 2.7 2.9 3.2 3.7 4.6 4.0 3.1 3.4 3.8 3.8 3.1 2.4 2015 2.7 3.0 3.3 4.3 4.4 4.4 4.1 3.5 3.2 3.4 2.4 2.5 2016 1.9 2.3 3.6 3.9 5.0 3.9 3.3 3.5 3.3 3.4 3.1 2.7 2017 2.5 2.8 3.2 4.0 4.6 3.9 3.9 3.0 3.6 3.0 3.1 2.5

Table 4.19: Max wind speed in each month, m/sec Months Year 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 2003 12.0 16.0 10.0 16.0 14.0 12.0 10.0 16.0 16.0 10.0 20.0 20.0 2004 16.0 16.0 20.0 24.0 12.0 16.0 12.0 10.0 18.0 12.0 14.0 14.0 2005 10.0 14.0 16.0 20.0 16.0 14.0 10.0 14.0 16.0 20.0 9.0 12.0 2006 9.0 16.0 16.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 9.0 10.0 10.0 12.0 9.0 12.0 2007 14.0 12.0 16.0 12.0 16.0 14.0 12.0 16.0 12.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 2008 9.0 12.0 20.0 18.0 18.0 18.0 9.0 14.0 10.0 10.0 12.0 16.0 2009 12.0 18.0 23.0 20.0 21.0 22.0 19.0 15.0 14.0 17.0 15.0 22.0 2010 14.0 22.0 21.0 14.0 18.0 10.0 13.0 12.0 11.0 10.0 13.0 12.0 2011 7.0 12.0 16.0 25.0 24.0 9.0 10.0 9.0 16.0 16.0 9.0 6.0 2012 6.0 10.0 15.0 22.0 20.0 22.0 23.0 11.0 14.0 10.0 18.0 15.0

Months Year 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 2013 9.0 22.0 20.0 17.0 21.0 17.0 11.0 10.0 18.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 2014 12.0 12.0 20.0 14.0 18.0 14.0 15.0 14.0 13.0 14.0 15.0 14.0 2015 14.0 15.0 14.0 19.0 18.0 18.0 19.0 14.0 13.0 16.0 12.0 12.0 2016 10.0 13.0 23.0 17.0 19.0 14.0 13.0 14.0 12.0 16.0 14.0 13.0 2017 16.0 12.0 14.0 19.0 19.0 18.0 22.0 22.0 19.0 18.0 14.0 13.0

4.3.3.3 Zuunkharaa town

199. Zuunkharaa town is located on the western edge of Khentii mountain range with elevation of 1000-1200m above sea level. According to Koppen climate classification system, Zuunkharaa town falls in the temperate continental climate/sub-arctic climate zone (Dwc).

Air temperature 200. MОaЧ aЧЧuaХ aТr tОЦpОraturО ТЧ ГuuЧkСaraa Сas ТЧМrОasОН Лв 1.9° since 1960. The average air temperature in January is around -23.6° while it reaches +19° in July. Tables below show monthly average air temperatures recorded in the last 8 years.

Table 4.20: Monthly mean air temperatures, 2010-2017, 0C Year Months 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 2010 -26.4 -23.2 -11.0 -0.2 12.5 18.6 21.1 15.5 11.9 2.2 -7.1 -20.7 2011 -27.8 -15.8 -8.9 5.5 9.2 18.4 18.4 18.9 8.9 4.1 -9.0 -22.2 2012 -27.2 -21.8 -7.5 3.7 12.6 16.6 18.7 16.3 11.9 0.9 -11.6 -26.1 2013 -23.5 -21.7 -6.1 2.3 12.3 16.4 18.2 16.3 9.6 1.7 -7.3 -17.8 2014 -18.8 -19.2 -4.0 7.6 9.5 16.4 19.3 17.1 9.8 2.6 -8.5 -19.5 2015 -19.2 -17.4 -7.1 5.6 10.7 18.1 22.4 19.5 10.9 2.7 -11.9 -17.7 2016 -27.0 -19.0 -4.9 4.3 10.9 17.1 21.7 18.7 12.2 -1.9 -15.1 -18.4 2017 -23.8 -17.6 -5.7 6.0 13.5 20.4 22.7 17.5 10.8 1.1 -10.2 -18.2

Table 4.21: Monthly max air temperatures, 2010-2017, 0C Year Months 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 2010 -7.1 -2.3 13.0 23.5 30.7 40.2 34.6 32.5 33.2 27.3 12.1 3.0 2011 -9.9 2.0 15.4 26.0 29.8 33.4 33.5 33.9 28.7 22.7 12.7 -8.5 2012 -13.2 -6.5 17.3 24.0 32.7 33.6 29.9 33.5 29.3 20.7 11.0 -14.1 2013 -6.1 0.0 11.3 22.9 31.1 30.5 30.9 27.2 27.7 22.0 13.0 -1.5 2014 -3.9 4.0 15.7 26.6 33.7 33.1 35.4 32.4 31.8 19.1 9.4 -8.2 2015 -2.1 2.2 19.1 30.1 32.2 35.1 37.7 34.9 30.3 23.3 15.3 -3.9 2016 -14.2 -3.4 16.0 22.7 28.5 32.0 37.2 39.7 26.1 23.0 6.6 -3.9 2017 -7.5 -2.2 16.6 25.5 35.0 38.4 38.3 31.7 28.6 21.9 14.5 -4.5

Table 4.22: Monthly min air temperatures, 2010-2017, 0C Year Months 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 2010 -40.6 -37.0 -32.6 -14.9 -4.3 3.0 5.1 2.2 -8.9 -10.5 -25.5 -37.7 2011 -37.4 -28.2 -27.2 -12.6 -4.9 3.8 4.7 4.2 -6.6 -7.2 -23.0 -33.5 2012 -40.1 -38.6 -26.6 -11.1 -3.3 4.7 7.9 0.4 -3.9 -15.5 -30.5 -39.3 2013 -37.5 -36.0 -22.1 -13.7 -2.2 -0.4 6.2 2.8 -6.2 -11.8 -23.9 -31.3 2014 -32.3 -35.9 -23.5 -6.5 -6.5 -0.2 7.6 2.6 -12.5 -12.9 -24.7 -32.7 2015 -33.0 -32.8 -27.7 -15.4 -7.5 1.4 10.4 8.4 -3.4 -12.0 -32.5 -32.7 2016 -40.5 -32.1 -29.5 -11.5 -4.8 6.0 9.1 1.2 -3.8 -22.3 -35.0 -32.5 2017 -38.1 -30.3 -20.4 -9.7 -3.5 2.3 8.5 2.6 -5.4 -11.2 -27.2 -29.4

Precipitation

201. Total annual precipitation in Zuunkharaa is 382 mm. Number of days with precipitation (including both rainfall and snowfall) is at 86 days a year. Table below shows monthly total precipitation in each month of the last 15 years in Zuunkharaa.

Table 4.23: Monthly total precipitation, 2010-2017, mm Year Months 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 2003 5.8 2.9 0.8 1.5 50.8 16.9 55.2 51.8 27.9 2.0 19.8 3.1 2004 0.2 0.8 10.3 1.6 16.7 32.2 58.9 44.2 28.6 0.8 4.7 5.7 2005 6.0 2.7 1.1 10.2 22.8 45.5 20.9 55.4 30.3 0.9 0.6 1.5 2006 0.2 1.7 0.5 3.3 98.1 13.0 92.5 21.1 17.3 11.7 2.0 0.9 2007 2.0 0.4 6.6 1.6 34.1 63.6 40.2 86.5 2.3 1.2 2.1 9.1 2008 3.7 5.4 1.2 1.7 17.4 140.8 103.4 30.3 13.3 6.8 1.5 1.3 2009 1.2 2.5 0.0 0.2 9.7 57.1 105.0 80.9 34.0 9.7 4.0 2.8 2010 2.5 3.5 2.6 1.3 24.8 53.0 177.4 50.4 5.4 12.3 1.0 3.9 2011 0.4 8.4 0.5 21.9 38.3 38.3 84.6 25.3 26.1 7.5 1.8 3.5 2012 1.6 0.5 0.0 4.3 10.7 82.4 99.8 128.1 18.3 9.8 4.2 9.3 2013 1.0 0.5 1.6 1.5 21.4 49.9 42.0 157.4 36.8 5.2 5.0 1.8 2014 1.3 0.7 0.0 15.2 24.6 33.5 38.6 46.6 30.5 4.2 1.7 9.1 2015 1.5 2.8 4.3 3.9 16.9 2.4 57.1 88.8 34.3 9.5 3.3 3.8 2016 4.5 1.5 2.3 13.1 4.0 76.6 32.2 29.2 40.6 2.2 19.8 1.8 2017 1.9 2.3 1.1 4.0 20.8 11.3 13.9 122.9 44.1 16.4 1.8 4.9

Wind regime 202. The predominant wind direction in the town is from northeast to southwest (30%). Mean annual wind speed is 3-5m/sec in Zuunkharaa. Like every other region in Mongolia, wind speed is high during the spring months and low during the winter months. Number of days where wind speed exceeds 15m/sec is 18 days a year. Table below show average and maximum wind speed recorded in each month of the last 15 years.

Table 4.24: Average wind speed in each month, m/sec Year Months 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 2003 0.3 0.4 0.5 1.9 1.4 1.6 1.3 1.2 0.9 0.7 0.5 0.0 2004 0.1 0.3 1.0 1.8 1.5 1.4 1.6 1.0 1.2 0.8 0.6 0.4 2005 0.5 0.5 1.1 1.9 1.7 1.9 1.7 1.3 1.2 1.1 0.8 0.4 2006 0.5 1.1 1.5 1.9 1.8 1.5 0.9 1.2 1.1 1.4 1.0 0.9 2007 0.7 1.5 1.7 2.1 2.1 1.8 1.7 1.6 1.4 1.5 1.2 1.1 2008 0.9 1.0 1.9 2.4 2.2 2.0 1.3 1.2 1.4 1.2 1.1 1.3 2009 1.0 1.7 2.6 3.4 3.7 3.1 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 1.6 1.3 2010 1.1 1.3 2.4 3.3 3.7 2.8 2.2 1.6 1.7 1.3 1.6 1.4 2011 0.7 1.4 2.0 3.2 3.3 2.6 2.3 2.3 2.5 1.9 1.8 0.8 2012 0.7 1.3 2.5 3.5 4.0 2.8 2.2 2.4 2.1 2.2 1.8 0.9 2013 0.8 1.4 2.6 3.3 3.5 2.7 1.9 1.9 2.2 2.3 1.5 0.8 2014 1.3 1.4 2.1 2.8 3.1 2.7 2.4 2.3 2.6 2.3 1.6 0.8 2015 1.0 1.4 2.1 3.3 3.3 3.2 2.6 2.3 2.2 2.1 1.3 0.7 2016 0.7 1.0 2.3 3.0 3.8 2.6 2.3 2.5 2.3 2.3 1.3 1.0 2017 0.9 1.0 1.8 2.9 3.3 3.0 3.1 2.3 2.6 2.1 1.8 1.0

Table 4.25: Max wind speed in each month, m/sec Months Year 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 2003 3.0 6.0 10.0 14.0 8.0 20.0 20.0 12.0 12.0 10.0 14.0 3.0 2004 12.0 9.0 14.0 12.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 9.0 16.0 10.0 9.0 5.0 2005 5.0 5.0 9.0 16.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 12.0 9.0 12.0 2.0 2006 4.0 7.0 9.0 12.0 17.0 10.0 8.0 17.0 9.0 14.0 7.0 12.0 2007 7.0 17.0 10.0 14.0 14.0 12.0 17.0 10.0 8.0 10.0 9.0 9.0

Months Year 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 2008 4.0 9.0 14.0 17.0 12.0 20.0 12.0 17.0 9.0 12.0 10.0 10.0 2009 12.0 16.0 18.0 23.0 21.0 22.0 21.0 14.0 19.0 13.0 14.0 15.0 2010 13.0 9.0 16.0 22.0 25.0 16.0 17.0 20.0 14.0 5.0 13.0 12.0 2011 3.0 8.0 21.0 18.0 24.0 21.0 18.0 18.0 20.0 18.0 12.0 4.0 2012 4.0 10.0 16.0 20.0 22.0 21.0 24.0 19.0 17.0 14.0 17.0 9.0 2013 10.0 20.0 17.0 18.0 24.0 21.0 15.0 14.0 15.0 15.0 11.0 10.0 2014 12.0 12.0 19.0 19.0 18.0 18.0 16.0 16.0 15.0 17.0 19.0 13.0 2015 11.0 14.0 12.0 22.0 21.0 20.0 19.0 17.0 18.0 14.0 12.0 7.0 2016 8.0 11.0 15.0 21.0 23.0 14.0 17.0 18.0 16.0 14.0 9.0 14.0 2017 17.0 11.0 12.0 21.0 23.0 22.0 19.0 18.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 7.0

4.3.3.4 Bayankhongor town 203. According to Koppen climate classification system, Bayankhongor town falls in the cold semi- arid climate zone (BSK).

Air temperature 204. The mean annual temperature in Bayankhongor town is around +0.850C. Warmest month is July when average temperature is around 190C and the coldest month is January when the average temperature is around -17-190C. Tables below show monthly mean, maximum and minimum temperatures recorded during the last 8 years in the city.

Table 4.26: Monthly mean air temperatures, 2010-2017, 0C Year Months 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 2010 -20.5 -18.7 -9.4 -1.7 9.3 16.8 20.4 16.1 11.6 1.6 -6.8 -17. 2011 -24.8 -13.4 -9.9 4.5 8.6 15.9 17.6 15.6 6.5 2.6 -9.8 -17.4 2012 -20.6 -17.1 -8.6 3.2 10.3 16.6 18. 15.6 9.4 -2.3 -12. -18.5 2013 -17.4 -16.9 -1.5 3.1 11.2 15.8 16.8 16.3 11.9 1.8 -7.6 -13. 2014 -14.8 -18.1 -4.6 5.6 9.3 14.6 17.5 15.8 8.9 3. -8.7 -14.9 2015 -13.2 -12.1 -6.8 3.9 9.3 14.2 17.8 18. 9.5 1.8 -10. -14.5 2016 -21.8 -14.2 -3.8 5. 9. 14.4 18.8 16.5 11.1 -4.7 -9.2 -13.7 2017 -17.2 -12.9 -5.2 5.8 11.9 18.3 23.3 16.3 10.3 0.2 -8.5 -12. 2018 -20.5 -13.2 -0.8 5.4

Table 4.27: Monthly max air temperatures, 2010-2017, 0C Months Year 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 2010 -1.1 0.2 11.5 20.1 24.8 32.6 34.1 30.2 26.2 11.4 10.4 3. 2011 -9.8 -1.3 10.4 19.7 24.3 28.2 31.5 30. 24. 18.2 3.7 -6.1 2012 -7.8 -0.7 11.7 17.5 24.3 32.6 30.5 29.7 25.1 13.5 0.9 -8.1 2013 -2.4 -0.7 11. 21.1 23.1 27.2 29.6 26.8 23.8 19.4 6.8 1.6 2014 1. 2. 13.7 19. 29.7 26.7 30.2 29.9 27.5 17.1 6. -1.5 2015 4.6 4.6 14. 24. 24. 26.8 31. 30.4 24. 18.4 10.2 -3.3 2016 -5.6 4.7 13.3 18.7 23.4 24.9 32.7 32.7 24. 16.1 6.5 -0.2 2017 -3.9 -0.2 6.3 20.3 28.4 33. 33.2 30.3 24.4 17. 10.9 4.1 2018 -5.6 2.9 14.6 24.

Table 4.28: Monthly min air temperatures, 2010-2017, 0C Months Year 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 2010 -35. -30.8 -27.4 -23.3 -4.7 -0.1 8.4 3.2 -3.2 -13.3 -21.4 -33. 2011 -36.8 -25.4 -26.3 -12.4 -8.4 5.4 4.4 6.4 -8.9 -13.3 -23.9 -26.1 2012 -31.4 -29.2 -25.5 -15.7 -6.3 2.4 7.5 2.2 -6.2 -20.6 -27.5 -32.4 2013 -31.5 -29.5 -19.1 -16.9 -5.9 1.5 5.9 6. -5.9 -14.8 -19.3 -28.1 2014 -28.2 -30.9 -22.1 -8. -4.9 0.2 7.3 4.1 -4.2 -12. -24.7 -24.6

Months Year 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 2015 -25.7 -28.9 -24.9 -16. -6. 1. 7. 5.3 -6.8 -15.4 -27.8 -26.2 2016 -33.2 -27.4 -22.5 -10.4 -6.3 5.4 9.4 4.4 -1.7 -25.5 -24. -26.3 2017 -29.3 -29.6 -19.6 -7. -7.8 -0.3 9.5 3.9 -7.5 -13.7 -21.7 -22.9 2018 -32.5 -26.8 -18. -12.6

Precipitation 205. Total annual precipitation in Zuunkharaa is between 200.13mm. Highest monthly precipitation occur in June (50.4mm) and lowest precipitation occur in January (2.3mm). Table below shows monthly total precipitation in each month of the last 13 years in Zuunkharaa.

Table 4.29: Monthly total precipitation, 2010-2017, mm Months Year 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 2005 4.2 3. 0.5 2.3 24.2 26.9 65.4 86. 23. 1.1 0.0 0.7 2006 0.5 0.3 1.8 5.1 3.0 29.0 75.7 2.0 0.0 3.0 1.0 0.2 2007 3.9 0.0 13.3 9. 13. 3.7 85.4 87.4 21.6 11.4 4.6 3.2 2008 3.1 1.5 0.0 0.2 7.6 37. 20.3 14.4 9.0 8.1 0.2 7.3 2009 0.0 0.0 2.0 1.7 51.1 14.1 42.3 7.8 0.0 3.3 4.0 0.1 2010 3.3 2.1 3. 17.6 35.5 42.1 43.2 9.8 28.8 0.2 0.0 4.2 2011 7.3 3.9 5.4 5. 0.8 91.7 56.6 33.6 39. 12. 4.9 1.6 2012 1.1 4.0 1.5 5.4 2.7 5.1 37.0 82.5 18.4 10.4 9.0 4.3 2013 0.8 3.1 0.7 12.4 1.4 32.1 41.2 47.4 14.5 0.3 1.9 1.9 2014 0.9 4.7 6.7 21.7 24.2 73.7 31.0 23.1 23.5 3.0 0.0 0.0 2015 0.7 6.9 1.3 4.2 20. 79.1 41.5 8.8 17.2 9.7 6.5 1.9 2016 3.0 1.5 2.8 3.2 18.4 56.6 96.4 122.6 32.6 5.0 0.7 7.3 2017 1.1 4.7 35.9 0.8 17.2 10.6 19.3 0.0 15.2 6.4 0.3 0.0 2018 2.5 0.0 5.1 8.1

Wind regime 206. The predominant wind direction in the town is from northwest to southeast and north to south. Mean annual wind speed is 3.6m/sec in Bayankhongor town. Most windy month is Table below show average and maximum wind speed recorded in the last 11 years.

Table 4.30: Average wind speed, m/sec Year Average wind speed, m/sec 2000 3 2001 2.9 2002 2.8 2003 2.8 2004 3.3 2005 3.8 2006 4.3 2007 3.9 2008 4.1 2009 4.4 2010 4.2 2011 3.8

Table 4.31: Max wind speed in each month, m/sec Months Year 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 2005 9 10 5 14 10 12 12 12 10 14 10 2006 9 14 20 18 12 14 14 10 10 14 14 12 2007 9 14 20 14 18 18 12 12 9 12 16 14 2008 10 18 20 24 20 12 20 18 15 16 16 16

Months Year 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 2009 14 14 21 22 18 22 23 22 22 18 16 16 2010 14 17 24 17 22 17 22 17 22 12 18 18 2011 14 9 15 24 25 18 22 19 15 15 12 9 2012 8 14 20 25 22 18 17 19 12 15 17 14 2013 12 24 22 18 24 16 15 11 16 14 15 15 2014 16 16 20 18 18 18 21 17 14 19 18 18 2015 16 20 16 22 21 18 11 17 18 22 14 13 2016 13 15 25 21 23 20 20 15 14 18 16 12 2017 13 12 12 19 20 25 19 20 16 19 16 2018 16 19 28 33

4.3.3.5 Tsetserleg town 207. According to Koppen climate classification system, Tsetserleg town falls in the cold semi-arid climate zone (BSk).

Air temperature 208. The mean annual temperature in Tsetserleg town is around +0.50C. Warmest month is July when average temperature is around 190C and the coldest month is January when the average temperature is around -15-200C. Tables below show monthly mean, maximum and minimum temperatures recorded during the last 8 years in the city.

Table 4.32: Monthly mean air temperatures, 2010-2017, 0C Year Months 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 2010 -16.9 -16.0 -9.5 -2.5 9.7 16.8 19.3 15.8 12.1 2.9 -5.5 -13.7 2011 -20.2 -11.1 -7.3 4.6 8.1 16.1 16.6 16.3 7.4 4.4 -7.0 -12.5 2012 -17.0 -14.5 -6.3 3.7 10.8 15.1 16.6 15.3 10.3 0.9 -9.7 -16.6 2013 -13.2 -14.8 -1.5 1.6 11.6 14.9 15.6 14.6 10.1 2.7 -4.6 -10.5 2014 -11.3 -15.3 -2.9 6.3 8.1 13.7 17.2 15.7 9.1 4.3 -5.9 -12.8 2015 -10.2 -9.1 -4.6 4.8 8.9 14.3 18.5 17.8 10.1 4.5 -7.6 -9.8 2016 -17.0 -10.5 -2.6 5.0 9.1 13.8 18.7 16.9 10.4 0.0 -6.6 -9.5 2017 -13.3 -9.2 -3.9 6.3 13.2 17.7 19.9 15.3 11.2 1.5 -6.9 -9.9 2018 -1763 -1168 065 5

Table 4.33: Monthly max air temperatures, 2010-2017, 0C Months Year 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 2010 4.2 5.2 14.6 19.4 25.5 32.2 32.9 29.4 26.5 20.0 12.1 5.3 2011 -7.3 2.6 10.0 22.0 24.3 28.7 30.1 29.4 23.1 19.8 8.6 2.1 2012 0.2 0.5 11.5 18.3 25.0 30.1 30.5 27.5 25.2 15.5 9.9 -4.7 2013 2.7 -0.5 16.0 21.0 24.2 27.7 27.9 25.1 23.8 19.9 12.0 3.1 2014 3.2 5.7 14.4 20.4 29.8 26.8 28.5 29.6 28.1 17.3 10.6 0.6 2015 5.0 8.0 16.9 24.4 26.0 28.1 30.4 31.1 24.0 19.8 14.8 2.1 2016 0.6 7.9 14.5 18.6 24.7 25.1 31.1 31.8 24.1 16.5 15.9 6.0 2017 1.5 4.8 9.3 21.4 29.1 34.0 34.0 28.0 24.4 19.8 14.0 2.5 2018 -2.8 4.8 17.4 25.5

Table 4.34: Monthly min air temperatures, 2010-2017, 0C Months Year 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 2010 -31.2 -28.5 -25.4 -18.8 -5.4 -0.4 8.0 3.5 -4.9 -10.5 -23.4 -29.1 2011 -29.7 -22.0 -18.8 -11.1 -6.3 6.1 2.1 6.6 -4.8 -8.7 -20.4 -23.1 2012 -29.2 -25.3 -22.3 -9.9 -4.1 3.1 7.8 2.4 -4.2 -13.4 -24.7 -28.0 2013 -27.4 -27.2 -15.8 -16.5 -2.0 1.2 7.5 4.9 -6.5 -14.2 -17.1 -21.6 2014 -26.8 -26.4 -18.7 -7.9 -5.5 1.7 7.3 5.3 -9.0 -9.5 -25.0 -26.1

Months Year 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 2015 -24.6 -25.0 -21.0 -16.0 -5.2 1.9 7.6 4.1 -3.4 -11.1 -23.8 -21.8 2016 -27.9 -22.7 -20.9 -9.9 -5.1 5.4 10.5 2.4 -1.1 -16.9 -22.9 -22.1 2017 -28.4 -22.2 -12.2 -4.8 -7.5 3.8 10.7 4.2 -5.2 -14.2 -21.0 -20.1 2018 -30.4 -23.5 -17.7 -12.7

Precipitation 209. Total annual precipitation in Tsetserleg is 242.1mm. Highest monthly precipitation occur in June (85.1mm) and lowest precipitation occur in January (1mm). Table below shows monthly total precipitation in each month of the last 15 years in Zuunkharaa.

Table 4.35: Monthly total precipitation, 2010-2017, mm Months Year 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 2003 0.4 1.1 1.9 5.2 56.2 35.3 93.3 79.5 11.6 4.5 3.8 0.7 2004 0.8 3.4 3.2 2.7 12.0 29.2 150.8 21.2 11.2 1.0 0.5 2.1 2005 1.0 2.7 0.9 0.6 35.4 27.4 75.4 42.7 16.8 15.4 2.8 0.2 2006 0.6 0.0 0.4 9.3 1.8 16.3 68.7 13.4 0.0 0.8 0.0 1.0 2007 1.6 2.4 4.6 31.4 17.3 77.7 85.3 8.0 6.9 0.1 0.0 2008 3.1 1.9 5.8 1.9 3.1 83.2 43.8 37.3 7.8 2.5 0.2 1.8 2009 0.8 1.0 0.5 10.7 22.9 30.1 62.4 31.4 1.6 9.3 3.6 0.7 2010 0.7 1.4 8.1 14.1 17.5 43.8 76.8 5.6 15.7 5.1 7.4 2.7 2011 10.2 4.2 1.2 1.5 14.4 50.5 91.0 96.9 13.8 8.9 2.5 0.2 2012 0.2 0.0 5.5 4.6 3.5 29.7 166.8 83.8 12.2 7.1 10.7 1.4 2013 1.0 2.5 1.1 10.5 1.1 33.9 138.3 107.0 6.4 1.1 1.7 0.4 2014 0.3 1.2 1.9 17.8 37.0 73.0 49.2 35.0 25.6 5.3 0.3 2015 0.0 0.3 5.5 9.5 13.5 62.8 31.7 50.6 31.7 8.9 4.9 2.7 2016 1.7 1.3 1.1 3.1 7.6 68.7 147.7 36.4 70.8 27.1 3.2 7.1 2017 1.0 1.8 13.2 1.2 5.5 11.8 59.4 54.6 4.7 1.2 1.0 0.4

Wind regime 210. The predominant wind direction in the town is from northwest to southeast (30%). Mean annual wind speed is 4.6m/sec in Arvaikheer. Most windy month is May where average wind speed is 5m/sec while January has lowest wind speed at 1-3m/sec. Number of days where wind speed exceeds 15m/sec is 18 days a year. Table below show average and maximum wind speed recorded in each month of the last 15 years.

Table 4.36: Average wind speed in each month, m/sec Year Months 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 2003 2.6 3.0 3.3 4.7 3.8 4.0 2.9 2.9 3.6 4.2 3.2 2.2 2004 2.3 3.9 3.8 4.8 5.7 4.4 3.1 3.0 3.8 2.8 3.3 3.0 2005 2.0 1.9 4.2 6.2 5.5 4.0 3.3 2.9 3.4 3.7 3.6 2.3 2006 1.7 3.5 4.8 5.4 5.2 3.8 2.2 3.2 3.8 3.6 2.5 2.5 2007 2.2 3.5 3.7 4.2 5.5 4.1 2.4 2.9 3.3 3.8 2.9 2.6 2008 1.8 3.4 5.2 4.7 5.4 4.8 3.5 2.6 3.0 2.8 3.9 3.6 2009 3.4 3.9 4.9 4.8 5.3 5.4 4.3 3.6 4.6 4.1 2.8 3.4 2010 3.0 2.8 4.9 4.5 5.1 4.0 3.3 4.4 3.8 3.2 3.4 3.9 2011 3.1 3.0 4.4 5.2 5.9 4.1 3.9 3.4 3.8 3.7 2.8 2.5 2012 2.7 3.4 3.7 5.2 5.0 4.5 3.3 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.3 2.3 2013 2.5 3.3 4.4 4.7 5.5 4.4 3.6 3.5 3.7 4.2 3.5 2.7 2014 3.1 2.9 3.8 4.4 4.2 4.2 3.2 2.9 2.5 2.1 2.3 2.2 2015 2.3 3.8 3.5 4.7 4.7 3.9 4.5 3.9 3.8 3.4 2.0 1.8 2016 2.4 2.6 2.9 3.3 4.0 4.0 3.3 3.3 3.1 3.4 3.4 2.5 2017 2.9 3.1 3.6 4.2 4.7 4.1 4.1 3.8 3.9 3.3 3.7 3.0

Table 4.37: Max wind speed in each month, m/sec Months Year 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 2003 16.0 24.0 16.0 18.0 16.0 18.0 9.0 14.0 14.0 24.0 18.0 20.0 2004 14.0 20.0 24.0 18.0 20.0 20.0 12.0 14.0 14.0 12.0 14.0 18.0 2005 12.0 18.0 22.0 22.0 22.0 16.0 16.0 14.0 20.0 14.0 18.0 14.0 2006 16.0 18.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 14.0 14.0 18.0 14.0 18.0 16.0 14.0 2007 18.0 16.0 26.0 20.0 20.0 18.0 14.0 18.0 12.0 18.0 18.0 20.0 2008 8.0 18.0 24.0 20.0 21.0 18.0 16.0 16.0 14.0 18.0 20.0 17.0 2009 18.0 23.0 22.0 24.0 21.0 21.0 18.0 20.0 21.0 20.0 20.0 23.0 2010 20.0 17.0 27.0 20.0 24.0 20.0 15.0 19.0 20.0 18.0 20.0 18.0 2011 18.0 19.0 22.0 27.0 25.0 15.0 19.0 17.0 17.0 19.0 19.0 14.0 2012 16.0 15.0 18.0 20.0 19.0 18.0 15.0 18.0 19.0 19.0 20.0 18.0 2013 16.0 22.0 24.0 18.0 22.0 18.0 15.0 19.0 19.0 22.0 17.0 17.0 2014 18.0 20.0 24.0 16.0 22.0 20.0 14.0 15.0 14.0 10.0 24.0 14.0 2015 10.0 24.0 17.0 22.0 20.0 20.0 18.0 19.0 16.0 21.0 14.0 18.0 2016 18.0 12.0 24.0 24.0 24.0 16.0 15.0 15.0 14.0 15.0 16.0 12.0 2017 18.0 14.0 13.0 16.0 23.0 18.0 18.0 21.0 17.0 17.0 22.0 16.0 2018 15 18 21 20

4.3.3.6. Murun town 211. In terms of Koppen climate classification system, Murun town falls in the cold semi-arid climate (BSk) zone. It has cool and short summer and cold and winter. Key climate parameters are provided in below sections.

Air temperature 212. Average annual air temperature in Murun is -0.10C.

Table 4.38: Mean air temperature by month, 2010-2017, 0C Months

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 2010 -24.8 -21.5 -9.7 -0.8 10.3 17.8 19.2 15.2 11.1 1.7 -6.3 -17.3 2011 -27.8 -17.8 -7.9 5.4 8.7 16.8 18.1 17.7 8.3 2.5 -15.2 -22.0 2012 -23.4 -18.8 -8.0 3.6 10.7 16.1 18.3 16.1 10.6 0.5 -15.4 -24.0 2013 -25.3 -19.1 -2.7 4.0 11.5 15.5 18.3 16.1 8.9 0.3 -5.9 -15.3 2014 -17.8 -16.9 -4.3 6.1 9.7 15.6 18.2 16.3 8.7 2.6 -10.0 -18.1 2015 -17.3 -13.5 -5.2 5.3 9.5 17.6 20.4 18.5 8.7 2.2 -13.3 -15.5 2016 -24.8 -15.6 -2.9 5.0 9.0 16.1 20.7 16.6 11.7 -3.3 -14.3 -20.9 2017 -22.9 -17.3 -3.9 6.0 13.2 19.0 20.2 16.1 9.9 -0.7 -7.7 -12.2 2018 -22.3 -13.7 -1.5 5.2 12.2 18.7

Table 4.39: Max air temperature by month, 2010-2017, 0C Months

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 2010 -7.4 1.2 10.6 25.2 29.2 33.0 29.3 30.6 30.7 21.0 8.6 3.7 2011 -13.4 -5.3 13.6 23.8 25.8 28.7 35.5 30.9 24.7 18.9 5.0 -6.2 2012 -6.2 -5.3 12.8 18.2 27.5 30.5 28.4 33.0 28.0 16.7 3.8 -9.7 2013 -5.1 -1.8 11.5 22.6 27.4 29.4 30.4 25.4 26.1 21.2 8.5 -0.1 2014 0.0 4.6 13.3 22.5 31.9 30.7 33.2 30.9 31.8 14.7 7.4 -4.6 2015 -2.9 4.2 16.1 26.1 27.1 32.7 33.9 35.3 26.5 21.2 9.0 -2.3 2016 -11.3 4.0 14.6 17.5 25.5 27.7 32.9 36.9 26.0 15.3 7.4 -3.9 2017 -5.2 0.5 13.3 23.7 32.3 33.6 33.9 30.9 26.0 18.5 9.0 -1.9 2018 -6.7 0.4 17.4 27.1 31 31.9

Table 4.40: Min air temperature by month, 2010-2017, 0C

Months

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 2010 -40.5 -37.0 -28.8 -17.5 -5.2 3.3 6.6 3.7 -4.8 -10.4 -24.5 -40.4 2011 -37.8 -30.1 -22.7 -9.8 -8.0 6.2 5.8 1.5 -7.3 -11.5 -30.0 -34.9 2012 -36.2 -36.2 -24.3 -12.1 -4.9 3.0 7.4 2.1 -7.1 -15.4 -33.0 -37.9 2013 -40.1 -34.7 -22.1 -13.0 -4.7 0.6 7.9 7.5 -5.7 -15.4 -18.3 -32.7 2014 -29.0 -30.0 -22.4 -5.6 -3.7 3.3 6.1 1.3 -5.4 -14.3 -26.6 -28.5 2015 -32.0 -28.4 -23.2 -14.5 -4.6 3.2 6.7 5.5 -5.7 -13.1 -29.8 -30.9 2016 -37.9 -33.3 -23.3 -10.2 -4.3 5.5 10.4 2.4 -2.3 -19.9 -35.9 -33.8 2017 -35.6 -31.1 -14.6 -6.7 -7.1 4.9 7.2 3.0 -6.4 -14.4 -20.8 -23.4 2018 -35.7 -26.7 -23.2 -16.2 -3.5 3.7

Precipitation 213. Total annual average precipitation was at 241.8mm in Murun between 2005 and 2018.

Table 4.41: Monthly precipitation level, 2005-2017, mm Months

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 2005 2.9 2.3 7.8 2.8 21.1 12.7 86.5 119.2 20.0 8.9 0.0 0.0 2006 0.9 2.9 0.0 34.3 10.2 37.4 89.8 20.8 34.2 9.0 2.7 1.0 2007 2.8 0.0 0.6 10.8 13.9 46.6 66.6 49.6 22.2 3.7 1.2 2.5 2008 0.7 0.0 0.2 5.8 6.5 40.9 60.2 85.6 18.6 23.0 0.1 1.2 2009 1.0 2.7 7.0 0.5 6.2 69.7 50.1 60.1 18.3 2.8 1.3 4.1 2010 4.4 0.5 1.4 0.9 16.3 49.9 65.0 73.7 11.1 13.2 0.2 7.1 2011 5.3 1.1 1.8 4.3 20.1 87.0 35.1 28.3 8.7 3.8 8.9 1.5 2012 0.0 0.7 4.5 14.7 12.8 56.0 76.8 58.1 11.4 7.3 10.0 8.1 2013 0.0 1.1 0.0 3.9 6.3 117.2 79.0 69.9 19.1 6.3 3.2 2.8 2014 1.8 0.0 5.8 31.0 18.3 47.4 59.4 35.5 29.6 8.1 2.0 3.5 2015 0.0 1.2 0.2 8.7 23.0 13.6 46.5 129.7 23.1 1.5 3.3 1.5 2016 1.7 5.0 1.3 17.5 32.3 35.1 44.4 57.7 32.5 12.0 13.5 2.9 2017 0.4 0.2 2.2 3.5 3.8 30.1 33.8 87.9 2.3 10.0 1.2 1.7 2018 1.8 4.5 0.5 11.5 12.5 30

Wind regime 214. The predominant wind direction in Murun is from west to east. Average annual wind speed is at 1.5 m/sec. In each year, there are about 33 days where wind speed exceed 15m/sec.

Table 4.42: Average wind speed by months, 2005-2017, m/sec Months

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 2005 0.4 0.3 1.5 4.4 3.0 3.2 2.4 2.1 2.1 2.6 2.6 1.5 2006 1.3 2.7 3.5 3.5 3.4 2.8 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.4 2.1 1.7 2007 1.0 1.9 3.1 2.9 3.7 2.8 2.4 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.2 1.4 2008 1.3 1.9 2.9 3.3 3.5 2.7 2.2 2.2 2.5 2.2 3.0 2.8 2009 1.6 2.4 2.8 2.7 3.7 2.9 2.5 2.2 2.7 2.6 2.3 1.6 2010 1.8 1.8 3.1 3.2 3.1 2.5 2.3 1.8 1.7 1.5 2.5 2.5 2011 0.8 1.2 2.3 3.0 3.0 2.3 2.4 2.2 2.0 0.8 0.2 0.5 2012 0.4 1.0 1.5 3.2 2.6 2.1 1.5 1.9 1.4 2.2 0.6 0.3 2013 0.1 1.1 2.4 2.9 3.1 2.1 1.6 0.9 1.7 1.1 1.5 0.9 2014 0.7 0.9 1.4 1.6 2.4 2.0 1.8 1.4 2.0 2.2 1.8 1.6 2015 1.3 1.6 2.6 3.2 3.0 2.7 2.5 2.1 2.2 2.0 1.2 1.2 2016 0.8 1.8 2.8 3.1 3.2 2.6 2.2 2.2 1.9 1.7 1.6 0.9 2017 0.7 1.1 2.1 3.0 3.3 2.5 2.6 2.5 2.6 1.7 2.6 2.6

Table 4.43: Maximum wind speed by months, 2005-2017, m/sec

Months

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 2005 5.0 3.0 14.0 24.0 22.0 22.0 23.0 24.0 18.0 24.0 16.0 14.0 2006 16.0 21.0 20.0 21.0 22.0 19.0 17.0 29.0 19.0 17.0 21.0 17.0 2007 17.0 25.0 19.0 22.0 22.0 20.0 17.0 19.0 17.0 20.0 19.0 15.0 2008 16.0 15.0 20.0 21.0 20.0 21.0 19.0 24.0 21.0 17.0 20.0 21.0 2009 17.0 19.0 20.0 18.0 22.0 20.0 21.0 17.0 22.0 21.0 19.0 15.0 2010 17.0 17.0 21.0 21.0 25.0 21.0 19.0 17.0 14.0 12.0 21.0 17.0 2011 13.0 12.0 14.0 16.0 18.0 19.0 18.0 18.0 18.0 14.0 7.0 13.0 2012 11.0 12.0 15.0 20.0 21.0 24.0 14.0 20.0 13.0 18.0 14.0 17.0 2013 5.0 14.0 24.0 20.0 28.0 24.0 14.0 10.0 12.0 17.0 15.0 18.0 2014 19.0 16.0 20.0 18.0 22.0 25.0 20.0 16.0 18.0 14.0 15.0 12.0 2015 16.0 16.0 16.0 20.0 22.0 18.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 19.0 17.0 12.0 2016 7.0 15.0 16.0 20.0 20.0 14.0 17.0 15.0 16.0 17.0 12.0 10.0 2017 10.0 10.0 12.0 20.0 19.0 19.0 20.0 16.0 19.0 14.0 18.0 14.0 2018 14 16 25 18 22 20

4.3.3.7. Darkhan city 215. According to Koppen climate classification system, Darkhan city falls in the temperate continental climate/humid continental climate zone (Dwb).

Air temperature 216. The mean annual temperature in Darkhan city is around -1.90C to +3.20C. It reaches as high as 420C in mid-July and as low as -42 in mid-January. Multi-year average records show that number of days when air temperature exceeds +300C is 19 days a year. Tables below show monthly mean, maximum and minimum temperatures recorded during the last 8 years in the city.

Table 4.44 Monthly mean air temperatures, 2010-2017, 0C Year Months 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 2010 -26.0 -25.1 -10.1 0.9 12.6 19.5 22.2 17.0 12.3 3.4 -7.1 -20.8 2011 -27.4 -16.3 -6.6 7.0 9.9 19.8 19.7 19.2 9.9 4.8 -9.5 -21.8 2012 -26.4 -20.1 -6.1 4.4 12.5 17.2 19.4 17.2 13.0 2.2 -10.4 -26.7 2013 -24.0 -21.4 -6.5 3.6 12.9 17.5 19.8 17.7 9.9 2.5 -4.7 -18.6 2014 -19.0 -20.3 -3.5 8.5 10.2 17.4 20.4 18.1 10.6 3.2 -7.6 -18.9 2015 -20.7 -18.6 -6.9 6.7 12.1 19.3 24.0 20.8 11.7 3.7 -11.9 -17.8 2016 -24.0 -15.8 -2.9 5.2 11.7 18.3 21.9 18.4 12.7 -2.7 -15.3 -17.9 2017 -24.2 -17.9 -6.1 7.1 14.0 20.6 22.1 17.8 10.9 1.5 -9.2 -15.9

Table 4.45: Monthly max air temperatures, 2010-2017, 0C Months Year 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 2010 -3.9 -5.4 13.1 24.9 32.9 39.8 35.6 32.4 31.5 26.5 11.5 2.1 2011 -9.5 -0.5 12.2 25.8 31.5 32.5 36.2 33.7 29.4 21.6 9.1 -7.4 2012 -12.6 -5.3 18.8 21.8 33.3 33.7 30.2 35.1 31.1 21.3 8.4 -13.6 2013 -4.5 1.3 8.6 23.9 32.5 34.6 32.2 29.2 27.6 17.1 13.5 -0.4 2014 -3.3 0.4 16.7 27.6 34.5 33.9 34.9 33.9 33.5 20.5 11.3 -8.3 2015 -6.5 0.3 18.3 31.2 33.8 37.1 39.1 38.2 30.0 23.8 11.4 -5.5 2016 -10.6 -1.2 16.6 24.4 29.5 32.7 35.4 37.4 26.6 22.0 0.3 -2.0 2017 -9.9 -0.7 18.0 26.6 36.4 37.4 38.6 31.2 26.5 17.5 14.3 -3.1

Table 4.46: Monthly min air temperatures, 2010-2017, 0C Months Year 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 2010 -40.8 -38.9 -31.5 -11.6 -1.1 3.8 6.3 5.1 -7.0 -8.2 -27.0 -36.5 2011 -38.1 -28.5 -24.8 -9.4 -2.8 6.4 7.7 6.5 -4.6 -8.1 -24.1 -32.6 2012 -40.3 -39.2 -24.7 -8.5 -0.3 6.2 9.9 3.3 -3.5 -9.9 -28.4 -38.9

Months Year 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 2013 -36.0 -35.4 -20.2 -10.1 -2.4 2.4 9.5 6.6 -2.2 -9.3 -21.8 -31.3 2014 -30.7 -33.1 -23.4 -5.1 -2.6 1.1 10.0 5.1 -8.5 -9.4 -22.9 -30.1 2015 -34.2 -31.4 -23.6 -11.1 -3.8 4.6 11.5 11.4 -1.6 -10.8 -26.7 -30.9 2016 -34.9 -28.2 -25.2 -5.9 -2.1 5.9 10.9 5.5 -0.8 -21.4 -28.9 -31.6 2017 -35.9 -30.5 -18.7 -7.0 -1.1 5.0 10.4 1.8 -4.3 -7.5 -23.8 -25.6

Precipitation 217. Average annual precipitation level is at 324.6 mm in Darkhan area. 284.2 mm which equals to 88% of total annual precipitation falls during the summer months (June to August). Multi-year average records show that there around 32 rainy days a year. In general the project areas are in regions with relatively low precipitation and moisture, where the majority of precipitation occurs in summer months. Precipitation in winter months constitutes only 5-7% of total annual precipitation. Between April and October, there are about 50-60 days of rain on average.

218. With regards to flooding, major flood events occur 1-2 times per 60 years. During such events, 46-79mm precipitation falls as rain and causes flood the flood events. Snow falls primarily between November and March, during which time there are approximately 35-45 snowy days on average. Given the temperatures, the land surface is covered with snow for approximately 110-130 days a year.

Table 4.47: Monthly total precipitation, 2010-2017, mm Months Year 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 2003 12.0 3.1 0.2 17.8 64.2 22.2 51.8 60.5 55.0 5.8 22.5 8.1 2004 2.8 11.7 1.9 5.2 20.6 57.0 51.0 72.5 51.1 6.4 10.3 11.3 2005 5.8 4.4 2.3 21.6 31.6 43.0 44.4 67.3 34.3 5.7 7.6 2.2 2006 0.5 5.2 6.9 13.1 29.9 50.4 113.6 55.2 21.1 15.5 9.7 1.0 2007 4.6 3.9 11.2 6.3 40.2 41.2 55.1 137.8 15.7 6.1 2.5 5.3 2008 2.6 4.2 4.3 7.6 12.6 132.3 67.2 46.5 23.3 15.8 10.6 4.6 2009 1.8 0.8 10.4 0.1 21.4 87.4 30.5 95.9 60.7 18.0 5.8 6.1 2010 4.0 6.2 6.0 11.6 32.0 23.7 72.3 112.2 14.0 16.5 11.3 4.8 2011 1.9 4.7 10.4 46.4 81.8 37.5 47.5 107.1 38.1 5.1 6.4 3.9 2012 3.4 0.7 0.7 12.8 51.9 96.8 73.8 95.8 8.1 25.1 11.7 13.3 2013 0.9 3.2 3.7 1.5 30.1 125.0 31.3 157.8 36.7 15.2 8.5 6.4 2014 3.3 0.0 5.1 46.1 56.4 41.4 47.0 72.8 26.4 14.4 9.1 13.0 2015 4.2 8.4 8.3 0.3 21.7 12.2 25.2 171.2 54.0 15.6 3.8 4.1 2016 1.9 1.5 7.0 20.3 14.6 125.3 68.1 55.1 32.8 18.9 17.0 2.5 2017 4.3 4.3 2.7 13.1 37.6 48.5 67.1 88.8 89.6 36.8 8.3 3.3

Wind regime 219. The predominant wind direction is from northwest to southeast and north to east. Average annual wind speed is 2-6m/sec. Average Wind speed increases in spring months starting from March and reaches 2.5-3.0m/sec and comes down a bit during winter month as low as 0.7-1.0m/sec.

Table 4.48: Average wind speed in each month, m/sec Year Months 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 2003 1.0 1.3 1.2 2.4 1.9 1.7 1.6 1.3 1.6 1.5 1.4 0.8 2004 1.0 1.0 1.9 2.0 1.7 1.1 1.1 0.9 1.5 1.5 1.3 0.3 2005 0.2 0.3 1.6 2.7 2.6 2.4 1.9 1.9 1.9 2.0 1.1 0.8 2006 0.8 1.7 2.3 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.8 1.8 2.0 1.4 1.0 2007 0.8 1.6 1.8 2.2 2.2 2.0 1.8 1.2 1.2 2.0 1.7 1.2 2008 0.9 1.0 2.2 2.3 2.5 2.3 1.7 1.8 2.0 1.8 1.8 1.8

2009 0.8 1.9 2.2 2.7 2.8 2.3 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.8 1.6 1.2 2010 1.3 0.9 2.0 1.6 2.0 1.8 1.2 1.2 1.8 1.1 1.0 0.5 2011 0.3 0.7 1.4 1.9 1.5 1.2 1.1 1.0 1.2 1.0 1.1 0.5 2012 0.4 1.1 2.0 2.9 2.8 2.2 1.6 1.8 1.6 1.8 1.8 0.9 2013 0.8 1.1 2.5 2.5 3.0 2.1 1.3 1.2 1.6 2.2 1.5 0.7 2014 0.9 0.9 1.2 2.1 2.3 2.4 2.1 1.9 2.4 2.3 1.9 1.2 2015 1.1 1.2 2.0 3.0 3.0 2.8 2.6 2.4 2.1 2.2 1.4 1.2 2016 1.5 1.8 2.8 2.7 3.1 2.4 1.8 2.0 1.8 2.0 1.5 1.2 2017 1.0 1.4 1.6 2.5 2.9 2.3 2.0 1.9 2.2 1.8 2.3 1.4

Table 4.49: Max wind speed in each month, m/sec Months Year 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 2003 16.0 14.0 12.0 14.0 18.0 20.0 20.0 14.0 16.0 14.0 20.0 9.0 2004 10.0 14.0 14.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 16.0 22.0 14.0 14.0 12.0 5.0 2005 5.0 6.0 14.0 21.0 18.0 20.0 21.0 18.0 19.0 16.0 19.0 10.0 2006 9.0 16.0 16.0 17.0 21.0 27.0 15.0 16.0 12.0 18.0 15.0 9.0 2007 19.0 14.0 20.0 16.0 16.0 14.0 14.0 18.0 16.0 12.0 13.0 11.0 2008 8.0 8.0 13.0 17.0 21.0 21.0 21.0 17.0 16.0 14.0 12.0 15.0 2009 13.0 17.0 23.0 22.0 20.0 19.0 16.0 15.0 18.0 15.0 18.0 17.0 2010 15.0 13.0 15.0 16.0 17.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 2011 10.0 8.0 24.0 18.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 12.0 16.0 14.0 12.0 9.0 2012 9.0 9.0 16.0 22.0 25.0 17.0 16.0 18.0 16.0 12.0 16.0 12.0 2013 12.0 14.0 19.0 16.0 20.0 18.0 14.0 12.0 17.0 20.0 12.0 10.0 2014 8.0 14.0 17.0 22.0 16.0 19.0 19.0 14.0 16.0 15.0 15.0 10.0 2015 10.0 14.0 15.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 20.0 14.0 14.0 12.0 11.0 9.0 2016 9.0 12.0 16.0 19.0 20.0 17.0 15.0 15.0 16.0 13.0 10.0 11.0 2017 13.0 10.0 12.0 18.0 17.0 18.0 19.0 18.0 16.0 14.0 13.0 10.0

4.3.3 Air quality

220. The measurements of air quality are mention in Section 4.4 below. The Environment standards to be used for monitoring for the project activities are mentioned in Annexure 4.

4.3.4 Soil and geology

4.3.4.1 Ulaanbaatar city 221. Ulaanbaatar city is located within the Khentii mountain range and Tuul river basin and in steppe-forest natural zone. In terms of soil-geographical zonation system of Mongolia, Ulaanbaatar city belongs to the mountain dark brown soil zone. The main types of soil distributed within the Ulaanbaatar city are alluvial dark brown soil and grassland dark brown soil.

222. In terms of geological age, following soil types were identified in Ulaanbaatar and its surrounding area: • Technogenic topsoil • Contemporary proluvial gravel soil • Contemporary alluvial soil • Contemporary diluvial-proluvial upper soil • Middle-upper quaternary alluvial-proluvial soil • Eluvial-diluvual gravel soil • Neogene lacustrine-alluvial-proluvial clay soil • Carbonaceous sedimentary rock soil

223. Soil pollution has become a serious issue in Ulaanbaatar city in recent years. Especially in ger areas, the soil polluted due to pit latrines and improper waste disposals. Specialized Inspection

Agency of Ulaanbaatar city conducts soil tests twice a year in densely populated areas. According to the lab test results of the survey in 2017, 32 percent of Ulaanbaatar has been affected by soil contamination.

Geology 224. Geologically the Ulaanbaatar region belongs to the Khentii geosynclinals depression. Ulaanbaatar city is mainly underlain by cambrian, devonian, and carboniferous sandstone and mudstone. Ulaanbaatar City is located on an alluvial plain. MNET confirmed that in the city, soil is low in permeability and gullying and erosion is visible on steep slopes in the Ger areas to the north of the city.

Seismology 225. Territory of Ulaanbaatar city falls within the earthquake magnitude scale ranges between 6.0 and 8.0 degrees in Mercalli scale. According to the recent study of faults in Bogd and Bulnai, big faults move in a frequency of thousands of years and velocity of their transition changes by very few ЦТХХТЦОtОrs pОr УШuХО. SЦaХХ fauХts arО Шf ЦОНТuЦ strОЧРtС ( 6-7); frequency of quake may be longer (Ochirbat Fund).

Earthquake Intensity Risk Zones This map shows earthquake intensity zones in accordance with the 1956 version of the Modified Mercalli Scale (MM), describing the effects of an earthquake on the surface of the earth and integrating numerous parameters such as ground acceleration, duration of an earthquake, and subsoil effects. It also includes historical earthquake reports. The Zones indicate where there is a probability of 20 percent that degrees of intensity shown on the map will be exceeded in 50 years. This probability figure varies with time; i.e., it is lower for shorter periods and higher for longer periods.

I. Instrumental VII. Very Strong II. Feeble VIII. Destructive III. Slight IX. Ruinous IV. Moderate X. Disastrous V. Rather Strong XI. Very Disastrous VI. Strong XII. Catastrophic

Source: http://www.preventionweb.net/files/15692_mngearthquakeriskv1100816.pdf. Earthquake Risk: Modified Mercalli Scale (Mongolia) created 17 August 2010 Figure 4.13: Earthquake zonation map of Ulaanbaatar and subproject location

4.3.4.2 Nalaikh district 226. In physical-geographical divisions of Mongolia, Nalaikh district falls in the southern Khentii zone in the Tuul river valley. Predominant soil types in Nalaikh area is dark brown soil.

4.3.4.3 Bayanchandmani soum center 227. In soil-geographical divisions of Mongolia, Bayanchandmani soum center falls in the Khentii- Khangai steppe zone. Predominant soil types distributed in the area are forest brown soil and dark brown soil.

4.3.4.4. Zuunkharaa 228. In soil-geographical divisions of Mongolia, Zuunkharaa town falls in the Yeruu river basin steppe-forest sub-zone of the Khentii mountain range. Predominant soil types distributed in the area is forest brown soil.

4.3.4.5 Tsetserleg 229. In terms of physics-geographical division, Murun town falls in south-eastern Khangai Mountain range zone and in terms of natural zone division, it falls in the steppe-forest zone. In terms of soil- geological division, it locates in the zone of dark brown soil of river valleys. River valley brown and meadowland dark brown soil are the main soil types distributed in the region.

4.3.4.6 Bayankhongor 230. In soil-geographical divisions of Mongolia, Bayankhongor town falls in the semi-arid steppe zone of southern Khangai mountain range. Predominant soil types distributed in the area is steppe brown soil.

4.3.4.7 Murun town 231. In terms of physics-geographical division, Murun town falls in Khangai-Khuvsgul Mountain range zone and in terms of natural zone division, it falls in the forest mountain zone. In terms of soil- geological division, it is located in the zone of dark brown soil of small hills. Mountain dark brown soil and forest dark brown soil are the main soil types distributed in the region.

4.3.4.8 Darkhan city

232. In soil-geographical divisions of Mongolia, Darkhan city falls in the Yeruu river basin steppe- forest sub-zone of the Khentii-Khangai steppe zone. Predominant soil types distributed in the area is brown soil.

Seismicity 233. Earthquake intensity risk zonation map is shown below. In terms of earthquake intensity risk, Khuvsgul TVET school locates within the very strong risk zone (degree VII) while other 7 TVET schools are located in areas that fall in the Modified Mercalli Scale degree VI zone (strong risk).

4.3.5 Surface Water Resources

4.3.5.1 Ulaanbaatar city and Nalaikh district 234. There is no water bodies nearby or in the immediate vicinity of premises of the TVET schools in Ulaanbaatar and Nalaikh. In a wider picture however, both Ulaanbaatar city and Nalaikh district are located in the Tuul River basin. Tuul river flows in 4.8 km distance from the Ulaanbaatar Polytechnical College and in 4.6 km distance from the Nalaikh TVET school, respectively. The Tuul River is 704 km long and drains an area 49,840 square km. The width of the Tuul River is 35-75 meters in normal situation, depth 0.8-3.5 m and water flow is 0.50-1.50 m / sec.

Figure 4.14: Surface water bodies in Ulaanbaatar city and Nalaikh district areas

235. One of the specific peculiarities of the runoff source of the Tuul River is the relatively low portion of groundwater contribution. It was estimated that about 69% of the annual runoff forms from rainfall, 6% from snow melting and 25% from groundwater source. This indicates that according to the flow regime classification the Tuul River belongs to the rivers with spring snow melting and rainfall floods.

236. Water levels are very unstable during the warm season; there are spring floods occurring at the end of April and early May. After the spring flood a short warm season low flow is observed. During

July to September the rainfall flood is observed with several flow peaks. The maximum discharge of the rainfall flood exceeds the spring flood amount by 1.5-2 times. After the rainfall flood, the water level recedes until the beginning of the ice phenomena. River ice phenomena begin from last 10 days of October and are fully glaciated from next 10 days of November until end of the April within an average of 149 days.

Table 4.50: Long term mean runoff of the Tuul River at Ulaanbaatar – Zaisan Station Months Years 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 2001 0.00 0.00 0.58 4.55 44.99 26.48 26.18 42.50 31.19 13.57 2.54 0.18 2002 0.00 0.00 0.15 0.87 34.97 23.93 40.60 13.10 11.33 7.33 1.34 0.04 2003 0.00 0.00 0.03 2.66 28.60 16.90 32.40 41.70 22.60 8.95 2.05 0.35 2004 0.00 0.00 0.07 13.56 24.82 18.07 44.59 25.51 23.76 18.35 4.92 0.52 2005 0.00 0.00 0.02 3.70 14.75 52.05 22.80 25.64 31.42 17.82 2.72 0.05 2006 0.00 0.00 0.14 3.66 20.33 48.45 48.10 18.71 11.10 8.65 1.65 0.08 2007 0.00 0.00 0.16 2.25 15.40 10.50 26.20 25.30 17.70 9.32 0.94 0.03 2008 0.00 0.00 0.04 1.97 3.62 38.30 78.90 20.10 38.10 15.50 4.44 0.33 2009 0.01 0.00 0.13 8.68 11.22 23.24 44.58 33.66 21.36 10.45 1.58 0.31 2010 0.01 0.00 0.00 1.67 22.30 14.00 11.30 24.50 12.40 6.53 1.50 0.02 2011 0.00 0.00 0.00 3.96 31.00 33.50 40.85 16.39 11.28 6.45 2.00 0.13 2012 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.72 23.80 26.00 77.60 71.50 38.70 17.50 3.52 0.27 2013 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.96 12.10 34.60 49.30 80.20 54.50 16.00 3.44 0.36 2014 0.01 0.00 0.01 2.21 41.00 41.70 91.30 36.90 19.70 11.20 3.25 0.69 2015 0.06 0.00 0.13 12.00 7.61 8.06 12.50 30.40 13.50 8.72 2.48 0.39

Flooding 237. Localized flooding can be caused in most areas of the country, especially in built-up areas through heavy rain events because of poor surface water drainage. This flooding is ephemeral and the water subsides rapidly. More than 75% of precipitation in Ulaanbaatar occurs in July and August. Serious floods, mainly caused by the Tuul River, occurred in 1915, 1939, 1959, 1966, 1967, 1971, 1973, 1982 and 2003. In 1966, the Tuul water level reached 3.2 meters with a flow of 1500-1800 cubic meters per second and the flood killed over 100 people.

Figure 4.15: Flood prone areas of Ulaanbaatar Source: Emergency Management Department of Ulaanbaatar Municipality

4.3.5.2 Bayanchandmani soum 238. The main surface water body in the area is Boroo river which flows in 1.2 km distance from the TVET school. Boroo river is mainly fed by precipitation (rainfall in summer and snow melting in spring). Boroo river is a small contributory tШ tСО KСaraa rТЯОr. It’s aЯОraРО fХШа Тs arШuЧН 0.02 m/sec. Below figure shows surface water bodies in the Bayanchandmani area.

Figure 4.16: Surface Water Body in Bayanchandmani soum

4.3.5.3 Darkhan city and Zuunkharaa town

239. There is no water bodies nearby or in the immediate vicinity of premises of the TVET schools in Darkhan and Zuunkharaa. However, in a wider picture, both Darkhan city and Zuunkharaa town are located in the Kharaa river basin. Darkhan-Urguu TVET is located at 8 km distance from the lower valley of Kharaa river while Zuunkharaa TVET School is located at 1.3 km distance from the upper valley of Kharaa river.

Table 4.51: Description of Kharaa river River Length in km Basin Size in km2 Flow in m3/sec Kharaa river 353 km 14,388 km2 10.8-11.4 Source: Eco-Sphere LLC, 2017

240. Approximately 56-75% of the total water flow for the Kharaa River is from precipitation. Spring floods are caused by melting of snow cover in mountains which generally occur in early April. The spring flood lasts 30-50 days depending on the precipitation level (thickness of snow cover in

mountains). Summer floods are caused by heavy rain, which can raise the water table by up to two meters within three days. Kharaa River occurred in 1973 when the flow reached 722 m3/sec. Surface water network in the Darkhan and Zuunkharaa areas is shown in figure below.

Source: Eco-Sphere LLC, 2017 Figure 4.17: Surface Water Bodies Darkhan and Zuunkharaa areas

4.3.5.4 Bayankhongor town 241. There are no water bodies nearby or in the immediate vicinity of the Bayankhngor TVET school premises. The main surface water body around the Bayankhongor town is Tuin River which flows at a 3.8 km distance from the Bayankhongor TVET. It starts from the Khangain mountain range and flows 243 km south to Orog lake. Total catchment area for the Tuin river is 9,410 km2.

242. Following figure shows location of Bayankhongor town and Tuin river.

Figure 4.18: Surface water bodies around Bayankhongor Town

4.3.5.5. Murun town 243. Murun town is located in the Delger murun river valley. The river flows on southern side of the town at about 1.5 km distance from the TVET school premise. Delger murun river starts from Ulaan Taiga SPA in north-western Khuvsgul province and flows 445 km through the Khuvsgul province before forming Selenge river together with Ider river. Average width of the Delger murun is 60m, average flow is 100 m/sec and with total catchment area of 26,640 km2.

Figure 4.19: Surface water map of Murun town

4.3.5.6. Tsetserleg town 244. Tsetserleg town is located in Tamir river valley. South Tamir river flows on the southern side of Tsetserleg town in 3.1 km distance from the TVET school while North Tamir river flows in 20km distance from the TVET. Tamir river is 335 km long river with catchment area of 13,100 km2 and average flow rate of 15 m3/sec.

Table 4.52: Average flow rate for South Tamir river by months, sm Year/months I II III IV V VI VII VIII IX X XI XII 2005 82 A 92 50 60 55 68 76 73 71 64 79 2006 146 A 71 64 65 73 102 101 92 90 88 86 2007 92 103 A 52 46 50 54 99 90 76 65 61 2008 69 A 73 63 50 57 80 .70 68 68 62 73

Figure 4.20: Surface water map of Tsetserleg town

4.3.6 Ground water

4.3.6.1 Ground water resources in the project areas 245. The only TVET School which is not connected to central water supply system is Bayanchandmani TVET who have their own deep water well. TVET schools in UB, Nalaikh, Darkhan, Zuunkharaa, Uvurkhangai and Bayankhongor are all connected to the centralized water supply systems. The centralized water supply systems in the project areas comprise of a major ground water deposit, a pump station, water reservoirs and water supply pipeline networks. According to relevant regulations in Mongolia, only upto 50% of any ground water deposit can be exploited for industrial or drinking water purposes. Renewable groundwater reserves for the 7 project areas are shown in table below.

Table 4.53: Renewable groundwater reserves in project area № Subproject locations Belongs to water basin of Total catchment Renewable reserve, area, km2 million m3/year 1 Ulaanbaatar area Tuul river 4,565 51.000 2 Nalaiakh area Tuul river 2,512 20.000 3 Bayanchandmani area Kharaa river 10,843 66.000 4 Zuunkharaa area Kharaa river 2,855.00 160.000 5 Bayankhongor area Orog lake – Tuin river 173.00 7.000 6 Murun area Delgermurun river basin 23,017 230.000 7 Tsetserleg area Orkhon river basin 53,299 688.000 8 Darkhan city Kharaa river basin 578.00 61.000

4.3.7 Ecological Resources

4.3.7.1 Vegetation 246. In terms of vegetation-geographic division, territory of Mongolia is divided into 16 zones as shown in below picture (N.Ulziikhutag, 1989).

Figure 4.21: Vegetation map of Mongolia Vegetation zones in Mongolia: 1- Khuvsgul ranges, 2- Khentii mountain range, 3- Khangai mountain range steppe-forest, 4- Mongol-Daurian, 5- Great Hyangan, 6- Mongol Altai ranges, 7- Central Khalkha steppes, 8- Eastern Mongolia, 9-Depression of Great Lakes, 10- Valleys of lakes, 11-Northern Gobi, 12- Southern Gobi, 13- Gobi-Altai ranges, 14- Zuungar Gobi desert, 15- Desert

zone south of Altai ranges, 16- Alshaa desert

247. The project areas where 8 TVET schools are located belong to 3 different vegetation zones out of the 16 vegetation zones illustrated in above map. Each of the 3 vegetation zones is described in below sections.

• Khentii mountain range vegetation zone. Ulaanbaatar Polytechnical College and Nalaikh TVET schools are located within this zone. Key plant species of the predominant plant families are shown in table below. • Khangai mountain range vegetation zone. Project areas in which Uvurkhangai TVET and Bayankhongor TVET are located belong to this vegetation zone. Key plant species that represent the predominant plant families in the zone are shown in table below. • Mongol-Daurian Vegetation Zone. The project areas in which Bayanchandm. ani TVET, Zuunkharaa TVET and Darkhan-Urguu TVET are located belong to this vegetation zone. Forest and mountain plant species are mainly distributed in this zone.

248. List of plant species in the project areas are shown in Annexure 7.

4.3.7.2 Fauna 249. The territory of Mongolia is divided into 10 zoogeographic zones in terms of distribution of wildlife species as shown in below map (A.I.Bannikov, 1954). 4 project schools, namely TVET schools in Ulaanbaatar city, Bayanchandmani soum, Nalaikh district and Zuunkhara town are located in the Khentii Mountain Range zoogeographic zone. 3 project schools, namely TVET schools in Bayankhongor, Uvurkhangai and Dornogobi province are located within the Northern Gobi zoogeographic zone. Darkhan-Urguu TVET is located within the Mongol-Daurian zoogeographic zone while the TVET schools in Khuvsgul and Arkhangai provinces are located within the Khangai Mountain Range wildlife zoogeographic zone.

1. Khuvsgul zone 6. Northwestern Mongolia 2. Khentii mountain range 7. Northern Gobi 3. Western Hyangan 8. Gobi-Altay 4. Mongol-Daurian 9. Desert zone south of Altay 5. Khangai Mountain range 10. Western Gobi Figure 4.22: Zoogeographic zones in Mongolia and location of TVET schools

250. Key mammal, bird species and amphibians in the Khentii Mountain, Khangai Mountain,

Northern Gobi and Mongol-Daurian zoogeographic zones are described in these sections. In order to provide comprehensive view of wildlife distribution and animal species habitat, we have treated the afore-mentioned 4 zoogeographic zones as a one big project region.

Mammal species 251. Every species and every individual occupy a certain space for inhabiting and feeding. Spatial occupancy of animals naturally does not disturb each other. In particular, herbivores and ungulates migrate hundreds of kilometers naturally for search of better grazing land.

252. Most animals migrate seasonally within the habitat owing to many negative and positive impacts, such as grazing land, bloodsucking insects, human activities and ecology. Large herbivorous ungulates like red deer, roe deer and boar, graze in summer over mountain ridges where it is cooler and bloodsucking insects are fewer, in autumn they graze along the river valley and lowlands when various insects are fewer, and in winter they are among woods or mountainside where there is abundant sunshine. Carnivorous animals inhabit following herbivores that become their feed. Kharaa and Tuul River Basins are an important habitat for mammals and their migration and grazing. Therefore, planning of any development project along the basin must ensure least negative impact on mammal species inhabiting in the project region and migration thereof.

253. Forty mammal species belonging to 26 genera, 12 families of 5 orders inhabit in the Khangai- Khentii steppes zone where the project TVET schools are located. Notes: 29% are forest species, 26% are mountain-steppes, 18% are plain steppes, 10% are rocky mountains and 17% are ground holes.

254. Mammal species distributed in the project region are shown in Annexure 7.

255. Rodentia lead among regional mammals by number, distribution, spatial location, occupancy, density, reproduction, ecosystem structure and biogeocenosis impact, while Carnivora lead by farming importance, followed by Ungulates and Lagomorpha. Regionally, taiga species are dominant; 29 percent is forest taiga mammals, 26 percent is forest-steppe mammals, 18 percent is steppe mammals and 10 percent is mammal species inhabiting rocks or cliffs. 17 percent is accounted for by Rodentia and Lagomorpha, that mix soils by digging holes and fertilize surrounding area by excrement. They have an important role to ensure ecological balance.

256. Review of legal documents regarding current conservation status of mammals at any area is one of the important planning of conservation and growth management. Thus, conservation of mammals in the project region are shown in Annexure 7.

257. 15 percent of total regional mammals is rare and very rare animals protected to a certain degree under Mongolian and international laws and regulations. Mongolian marmot has been very rare due to excessive hunting for hides and meat and has been listed as critically endangered in IUCN (E.L. Clark & Munkhbat. 2007. Mongolian Red List of Mammals. Pp. 23; Ed. E.L.Clark, Munkhbat, S.Dulamtseren et all. 2007. Summary Conservation Action Plans for Mongolian Mammals). Red squirrel, Daurian hedgehog and Sable have been listed as rare. Grey wolf, Mountain cat, Manul cat are listed in Appendix II, Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora (CITES). Occurrence of 50 percent of the mammals in the region is normally abundant and 35 percent is hunting species, including red deer, roe deer, marmot, mountain hare and Tolai hare that are valuable by rich meat and hides, and grey wolf, fox, lynx, Asian badger, MustОХ ОrЦТЧОa, Least weasel, that are valuable by fur.

Bird species 258. Birds are the species that always move or migrate seasonally during all lifetime. Most birds migrate to warm regions as soon as autumn chill sets for winterization and come back in spring for nesting, breeding, laying eggs and gaining obesity and go back in autumn to warm countries with their

offspring. It is called a migration. 67 percent of 205 bird species that inhabit in the project areas are migratory species. Migratory form of living is dependent directly on availability of feed, in addition to air temperature. Sedentary birds also change their habitat seasonally in small range. Thus, more than half of the birds are migratory, while the rest is sedentary species that change habitat seasonally. They arrive in spring for nesting, breeding and laying eggs and migrate to warm region for winterization. 33 percent or 68 species are sedentary birds. 205 bird species belonging to 65 genera, 25 families and 8 orders have been registered in the Khangai mountain, Khentii mountain and Mongol- Daurian zones within which the TVET schools are located. List of bird species in the project regions and their conservation status are shown in Annexure 7.

259. 20 percent or 42 bird species are rare species that are listed in Mongolian and international laws and regulations. 9 species that inhabit steppe are Long-legged Buzzard, Steppe Eagle, Saker Falcon, Common Kestrel, Demoiselle Crane, Horned Lark, Rook, Northern Wheater, Isabelline Wheater and Eurasian Tree Sparrow. Black kite, Rock dove, Pie, Raven and House Sparrow are bird species that inhabit settlements.

260. Out of 19 bird species that inhabit the project regions, 12 (63.1%) species are of common occurrence (Black Kite, Upland Buzzard, Steppe Eagle, Cinereous Vulture, Daurian Patridge, Demoiselle Crane, Horned Lark, Pie, Rudd, Rook, Northern Wheater, Isabelline Wheater and House Sparrow). There are also 5 common occurrence species including Long-legged Buzzard, Saker Falcon, Common Kestrel, Little Owl and Eurasian Tree Sparrow, that account for 26.3 percent of the regional bird species. There are 2 rare species including Eurasian Eagle-owl and Raven (10.5%).

Amphibians and reptiles 261. According to the oral study undertaken during the field survey, there are 3 cold-blooded reptile species (Sunwatcher oadhead agama, Mongolia Racerunner and Halys pit viper) in the project regions. Out of invertebrates, insects are important for cold-ЛХШШНОН rОptТХОs’ fООН. There are abundant insect species pertaining to Coleoptera, Lepidoptera, Diptera and Orthoptera in the area. Mongolia has forest, taiga, high mountains, steppe and desert landscapes from north to south.

262. BufШ raННОТ aЧН EХapСО НТШЧО arО ХТstОН ТЧ MШЧРШХТaЧ aЦpСТЛТaЧs aЧН rОptТХОs’ list. Bufo raddei is most common species in Mongolia. It is found in wetlands such as rivers, lakes and oasis of desert, steppe and forest-steppe zones. Its population may be decreased because of habitat deterioration, water pollution, natural resources mining and shrinkage of wetlands. Nevertheless, it has not been listed rare. Elaphe dione is found in vast areas of ecological zones from desert in south to forest taiga in north at 600-3000 m above sea level.

263. Feed scarcity related to winter coldness, drought and deficient crop yield and carnivores such as fox, steppe fox and birds of prey negatively impact on the number of Elaphe dione. Anthropogenic factors, such as settlements and infrastructure facilities including roads and hydro power plants, exploration and extraction of natural resources has deteriorated and shrunk habitat of Elaphe dione.

4.3.8 Protected Areas 264. There are a total of 90 protected areas in Mongolia as shown in figure below. This includes 14 strictly protected areas, 29 natural complex areas, 32 natural reserve areas and 15 heritage areas.

Figure 4.23: Location map of Protected areas and TVET schools in Mongolia

265. The Law on Special Protected Areas of Mongolia came into effect on the basis of the Constitution, the Land Law, the Border Law, the Law on Buffer Zones, and other legal acts. The purpose of this law is to regulate relations concerning utilization of and taking areas under special protection, preservation and protection of natural landscape in order to keep particular features of natural zones and belts, their peculiar formation, forms of rare fauna and flora, historical and cultural sites and natural sightseeing as well as studying and identifying their evolution.

i. Strictly Protected Areas are divided into following three zones: These include: a. Core zone; b. Buffer zone; c. Transition; ii. National Conservation Areas divided into three zones. These include: a. Special zone; b. Tourism zone; c. Protected area;

266. Each of these Zones has appropriate security procedures stated on the Law of Protected Areas.

4.3.8.1 Ulaanbaatar city 267. There are 2 Special protected areas in the vicinity of Ulaanbaatar city that include one strictly protected area and one natural reserve area. Table below shows the special protected areas:

Table 4.54: Special protected areas in the vicinity of Ulaanbaatar city

№ Special protected areas Area size, Distance from the subproject locations hectares 1 Bogdhan mountain strictly 42,192 4 km protected area 2 Chingeltei hairhan mountain 4,385 6 km biosphere reserve Total 46,577

Figure 4.24: LШМatТШЧ Шf TVET sМСШШl aЧН SPA’s arШuЧН UB МТtв

Bogdhan Mountain Special protected area. 268. The strictly protected area includes the areas of Hanuul district, Baynzurh district of Ulaanbaatar city and Sergelen soum of Tuv aimag and size of the protected area is 42192.36 ha. Bogdhan mountain is one of the oldest protected area locally as well as worldwide. Mongolians

protected Bogdhan Mountain since II-III century, the Hereid Tribe Chieftain Van Han worshipped it as sacred mountain and named it Han Uul Bogd Mountain was protected officially from the year 1ҮҮү. IЧ tСО вОar 195Ү, fШХХШаТЧР PОШpХО МШЧРrОss’s resolution number 31 the mountain was named Choibalsan and the mountain became strictly protected area. In the year 1974, old name of Bogd mountain was changed back and the mountain became strictly protected area. Following resolution #26 of Parliament in 1995, the mountain was classified as strictly protected area accordance with Law on special protected areas.

269. The highest peak of the strictly protected mountain is Tsetsee gun which is 2268 m above sea level. There are several springs in the Bodhan Mountain for medical treatment. Several species of trees dominate in different areas and this pattern shows that biosphere is diverse. For example: In some areas spruce trees are common, north and north west areas pine trees, south and north east areas larch tree. Total 588 species from 256 genuses, 70 families of plants grow in the Bogdhan Mountain. The plant families belong to 18 genus and 80 percent is mountain taiga, 72 percent is steppe plants. The Bogdhan mountain is the northern border of Hentii taiga animal distribution. The Bogdhan mountain is the habitat to the animals of 54 species, 36 genus, 17 families and 6 orders. 1660 insect species from 270 genus of 174 families, 259 species of mesofauna, 96 species of micro fauna and 194 bird species from 36 families of 25 orders were registered in the Bogdhan mountain.

Chingeltei hairhan Mount biosphere reserve

270. The mountain biosphere reserve area is located in Chingeltei district of Ulaanbaatar. The parliament introduced the resolution number 56 in May 22, 2012 taking Chingeltei hairhan mountain as reserved area. Chingeltei Hairhan is sacred mountain that is located north of the Ulaanbaatar city. Peak height of the Chingeltei Hairhan is 1831 m above the sea level. Chingeltei Hairhan is the part of the Hentii mountain range and slopes are steep on the front and back of the mountain is less steep.

271. Chingeltei Mountain is seasonal permafrost. On the west side of the mountain runs Zuun and Baruun Salaa River and on the east side of the mountain runs Selbe River. The back of the mountain slope is covered with fertile dark brown, forest soils. It is rich in vegetation of forest steppe and mountain steppe plants. It has Birch, Cedar and Larch forest. The ancient legend of the Chingeltei mountain is that mountain speaks to a monk teachers and the monks use to meditate and research wrote books. The Dambadarjaalin monastery located in the Chingeltei Mountain is burial place for 2nd Bogd Javzandamba and historically significant architecture.

4.3.8.2 Nalaikh district 272. There are 2 protected areas around the Nalaikh district: Bogdkhan Moun SPA and Gorhi- Terelj Natural Complex Area. Figure below shows distance between the Nalaikh TVET school and the protected areas. Since TVET school is located in the midst of the Nalaikh settlement area and a considerable distance from the protected areas (5.1 km and 8 km respectively), construction of extension facilities within the yard of TVET schools will have no impact on the protected areas.

Figure 4.25: Protected areas around Nalaikh district

Table 4.55: Description of Bogdkhan Mount SPA Name of the protected area: Bogdkhan Mount SPA Protected since: 1957-03-13 Size of the protected area in 42192.36 hectares: Description There are several springs in the Bodhan Mountain for medical treatment. Several species of trees dominate in different areas and this pattern shows that biosphere is diverse.For example: In some areas spruce trees are common, north and north west area- pine trees, south and north east areas Larch tree grows. Total 588 species from 256 genuses, 70 families of plants grow in the Bogdhan Mountain. Distance from the Nalaikh 5.1 km TVET school

Table 4.56: Description of Gorhi-Terelj SPA Name of the protected area: Gorhi-Terelj Natural Complex Area Protected since: 1993-11-12 Size of the protected area in 291838.56 hectares: Description Gorhi-Terelj is a natural scenery and one of the main tourist destination in Mongolia. This area has beautifully shaped rocky mountains with forest. Terelj river flows through a valley in- between the rocky mountains. In order reserve the beautiful landscape, the Government of Mongolia decided to give special protection status in the area. Any activities except for tourist camps are prohibited in the area. Distance from the Nalaikh 8 km TVET school

4.3.8.3 Bayanchandmani soum 273. There are no protected areas in the vicinity of the Bayanchandmani soum center. The nearest located protected area from the Bayanchandmani soum center is Noyon Uul Heritage area which is located in 40 km distance from the TVET school.

Table 4.57: Description of Noyon Uul SPA Name of the protected area: Noyon Uul Heritage Area SPA Protected since: 2016-02-04 Size of the protected area in 650.00 hectares: Description Protection status is given to this area in order to reserve rare plant and wildlife species and protect historical remainings in the area. Distance from the Nalaikh 40 km TVET school

Figure 4.26: Location map of Noyon Uul SPA and Bayanchandmani TVET

4.3.8.4 Zuunkharaa town 274. There are 2 protected areas around the Zuunkharaa town. Noyon Uul Natural Complex Area

is in 15.8km distance while Khan Khentii Range SPA is in 50km distance from the Zuunkharaa TVET school, respectively.

Figure 4.27: Location map of Zuunkharaa TVET school and protected areas

Table 4.58: Description of Noyon Uul SPA Name of the protected area: Noyon Uul Natural Complex Protected since: 2016-02-04 Size of the protected area in 11187.05 hectares: Description Noyon Uul SPA has a number of rare species of plant and wildlife as well as valuable historical remaining such as Hunnic tombs that date back to at least 2200 years. Distance from the Nalaikh 15.8 TVET school

Table 4.59: Description of Khan-Hentii SPA Name of the protected Khan-Hentii SPA area: Protected since: 1992-02-01 Size of the protected area 1,748,103.89 in hectares: Description This area has an important forest reserve as well as start point of number of big rivers in Mongolia such as Yeruu, Tuul, Onon and Herlen. Distance from the Nalaikh 50km TVET school

4.3.8.5 Bayankhongor 275. There are no protected areas in the vicinity of Bayankhongor. The closest protected areas are located in Khangai Range Natural Complex (40km).

Figure 4.28: Location map of TVET school and protected areas

Table 4.60: Description of Khangai Mountain Range SPA Name of the protected area: Khangai Mountain Range SPA Protected since: 1996-05-28

Size of the protected area in 906,604.54 hectares: Description Khangai Mountain range has many glaciers and year round snow summits and is a start point of number of big rivers in Mongolia such as Orkhon, Hanui, Ider and Tamir. Forest reserves and biodiversity in the range are of importance. Distance from the Nalaikh 40km TVET school

4.3.8.6 Murun town 276. There are no special protected areas in the immediate vicinity of Murun. The key protected areas in the wider region or Khuvsgul province are: Khuvsgul lake SPA, Horidol Saridag Mount SPA and Ulaan Taiga SPA. All three protected areas at least 80 km distance from the town in northern direction. Descriptions of the 3 protected areas in Khuvsgul province are provided in table below.

Table 4.61: Description of Khuvsgul lake SPA Protected areas Khuvsgul lake Horidol saridag Ulaan Taiga mount Protected since 1992-02-01 1997-06-13 2011-05-05 Size of SPA, km2 11,756 2,266 4,317 Description of the Khuvsgul lake is the biggest The mountain has very It is center of the SPA fresh water lake in Mongolia beautiful natural Khuvsgul taiga with surface size of 2,600km2. scenery and has permafrost zone from The lake has very beautiful glaciers. In order to where a number of rivers natural scenery and is protect rare species of take start. The area is a surrounded by forest wildlife and plant forest covered mountains mountains and taiga where cover, protection where there are a there are a number of status is given to the number of protected protected biodiversity species. mountain. wildlife and flora species. Distance from 79 km 98 km 125 km Khuvsgul TVET

Figure 4.29: Location of the TVET school and protected areas

4.3.8.7. Tsetserleg town 277. The closest protected area to the Arkhangai TVET school is Bulgan Uul SPA which is located in the north of Tsetserleg town at 2.5 km distance from the TVET school. Bulgan Uul is a sacred mountain for local people. It also has a very beautiful landscape scenery which occupies 20 km2 area. Bulgan Uul was given a state protection status in 1965 and is classified into historical reserve complex.

278. In the wider region, Khangai Mountain Range protected area is located in about 28 km south of the TVET school while Orkhon river valley historical reserve complex area is located at a 83 km distance on east.

Figure 4.30: Location of TVET school and protected areas

4.3.8.7 Darkhan city 279. There are no protected areas in the vicinity of Darkhan city. The nearest protected area is Tujiin Nars (All pine forest) SPA which is located in 59 km distance from the Darkhan-Urguu TVET.

Table 4.62: Tujiin Nars Natural Reserve Area Name of the protected area: Tujiin Nars Natural Complex Area Protected since: 2002-06-28 Size of the protected area in 70804.72 hectares: Description Tujiin Nars is a pine forest grown on a plain steppes with sandy soil in northern Mongolia. This type of pine forest rarely occurs in Mongolia. Thus, in order to preserve the pine forest and its surrounding area, a protection status is given to the area in 2002. Distance from the Nalaikh 59km TVET school

Figure 4.31: Protected areas around the Darkhan city

4.3.9 Socio-Economic Condition 4.3.9.1 Ulaanbaatar city

Demography 280. The population of Ulaanbaatar, the capital city of Mongolia, has been increasing rapidly from 0.78 million (Mongolia: 2.40 million) in 2000 to 1.417 million (Mongolia: 3.2 million) in 2018 with an average annual growth rate of 2.9%. There are 380,800 households in the city.

281. This rapid increase of population is chiefly due to a rapid migration from rural area to urban area. The average number of population migrated in the past 10 years is estimated at around 20,000 per year which cause the expansion of Ger area surrounding the apartment area of Ulaanbaatar. At present Ulaanbaatar accounts for 46% of the total population of Mongolia.

282. In terms of age groups, 30.7% of population is under age 15, 63.1% is aged between 16-59 and 6.2% is aged above 60. Overall, 64.3% of Ulaanbaatar city population is under the age of 35.

283. Average life expectance in Ulaanbaatar city is 71.8 (Mongolia: 71.24) while the figure is 66.5 for males and 75.3 for females. There are 33,700 disabled people living in the city.

Infrastructure development condition in Ulaanbaatar city 284. Ulaanbaatar city is the biggest city and national capital of Mongolia. It is the main hub for MШЧРШХТa’s raТХrШaН, sОaХОН rШaН, МШЦЦuЧТМatТШЧ aЧН fТЛОr ШptТМ МaЛХО ЧОtаШrks. MШЧРШХТa’s raТХаaв line which connects Russia and China is 1110 km long and passes through the Ulaanbaatar city.

285. Ulaanbaatar city has 3 main sealed road gates. Songinokhairkhan Tuv is the western gate which connects northern and western province of Mongolia to the city. It is located at 22 km distance from the city center. Bayanzurkh gate is the eastern gate which connects eastern and south-eastern provinces to the city. It is located at 17 km distance from the city. Aitsiin Davaa is the southern gate which connects Umnugobi, Dundgobi and Tuv provinces to the city. It is located about 25 km distance from the city center.

286. An international airport called Chinggis Khaan airport connects Ulaanbaatar with Beijing, Moscow, Seoul, Tokyo, Berlin, Hong Kong, Singapore and other destinations.

287. Electrical power is supplied by the Central Electricity System (CES), which produces around 2.66 billion kilowatt hours (1998) of power. Five coal-fired power stations provide almost 85 percent of the total, with the balance imported from Russia. During the 1990s, attempts were made to renovate the CES with international aid and to build small hydroelectric and wind-powered stations. Power interruptions are common, and some remote areas remain without electricity, where diesel oil, wood, and dried horse and camel dung is used as fuel.

288. The Ulaanbaatar city has centralized water supply and sewage networks that cover central parts of the city. The city supplies its water consumption from ground water boreholes in Tuul river valley. Waste water generated by dwellings in the city has been collected by centralised pipelines which are connected to the Central Waste Water Treatment Plant which is located in western part of the city.

Economic Development 289. Ulaanbaatar city is the political, economic and business center for Mongolia. Nearly all of the biggest business entities, international organizations and the national government institutes are located in the city. Gross domestic production of Ulaanbaatar City accounts for around 56% of the National gross domestic production (GDP). Manufacturing includes production of electricity and heating, metals (such as copper and steel foundries) as well as woollen products such as cashmere and carpets, food, furniture, clothes, construction materials and leather processing. There are 47,000 state and private businesses that operate in the city which includes 1,030 entities with more than 50 employees.

Education 290. Mongolia is ranked 117th in human development index among 177 countries. Literacy rate in Mongolia is at 97.8% where male literacy is at 98% while female literacy is at 97.5%.

291. The education institutes consist of pre-school education (kindergarten), mid-level education (prТЦarв, ЦТННХО aЧН СТРС sМСШШХs) aЧН uЧТЯОrsТtв ОНuМatТШЧ (uЧТЯОrsТtТОs, МШХХОРОs aЧН TVET’s). IЧ the city, there are 661 kindergartens that have 113,521 children 11,812 teachers and 241 middle schools that have 247,960 pupils and 11,281 teachers. 89 of the 96 universities operating in Mongolia are located in Ulaanbaatar city. Total number of university students residing the Ulaanbaatar city is 144,000 which equals to 92.8% of the total students in Mongolia.

Health service 292. TСОrО 133 FHӨ’s ШpОratО ТЧ UХaaЧЛaatar МТtв tСat СaЯО 633 НШМtШrs, 5ү6 ЧursОs aЧН ШffОrОН

100

health services to 4.2 million patients in 2016. There are 12 district and emergency hospitals in the city that have 883 doctors, 889 nurses and offered health services to 2.38 million patients.

Unemployment And Poverty 293. AММШrНТЧР tШ tСО MШЧРШХТaЧ StatТstТМaХ YОarЛШШk 2009, tСО ‘RОРТstОrОН UЧОЦpХШвЦОЧt RatО’ for Ulaanbaatar is 1.6%. However, this is the rate of people that are officially registered unemployed. TСО ЛШШk aХsШ prШЯТНОs aЧ ‘uЧОЦpХШвЦОЧt ratО’ аСТМС Тs 14% fШr tСО UХaaЧЛaatar ӨТtв, НОrТЯОН frШЦ a new methodology of calculation based on the results of a Labor Force Survey.

294. The Mongolian Statistical Yearbook 2016 provides background data on poverty levels within the City. The Poverty Headcount Index is a widely-used poverty measure, giving the percentage of the population whose consumption is below the poverty line. For Ulaanbaatar, this rate is 36.7% in 2009, which compares to 38.7% nationally. This increases to over 49% in rural areas, showing that relatively speaking, Ulaanbaatar is wealthier than the rural areas. The analysis of the first Living Standard Measurement Survey (LSMS) provided a profile of the poor and identified the most vulnerable groups in the country. More than 800,000 people or 36 % of the population were reported as poor. The assessment showed that female-headed households had a higher incidence of poverty as do unemployed and rural households owning less than 15 animals. Urban poverty is marginally higher than rural poverty particularly in provincial capitals that have been hard hit by the closing of state enterprises. These observations are most probably still valid, although no new data exist. Income comes from different sources and varies according to location as shown in Table 4.63.

Table 4.63: Monthly Average Income per Household Types of income National Ulaanbaatar Aimag Soum Rural average (%) (%) centers (%) centers (%) areas (%) Income Total 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 Monetary Income Total 91.5 97.0 94.6 89.4 70.9 Wages and salaries 48.5 57.0 52.5 49.3 13.8 Pensions. allowances and 20.0 18.3 22.2 20.5 22.1 compensation* Income from livestock products 5.3 0.2 1.9 5.7 26.6 Income from crop products 0.5 0.0 0.3 2.4 0.8 Income from non-agricultural 10.7 14.0 11.2 5.9 3.4 production and services Other income 6.5 7.5 6.5 5.6 4.2 Food and non-food products 3.1 2.8 2.9 1.4 5.7 received from others free of charge Food consumption from own 5.4 0.2 2.5 9.2 23.4 business (Source: National Statistics Book, 2016)

295. Private transfers by family members living in the capital or abroad provide a significant source of income in poor households accounting for nearly 20 % of total income. Without these private transfers the poverty rate would increase to 46 % of the population.

296. The survey found that there was a strong correlation between unemployment and poverty with 58 % of the unemployed being poor. Unemployment was a particularly difficult problem in both the urban and rural areas. In addition to the 100,000 already unemployed the civil service reform will create another 30,000-unemployed former public service employees. In addition, over 25,000 people enter the labour market annually finishing their education. Among the rural poor 35 % of the very poor and 14 % of the poor were unemployed. Among the urban poor, the situation was even worse with 55 % of the very poor and 34 % of the poor being unemployed.

Land Use Pattern

101

297. The land use pattern map of Ulaanbaatar is shown below in Figure 4.32 which shows the new land use classification and zoning scheme of Ulaanbaatar and Table 4.64 gives the details of Control of building use by Land Use Zones. With its territory of 156.412 million ha, Mongolia occupies 17th place by the size of territory and first place by per capita land resources (65 ha) in the world. Per capita agricultural land in Mongolia (53.8 ha) accounts for 20 times over the world's average.

298. The land, except that given to the citizens of Mongolia for private ownership, as well as the subsoil with its mineral resources, forests, water resources and wildfowl shall be the property of the State. The State may give for private ownership plots of land, except pasturage and land under public utilization and special use, only to the citizens of Mongolia. This provision shall not apply to the ownership of the subsoil thereof. Citizens shall be prohibited to transfer the land in their ownership to foreign citizens and stateless persons by way of selling, bartering, donating or pledging as well as from transferring it to others for their possession and use without permission from competent State authorities. The state shall have the right to hold landowners responsible for the land, to exchange or take it over with compensation on the grounds of special public need, or confiscate the land if it is used in a manner adverse to the health of the population, the interests of environmental protection or national security. The State may allow foreign citizens, legal persons and stateless persons to lease land for a specified period of time under conditions and procedures as provided for by law. Also, in provision 16.2 of the Constitution was indicated that the citizens of Mongolia are guaranteed to enjoy the following rights and freedoms: the right to a healthy and safe environment, and to be protected against environmental pollution and ecological imbalance.

299. IЧ tСО prШЯТsТШЧ 1Ү.2 Тt аas ТЧНТМatОН tСat “1). ӨТtТгОЧs Шf MШЧРШХТa, аСТХО upholding justice and humanity, shall fulfil in good faith the following basic duties: 2) to respect dignity, reputation, rights aЧН ХОРТtТЦatО ТЧtОrОsts Шf ШtСОrs;” aЧН ТЧ tСО prШЯТsТШЧ 19.1 “TСО StatО sСaХХ ЛО rОspШЧsТЛХО tШ tСО citizens for the creation of economic, social, legal and other guarantees ensuring human rights and frООНШЦs, tШ fТРСt aРaТЧst ЯТШХatТШЧs Шf СuЦaЧ rТРСts aЧН frООНШЦs aЧН tШ rОstШrО ТЧfrТЧРОН rТРСts.”

300. As per the Provision 10 of Law on Land of Mongolia, land is classified in six categories as stated below in Table below.

Table 4.64: Classification of Land Use of Mongolia No Classification of Land Use 2013 2014 Changes I Agricultural land 115361.4 115008.6 -352.8 1 Pasture land 111026.1 110646.7 -379.4 2 Hay making area 1712.3 1717.6 5.3 3 Crop land 986.8 1012.8 26.0 4 Abandoned land 304.9 304.9 0.0 5 Land under Agricultural building and facilities 71.4 76.8 5.4 6 Land unsuitable for agricultural use 1259.7 1259.7 0.0 II Urban Land 699.6 712.1 12.5 7 Land for Construction and facilities 73.1 75.3 2.2 8 Public land/area 330.1 330.3 0.2 9 Industrial area 40.4 41.1 0.7 10 Mining land 200.9 206.2 5.3 11 Ger area 54.5 59.3 4.8 III Roads and Communication Land 437.3 454.8 17.5 12 Road 319.7 329.7 10.0 13 Railway 27.8 29.9 2.1 14 Land for air transport 8.8 8.9 0.1 15 Communication land 80.8 86.2 5.4 16 Land for port of water transport 0.0 0.0 0.0 IV Forest Land 14295.4 14320.5 25.1 17 Forest covered area 12138.6 12181.3 42.7 18 Logged area 142.4 142.0 -0.4 19 Land for forest nursery 46.5 50.9 4.4

102

No Classification of Land Use 2013 2014 Changes 20 Forest restoration area 744.0 743.6 -0.4 21 Other land area of forest 1223.7 1202.7 -21.0 V Water Land 686.8 686.7 -0.1 22 Rivers 228.5 228.5 0.0 23 Lakes and founds 444.7 444.3 -0.4 24 Creek and springs 12.4 12.4 0.0 25 Glaciers and 1.1 1.6 0.5 VI Land for State Special Needs 24931.1 25228.9 297.8 26 Protected Areas 20948.3 21140.9 192.6 27 Border zone area 3111.9 3111.9 0.0 28 Land for National Defence 124.1 124.1 0.0 29 Land for International Diplomatic Consulates 0.0 0.0 0.0 30 Land for Scientific experiment and meteorological 22.9 22.9 0.0 observation and monitoring 31 Inter-Aimags reserve pastureland 586.2 691.4 105.2 32 Hay making area of State Forage Foundation 110.9 110.9 0.0 33 Oil and petroleum contracted land 24.4 24.4 0.0 34 Land for economic free zone 2.1 2.1 0.0 GRAND TOTAL 56411.5 56411.5 0.0 Source: Report on Mongolian Environmental status in 2013-2014.

301. All subproject have their own land certificates and fall in the category II shown in above table.

Source: Gantulga Gombodorj and Chinbat Badamdorj. Urban land use classification and functional zoning of Ulaanbaatar city, Mongolia, 2010. Figure 4.32: Land use pattern in Ulaanbaatar

4.3.9.2 Nalaikh district

302. Administratively, Nalaikh district belong to Ulaanbaatar city. It is a remotely located district

103

(36km from the city center). Nalaikh district is divided into 7 khoroos and has 68.7 thousand km2 territory.

Demography 303. By end of year 2017, Nalaikh population was 36911 people of 10547 households. Gender ration is 48.2 (male): 51.8 (female). In terms of age group, 11356 persons are aged under 15 years, 22960 person are aged between 15-60 and 2595 persons are aged over 60 years. Average life expectancy is at 71.51 and population growth is at 4.5% per annum.

Education 304. There are 14 kindergartens in Nalaikh district that have 2591 children and 137 teachers. 8 middle schools (inclusive of primary and high schools within them) have 7594 pupils and 361 teachers. Nalaikh TVET school has 797 students and 91 employees of which 49 are teachers.

Infrastructure 305. All aprtments and entities in Nalaikh district has connected to centralzied power, heating, water supply and sewage networks. Nalaikh is connected to Ulaanbaatar city with 36km sealed road. Mobile phone and internet cable networks are available in Nalaikh.

Unemployment and poverty 306. Nalaikh district was founded on a big coal mine in 1930s thus have a fairly big miners community. In quarter 1 of 2018, there are 796 unemployed persons in Nalaikh of which 245 are female. Unemployment rate is at 7.6%.

307. Nalaikh district has the highest rate of poverty among 9 districts of Ulaanbaatar. Percentage of households in poverty is at 41.37% in 2017 which is a pretty high figure compared to the average poverty rate of UB city 24.8%.

Economic development 308. The main industrial sector in Nalaikh consists of small scale coal mines and construction material production. It produces 6% of the total GDP of Ulaanbaatar city. There are 636 business entities operating in Nalaikh district as of March 2018. This includes 107 small scale coal miners, a power plant, over 90 tourist camps in Gorhi-Terelj SPA, hundreds of service entities and numerous small factories that produce construction materials such as cement, bricks and steel structures.

4.3.9.3 Zuunkharaa town

309. Administratively, Zuunkharaa town is the center of Mandal soum of Selenge province which has 4,843 km2 territory. 70% of Mandal soum territory is covered with forest. It is located at 174 km distance from UB city.

Demography 310. Mandal soum of Selenge province is the biggest soum in Mongolia in terms of population. It has a population of 27162 people of 7238 households. 70% of the soum population resides in the soum center Zuunkharaa town. In terms of age groups, 25% of soum population is aged under 15 years, 74% is aged between 15-60 years while only 5% is aged over 60 years. Average life expectancy in Selenge province is 72.85 years which is 2.19 years higher than the national average.

Education 311. There 8 middle schools, 8 kindergartens and 1 TVET school in the Mandal soum that have a total of 717 teachers and employees. 8 middle schools in the soum have 5015 pupils. 8 kindergartens in the soum have 2023 children. Zuunkharaa TVET school has 382 students who are majored in 11 different occupations and have 60 teachers and employees.

104

Infrastructure 312. Zuunkharaa town is not connected to the central road network of Mongolia. It is located at 45 km distance from the UB-Darkhan sealed road line. All entities and buildings in the town are connected to centralized power, heating, water supply and sewage networks. Mobile phone and internet cable networks are available in Zuunkharaa.

Unemployment and poverty 313. There are 16,200 labor aged persons in the soum. Unemployment rate is at 4.3%. 66.1% of all unemployed people are female. Vulnerable social groups in the soum include 875 disable persons which include 401 female disabled, 35 orphan children, 338 old persons who live alone. Poverty rate in Selenge province is at 36.4% (percentage of households living under poverty line). Mandal soum Сas ү2 СШusОСШХНs аСШ arО ХТstОН as “living ТЧ a НООp pШЯОrtв”.

Economic development 314. Zuunkharaa town has relatively good developed light industry which includes Spirit Bal Buram LLӨ’s spТrТt faМtШrв, АШШН faМtШrв, a fХШur ЦТХХ, MОtaХ struМturО faМtШrв aЧН ЛrТМk faМtШrв. TСОrО arО 632 business entities operating in the soum which includes hundreds of entities that are engaged in crop planting and agricultural farming. Mandal soum is one of the biggest crop planting areas in Mongolia. Wheat, vegetables and fodder are planted in the soum. There are 1291 households who own planting field in the soum. In 2017, 12900 tons of harvest collected from the around 10,000 hectares of planting fields in the soum. Also, there are 2 big gold mines in the soum: Boroo gold mine and Gatsuurt gold mine that are located in southern part of the soum at 30-40km distance from Zuunkharaa town.

4.3.9.4 Bayanchandmani soum 315. Bayanchandmani soum center is located at 68km distance from UB city along the UB-Darkhan road. The soum has 6131km2 territory.

Demography 316. Bayanchandmani soum population is 4218 as of 2017 year end. Of which 2009 are female and 2,209 are male residents. In terms of age group, 1,249 people are aged under 15 years and 2,532 people are aged between 15-60. Average life expectancy in Tuv province is at 72.85. The figure is 70.43 for males and 75.98 for females.

Education 317. The only kindergarten in the Bayanchandmani soum center is located at 350m distance from the Bayanchandmani TVET school. It has 187 children and 18 teachers. The middle school in the soum has 751 pupils and 67 teachers.

Infrastructure 318. Bayanchandmani soum is connected to centralized power network and central road network of Mongolia. There is no centralized network of water supply, sewage and heating. Thus, the TVET school has its own waste water treatment facility, water supply well and heat only boiler. Mobile phone and internet cable networks are available in Zuunkharaa.

Unemployment and poverty 319. Labor age population for the soum is 2729 of which 1625 is employed. Unemployment rate is 40%. There are 144 households in the soum that are listed as households in poverty. General poverty rate in Tuv province is at 17%.

Economic development 320. Bayanchandmani has 75 business entities that are mainly engaged in farming, agriculture, livestock breeding and education. The biggest business entities in the soum are NVTs LLC Chicken farm which is one of the 3 biggest chicken farms in Mongolia and Technical and Vocational Education Center in the soum center. The soum center is connected to power transmission line in 1969 and all СОrНОrs’ households in rural areas are provided with solar panels in early 2000s. Total livestock

105

population for the soum is 45250.

4.3.9.5 Bayankhongor town 321. Bayankhongor town is located at 620 km distance from UB city and is the provincial center for BaвaЧkСШЧРШr prШЯТЧМО. TСО tШаЧ’s tОrrТtШrв Тs 640kЦ2 and has 9 baghs (smallest administration unit in Mongolia).

Demographics 322. Bayankhongor town population is 30931 people of 9442 households. In terms of age groups, 32.4% of population is aged under 16, 33.1% is aged between 18-35 and 6.8% is aged over 60 years. Average life expectancy in Bayankhongor province is at 69.27 years which is nearly equal to the national average. The figure is 66.3 years for male and 71.01 for females. Vulnerable social groups in the town includes 1,173 disabled persons, 1,512 single mothers and 602 old aged people who live alone.

Education 323. There are 22 kindergartens in the town that have 3,582 children and 120 teachers. There are 6 middle schools in Bayankhongor town that have 8,151 pupils and 398 teachers. Bayankhongor TVET school has 1480 students and 90 teachers and other employees.

Infrastructure 324. Bayankhongor town has a relatively well developed infrastructure. It connected to the central road network of Mongolia. All amenities and buildings in the town are connected to centralized networks of water supply, power, sewage and heating. Mobile phone and cable internet networks are available.

Unemployment and poverty 325. By 2017 year end, there were 1148 registered unemployed persons in Bayankhongor town which is a 24.2% decline compared to the previous year. Unemployment rate in Bayankhongor is at 11.8% which is 2.1% higher than the national average. Poverty rate in Bayankhongor province is at 38.8%.

Economic development 326. Total industrial output of Bayankhongor reached 3.85 billion MNT in Q1 of 2018 which is 44.7% increase compared to the previous year. The main industrial products include gold, coal, power and heating and food products. There are 11 entities and 184 households engaged in agricultural crop planting activities. They have planted potatoes at 110 hectares of land, vegetables at 45 hectares. There are 127 greenhouses and 68 vegetable warehouses operating in Bayankhongor. In a wider region around the town, there are 37 small scale gold mines are operating. They employ 745 persons. Erdene Resources LLC has discovered a big copper-gold deposit at Altannar in southern part of the province. If the deposit is developed as planned, economy of the province will likely see a sharp growth in the coming years.

4.3.9.6 Murun town

327. The Murun soum is the provincial center of Khuvsgul province which is located in 790 km distance from UB city. The territory of Murun town occupies 100km2 of area. Demogrpahics 328. The Murun soum population is 33,940 people of 12017 households which equals to 30% of the total population for the Khuvsgul province. In terms of age groups, 34% of the population is aged under 15 years, 63% is aged between 15-60 and 7% is aged over 60 years. Vulnerable social groups in Murun includes 2,508 households led by single mothers and 1566 disabled persons. The average life expectancy in Khuvsgul province is at 66.18 years which is 3.71 years shorter than the national

106

average.

Education 329. There are 16 kindergartens operating in Murun town that have a total of 3784 children and 432 teachers. 10 middles schools in Murun town has a total of 9784 pupils and 790 teachers. Besides the Khuvsgul TVET, there is one other college in the town. Dalaivan college is a subsidiary of the Humanitarian University of Mongolia which has 226 students and 35 teachers.

Infrastructure 330. Drinking water supply system of the Murun town consists of 5 deep water wells and 32 water reservoirs (each reservoir has 30m3 capacity). 95 business entities and 647 households in Murun soum are already connected to the centralized water supply system.

331. Murun town is connected to centralized power grid of Mongolia and has 34 mW thermal power plant. Murun is connected to Ulaanbaatar city with paved road and has an airport nearby the town.

Unemployment and poverty 332. As of Q2 of 2018, total workforce in Khuvsgul province was 56,600 people and labour participation rate was at 69.1%. Unemployment rate in Khuvsgul province was 6.0% (3600 people) which is 1.5% lower than the national average. In June 2018, there were 600 unemployed persons in Murun soum of which 70% are females. Poverty rate in Khuvsgul province was at 29.1% at the end of 2017.

Economic development 333. The main economic sectors in Khuvsgul province are agriculture, tourism and mining. In terms of GDP share, agricultural sectors constitutes 41.1% of Khuvsgul province GDP while light industry and service (inclusive of tourism) sectors constitute 27% and 31% of the its GDP respectively. Khuvsgul lake is the main tourist attraction area in Khuvsgul aimag. There is one big coking coal mining project under development in the province. Aspire Mining owns the Ovoot mine with 255 million tonnes of quality coking coal reserves in Khuvsgul aimag. It plans to start production in 2022, with an annual capacity of 5 million tonnes. Australia-ХТstОН AspТrО MТЧТЧР’s aХsШ pХaЧЧТЧР tШ ЛuТХН 54Ү-km- long Erdenet-Ovoot railway.

4.3.9.7 Tsetserleg town

334. The Tsetserleg town is the provincial centre of Arkhangai province which is located at 521 km distance from UB city. In terms of administrative divisions, Tsetsrleg town is called Erdenebulgan soum.

Demographics 335. Population of Tsetserleg is 21260 permanent residents of 5,872 households. Out of which, 10496 are male and 11124 are female residents. In terms of age groups, 29.5% of the population is aged under 15 years, 63% is aged between 15 and 60 while only 8% is aged over 60 years. Vulnerable social groups in Tsetsrleg include 35 orphan children, 318 households led by single mothers and 520 disabled persons. The average life expectancy in Arkhangai province is at 71.01 which are 1.5 years higher than the national average.

Education 336. 9 middles school in Tsetsrleg have a total of 5,728 pupils and 310 teachers. 17 kindergartens have a total of 2,492 children and 96 teachers. There are 2 colleges and 2 TVET schools operating in the Tsetserleg town. In total, the 4 college have 3,000 students and 140 teachers.

Infrastructure 337. The centralized water supply, waste water and heating networks of Tsetserleg covers around one tСТrН Шf Тts tШtaХ pШpuХatТШЧ. TsОtsrХОР’s аatОr suppХв sвstОЦ МШЧsТsts Шf 2.5 km water pipeline

107

from Urd Tamir river and a water reservoir with capacity of 1,000m3. The heating system in the town consists of 4,100m long pipelines and 9 boilers which distributes heating supply to 29 apartment buildings, business entities and 597 households in the town. Tsetsrleg town located on the millennium road connecting to UB city.

Unemployment and poverty 338. As of Q2 in 2018, the total workforce in Arkhangai province consists of 40,500 people and labour participation rate was at 76.5% which is 15.5% higher than national average. There are 2,600 unemployed persons in Arkhangai and unemployment rate is calculated at 6.1%. In Tsetserleg town, there 477 unemployed persons in May 2018, of which 243 are female resident Poverty rate is at 37.6% in Arkhangai province which is 5% higher than national average.

Economic development 339. There are no big industrial and mining project in Arkhangai province, thus the provincial economy mainly consists of agricultural outputs. In terms of contribution percentage to the economy of the province, agricultural outputs constitute 77% while service sectors constitutes 25.5%. There 461 registered business entities are operating in Arkhangai that mainly engage in agriculture and service sectors.

4.3.9.8 Darkhan city

Demographics 340. Darkhan city population is 84256 permanent residents of 25411 households. In terms of age groups, 30.4% of population is aged under 18, 33.7% is aged between 18-35, 8.1% is aged over 60. Vulnerable social groups in the city include 107 orphan children, 2755 disabled persons and 726 old people who live alone. Average life expectancy is 68.67 years in Darkhan city which is 1.22 years lower than the national average.

Education 341. There are 43 kindergartens in the Darkhan city that have 8273 children and 585 teachers. There are 27 middle schools in the city that have 19,715 pupils and 1024 teachers.

342. There are 5 colleges/branches of universities in the city that have 5369 students and 348 teachers. There are 2 TVET schools in the city. Darkhan Urguu TVET has 557 students and 73 employees of which 36 are teachers.

Infrastructure 343. Darkhan city has a very well developed infrastructure. It is one of the main hubs for the national network of railroad and sealed road. All entities and building in the city are connected to centralized networks of power, heating, sewage and water supply.

Unemployment an poverty 344. In terms of employment, 69% of the population is considered within the working ages of 15 to 59. Data indicate that Darkhan has unemployment rate of 9.3% which is higher than national average of 7.9%. In Darkhan-Uul province, poverty rate is 33.4% which is also higher than national average of 29.6%. Relatively high unemployment and poverty levels in Darkhan-Uul province is caused by migration to the province from other parts of the country, especially from western aimags in recent years. In addition, Darkhan has an increasing industrial zone. Darkhan was established as an industrial city in the 1960s and it continues to be an industrial town. In 2009, manufacturing and mining employed approximately 19,000 people, which is approximately 16% of the aimag population.

Economic development 345. Darkhan city is the industrial center in northern Mongolia. There are a number of big factories and entities that operate in the city such as, Darkhan Metallurgis Plant which produces 100,000 tons of metal structures, Darkhan Nehii Plant which processes 1.5 pcs of sheep skins, Darkhan

108

Thermopower plant, Erel cement factory, Darkhan Food factory, Darkhan Minj factory, Darkhan Flour Factory etc. In total, there are 400-500 entities that are engaged in light industry and food production. Khongor soum of Darkhan Uul province is one of the major crop planting fields in Mongolia while Shariin Gol soum has big coal mine.

4.3.10 Cultural Heritage 346. There are no any cultural heritages in the immediate vicinity of the TVET schools. Thus, no impact is anticipated on cultural heritages during both construction and operation. Brief descriptions of cultural heritages registered in the wider project region (in 30 km radius) are provided in section below.

4.3.10.1 Ulaanbaatar city 347. Ulaanbaatar is rich in physical cultural resources. The list of important heritage, cultural and religious sites of Mongolia and its provinces revised in 1994, 1998 and 2008. In this list, total of 460 objects were registered and out of them 175 have to be under State protection and 285 have to be under provincial protection.

348. Gandantegchilen Monastery is located at 300m distance from the Ulaanbaatar Polytechnical College. Gandantegchilen is the biggest monastery in Mongolia and was constructed by order of the 5th Javzandamba Hutagt in 1809. The first temple was the Gungaachoilin Datsan. It currently has several temples-buildings, a religious school and over 150 monks in residence. It features a 26.5- meter-high statue of Megzid Janraiseg which came under state protection in 1994.

4.3.10.2 Nalaikh 349. Nalaikh district has following cultural heritage sites. This list was renewed by the Order No.A/178 by the district governor on June 22, 2016. Nalaikh district was founded as a coal mining city in 1930s and was the foremost big mine site in Mongolia. Many of these cultural sites were built to honour miners.

Table 4.65: List of cultural sites in Nalaikh district № Name of cultural sites 1 Tarvagatai statue 2 Miners Honor statue 3 Honorary statue for state hero D.Davaajav 5 Honorary Billboard for Miners 6 Deer Statues 7 50th year anniversary for Energy sector 8 Statue of Damdin 9 Capital city decorations 10 Deer paintings 11 StatuО “4 pОaМОfuХ aЧТЦaХs” 12 Statue for graduates

4.3.10.3 Bayanchandmani soum 350. There are no cultural heritages in the Bayanchandmani soum center. However, Aglag Buteeliin Hiid – an important buddhist religious place and a tourist attraction point is located in 27km north of the soum center. There are a number of temples, museums and stone sculptures placed at Aglag Buteeliin Hiid. Thousands of people visit the site every year.

4.3.10.4 Zuunkharaa town 351. There are no cultural heritages in the vicinity of Zuunkharaa town. However, in a wider picture, there are over 160 ancient tombs and cultural spots in the Mandal soum. There are a number of important archaeological site at the mount. Historical and cultural heritages in Mandal soum:

109

• Cave of 3 friends located at the Herh mount • Herh mount has 4 historical caves. There was ancient temple at the mount. • Noyon Uul Mount is a famous mount where ancient tombs of Hunnic period are found.

4.3.10.5 Bayankhongor town 352. Bayankhongor province museum has is an important historical place where over 240 historical, archaeological and cultural heritage items are reserved. Other historical and cultural sites around the Bayankhongor town are: • Ancient tombs at Duursah valley in Bayan-Ovoo soum • Ancient city remaining at Tuin river • Hachin temple in Erdenetsogt soum • Deer stones at Tamchiin Ih Tsagaan in Erdenetsogt soum

4.3.10.6 Murun town 353. There are no cultural heritage sites in the immediate vicinity of the Khuvsgul TVET school. However, in and around Murun town, there are 3 important historical remainings and cultural heritages registered. Brief description of the heritages are provided below. The main cultural heritages around Murun are: • Deer stone sculpture at Uushgiin Uvur: There are 14 deer stone sculptures in 25km west of Murun town. A total of 109 deer are engraved on these stone sculptures that are considered to be an important historical remainings from Hunnu Empire period. • Champions statues for 3 wrestlers who were born in Khuvsgul province located at 3.5 km distance from the TVET school. • An ancient buddhist temple which is located at 3.7 km distance from the TVET school.

4.3.10.7 Tsetserleg town 354. There are no cultural heritage sites in the immediate vicinity of the Arkhangai TVET school. However, in and around Tsetserleg town, there are 3 important historical remainings and cultural heritages registered. The main cultural heritages around Tsetsrleg are: • Mount Bulgan Khairkhan: Mount Bulgan Khairkhan is an important sacred place for local residents. The mount is located at 2.5 km distance north of the TVET school. Top of the Bulgan Khairkhan is elevated 1980m above sea level. There are 7 god paintings on the mountain that were created in 18th century. Also, there are a number of historical remainings and rock paintings within the mountain. The local government has given the mount a protection status and organizes a traditional Naadam festival and rituals nearby the mount every summer. • Buddhist temple at Bayanberkh Mountain which is located at 3 km distance from the TVET school.

4.3.10.8 Darkhan city 355. There are no cultural heritages in Darkhan city. However, there are a number of historical and cultural remainings located within the territory of Darkhan-Uul province. Some of the historical sites are: • Rock paintings nearby Tsagaan lake in Shariin Gol soum. • Rock paintings in Khongor soum. • Ancient city remainings at Tsant in Orkhon soum. • Ancient tombs at Buural Mount in Khongor soum. • Rock paintings at Huiten river in Orkhon soum.

4.4 Environmental Parameters: Air, Ground Water, Soil, Noise Quality

356. Environmental baseline standards for air, water, soil and noise are attached as Annexure 4. A regular monitoring of all above parameters during construction, operation, and maintenance phase will further describe the pollutants loads in the ambient environmental conditions. This tracking will

110

lead to an effective use of Environment Management Plan and Environment Monitoring Plan in ensuring compliance with design parameters.

357. During the design, construction, and operation of the project the borrower/client will apply pollution prevention and control technologies and practices consistent with international good practice, as reflected in internationally recognized standards such as tСО АШrХН BaЧk GrШup’s Environment, Health and Safety Guidelines.7 These standards contain performance levels and measures that are normally acceptable and applicable to projects. When host country regulations differ from these levels and measures, the borrower/client will achieve whichever is more stringent. If less stringent levels or measures are appropriate in view of specific project circumstances, the borrower/client will provide full and detailed justification for any proposed alternatives that arО МШЧsТstОЧt аТtС tСО AөB’s SPS rОquТrОЦОЧts. (SШurМО: AөB SPS 2009 guidelines).

Table 4.66: Professional devices use for air quality measurements Relevant Parameter Measurement devices № standard

1 TSP MNS 4048:1988 Dust track II 8530

MNS 2 NO SKC AirChek 2000 Pump 2 17.2.5.11:1988

MNS 3 SO SKC AirChek 2000 Pump 2 17.2.5.12:1988

Benetech Digital MNS 0012-9- 4 Noise level Datalogging Sound Level 015:1987 Meter GM1356

4.4.1 Measurement of Air Quality 4.4.1.1 Ulaanbaatar city 358. There are 15 air quality control stations operating in the Ulaanbaatar city. Of which, 11 stations belong to the Meteorology Institute and 4 stations belong to the Municipal Authority Air Quality Control Department.

Air quality data between June 11 and June 17, 2018 359. Following air quality data uses measurement results from the Baruun 4 Zam air quality control station which is located in the premise of the Polytechnical College. (With coordinates at 47054I55.46II,

111

106050I53.02).

Table 4.67: Air quality measurement results in Ulaanbaatar city, June11 – June 17, 2018 Parameters MNS 4585:2016- 24 hour max content, WHO Ambient Air Quality /max allowed level μР/m3 Guidelines (Average per 24 hour) μР/m3 μР/m3 2017 2018 SO2 50 18 12 20 NO2 200 97 90 200 (average/hour) TSP 10 100 268 247 50 TSP 2.5 50 61 55 25 10000 863 1063 3 100 128 104 100 (average/8 hour) Red color indicates measured values that are more than WHO guidelines.

Measurement data of Baruun 4 zam station in last 3 years Total Suspended Particulate 10 360. Table below shows monthly mean values of PM10. Values highlighted in red color shows exceeding of the allowed level by national air quality standard MNS 4585:2016.

3 Table 4.68: Baruun 4 Zam. Average dust content (PM10), μР/m Months 2015 2016 2017 2018 National WHO Standard Ambient MNS4585:2016 Air Quality μР/m3 Guidelines (Average per 24 hour) μР/m3 1 278 201 205 214 2 209 183 165 177 3 108 108 105 140 4 129 94 101 95 5 79 82 86 50 20 6 77 67 83 7 79 81 8 85 57 56 9 79 70 74 10 124 95 125 11 135 157 141 12 155 194 214 Hint: Red color indicates measured values that are more than WHO guidelines

2.5 361. Table below shows monthly mean values of PM2.5. Values highlighted in red color shows exceeding of the allowed level by national air quality standard MNS 4585:2016.

3 Table 4.69: Baruun 4 Zam. Average dust content (PM2.5), μР/m Months 2015 2016 2017 2018 National Standard WHO Ambient Air Quality MNS4585:2016 μР/m3 Guidelines (Average 1 year) μР/m3 1 209 205 153 180

112

Months 2015 2016 2017 2018 National Standard WHO Ambient Air Quality MNS4585:2016 μР/m3 Guidelines (Average 1 year) μР/m3 2 83 143 109 121 3 43 47 45 52 4 30 22 27 23 5 18 18 14 25 10 6 27 22 16 7 27 28 8 16 12 15 9 29 30 20 10 52 41 52 11 90 122 102 12 120 153 202 Hint: Red color indicates measured values that are more than WHO guidelines

SO2 362. Table below shows monthly mean values of SO2. Values highlighted in red color shows exceeding of the allowed level by national air quality standard MNS 4585:2016. Content of SO2 exceeded the standard level by 30%-200% in winter months of November, December, January, February and March.

3 Table 4.70: Baruun 4 Zam. Average content of SO2, μР/m Months 2015 2016 2017 2018 National Standard WHO Ambient Air Quality MNS4585:2016 Guidelines (Average 24 μР/m3 hour) μР/m3 1 64 52 47 38 2 49 47 40 29 3 33 27 24 26 4 22 17 15 12 5 14 13 13 6 12 12 10 20 20 7 7 9 8 6 5 9 7 7 5 10 15 14 13 11 31 37 18 12 45 52 29 Hint: Red color indicates measured values that are more than the WHO guidelines

Nitrogen dioxide, NO2 363. Table below shows monthly mean values of SO2. Values highlighted in red color shows exceeding of the allowed level by national air quality standard MNS 4585:2016. Content of SO2 exceeded the standard level in every month during the last 3 years. Highest concentration of NO2 is recorded in January 2018 when it exceeded the standard level by 200%.

3 Table 4.71 Baruun 4 Zam. Average content of NO2, μР/m Months 2015 2016 2017 2018 National Standard WHO Ambient Air Quality MNS4585:2016 μР/m3 Guidelines (Average 1 year) μР/m3 1 80 86 110 117 2 77 84 103 102 3 71 68 88 91 4 67 58 84 78

113

Months 2015 2016 2017 2018 National Standard WHO Ambient Air Quality MNS4585:2016 μР/m3 Guidelines (Average 1 year) μР/m3 5 59 62 88 6 50 58 90 40 40 7 54 59 8 51 59 72 9 53 64 77 10 63 70 101 11 69 96 107 12 80 116 129 Hint: Red color indicates measured values that are more than the WHO guidelines

4.4.1.2 Nalaikh district 364. The Air Quality Control Department of Municipal Authority has conducted air quality measurement in Nalaikh district between Feb 06 and Feb 07, 2018. Results of the air quality measurements are shown in tables below.

365. The measured 24 hour average values of SO2 is 2.2 times higher, NO2 is 2 times higher, PM10 is 3.1 times higher, PM2.5 is 5.4 times higher than the maximum allowed levels set by the national air quality standard MNS 4585:2016 respectively.

Table 4.72: Air quality measurement results in Nalaikh district, February, 2018 Parameters MNS 4585:2016- Measured value /24 IFC/WHO Standards (Average /max allowed level μР/m3/ hour average/μР/m3/ per 24 hour) μР/m3 SO2 50 111 20 NO2 200 98 200 (average/hour) TSP 10 100 155 50 TSP 2.5 50 283 25 Hint: Red color indicates measured values that are more than the IFC/WHO guidelines

4.4.1.3 Bayanchandmani soum 366. There is no permanent air quality control station in Bayanchandmani soum. The environmental specialist has conducted air quality measurement using professional devices on April 17th, 2018. Location of the measurement is nearby the Bayanchandmani TVET premise with coordination of 1060 0 2Ү’ 20.0” 4ү 13’ 3Ү.1” /1264 m above sea level. 20 minute average values were determined for NO2, SO2, TSP, PM10 and noise level using devices listed below.

Measurement results 367. The measured 24 hour average values of SO2, NO2, TSP are all within the maximum allowed levels set by the national air quality standard MNS 4585:2016 respectively. However, noise level has exceeded the standard level by 4 decibels.

Table 4.73: Air quality measurement results in Bayanchandmani 3 3 3 Measurement spot SO2, mkg/m NO2, mkg/m TSP, mkg/m Bayanchandmani TVET 17 61 418 MNS 4585:2016 50 50 50 IFC Guidelines 20 200 Average/hour) 50 Source: Institute of Meteorology of Mongolia. Central Environmental Laboratory measurement results No.2018/25. Hint: Figures in red shows the measured values that exceeds the maximum allowed level by the national standard MNS4585:2016. Hint: Red color indicates measured values that are more than the WHO guidelines.

4.4.1.4 Zuunkharaa town

114

368. There is no permanent air quality control stations in Bayanchandmani soum. The environmental specialist has conducted air quality measurement using professional devices on June 26th, 2018. Location of the measurement were nearby the female students dormitory premise and within the yard of agro-park plantation field. 20 minute average values were determined for NO2, SO2, TSP, PM10 and noise level using devices listed below.

Measurement results 369. The measured 24 hour average values of SO2, NO2, TSP are all within the maximum allowed levels set by the national air quality standard MNS 4585:2016 respectively.

Table 4.74 Air quality measurement results in Zuunkharaa town, June 26, 2018, 24 hour Average 3 3 3 Measurement location SO2, μР/m NO2, μР/m PM10, μР/m Nearby female student dormitory 16 34 316 Agro-park plantation field 10 26 82 MNS 4585:2016 50 50 100 IFC Guidelines 20 200 Average/hour) 50 Source: Institute of Meteorology of Mongolia. Central Environmental Laboratory measurement results No.2018/85. Hint: Red color indicates measured values that are more than the WHO guidelines.

4.4.1.5 Bayankhongor town 370. The environmental laboratory of Meteorology Institute of Bayankhongor province conducts air quality measurement in the provincial center on daily basis. Table below shows measurement results of June 2018. All parameters were within the allowed level in June 2018.

Table 4.75: Air quality measurement results in Bayankhangor town, June 13 – June 20, 2018, 24 hour average 3 3 3 Date of measurement NO2, mkg/m SO2, mkg/m PM10, mkg/m 2018.6.13 3 6 - 28 5 - 2018.6.14 33 6 - 22 3 - 2018.6.15 27 7 - 33 4 - 2018.6.18 37 5 - 39 8 - 2018.6.19 35 6 94 33 9 - 2018.6.20 38 7 - MNS 4585:2016 50 50 100 IFC Guidelines 200 Average/hour) 20 50 Hint: Red color indicates measured values that are more than the WHO guidelines

Air quality condition in the last 5 years 371. Yearly average values measured between 2013 and 2017 and monthly average values measured in first 5 months of 2018 for parameters NO2, SO2, TSP, PM10 are shown in table below. Values higher than the standard level are highlighted with red color. Yearly and monthly average values of SO2 is 2.8-3.5 times higher, NO2 is 1.07-1.22 times higher, PM10 is 2.2-13.1 times higher than the standard level set by MNS 4585:2016 standard respectively.

Table 4.76: Mean annual value of air pollutants 3 3 3 Year NO2 (μР/m ) SO2 (μР/m ) PM10 (μР/m ) 2013 43 34 416

115

3 3 3 Year NO2 (μР/m ) SO2 (μР/m ) PM10 (μР/m ) 2014 48 35 656 2015 49 28 120 2016 44 35 192 2017 46 35 110 MNS 4585:2007 40 10 50 2018-1 73 93 198 2018-2 88 81 240 2018-3 45 28 2018-4 40 10 2018-5 31 6 214 MNS 4585:2016 50 50 100 IFC Guidelines 40 20 20 Source: Institute of Meteorology of Mongolia. Central Environmental Laboratory measurement results No.2018/25. Measurement periodicty of MNS values is different the corresponding measurement periodicity of IFC standards

4.4.1.6. Murun town 372. Murun air quality control station has measured air quality parameters of the town periodically. Data as shown below depicts results of the air quality measurement conducted on August 03-10, 2018 at spot within the town 49038I328II, 100009I987II at 1,295 m above sea level). The air quality testing results shows that all measured pollution parameters (nitrogen dioxide, sulphur dioxide and dust PM10) were within the maximum allowed levels.

Table 4.77: Air quality measurement in August, 2018, 24 hour average 3 3 3 Date of NO2, μР/m SO2, μР/m PM10, μР/m measurement 2018.8.3 16 1 9 2018.8.6 11 2 6 2018.8.7 11 2 6 2018.8.8 11 2 24 2018.8.9 18 3 10 2018.8.10 11 2 12 MNS 4585:2016 50 50 100 IFC Guidelines 200 Average/hour) 20 50 Hint: Red color indicates measured values that are more than the WHO guidelines

373. The environmental specialist has collected measurement data of the last 5 years from the air quality control station of Murun. During the last 5 years, the measured sulphur dioxide levels were within the allowed level while the measured nitrogen dioxide level has exceeded the standard level in 2013. Dust level PM10 has exceeded the maximum allowed level in every year. Table below shows annual average values of the key air quality parameters for the last 5 years in Murun town.

Table 4.78: Air quality measurement results for Murun, annual average values, 2013-2017 3 3 3 Year NO2, μР/m SO2, μР/m PM10, μР/m 2013 50 8 76 2014 36 10 241 2015 39 7 163 2016 40 8 111 2017 28 10 156 MNS 4585:2016 50 50 100 IFC Guidelines 40 20 20 Source: http://khuvsgul.tsag-agaar.gov.mn/

116

Hint: Red color indicates measured values that are more than the WHO guidelines.

4.4.1.7 Tsetserleg town 374. The environmental laboratory of Meteorology Institute of Arkhangai province conducts air quality measurement in Arvaikheer town twice a month. Table below shows measurement results of August 2-9, 2018.

Table 4.79: Air quality measurement results in Tsetserleg town, May 2018 3 3 3 Date of measurement NO2, μР/m SO2, μР/m PM10, μР/m 2018.8.2 5 1 - 2018.8.3 3 1 33 2018.8.6 3 1 - 2018.8.7 8 - 21 2018.8.8 13 - - 2018.8.9 5 1 - MNS 4585:2016 50 50 100 IFC Guidelines 200 Average/hour) 20 50 Hint: Red color indicates measured values that are more than the WHO guidelines

Air quality condition in the last 5 years 375. Measurement results from the Tsetserleg Air Quality Control Post is shown in table below. Monthly average values of nitrogen dioxide and sulphur dioxide have exceeded maximum allowed levels of Mongolian standard MNS 4585:2016 in every month of measurement. Values higher than the standard level are highlighted with red color.

Table 4.80: Results of air quality measurement during the first half of 2018 3 3 Months Monthly average value NO2 (μР/m ) Monthly average value SO2 (μР/m ) MNS 4585:2007 40 10 2018-1 23 24 2018-2 19 17 2018-3 15 3 2018-4 12 2 2018-5 9 1 2018-6 6 1 2018-7 7 1 MNS 4585:2016 50 50 IFC Guidelines 200 Average/hour) 20 Source: http://arkhangai.tsag-agaar.gov.mn/ Measurement periodicty of MNS values is different the corresponding measurement periodicity of IFC standards

4.4.1.8 Darkhan city 376. Darkhan city air quality data is sources from the air quality control station of Darkhan Meteorology Institute. Results of measurements between June 02 and June 10, 2018 are shown in table below.

Table 4.81: Air quality measurement results in Darkhan city, June 02 – June 10, 2018 3 3 3 Measurement results NO2, μР/m SO2, μР/m PM10, μР/m New town 11 26 40 Old town 11 65 92 MNS 4585:2016 50 50 100 IFC Guidelines 200 Average/hour) 20 50 Hint: Red color indicates measured values that are more than the WHO guidelines

Air quality measurement data of Darkhan city for the last 3 years

117

TSP 377. Table below shows monthly average values of dust concentration level (TSP) in Darkhan city. As shown in the table dust level exceeded the standard level in every month during the last 3 years.

3 Table 4.82: Average dust concentration in Darkhan city (PM10), μР/m Months 2015 2016 2017 2018 National WHO Ambient Air standard Quality Guidelines (1 MNS 4585:2016 year average) μР/m3 μР/m3 1 149 90 132 85 2 124 60 129 92 3 74 65 69 92 4 103 62 88 76 5 68 62 87 100 20 6 78 67 78 7 82 86 8 78 48 55 9 60 55 63 10 82 80 113 11 103 88 63 12 122 108 105 Hint: Red color indicates measured values that are more than the WHO guidelines

NO2 378. Table below shows monthly average value of NO2 content measured in Darkhan city. It was within the standard level in every month except for the January and February of 2015, February of 2017 and April of 2018.

3 Table 4.83: Monthly mean value of NO2, μР/m Months 2015 2016 2017 2018 National standard WHO Ambient Air MNS 4585:2016 Quality Guidelines μР/m3 (Average per 24 hour) μР/m3 1 59 29 38 25 2 60 20 43 15 3 31 15 24 14 4 28 14 18 5 5 16 10 19 40 40 6 18 16 14 7 10 19 8 18 14 10 9 20 19 22 10 30 22 17 11 26 24 15 12 32 32 39 Year 29 20 23 average Hint: Red color indicates measured values that are more than the WHO guidelines

SO2 379. Table below shows monthly average value of SO2 content measured in Darkhan city. It was within the standard level usually but with exception of winter months of January and February.

3 Table 4.84 Monthly mean value of SO2, μР/m

118

Months 2015 2016 2017 2018 National standard WHO Ambient Air MNS 4585:2016 Quality Guidelines μР/m3 (Average per 24 hour) μР/m3 1 26 33 44 25 2 40 20 44 15 3 11 5 8 14 4 4 4 6 5 20 20 5 3 2 2 6 2 3 2 7 2 2 8 3 2 13 9 3 2 1 10 6 4 3 11 16 6 3 12 26 12 14 Hint: Red color indicates measured values that are more than the WHO guidelines

4.4.2 Measurements of Soil 4.4.2.1 Ulaanbaatar city 380. Soil samplings were made at the proposed construction site of the Polytechnical College of Ulaanbaatar in April 2018. Soil samples were tested at the laboratory of Engineer Geodesy LLC. Table below shows results of the lab test analysis.

Figure 4.33: Soil sampling location at the Polytechnical College of Ulaanbaatar

Table 4.85: Soil contamination analysis Contents of heavy metals, mg/kg Sample No. Depth, sm Ni Cd Pb Zn Cr Cu 01 0-15 27.8 0.00 19.7 52.7 33.1 81.5 Max allowed level (MNS 5850 : 2008) 150.0 3.0 100.0 300.0 150.0 100.0 No comparable IFC/World Bank EHS Soil standards

4.4.2.2 Nalaikh district 381. Environmental specialist has made soil samplings at the Nalaikh TVET school premise in April, 2018 and soil samples were tested at the laboratory of Engineer Geodesy LLC. Results of soil test analysis are provided in table below.

119

Figure 4.34: Soil sampling location at the Nalaikh TVET

Table 4.86: Soil contamination analysis Content of heavy metals, mg/kg Sample No Depth, sm Ni Cd Pb Zn Cr Cu 02 0-15 60.7 0.00 30.7 39.7 51.8 40.9 Max allowed level (MNS 5850 : 2008) 150.0 3.0 100.0 300.0 150.0 100.0 No comparable IFC/World Bank EHS Soil standards

4.4.2.3 Bayanchandmani soum center 382. Environmental specialist has made soil samplings at the Bayanchandmani TVET school premise in April, 2018 and soil samples were tested at the laboratory of Engineer Geodesy LLC. Results of soil test analysis are provided in table below.

Figure 4.35: Soil sampling location at the Bayanchandmani TVET

120

Table 4.87: Soil chemical analysis Permanent Variable Sampl Dept 25 Humus Salt elements, mg- elements NO3 CO2 e No. h, sm Ds/m % % equiv/100gr /100 Ca+Mg Ca Mg P2O5 K2O 0-15 -7.8 0.257 1.64 0.06 1.5 - 15.7 9.8 5.9 1.7 12 03 7 No comparable IFC/World Bank EHS Soil standards

Table 4.88: Soil contamination analysis Content of heavy metals, mg/kg Sample No. Depth, sm Ni Cd Pb Zn Cr Cu 03 0-15 20.7 0.00 15.2 29.1 30.4 18.6 Max allowed level (MNS 5850 : 2008) 150.0 3.0 100.0 300.0 150.0 100.0 No comparable IFC/World Bank EHS Soil standards

4.4.2.4 Zuunkharaa town 383. In soil-geographical divisions of Mongolia, Zuunkharaa town falls in the Yeruu river basin steppe-forest sub-zone of the Khentii mountain range. Predominant soil types distributed in the area is forest brown soil. Environmental specialist has made soil samplings at the Zuunkharaa TVET school premise in June, 2018 and soil samples were tested at the laboratory of Engineer Geodesy LLC. Results of soil test analysis are provided in table below.

Table 4.89: Soil chemical analysis Permanent elements, Variable Sample Depth, Humus Salt 25 NO O mg- equiv/100gr elements No. sm Ds/m % % 3 2 /100 Ca+Mg Ca Mg P2O5 K2O 04 30 8.5 0.35 1.43 0.17 2.51 2.64 16.0 10.0 6.0 1.4 11 No comparable IFC/World Bank EHS Soil standards

384. For Zuunkharaa TVET, soil sample is taken at the existing agro-park. Thus only chemical analysis is made. No contamination analysis was required as it is an agricultural crop-plantation area

4.4.2.5 Bayankhongor 385. Environmental specialist has made soil samplings at the Bayankhongor TVET school premise in June, 2018 and soil samples were tested at the laboratory of Engineer Geodesy LLC. Results of soil test analysis are provided in table below.

Figure 4.36: Soil sampling location at Bayankhongor TVET

121

Table 4.90: Soil contamination analysis Content of heavy metals, mg/kg Sample No. Depth, sm Ni Cd Pb Zn Cr Cu 05 30 0.00 0.00 0.00 11.8 0.00 0.00 Max allowed level (MNS 5850 : 2008) 150.0 3.0 100.0 300.0 150.0 100.0 No comparable IFC/World Bank EHS Soil standards

4.4.2.6. Murun town 386. Environment safeguard consultant has taken soil samples within the premise of Khuvsgul TVET. The soil samples were tested at the laboratory of Engineer Geodesy in Ulaanbaatar.

Figur e Figure 4.37: Soil sampling location at Khuvsgul TVET

Table 4.91: Soil chemical analysis Permanent elements, Variable Sampl Dept 25 Humu Salt mg- equiv/100gr elements NO3 CO2 e No. h, sm Ds/m s % % /100 Ca+Mg Ca Mg P2O5 K2O 07 0-15 8.3 0.136 2.94 0.06 10.4 0.16 29.2 15.5 13.7 2.9 17 No comparable IFC/World Bank EHS Soil standards Table 4.92: Soil contamination test analysis Content of heavy metals, mg/kg Sample No. Depth, sm Ni Cd Pb Zn Cr Cu 06 0-15 1.25 0.01 0.6 2.3 2.1 0.2 Max allowed level (MNS 5850 : 2008) 150.0 3.0 100.0 300.0 150.0 100.0 No comparable IFC/World Bank EHS Soil standards

4.4.2.6 Tsetserleg town 387. Environment safeguard consultant has taken soil samples within the premise of Arkhangai TVET in August 2018. The soil samples were tested at the laboratory of Engineer Geodesy in Ulaanbaatar. Figure 4.38: Soil sampling at Arkhangai TVET

122

Table 4.93: Soil chemical analysis Permanent elements, Variable Sampl Dept 25 Humus Salt mg- equiv/100gr elements NO3 CO2 e No. h, sm Ds/m % % /100 Ca+Mg Ca Mg P2O5 K2O 07 0-15 7.5 0.458 2.82 0.22 3.66 22.4 16.4 6.0 2.2 17 No comparable IFC/World Bank EHS Soil standards

Table 4.94: Soil contamination test analysis Content of heavy metals, mg/kg Sample No. Depth, sm Ni Cd Pb Zn Cr Cu 07 0-15 48.9 0.01 11.4 54.2 10.3 32.4 Max allowed level (MNS 5850 : 2008) 150.0 3.0 100.0 300.0 150.0 100.0 No comparable IFC/World Bank EHS Soil standards

4.4.2.7 Darkhan city 388. Environmental specialist has made soil samplings at the Darkhan-Urguu TVET school premise in June, 2018 and soil samples were tested at the laboratory of Engineer Geodesy LLC. However, the chemical analysis is not made for Darkhan because the TVET school is located in the center of the city. Only soil contamination analysis is made. Results of soil test analysis are provided in table below.

Table 4.95: Soil contamination analysis Content of heavy metals, mg/kg Sample No. Depth, sm Ni Cd Pb Zn Cr Cu 08 0-15 0.00 0.00 0.00 14.6 3.42 0.00 Max allowed level (MNS 5850 : 2008) 150.0 3.0 100.0 300.0 150.0 100.0 No comparable IFC/World Bank EHS Soil standards

4.4.3 Measurement of Surface Water Resources

4.4.3.1 Ulaanbaatar city and Nalaikh district 389. There are a total of 13 water quality hydrological gauging stations operating in Ulaanbaatar. Of these, Selbe-Sanzai guards do not operate.

123

390. In determining the water quality and composition of the Tuul and its tributaries, data of June 2013- 2017 provided by Central Environmental Laboratory of the Institute of Meteorology and Hydrology was used for presenting the a long-term average rate. The Institute of Meteorology and Hydrology also summarizes he results of the water quality monitoring reports and assesses the water pollution index at each monitoring point. Data of The Tuul and its tributary rivers, and the monitoring results for drinking water quality and safety for the capital city and the soums carried out by the General Agency for Specialized Inspection. Table below provides average water quality in Tuul River of the Ulaanbaatar city.

Table 4.96: Average Water Quality in the Tuul River in Ulaanbaatar city (2007-2017) 4 Summary DO BOD5 COD NH4+ NO2- NO3- PO -3 [mg/l] [mg/l] [mg/l] [mg/l] [mg/l] [mg/l] [mg/l] Mean 8.68 4.59 5.42 1.47 0.060 0.65 0.12 Min 6.87 1.79 2.96 0.11 0.003 0.15 0.01 Max 9.40 15.79 9.34 6.47 0.220 1.77 0.50 Standard 0.81 4.37 2.22 2.18 0.079 0.51 0.17 WHO guidelines - - - - 0.2 50 - Source: Data from analyzing by Environmental monitoring laboratory of MNET No numeric World Bank/IFC EHS Standards for Water Quality – freshwater, only WHO guidelines

The concentration of heavy metals in the water samples 391. The result of heavy metals analysis of the samples taken by SEC LLC in August 2017 is shown below. The table shows that there is no indication that surface water exceeded 2nd grade of the Surface Water Quality Standard (SWQS) which was classified as clean. Most of the heavy metals tend to increase along the downstream.

Table 4.97: The Heavy metal content of water of the Tuul River and around the Tuul River area № Laboratory Samples Content mg / l No. Ni/nickel/ Cd/cadmium/ Pb/lead/ Zn/zinc/ Cr/chromium/ Cu/copper/ 1 3230 Tuul+Songino 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.87 0.00 0.67 2 3231 Tuul River 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.59 0.0056 0.33 3 3235 Tuul/Zaisan/ 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.67 0.00 0.16 4 WHO Guidelines 0.02 0.003 0.02 - 0.05 2 No numeric World Bank/IFC EHS Standards for Water Quality – freshwater, only WHO guidelines available

4.4.3.2 Darkhan city and Zuunkharaa town

Table 4.98: Kharaa River Water Quality Analysis, STA.158 Per dm3 Per dm3 Anion Cathion Mg/l Mg/equiv Mg-equiv/l Mg/l Mg/equiv Mg/equiv/l CI- 16.0 0.45 12.51 Na++K+ 12.6 0.55 15.21 SO4-- 5.0 0.10 2.90 Ca++ 37.1 1.85 51.43 NO2- 0.5 0.01 0.30 Mg++ 14.6 1.20 33.36 NO3- 2.0 0.03 0.90 NH4+ 0.0 0.00 0.00 CO3-- 0.0 0.00 0.00 Fe++ 0.0 0.00 0.00 HCO3- 183.0 3.00 83.40 Fe+++ 0.0 0.00 0.00 Total 206.5 3.60 100.0 Total 64.3 3.60 100.0 Hardness was 3.05 mg-equi/dm3 Source: Eco-Sphere LLC, 2017. No numeric World Bank/IFC EHS Standards for Water Quality – freshwater, only WHO guidelines available

392. Water quality of water wells used by Zuunkharaa TVET is shown in table below.

124

Table 4.99: Water quality analysis for water wells at Zuunkharaa TVET No. Lab test Test results Maximum allowed level WHO guidelines parameters /mg/l/ MNS9000:2005 1 Hardness 2.6 7.0 - 2 Reaction 7.12 6.5-8.5 6-9 (pH) 3 TSS 0.43 - 4 Ca 44.09 100 - 5 Mg 4.86 30 - 6 Ng+K 193.81 7 SO4 0.11 500 - 8 Cl 32.66 350 9 HCO3 280.69 10 NH4 0.7 1.5 - 11 NO2 1.5 1 3 or 0.2 12 NO3 4.91 50 50 14 Fe 0.5 0.3 - No numeric World Bank/IFC EHS Standards for Water Quality – freshwater, only WHO guidelines available

4.4.3.3. Bayanchandmani soum

393. Water quality laboratory test results are shown in table below.

Table 4.100: Water quality test results for Bayanchandmani TVET No. Lab test Test results /mg/l/ Maximum allowed level WHO guidelines parameters MNS9000:2005 1 Hardness 2.46 7.0 - 2 Reaction (pH) 7.21 6.5-8.5 6-9 3 TSS 0.66 - 4 Ca 40.48 100 - 5 Mg 5.47 30 - 6 Ng+K 306.75 7 SO4 0.16 500 - 8 Cl 38.34 350 9 HCO3 414.94 10 NH4 0.7 1.5 - 11 NO2 1.5 1 3 or 0.2 12 NO3 6.02 50 50 14 Fe 0.5 0.3 - No numeric World Bank/IFC EHS Standards for Water Quality – freshwater, only WHO guidelines available

4.4.3.4. Bayankhongor

394. Water quality laboratory test results are shown in table below.

Table 4.101: Water quality test results for Bayankhongor TVET No. Lab test Test results /mg/l/ Maximum allowed level WHO guidelines parameters MNS9000:2005 1 Hardness 2.6 7.0 - 2 Reaction (pH) 7.12 6.5-8.5 6-9 3 TSS 0.43 - 4 Ca 44.09 100 - 5 Mg 4.86 30 - 6 Ng+K 193.81 7 SO4 0.11 500 -

125

No. Lab test Test results /mg/l/ Maximum allowed level WHO guidelines parameters MNS9000:2005 8 Cl 32.66 350 9 HCO3 280.69 10 NH4 0.7 1.5 - 11 NO2 1.5 1 3 or 0.2 12 NO3 4.91 50 50 14 Fe 0.5 0.3 - No numeric World Bank/IFC EHS Standards for Water Quality – freshwater, only WHO guidelines available

4.4.3.5. Murun town 395. Water quality of Delger Murun River is shown in table below.

Table 4.102: Lab test analysis for Delger Murun water sample No. Lab test Test results Maximum allowed level WHO guidelines parameters mg/l MNS9000:2005 1 Hardness 2.90 7.0 - 2 Reaction (pH) 6.20 6.5-8.5 6-9 3 BOD 1.3 - 4 Ca 39.5 100 - 5 Mg 11.3 30 - 6 Ng+K 43.5 7 SO4 80.4 500 - 8 Cl 2.5 350 9 HCO3 177 10 NH4 0.08 1.5 - 11 NO2 0.004 1 3 or 0.2 12 NO3 0.10 50 50 13 F 0.14 0.7-1.5 - 14 Fe 0.12 0.3 15 Cu 0.003 No numeric World Bank/IFC EHS Standards for Water Quality – freshwater, only WHO guidelines available

4.4.3.6. Tsetserleg town

396. Water quality laboratory test results are shown in table below.

Table 4.103: Water quality test results for South Tamir River No. Lab test Test results /mg/l/ Maximum allowed level WHO guidelines parameters MNS9000:2005 1 Hardness 0.86 7.0 - 2 Reaction (pH) 7.53 6.5-8.5 6-9 3 BOD 2.3 - 4 Ca 12.6 100 - 5 Mg 2.9 30 - 6 Ng+K 6.6 7 SO4 2.3 500 - 8 Cl 3.1 350 9 HCO3 60.2 10 NH4 0.15 1.5 - 11 NO2 0.003 1 3 or 0.2 12 NO3 0.22 50 50 13 F 0.31 0.7-1.5 - 14 Fe 0.05 0.3 15 Cu 0.002 No numeric World Bank/IFC EHS Standards for Water Quality – freshwater, only WHO guidelines available

126

4.4.4 Measurements of Groundwater Quality

397. The environment specialist of the project has taken samples from the water reservoirs and water wells in order to determine ground water quality. The water samples were tested at the laboratory of Engineer Geodesy in Ulaanbaatar city. Results of the lab test analysis on groundwater samples are shown in table belows.

Table 4.104: Water quality test results, Ulaanbaatar Polytechnical College Parameters Content (mg-equivalent/l) WHO standards (mg/l) TSS 0.55 - Hardness 1.41 - Turbidity 0 - pH 7.44 6-9 Mg/dm3 Mg-equiv Mg-equiv% CI- 23.43 0.66 3.87 - -- SO4 0.30 14.49 84.96 - - NO3 4.59 0.07 0.43 50 - NO2 1.50 0.03 0.19 3 or 0.2 2- CO3 0.00 0.00 0.00 - HCO3 109.84 1.80 10.55 Ng++K+ 366.41 15.93 93.38 + NH4 0.70 0.04 0.23 Ca2+ 13.83 0.69 4.04 Mg2+ 3.89 0.32 1.88 Fe2+ 1.50 0.05 0.31 - Fe3+ 0.50 0.03 0.16 - No numeric World Bank/IFC EHS Standards for Water Quality – freshwater, only WHO guidelines available

Table 4.105: Water quality test results, Nalaikh TVET Parameters Content (mg-equivalent/l) WHO standards (mg/l) TSS 0.51 - Hardness 1.62 - Turbidity 0 - pH 7.12 6-9 Mg/dm3 Mg-equiv Mg-equiv% CI- 30.53 0.86 4.58 - -- SO4 0.32 15.60 83.02 - - NO3 5.97 0.10 0.51 50 - NO2 1.50 0.03 0.17 3 or 0.2 2- CO3 0.00 0.00 0.00 - HCO3 134.24 2.20 11.71 Ng++K+ 392.52 17.07 90.85 + NH4 0.70 0.04 0.21 Ca2+ 14.03 0.70 3.73 Mg2+ 10.94 0.90 4.79 Fe2+ 1.50 0.05 0.29 - Fe3+ 0.50 0.03 0.14 - No numeric World Bank/IFC EHS Standards for Water Quality – freshwater, only WHO guidelines available

Table 4.106: Water quality test results, Bayanchandmani TVET Parameters Content (mg-equivalent/l) WHO standards (mg/l) TSS 0.66 - Hardness 2.46 - Turbidity 0 - pH 7.21 6-9

127

Mg/dm3 Mg-equiv Mg-equiv% CI- 38.34 1.08 6.78 - -- SO4 0.16 7.92 49.71 - - NO3 6.02 0.10 0.61 50 - NO2 1.50 0.03 0.20 3 or 0.2 2- CO3 0.00 0.00 0.00 - HCO3 414.94 6.80 42.70 Ng++K+ 306.75 13.34 83.74 + NH4 0.70 0.04 0.24 Ca2+ 40.48 2.02 12.68 Mg2+ 5.47 0.45 2.83 Fe2+ 1.50 0.05 0.34 - Fe3+ 0.50 0.03 0.17 - No numeric World Bank/IFC EHS Standards for Water Quality – freshwater, only WHO guidelines available

Table 4.107: Water quality test results, Arkhangai TVET Parameters Content (mg-equivalent/l) WHO standards (mg/l) TSS 0.43 - Hardness 2.6 - Turbidity 0 - pH 7.12 6-9 Mg/dm3 Mg-equiv Mg-equiv% CI- 32.66 0.92 8.25 - -- SO4 0.11 5.51 49.27 - - NO3 4.91 0.08 0.71 50 - NO2 1.50 0.03 0.29 3 or 0.2 2- CO3 0.00 0.00 0.00 - HCO3 280.69 4.60 41.27 Ng++K+ 193.81 8.43 7.560 + NH4 0.70 0.04 0.35 Ca2+ 44.09 2.20 19.74 Mg2+ 4.86 0.40 3.59 Fe2+ 1.50 0.05 0.48 - Fe3+ 0.50 0.03 0.24 - No numeric World Bank/IFC EHS Standards for Water Quality – freshwater, only WHO guidelines available

Table 4.108: Water quality test results, Zuunkharaa TVET, agro-park Parameters Content (mg-equivalent/l) WHO standards (mg/l) TSS 0.69 - Hardness 5.07 - Turbidity 0 - pH 7.33 6-9 Mg/dm3 Mg-equiv Mg-equiv% CI- 24.14 0.68 3.73 - -- SO4 0.22 10.63 58.34 - - NO3 5.07 0.08 0.45 50 - NO2 1.50 0.03 0.18 3 or 0.2 2- CO3 0.00 0.00 0.00 - HCO3 414.94 6.80 37.30 Ng++K+ 299.90 13.04 71.53 + NH4 0.70 0.04 0.21 Ca2+ 76.35 3.81 20.90 Mg2+ 15.32 1.26 6.91 Fe2+ 1.50 0.05 0.29 - Fe3+ 0.50 0.03 0.15 - No numeric World Bank/IFC EHS Standards for Water Quality – freshwater, only WHO guidelines available

Table 4.109: Water quality test results, Zuunkharaa TVET, main campus

128

Parameters Content (mg-equivalent/l) WHO standards (mg/l) TSS 0.64 - Hardness 4.9 - Turbidity 0 - pH 7.2 6-9 Mg/dm3 Mg-equiv Mg-equiv% CI- 25.56 0.72 6.44 - -- SO4 0.07 3.15 28.17 - - NO3 5.02 0.08 0.72 50 - NO2 1.50 0.03 0.29 3 or 0.2 2- CO3 0.00 0.00 0.00 - HCO3 439.34 7.20 64.38 Ng++K+ 141.80 6.17 55.12 + NH4 0.70 0.04 0.35 Ca2+ 80.36 4.01 35.85 Mg2+ 10.82 0.89 7.96 Fe2+ 1.50 0.05 0.48 - Fe3+ 0.50 0.03 0.24 - No numeric World Bank/IFC EHS Standards for Water Quality – freshwater, only WHO guidelines available

Table 4.110: Water quality test results, Darkhan-Urguu TVET Parameters Content (mg-equivalent/l) TSS 0.53 Hardness 3.6 Turbidity 0 pH 7.1 Mg/dm3 Mg-equiv Mg-equiv% CI- 29.82 0.84 9.42 -- SO4 0.06 2.76 30.91 - NO3 5.52 0.09 1.00 - NO2 1.50 0.03 0.37 2- CO3 0.00 0.00 0.00 - HCO3 317.30 5.20 58.31 Ng++K+ 119.59 5.20 58.30 + NH4 0.70 0.04 0.44 Ca2+ 50.90 2.54 28.48 Mg2+ 12.89 1.06 11.89 Fe2+ 1.50 0.05 0.60 Fe3+ 0.50 0.03 0.30 No numeric World Bank/IFC EHS Standards for Water Quality – freshwater, only WHO guidelines available

4.4.5 Measurements of Noise Quality

398. The environmental specialist has conducted baseline noise measurement at the proposed construction sites using digital sound meter device. Noise levels measured with 1 hour average value are compared to the relavant noise standards.

Table 4.111: Noise levels measured at the project sites No. TVET school Date of measurement Measured noise level /dBA 1 Ulaanbaatar TVET 2018.05.29 39 2 Darkhan Urguu TVET 2018.06.25 26 3 Nalaikh TVET 2018.06.22 45 4 Bayanchandmani TVET 2018.06.29 64

129

No. TVET school Date of measurement Measured noise level /dBA 5 Zuunkharaa TVET 2018.06.26 35 6 Bayankhongor TVET 2018.07.03 29 7 Khuvsgul TVET 2018.06.28 41 8 Arkhangai TVET 2018.08.30 27 MNS 4585:2016 55 IFC Guidelines 55 Hint: Red color indicates measured values that are more than the WHO guidelines

399. Noise levels measured at all projet sites with exception of Bayanchandmani TVET were well within the standard level as indicated in the above table. The noise level in Bayanchandmani TVET school has exceeded both domestic standard and IFC guidelines. The main reason was the TVET sМСШШХ’s aprШбТЦТtв tШ tСО ЦaУШr rОРТШЧaХ puЛХТМ rШaН ЛОtаООЧ UB aЧН өarkСaЧ МТtТОs.

4.5 Existing Infrastructure at Subproject Locations

400. Table 4.112 provides locational details about TVET Schools proposed in Ulaanbaatar and other provinces.

Table 4.112: Locations of proposed TVET Schools in Ulaanbaatar/other provinces and Land status N Sub-Projects Location Latitud Longitu Altitu Land Area Status o e de de (m) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 Nalaikh TVET Nalaikh district 47°46'4. 107°15' 1460 02"N 3.45"E 2 Khuvsgul TVET Murun town, 49°37'3 100°10'5 1285 Khuvsgul province 0.18"N 2.14"E All TVET schools have 3 Ulaanbaatar Bayangol district, 47°54'5 106°53'3 1295 already obtained land Polytechnical UB city 7.43"N 4.98"E certificates41 College 4 Zuunkharaa TVET Zuunkharaa town, 4ү° 51’ 106° 2Ү’ 867 Mandal soum 3.9” N 15.9” E 5 Bayanchandmani Bayanchandmani 48° 13’ 1266 TVET's farm yard soum, Tuv province 34.9’’N 106° 1Ү’ 16.5’’E 6 Arkhangai TVET Tsetserleg town 47° 2Ү’ 1664 59.5ү’’N 101° 31’ 19.16’’E 7 Bayankhongor Bayankhongor town 46° 100° 1873 TVET 11'17.9" 43'19.0" N E 8 Darkhan-Urguu Darkhan city 49° 2Ү’ 105° 5ү’ 710 TVET 2ү.6”N 13.2” E

Plot Size on Land available (Column 7 above) 401. The blueprints (technical drawings) will be developed by the TVET Schools through accredited architects in Mongolia. The plot size for each TVET School will vary depending upon the size, location, orientation of land, access road, and its suitability for expansion/ design. Normally, a TVET School

41 ЦОaЧs TVET sМСШШХs’ ХaЧН usО Тs aХrОaНв МОrtТfТОН аТtС ХaЧН usО МОrtТfТМates issued by the relevant local authorities

130

plot size varies between 15,000 to 83,000 square meters and the construction area would be about range of 140 m2 to 1050 m2.

Table 4.113: Size of land possessed by TVET Schools in Ulaanbaatar/other provinces No. TVET Schools Size of land possessed by Size of new extension TVET schools, m2 buildings, m2 1 Ulaanbaatar Polytechnical 15,500 1050 College 2 Nalaikh TVET 28,200 830 3 Bayanchandmani TVET 28,500 500 4 Zuunkharaa TVET 20,700 140 5 Bayankhongor TVET 33,000 312 6 Khuvsgul TVET 83,000 425 7 Arkhangai TVET 60,000 550 8 Darkhan-Urguu TVET 31,000 200

Table 4.114: TVET Schools Construction/Refurbishment Detail in Ulaanbaatar/other provinces No School Name Outdoor Works Indoor Demolishing Repair Works Works 1 Nalaikh VTPC * Three story new building - workshop, 38x18m Yes N/A * One story new building - garage 8x18m * Practising range new, footage 75x15m *** New power, heating, water supply, sewage and communicatiuon works for a new building 2 Construction * Two story building, footage size 70*15m Yes Yes - one story Polytechnic *** Construction of power, heating, water supply, building, footage College, UB sewage and communicatiuon works for a new 12*72m building 3 Bayanchandma * Winter solar greenhouse 6*30m Yes N/A ni VTPC ** One story new building, 500m2 *** Rehabilitation of sewage treatment facility 4 Khentii aimag ** Winter solar greenhouse, 7*20m Yes N/A VTPC ** Renovation of fence, 650m 5 Dornod aimag *** New water supply and sewage lines for Yes N/A VTPC rehabilitated workshop 6 Uvurkhangai * Winter solar greenhouse, 6*30m Yes N/A aimag VTPC * Vegetable storage facility *** New power and heating supply for winter solar greenhouse and vegetable storage facility 7 Bayankhongor * One story building 13*24m N/A Chicken house aimag VTPC *** Construction of power, heating, water supply, 6*28m /not sewage and communicatiuon works for new used/; building Greenhouse remains; 8 Darkhan aimag N/A Yes N/A VTPC 9 Darkhan-Urguu * Practical outdoor range 20*10m /new/ Yes N/A Polytechnic College

131

No School Name Outdoor Works Indoor Demolishing Repair Works Works 10 Zuunkharaa * Winter solar greenhouse 7*20m Yes N/A Polytechnic * Vegetable storage facility College, ** Sewage tank Selenge aimag ** Parking and walkway inside of agriculture fence *** External power supply line /about 100m/ 11 Arkhangai * One story building 550m2 Yes N/A aimag VTPC *** Expansion of sewage tank 12 Bulgan aimag * Winter solar greenhouse 6*30m inside of N/A N/A Agricultural school fence VTPC 13 Dornogobi ** Winter solar greenhouse 6*30m; N/A N/A aimag VTPC ** Construction of deep water well ** fence for 1.5hectare land *** Power supply line 14 Dundgobi N/A N/A N/A aimag VTPC 15 Zavkhan * road and parking area inside of fence Yes Power poles of Polytechnic several buildings College 16 Orkhon aimag *** water line and may be heating line to Yes N/A VTPC cashmere worker shop 17 Khugjil ** Winter solar greenhouse 6*30m Yes N/A Polytechnic ** Construction of vegetable storage facility College, Khovd ** Construction of deep water well aimag *** New power supply line 18 Khuvsgul aimag * One story new building 850m2 Yes N/A VTPC *** New power, heating, water supply, sewage and communicatiuon lines for new building * Lighting and CCTV camera for entire school area ** Winter solar greenhouse 6*30m ** Construction of deep water well ** New fence for 1.5hectare land 19 Gobi-Altai N/A Yes N/A aimag VTPC 20 ACC, UB RMC N/A Yes N/A Legend, except as othewise specified: * Construction/establishment of vocational training building or facility or open yard area inside of school premises. The schools have already fenced boundary. No any hindrance to pedestrican, traffic movement, no any affect to animal migration, no any affect on ground and underground water, no any affect on plantation, no any block of sun to nearby residents. ** Civil works related to the agricultural facilities; such as: greenhouse, vegetable storage, water well, etc. in countryside area, where aimag is specifically developing that area to concentrate family and small sized entities to develop vegetables or fruits, so to say green development. These are already established and functioning farms of the schools, except Khuvsgul and Dornogobi. Khuvsgul and Dornogobi schools are getting new land plots from Aimag government where also that aimag's geen/vegetable development area is.

132

*** External utility supply civil works - construction, rehabilitation, expansion - all inside of school fence. There is only one intervention outside the school fence, which is repair of sewage treatment facility located outside of Bayanchamdmani VTPC fence.

4.5.1 Distance from Various Receptors 402. Distance from various receptors is given in Table 4.115 below. These details were collected by the consultant team during the site visits, public consultations and recorded in Annexure 1.

Table 4.115: Approximate distance of subprojects from Receptors

heating, water heating, water

–

(km) (km)

facility (km) (km) facility

supply (km) (km) supply

Site number Sitenumber

from District HQ (Km) (Km) HQ from District

Number of Trees Affected Affected Trees Number of

Distance from Airport (km) Airport from Distance

Sub-Project Components Components Sub-Project

Distance from sub-station (m) (m) sub-station from Distance

Distance from water body (km) body water from Distance

Distance from Fire station (km) (km) station Fire from Distance

Distance from Railway Line (km) Line Railway from Distance

Distance f- waste water treatment treatment water f- waste Distance

Average Distance of TVET Schools Schools TVET of Distance Average

Distance from Two lane Roads (km) (km) Roads lane Two from Distance

Distance from urban landfill site (km) (km) site landfill urban from Distance

any buildings of constructed area (m) (m) area constructed of any buildings

Minimum distance from apartments or or apartments from distance Minimum

Distance from utilities utilities from Distance Distance from other Schools in the area area the in Schools other from Distance 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 Nalaikh TVET 1km 150m 400m 0 4.8 0.6 0.01 n/a 3km 150 0 3.5 1.9 2 Khuvsgul TVET 3km 50m 400m 0 1.5 n/a 0.01 5+ 3km 20 0.1 6 1.1 3 Ulaanbaatar 2km 10m 480m 5 4.5 1 0.02 5+ 12km 80 0 8 1.5 Polytechnical College 4 Zuunkharaa 2.5km 30m 500m 15 6 1.2 0.05 n/a 4km 500 2 10 1.5 TVET 5 Bayanchandma 1km 30m 500m 0 1 30 0.2 n/a 1.8k 300 n/a 4.5 1 ni TVET's farm m yard 6 6km 500m 4000 0 5 n/a 0.3 n/a 5.3k 300 6 3 6 Arkhangai TVET m m 0 7 Bayankhongor 0.9km 20m 500m 0 1 n/a 0.06 5+ 3km 100 0 19 0.9 TVET 8 Darkhan-Urguu 4km 70m 80m 0 8 3 0.02 5+ 4km 100 0 16.5 1.8 TVET Trees Affected– Lopped or cut as detailed survey will be done by Construction Company N/A – Not applicable

403. For some of the TVET Schools sub-projects, the blueprint development is underway. The data regarding land cutting and filling required, distance from receptors – schools, apartments, details of trees to be affected; land details will be collected by Construction Company. If sites are changed other than those indicated here, supplementary information will be supplied for each of these subprojects by MLSP to ADB for prior approval before contract award.

4.5.2 Distance from Reserve Forest/Protected Areas/National Park/Sanctuary

133

404. The distance from the TVET Schools to the national parks/protected areas/reserve forests are given in the Table 4.116.

Table 4.116: Distance from Protected Areas (National Parks, Sanctuaries and Forest reserves) for all subprojects N Sub-Projects Location Distance from Protected Areas (km) o 1 2 3 4 1 Nalaikh TVET Nalaikh district 5.1 km from Bogdkhan SPA, 8 km from Terelj SPA 2 Khuvsgul TVET Murun town, Khuvsgul province 79 km 3 Ulaanbaatar Polytechnical Bayangol district, UB city 4 km from Bogdkhan SPA College 4 Zuunkharaa TVET Zuunkharaa town, Mandal 15.8 km from Noyon Uul SPA soum 5 Bayanchandmani TVET's Bayanchandmani soum, Tuv 36 km from Chingeltei Khairkhan Mountain farm yard province SPA 6 Arkhangai TVET Tsetserleg town 2.5 km from Bulgan Mount SPA 7 Bayankhongor TVET Bayankhongor town 40 km from Khangai Mount SPA 8 Darkhan-Urguu TVET Darkhan city More than 59 km

4.6 Current Conditions and Major Problems In Mongolia 405. TСО МШuЧtrв’s ОЧЯТrШЧЦОЧt rОsШurМОs ШffОr РrОat pШtОЧtТaХ fШr ОбpaЧНТЧР ОМШЧШЦТМ opportunities in mining, forestry, animal husbandry and tourism. However, many areas of concern are emerging highlighting the need for integrating comprehensive policies of sustainable development into the national development strategy and most importantly, ensuring effective implementation considering both the economic development and environmental conservation. The priority issues recognized are as follows.

Air Pollution 406. Air quality is a significant environmental problem in urban areas of Mongolia, particularly in Ulaanbaatar. Primary sources of air pollution in Ulaanbaatar are three thermal power plants, about 200 small and medium sized heating boilers, about 60,000 traditional Gers and wooden houses, and over 40,000 automobiles. Topography and meteorology exacerbated ambient air quality conditions in the country, and particularly in Ulaanbaatar. Mountains surround Ulaanbaatar up to 2,250 meters in height inhibited dispersion of pollutants. To compound the situation, a stable atmospheric inversion forms during the winter season. As a result, ambient pollutant concentrations often remained for days or weeks at a time to exceed Mongolian and other international ambient air quality standards. Burning of coal and woods in the households in urban cities has been identified as major sources of air pollution, which affects ambient air quality and human health.

407. Energy: During the winter season, three large diesel power plants in Ulaanbaatar release 4.5 million cubic meters of gaseous pollutants, 4.14 tonnes of particulate matter, and 6.76 kilograms of carbon monoxide into the air every hour. The energy sector accounts for around 64% of Mongolia's greenhouse gas emissions. More than 250 steam boilers burn over 400,000 tonnes of coal every year. Gers and wooden houses with manual heating (in which 48% of the city population lives), use over 200,000 tons of coal and more than 160,000 cubic meters of fuel wood each year. For the cold seasons, the atmospheric content of carbon monoxide exceeds the permissible norm by 2-4 times.

408. Transportation: Transportation is a major source of air pollution in urban cities. The number of motor vehicles has increased vary rapidly in big cities and settlements in a short period of time. In 1995, it was estimated that over 60% of the vehicles emitted pollutants exceeded the maximum allowable limits.

134

409. Industry: Industrial activities are also one of the major sources of air pollution in Mongolia. As estimated approximately one fourth of greenhouse gas emission is emitted from industrial activities.

Water Pollution 410. АatОr sСШrtaРО Тs ШЧО Шf MШЧРШХТa’s ЦaУШr sШМТШ-economic and ecological problems. Though adequate in the north it is clearly a constraint on development in the south and particularly serious in urban areas including Ulaanbaatar, where water supplies are pumped from groundwater.

411. Little care has been taken over water supply and use. Water supply in pasture areas was improved over the period 1960/90 by construction of many wells to provide water to more than 60 percent of the rangeland, but only 40% of the existing 48,000 wells are currently functioning. Most wells drilled during the Soviet era are out of production.

412. Effluent from factories, tanneries, processing plants, households, waste disposal sites and road runoff has polluted the main rivers where people and industry are concentrated, particularly the Tuul, Yuro, Selenge and Orkhon Rivers. Of 102 centralized wastewater treatment plants built only 35 were in operation in 2002.

413. The pollution problem is due not just due to domestic waste effluent, but also due to the high levels of chromium used in the tannery process.

414. There are 5,500 rivers, 9,600 streams, 300 hot springs, 4,000 lakes and 30,000 wells registered in Mongolia, 3,000 rivers and streams had dried up by year 2000 and 1,200 wells are no ХШЧРОr ТЧ usО ЛОМausО Шf НОpХОtТШЧ, НОtОrТШratТШЧ Шf faМТХТtТОs Шr aЛaЧНШЧЦОЧt aftОr tСО ЧШЦaН’s migration to the city. As a consequence, the use of water resources is limited, causing water shortage.

Land Degradation 415. Causes of land degradation in Mongolia can be divided into two categories: human- induced and natural causes.

416. Natural causes include droughts with frequency of 2-3 years, natural drying, deficit in soil moisture, and very thin layer of fertile soil, specifics of mechanical composition of soils, and strong wind in spring and autumn and dust storms.

417. Human causes include effects raised from rapid development of farmland, mining industry, changes in traditional livestock husbandry, and overgrazing, especially around settlement areas and water points.

418. Farmland degradation in Mongolia is one of the serious issues, which should be urgently tackled. A considerable amount of farmland has been degraded or abandoned because of slow action on transferring farmlands to individuals and economic entities for their long-term use or possession. As of today, most of the farmland is out of use and abandoned.

419. Producing over 50% of the country’s tШtaХ ОбpШrts, ЦТЧТЧР Тs ШЧО Шf tСО rapТНХв РrШаТЧР aЧН leading industrial activity in Mongolia. Mining is causing substantial soil destruction. No proper rehabilitation measures are being taken by enterprises during or after mining.

Solid Waste Nuisance 420. In Mongolia, solid wastes are disposed in the open air near the city. These wastes are scattered about and the disposition for soil becoming more polluted. Particularly, there is a big gap between city enlargement and city planning projects in Ulaanbaatar. There is much household garbage (33.8%), paper (18.9%), and plastics (15.2%) in summer. Ashes occupy no less than 60.2% in winter.

421. In Mongolia, there are no proper waste treatment facilities. Recently, the proprietary company

135

of public establishment private management and civilian enterprises are carrying out pickup and disposal of the wastes of Ulaanbaatar city.

422. Solid wastes generated from factories, commercial establishment, and construction sites are collected by third party agencies. However, the solid wastes generated are much over the wastes collectors collection capacity.

Soil Contamination 423. MШЧРШХТa’s taЧЧТЧР ТЧНustrв РОЧОratОs sШТХ pШХХutТШЧ НuО tШ аТНОsprОaН НraТЧaРО Шf МСОЦТМaХs from the leather tanning process; the waste oil from cars and mining process, employment of agricultural chemicals, etc. Utilization of coal is the biggest causality of air pollution. Soil is polluted due to coal handling as well as scattering of ashes on the ground.

424. The number of cars have increased dramatically in recent years in Ulaanbaatar. Petrol stations within the city have risen to about 100 in number. Furthermore, there are thousands of appliances of coal oil and small car garages numbering hundreds. Many of them are located in the place where drainage arrangements are not fixed. They throw away used oil in the drains leading to oil contaminating the soil. In addition, various medicines, such as disinfectant, insecticide, and agricultural chemicals, medical wastes, architecture scrap woods, etc. are increasingly being used to spur agricultural productivity.

425. In Mongolia, gold mines are being exploited in the northern Orkhon river and the Selenge river by 120 business corporations. These gold ores have high level of Mercury contamination which contributes as a material factor to widespread soil pollution. Moreover, leaching of chemicals happen during heavy rains from various unscientifically designed waste disposal sites and sewage disposal plants.

Deforestation 426. The total remaining forest covers 10.4 million hectares in the north, 2.0 million hectares saxual forest and 3.6 million hectares of depleted forest, mainly near transport corridors. Statistics on deforestation are confusing but the causes are known to include legal and illegal unsustainable logging, wildfire, insect and disease infestation, animal grazing, and climate change.

427. Through the 1960s to 1990 average official harvest figures were approximately 1,500-2,000 million m3 per annum, very roughly 50% roundwood and 50% fuelwood. In 2002, official figures recorded a harvest of 620 million m3, almost all fuelwood. Other issues in forest management are the many forest fires and problems of disease control. The periodic infestations in the coniferous forests are natural disasters with serious local impacts.

Desertification 428. Mongolia is a country, which experiences serious drought and desertification. More than 40% Шf tСО tОrrТtШrв Тs МШЦpШsОН Шf arТН aЧН НОsОrt arОas. TСОrО arО ОstТЦatОs tСat 90% Шf MШЧРШХТa’s territory is vulnerable to desertification and about 70% is already degraded to varying extents.

429. Desertification is characterized by (i) desertification of vegetation cover, (ii) desiccation of wetland ecosystems and (iii) increase of sand area. Causes of desertification can be divided into natural causes and anthropogenic causes.

430. Among the major cases are mentioned climatic variations which may lead to natural disasters that, through interaction with human factors, will lead to accelerated degradation at local level. For instance, desertification in the Gobi ecological zone is reported as being caused primarily by increasing aridity of climate and grazing impacts associated with livestock. The anthropogenic causes are overgrazing, wind and water erosion of cultivated soils and abandoned farmlands, intentional burning and vehicle tracks.

136

Loss of biodiversity 431. Growing population coupled with urbanization, economic development, and an increasing per capita demand for natural resources, have put enormous pressure on land and natural resources. At the same time, the recent transition from a centrally controlled economy to a free market economy Сas ШpОЧОН tСО МШuЧtrв’s ЧaturaХ rОsШurМОs tШ frОО ОЧtОrprТsО aЧН ЦarkОt fШrМОs. IЧМrОasТЧР ОМШЧШЦТМ activity such as mining, land cultivation and crop farming, and the production of wild and domestic animal products for internal consumption and export, have resulted in the disturbance hitherto undisturbed natural areas and the loss of wildlife habitat. Inadequately controlled or illegal hunting, and predator eradication programs also contribute to pressures on wildlife and on the natural balance in many areas.

432. Climate change: During the last 50 years or so, the average annual temperature in Mongolia has increased by 0.7oC. This drop in the average temperature has resulted in a variety of changes including serious impacts on the growth of natural and cultivated plants. The annual growing season in Mongolia lasts for only about 120 days which is not sufficient for the stable growth of plants, and if the growing season becomes shorter, many plant species will be threatened with extinction and this condition will pose a threat to the survival of many herbivores.

433. Desertification: Desertification deteriorates the environment and reduces its biological resources. It worsens the environment and conditions for the normal propagation of plants, hence reducing resources for rare animals and plants in the desert and desert-steppe zones.

434. Harvesting: Nomadic herdsmen and urban Mongolians utilize wildlife in a variety of ways, including direct use of meat, skins, and other animal products. Other activities include commercial marketing of skins, commercial marketing of fish and fish meat, large-scale harvest of gazelles for the commercial market (till mid-1990s), and sport hunting of game and trophy species by Mongolian and foreign sportsmen.

435. Industrialization: Since the 1960s, the increasing use of energy, construction of new power stations, and the intensive use of strip mining methods have seriously been contributing to the deterioration of the habitats of various species

4.6.1 Current Condition of Waste Management

436. Current solid waste management system of settlement areas/provincial centers in Mongolia comprises of following components: • All entities are responsible for having a designated solid waste collection point in their premises • All provincial/soum center or districts have a local urban service agency that is responsible for collecting waste generated by entities in their areas and transport the waste to central dumpsites of the area. These agencies have their own waste transport vehicles. • Central dumpsites are usually located on outskirts of settlement areas and are owned and managed by the local government.

437. All TVET schools have a temporary solid waste collection point within their premises. TVET schools have signed a long term contract with the local urban service agencies that collects their waste through transport trucks twice a week. All of these temporary waste collection facilities need to be upgraded.

137

Figure 4.39: Temporary solid waste collection point at TVET in UB

Figure 4.40: Temporary solid waste collection point Bayankhongor TVET

138

Figure 4.41: Temporary solid waste collection point at Uvurkhangai TVET

Management of waste water 438. All TVET schools except for Zuunkharaa TVET are connected to centralized sewage systems. Among them, Bayanchandmani TVE has their own small scale waste water treatment facility which built in 1970 which needs to be upgraded. Other 5 TVET schools are connected to their respective local sewage networks (TVET schools in UB, Nalaikh, Uvurkhangai, Bayankhongor and Darkhan). Zuunkharaa TVET is the only school which is not connected to any centralized sewage networks. It collects waste water in a sewage pit.

Figure 4.42: Waste Water Treatment Facility of Bayanchandmani TVET (needs upgrade)

139

Figure 4.43: Sewage pit nearby grils dormitory of Zuunkharaa TVET (needs to be relocated)

Table 4.117: Waste management condition at the TVET schools No. TVET schools Temporary solid Distance from Connection to Sewage waste collection local central centralized sewage pit point dumpsite network 1 Ulaanbaatar yes 8 km Yes 2 Nalaikh yes 3.5 km Yes 3 Bayanchandmani yes 4.5 km Yes 4 Zuunkharaa yes 10 km No Yes 5 Khuvsgul yes 6 km No Yes 6 Arkhangai yes 3 km No Yes 7 Bayankhongor yes 19 km Yes 8 Darkhan-Urguu yes 16.5 km Yes

4.7 Proposed Infrastructure Measures at Subproject locations

Table 4.118: Proposed construction activities Occupation/ Planned construction activities and refurbishment of facilities TVET profession/ New buildings to be constructed Maintenance of existing № Name major (planned)* buildings* 1 TVET in Technicians of 1. For automobile repairman occupation - 1. 4 rooms in the current Nalaikh road and a new workshop will be built with existing workshop building will transportation dimensions of 18m*36m=648m2 be repaired with sizes of 2. For road and transportation heavy 432+180+180+64= 856 m2 machinery operators - A new auto garage 2. Garage of the current will be built for the heavy machineries existing workshop building will with size 250m2 be repaired – 91 m2 3. Make an outside training field for heavy machinery operators on a land with size 1200m2 2 Polytechnic Technicians of 1.A new 3 storey building with size of Have repair and maintenance al College in construction 70m*15m=2,100 m2 will be constructed. works for 5 rooms and toilet in UB 2.Demolish a part of the 1 storey the classroom building. Size of workshop building built in 1974. Total rooms: 300 m2 size of demolishment is 12*52 m

140

Occupation/ Planned construction activities and refurbishment of facilities TVET profession/ New buildings to be constructed Maintenance of existing № Name major (planned)* buildings* 3 TVET in Vegetable In the plantation yard of the TVET which 1. Demolish existing pig house Bayanchan farmer, locates in 200m distance from its main and livestock shelter that locate dmani soum Greenhouse premise: in the plantation yard farmer, wool 1. A winter greenhouse and a summer 2. Repair works for 2 ground processing greenhouse will be built – 6m*30 m size. water wells that supply water to technicians 2. A new workshop and classroom the TVET building will be constructed, 1 storey and 4. 2 vegetable storage facilities with size of 500 m2 will be repaired (size: 60 tons 3. Construct a new waste water treatment each) facility for the TVET Wool Maintenance works for the processing existing auto garage building technicians with size of 18m*45m, replace Automobile existing heating, water and repairman sewage pipelines for the building with new ones 4 TVET in Construction Existing hen house with size 6*28m will The current existing 14*14 m Bayankhon decorator be demolished. building will be repaired with gor province insulation materials Automobile Construct a new workshop building for repairman the automobile repairman occupation, size: 13m x 24m location will be at the current chicken farmhouse 5 Darkhan- Road 1. A new workshop building will be Urguu construction constructed, size: 1000 m2, 1 storey TVET worker 2. An outside training field will be made Heavy for the heavy machineries – 1200 m2 land machinery size operator 3. A new garage will be constructed for Road the heavy machineries, size 250 m2 construction lab chemist 6 TVET in Vegetable At the agro-park yard of the TVET at 2 At the agro-park yard: Zuunkharaa farmer km distance from the school: Existing Classroom building will town 1. Construct a new vegetable storage be repaired and newly provide with capacity of 60 tons toilet rooms. Water and 2. Replace existing electricity sewage pipeline and sewage transmission line with new cable line pit will be provided. 3. Construct parking space outside the Small house on the water well yard and make a pedestrian road inside will be repaired. the yard Greenhouse Within the yard of girls dormitory: In the classroom building: farmer 1. Build a new winter greenhouse with 1. Classroom with size of size of 7m*20m 6*12 аТХХ ЛО rОpaТrОН. 2. Toilet room will be repaired. Size: 6*6 Greenhouse Construct a new building with size of 850 farmer m2, construct a winter greenhouse with Khuvsgul 7 Vegetable size 6mx30m TVET plantation farmer Wool Construct a new building with size 550 Arkhangai 8 processing m2, renew existing sewage pipelines TVET technology * No Asbestos containing materials (ACM) will be removed, repaired or demolished. Any ACM containing component has been dropped from project funding. Also, components that have ACM as associated facilities

141

will not be undertaken.

4.7.1 Current vs. Suggested solutions for utility infrastructure for sub-projects

439. Of the 7 category B subprojects (TVET schools), all 7 sites require New Construction to be built in Separate Buildings (NCSB). Out of them, 5 sites have connected to Central Heating (CH), 2 sites have individual Heat Only Boiler (HOB) and no site has Electric Heating (EH), 4 sites have connected to Central Water Supply System (CWSS), 3 sites have individual Deep Water Well (DWW) for water supply and no site has transporting water from other area. In total 4 sites have connected to Central Sewage System (CSS), 3 sites have septic Tank (ST), 0 site has no sewage facility and uses a pit for grey water disposing

440. Table 4.119 lists all current vs. suggested infrastructure solutions for each sub-project site.

Table 4.119: Existing and suggested infrastructures at each sub-project site N Sub-Project Location Type of projected Current/Future situation of o components construction infrastructure of Utilities NC/SB/AF Capacity Heating Water Waste Supply water Curr Futu Curre Futur Curre Futur ent re nt e nt e 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1 Nalaikh TVET Nalaikh district NCSB CH CH CWS CWS CSS CSS 2 Murun town, Khuvsgul NCSB CH CH DW CWS ST CSS Khuvsgul TVET province W 3 Ulaanbaatar Bayangol district, UB NCSB CH CH CWS CWS CSS CSS Polytechnical College city 4 Zuunkharaa town, NCSB CH CH DW DW ST ST Zuunkharaa TVET Mandal soum W W 5 Bayanchandmani Bayanchandmani NCSB HOB HOB DW DW CSS CSS TVET's farm yard soum, Tuv province W W 6 NCSB HOB HOB DW DW ST ST Arkhangai TVET Tsetserleg town W W 7 Bayankhongor TVET Bayankhongor town NCSB CH CH CWS CWS CSS CSS 8 Darkhan-Urguu TVET Darkhan city NCSB CH CH CWS CWS CSS CSS Remark: NC-New Construction, SB-Separate Building, AF-Additional Floor, CH-Central Heating, CWS-Central Water Supply, CSS-Central Sewage System, DWW-Deep Water Well, HOB-Heat Only Boiler, ET-Electric Heating, GAWDS- Ger Area Water Distribution System and HT-Holding Tank, ST-Septic Tank.

441. Emissions from heat only boilers that use coal burning to generate heating (such as TVET schools in Arkhangai and Bayanchandmani42) (Annexure Table A1.3) will comply to the maximum allowed levels of SO2, NO2 and CO required by WHO Ambient Air Quality Guidelines and the national air quality standard MNS4585:2016 (Table A4-3 in Annexure 4),

Audit and corrective Action Plan for heating and Power Supply in Existing facilities (project buildings for expansion) 442. Power and heating engineers of the PIU worked at the all TVET schools to determine whether the existing power and heating facilities are sufficient in capacity and quality. As result of the inspection, following actions were included in the project scope:

42 The Bayanchandmani TVET school has a boiler with a capacity of 3.6 metric tons which is placed within a separate house made of brick in the school premise. Its boiler is made in Russia and was newly installed in 2016. The Arkhangai TVET school has two boilers with a capacity of 1.2 metric tons each that is placed within a separate house made of block materials in the school premise. Its boiler is made in China and was newly installed in 2018.

142

• New boiler equipment43 will be provided to Arkhangai and Bulgan TVET schools. Capacity and quality of boiler buildings at these 2 TVET schools are sufficient, thus no any extension is required. Only the boiler equipments inside the boiler buildings are old, thus will be replaced with new equipments. • Small scale power transformer equipments will be provided for TVET schools in Bayanchandmani, Uvurkhangai, Nalaikh, Khuvsgul, Dornogobi, Zuunkharaa and UB Polytechnical college. No any extension of power equipment buildings are required at these schools, only new transformers will be provided. • Bayanchandmani TVET schools is instructed to collect ash generated from HOB in closed containers before disposing to the approved landfill site.

4.7.2 Shifting of Power Distribution Poles and lines 443. Power transmission poles at 3 TVET schools need to be relocated: Arkhangai, Nalaikh and Bayankhongor. All these power transmission poles are located within the schools yard and are used to supply electricity to the school buildings only. Since these power poles are not a public utility, no other entities or households will be affected by the relocation works. It is recommended that these power transmission poles at the 3 TVET schools to be relocated during the summer vacation period or during the weekend days when the schools are closed. A professional electric/power engineering firm with special permission issued by the Ministry of Energy shall be hired or sub-contracted to carry out the relocation tasks. Sample photo of the existing power transmission poles that need to be relocated is shown below.

Figure 4.44: Power distribution line which needs to be relocated, Bayankhongor TVET

43 IFC General EHS Guideline and Thermal power EHS guideline requirements are applicable to boilers with capacity more than 3MWth. However, the new boilers provided within the project are mini-scale boilers with capacity of 0.048MWth and 0.488MWth, thus do not fall in the IFC requirement range. These boilers will meet relevant domestic regulations and standards (MNS 5919:2008. Mongolian national standard on maximum acceptable levels of air pollutants from the steam and hot water boilers attached in Annxeure 4).

143

4.7.3 New Wastewater Treatment Facility at Bayanadchandmani TVET 444. A water sample was taken from the treated water from the waste water treatment facility of Bayanchandmani TVET in November, 2018. The test results are shown in below tables. Table 4.101 shows the Bacterial test results for the waste water sample of Bayanchandmani TVET

Table 4.119: Bacterial test results in the treated water sample of Bayanchandmani TVET Relevant Bacterial test Unit of measurement and Test results Mongolian parameters requirement Standard MNS5668: 2006 Number of bacteria Detected units per milliliter 8x106 units of bacteria Microbiological detected detected Testing E.Coli Detected units per milliliter 1x105 units of E.Coli Methodology detected Infectious bacteria Shall not be detected per 25 Not detected. milliliter

445. Bacteria and E.Coli were detected (quality in red) in bacterial testing for the treated water sample from the waste water treatment facility of Bayanchandmani TVET. Bacterial pollution and contamination test analysis was made for the treated water sample at the central laboratory of the Specialized Inspection Agency of Mongolia.

Table 4.120: Contamination test results for the treated waste water sample of Bayanchandmani TVET Relevant testing Parameters of Unit of Test results Allowed levels methodology contamination measurement testing MNS ISO6777:2001 Nitrate mg/l 1.63 -

144

Relevant testing Parameters of Unit of Test results Allowed levels methodology contamination measurement testing MNS ISO10523:2001 pH 7.76 6.5 – 8.5 MNS ISO9297:2005 Chloride mg/l 29.58 - MNS ISO6060:2001 COD mgO/l 376.85 50 MNS ISO 5815:2015 BOD mgO/l 65.84 20 MNS ISO11923:2001 TSS mg/l 110.5 50 MNS ISO5597:2006 Sulfide (S2) mg/l 0.00 0.5 MNS ISO11083:2001 Cromium (Cr) mg/l 0.18 0.00 MNS ISO9963-1:2005 Alkalinity mmol/l 0.00 - MNS ISO7150-1:2006 Ammonium (NH3) mg/l 3.44 6

446. The test results show that values of four parameters, including COD, BOD, TSS and Cr, have exceeded the maximum allowed level. Based on the bacterial and contamination test analysis, it can be concluded that the currently operating waste water treatment facility of the Bayanchandmani TVET, which was built in 1969, can not treat waste to a level that meets standard requirements. It causes bacterial and pollution to the surrounding environment.

447. Thus, a new waste water treatment facility or septic/holding tank shall be provided to the Bayanchandmani TVET school. Type and details of proper waste water facility shall be decided during the detailed design.

145

5.0 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

448. In the following chapter, impacts and mitigation measures are described. They have been divided into pre-construction phases (location specific and design phases), construction phase, and operation phase impacts. The chapter is structured according to activities.

5.1 Impacts and Mitigation Measures During Project Location and Design 449. All buildings shall be designed in compliance with relevance to the Government of MШЧРШХТa’s design standards and codes for energy-efficient, safe buildings, including but not limited to: Mongolian national standards (MNS) 3838: 2008 and Construction standard package # 91.040. World BaЧk’s EHS guidelines 2007 standards will apply in-case where the Mongolian standards are less stringent.

450. As per current estimates, all proposed subproject locations are located at geologically stable areas and have no foundation related problems except one TVET school where permafrost survey is required. No land acquisition is required for TVET Schools as existing TVET School land is available. Shrubs and trees may be uprooted and transplanted inside the TVET school premises.

5.1.1 Green Building and Energy Efficiency 451. The building design must include green building and energy efficiency features as listed in Section 4. Use of more energy efficient smokeless heat only boilers (HOBs) may have to be mandated in bidding documents. Alternatively, the design must include alternatives to HOBs such as electric floor heating that can be controlled using heating control regulators.

452. Type and scale of insulation to be installed in the building will be designed by the Construction Company as per norms followed in Mongolia. The design must lead to introduction of other energy efficiency elements (heat meters; heat insulation that meets the requirements on Mongolian Energy Efficiency Regulations; LED lighting; triple glazed windows) etc.

5.1.2 Associated facilities: 453. There are no associated facilties for the project. All Project facilities, whether demolished or the the newly extensions built at the existing TVET schools will be connected to the existing utilities and services (water supply, power supply, solid waste and wastewater collection and disposal). Environmental due diligence has fully covered for examination of anticipated impacts in the operational period and includes confirmation of existing utilities and services capacities, their compliance record, and their readiness to accept and treat the linked project faМТХТtТОs’ wastewater, solid waste, and medical waste; and to provide acceptable quantities and quality of water supply (See Annexure Tables A1.3-5). The current municipal services were assessed. and it is concluded that incremental water supply, wastewater and solid/medical waste generation resulting from the Project will not overburden existing services.

454. The PIU must confirm from concerned authorities of various linked facilities such as landfills to accept solid waste, and power, heating, water, wastewater facilities to each of the TVET Schools on their ability to deliver required services and without interruptions. Any underground utilities such as heating pipes, sewage drainage, water pipeline etc. if disconnected at the premises will be restored before TVET School reopens after vacation. No Asbestos Containing Materials (ACM) will be removed, repaired or demolished (See Annexure Table A1.2). Any components that have ACM as associated facilities will not be undertaken for project funding. because there is no specialized company which deals with ACM is available in Mongolia. The specialists from Specialized Inspection Agency have conducted asbestos detection inspection at the UB TVET. Attached is the report in Annexure 8 describing that Asbestos is not present in the facility to be demolished. Therefore, chances are low according to the assessment, and also if it is found, the amount of ACM may be not significant to warrant removal through hiring of specialized company from outside Mongolia and consequently its disposal will be unscientific in nature due to non-availability of disposal landfills. Therefore it is not delay project implementation due to any associated project facility.

146

5.1.3 Rehabilitation of old buildings 455. Annexure 1 lays out details of infrastructure that requires rehabilitation such as installation/provision of modern fire control systems/firewalls, smoke alarms, building insulation, possible plumbing and/or heating systems upgrades. The PIU and the construction company must ensure that proper design be implemented in the expansion TVET Schools so that the infrastructure become coherent, and complies to national and international health and safety norms.

5.1.4 Ambient Air Quality 456. Given the low ambient air quality (noticeable in Section 4), it is proposed to introduce Air conditioners, air purifiers inside the TVET Schools to provide safe ambient air quality inside the buildings. The design engineers will propose appropriate filters during design.

5.1.5 Sanitation Systems 457. The design improvements in the project require upgrading of sanitation facilities where access to the municipal sanitation system is not possible, septic systems are to be installed to reduce the requirement for vacuum truck clearance to a minimum. A “sОptТМ tank sвstОЦ” is a small-scale sewage treatment system common in areas that lack connection to main sewage pipes provided by local governments or private corporations. The term "septic" refers to the anaerobic bacterial environment that develops in the tank which decomposes or mineralizes the waste discharged into the tank. Septic tanks can be coupled with other onsite wastewater treatment units such as bio filters or aerobic systems involving artificially forced aeration. Since septic systems require large drain fields, they are not suitable for densely built cities. Periodic preventive maintenance is required to remove solids that remain and gradually fill the tank, reducing its efficiency. TVET Schools in Arkhangai, Zuunkharaa and Khuvsgul are using septic tanks due to physical limitations

5.1.6 Restoration of spaces 458. Associated impacts on any work/play area outside each TVET School building inside its premises used for storage and workmen office will be restricted to the construction phase and will be temporary in nature. After construction is complete, the playground or any other play areas within the premises will be repaired and can be used again.

5.1.7 Demolition 459. One TVET expansion at Ulaanbaatar will require demolition of one old workshop building which is built inside the college owned land. The specialists from Specialized Inspection Agency have conducted asbestos detection inspection at the UB TVET. Attached is the report in Annexure 8 describing that Asbestos is not present in the facility to be demolished.

5.1.8 Climate Change 460. All facilities shall be properly sited to minimize the risk of scouring that may result from increase intensity of precipitation as a result of future climate change.

5.2 Impacts and Mitigation Measures During Pre-Construction Stage 5.2.1 Land acquisition 461. The proposed project site in the TVET School premises НШОsЧ’t require any land acquisition since the project would be implemented at the TVET School’s own vacant land. No precious ecological issue is involved with this project. However, following measures will have to be taken prior to the project activities: • Ensure existing drainage facilities are maintained in working condition, • Protect /preserve topsoil and reinstate after construction is completed, and • Repair /reinstate damaged play areas etc. after construction is completed.

147

5.2.2 Temporary Use of Land Impact 462. The mobilization of construction equipment and construction materials will require space for storage and parking of construction vehicles and equipment, construction material storage yards, disposal sites, and labor camps for human resource to avoid environmental impact and public inconvenience.

Mitigation 463. The school locations must comply with the local laws and regulations and need approval from authorities to utilize facilities such as but not limited to access roads, telecommunication, and pipe borne water supply etc. It is important that selection of temporary lands does not infringe upon adjoining residential areas, drainage, natural flow paths, and access roads to garages, schools, hospitals and other amenities in the area. Removal of trees should be minimized during preparation of construction area, access road and other facilities.

5.2.3 Banned substances – Asbestos generated in Expansion (including demolition and construction) projects. 464. Mongolia recently banned the use of asbestos building products, but the management of asbestos containing materials (ACM) remains fairly poor. During site visits, the school management assured no hazardous materials would be involved in construction, repair works. No Asbestos containing materials (ACM) will be removed, repaired or demolished. Any ACM containing component has not been included in project funding. Also, components that have ACM as associated facilities will not be undertaken and all disposal of debris to designated waste sites will be planned by the contractor. Physical inspection of asbestos was conducted by Specialized Inspection Agency of Mongolia and they issued an official letter confirming that no asbestos is found in the UB TVET facility to be demolished is attached in Annexure 8. i 465. Presence of asbestos-cement roofing materials on some existing buildings could be an issue as most buildings are old as construction workers can be exposed to asbestos fibers during roofing modification, repair, or replacement. If present, the existing asbestos-cement roofing sheets need to be removed and disposed of following the internationally-recognized Standard Practice for Maintenance, Renovation and Repair of Installed Asbestos Cement Products (American Society for Testing and Materials [ASTM] E 2394)44. Normally, the design team would design rehabilitation to reduce impact of asbestos roofing disturbance and removal and adhere to the applicable IFC (2007) guidelines for asbestos-containing materials (ACM)45 for its removal and disposal. ACM will not be used as a new material in rehabilitation works or new buildings.

5.2.4 Volatile Organic Compounds 466. Only low or no volatile organic compound (VOC) emitting materials shall be used (including paints, coatings, adhesives, carpet and furniture) to ensure high indoor air quality. Water-based nontoxic, no allergenic paint for drywall or plaster surfaces shall be preferred to latex or oil-based paints.

44 ASTM International. ASTM E2394-11, Standard Practice for Maintenance, Renovation and Repair of Installed Asbestos Cement Products. West Conshohocken, PA, 2011. http://www.astm.org/Standards/E2394.htm. This standard describes work practices that protect worker and community health within the resources available in developing and industrialized countries. As much as possible it relies on readily-available tools, equipment, and supplies, and techniques that require careful and diligent workmanship but not the services of highly-skilled tradesmen. The standard is written for construction workers and tradesmen, for those involved in the preparation of contracts and tenders, and for government officials involved in developing regulations to protect worker and community health. 45 International Finance Corporation. Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines, 2007. http://www1.ifc.org/wps/wcm/connect/topics_ext_content/ifc_external_corporate_site/ifc+sustainability/sustainability+fra mework/environmental%2C+health%2C+and+safety+guidelines/ehsguidelines

148

5.3 Impacts and Mitigation Measures During construction stage 467. The project activities during construction phase will involve expansion of TVET School buildings, which will involve excavation for building and equipment foundations, concreting, civil works and erection of equipment, clearing of area including transplanting trees wherever required, and restoring top soil in areas within the TVET School premises. During the operation phase, most of the construction phase impacts will get stabilized and the impacts will be restricted only to the operation and maintenance of the TVET school building.

468. The impacts on the environment from various activities of the project can be categorized as follows: • Impact on Physical Resources o Impact on Topography o Impact on Climate • Impact on Environmental Resources o Impact on Air Quality o Impact on Noise Levels o Impact on surface Water Quality o Impact on ground Water Quality o Impact on Soils and Geology • Impact on Ecological Resources o Terrestrial Ecology o Wild Life o Aquatic Ecology • Impact on Human Environment o Health and Safety o Agriculture o Socio-economics o Resettlement and Rehabilitation o Cultural sites o Traffic and Transport o Interference with other utilities and traffic • Waste Disposal o Solid waste disposal o Liquid waste disposal o Hazardous waste disposal

469. The impacts of the project activities on various environmental attributes are discussed in subsequent sections.

5.3.1 Impact on Physical Resources

5.3.1.1 Topography Impact 470. During the construction period at TVET schools, the most prominent impact on the surface topography will be due to the excavation for foundations, removing of the trees (if any) and erection of buildings. The impact will be irreversible as the present layout of the school site will change due to expansion of buildings at the TVET schools.

471. The construction phase involves site preparation, clearing of existing vegetation and some earthworks for levelling the surface. These activities may cause some negative impacts such as: • Change in Landscape; • Emission of Dust; • Associated noise; and • Improper management of construction debris and solid waste may pose risk to the neighbours.

149

Mitigation 472. Proper EMP measures will be implemented by the Contractor. Further sections discuss the above impacts in greater detail.

5.3.1.2 Climate Impact 473. Design and construction of TVET School buildings should consider ‘МХТЦatО proofing НОsТРЧ’ since the occurrence of earthquakes is gradually increasing in Mongolia. Earthquake resistant design should be incorporated in design consideration of the building. Alternative solutions and final designs should be subject to expert and community consultation.

Mitigation 474. All facilities shall be properly sited to minimize the risk of scouring that may result from increased intensity of precipitation as a result of climate change. However, the overall impact on the climate conditions from the proposed sub-projects both during operation phases will not be significant.

5.3.2 Impact on Environmental Resources 5.3.2.1 Air Quality Impact 475. During the construction phase, the activity would involve excavation for the erection, movement of transporting vehicles carrying the construction materials etc. through the access road in the premises. All these activities would give rise to emission of dust particles thereby affecting air quality marginally at the site which although will be transitory in nature. Though the emissions are temporary and not expected to contribute significantly to the ambient air quality and will be within prescribed limits for industrial regions by National Ambient Air Quality Standards, necessary measures are to be taken.

476. The air quality in the project area may slightly deteriorate for the time being during construction mostly due to dust emission. Dust produced will potentially negatively affect the following: • TVET School students, teachers and general public; and • Adjoining apartment dwellers and other buildings in the vicinity • Community areas – playgrounds, parking areas etc. • Construction workers;

Mitigation 477. Regular sprinkling of water on open surface and dust emitting grounds should be done until paving is done during dry season and keeping all soil, sand, and aggregate piles covered (whether on the site, or on trucks) to minimize the air pollution during the construction stage. If there is any complain of dust emission from students, teachers and neighbours, it should be given proper attention.

5.3.2.2 Noise Levels Impact 478. During the construction phase, the major sources of noise pollution are movement of vehicles transporting the construction material and equipment within and outside the construction site. Most of the access roads at school are wide enough and can be used to bring construction material without obstructing the neighbourhood roads. The major work of the construction is expected to be carried out during the day time however the movement of trucks and concreting may happen in the night to avoid congestion in the area in the day time. There residents living nearby will be exposed to noise generated during day and night during the construction phase.

479. Construction works may cause objectionable noise nuisance to workers, students or teachers. TVET School authority and students must be notified in writing on the date of commencement of construction work at least one month in advance.

150

Mitigation 480. Following measures will help to keep noise and vibration in acceptable level during construction phase: • Contractor shall equip their heavy construction equipment and plants with exhaust silencers to limit the engine noise not to exceed 75 dB (A) (compacters/rollers, loaders and cranes) and regularly maintain all construction vehicles and machinery that should meet the Mongolian National Standards for Noise Emission. • Contractor shall preferably limit working time for activities that create noise within normal waking hours of the public except for construction site near public sensitive receptors. Construction related activities closer to sensitive receptors have to be scheduled in coordination with the residents and relevant authorities. • Contractor and its suppliers of construction materials should strictly implement noise control regulations stipulated for Noise pollution for all construction vehicles and equipment. All machines will be fitted with noise reduction devices. Ulaanbaatar has many construction sites, some of which operate 24 hours a day. Mongolian standards currently establish a maximum environmental noise goal for residential receptors of 55 decibels (A-weighted) (dB (A)) during the daytime and 45dB (A) during the night time, with night being defined as between 22:00- 06:00 hours. Depending on noise attenuation and proximity to the construction works, 24 hour a day construction may breach the National Standard for Noise (MNS 4585:2007). World Bank EHS guidelines 2007 for noise limits will apply as they are more stringent than the Mongolian noise standards.

481. For managing noise nuisance, construction works should be limited to daytime hours and all employees likely to be exposed to ear noise must use ear protectors. However, the noise impacts will be local limited to the premises and very short term. Loud noise may disturb the local resident apartment dwellers during normal hours of waking as well. Due consideration must be given by the Construction Company in consultation with local residents. Noise barriers may be installed by the Construction company to ensure residents are not inconvenienced.

482. During the operation phase of the project, the ambient noise level meets the World Bank EHS guidelines for residential areas (55 dB (A) during daytime and 45 dB (A) during night time).

5.3.2.3 Surface Water Quality Impact 483. The construction and operation of the TVET Schools will not have any major impact on the surface and ground water quality in the area. Proposed construction activities will create temporary impacts to the existing drainage system in the area including in earthen and line drains. Blockages of drains and consequential contamination of surface water may result due to spilling of construction materials and surface runoff from the construction site. Thus, it will create temporary inundation closer to the above locations during rainy season. Stagnation of water will create direct impact on public health. There may be increase in the turbidity levels temporarily where the surface runoff from construction meets the drainage/water body of the area.

Mitigation 484. This can be avoided by careful selection of the raw material and waste material storage at the construction site. Incorporation of following measures will minimize anticipated impact due to obstruction of natural flow paths and existing drainage: • Provisions of temporary drainage facilities to the particular locations if existing drains are obstructed due to construction activities. • Maintenance of all drainage paths by avoiding blockages at all times. • Contractor should minimize excavation of drainage systems in the project affected area.

485. Care shall be taken to locate the temporary construction worker sheds away from the

151

drainage/water bodies. Adequate drinking water facilities, sanitary facilities and drainage in the temporary sheds of the construction workers should be provided.

5.3.2.4 Ground Water Quality Impact 486. Ground water pollution can take place, if chemical substances and oily waste get leached by precipitation of water and percolate to the ground water table. For TVET Schools construction activity, no chemical substance or oil is used hence there is no impact on ground water quality. The silt discharge from the earth work around drains/water bodies, oil, grease and fuel release from the construction vehicles / equipment and spoil from construction and other construction related activities such as raw sewerage from worker accommodation sites will mix with runoff water. This situation will increase during the rainy season and have a critical impact on surface and ground water.

Mitigation 487. Thus, following measures will be required in order to prevent deterioration of water from the construction and construction related activities: • All construction vehicles and equipment should be maintained in proper conditions without any leakages, • Contractors shall use silt traps and erosion control measures where the construction is carried out in close proximity to the water bodies to avoid entering of cement particles, rock, rubbles and waste water to the surrounding drains, • Construction activities requiring digging should be preferably done in the dry season, • Waste oil from construction area should be collected properly and disposed to the approved location.

5.3.2.5 Soil and Geology Impact 488. Project activities including excavation, cut and fill operations, removal of trees and vegetation etc. will enhance the soil erosion during the rainy season. The excavation activity and land clearance in the erosion prone areas have been minimized. Levelling and stabilization of construction sites will be done after completion of construction activity. Also, increased acceleration of surface runoff will damage the topsoil.

Mitigation 489. The impacts associated with excessive erosion and other civil works can be avoided or minimized by following mitigation measures:

• Effort should be taken to minimize removal of trees and green cover vegetation. • Minimize obstruction or destruction to natural drainage pattern of the surrounding area. • Proper treatment of clearing and filling areas against flow acceleration. • Contractors shall restrict cut and fill operation around sharp/deep slope areas. • Top soils which are removed during construction must be stored separately for restoration and future utilization.

5.3.3 Impact on Ecological Resources 490. Since TVET Schools are constructed in government lands, there is no displacement of people or animals. It is also not causing any disturbance to the life of people and local animals and birds movement. There is no national wildlife park, bird sanctuary, wetland in the location of the proposed TVET Schools. The ecological impacts are briefly described in the following sections.

5.3.3.1 Effect on Flora and Fauna Impact 491. None of the declared environmentally sensitive areas is located within the project area. No flora and fauna that are rare, endangered, endemic or threatened will be affected - no migratory paths

152

of small mammals and reptiles may be affected due to construction activities as these are located far away from the project sites. On visual inspection, it seems that small number of trees (approximately 20 in number) will need to be removed at only two TVET Schools. However, noise, vibration and emission from construction vehicles, equipment will occur during construction and pre-construction stages in temporary manner.

Mitigation 492. The impacts related to above activities are temporary and can be mitigated through following measures: • Strict attention on worker force regarding disturbance to surrounding areas. • Selection of safe locations for material storage yards and labor camps away from the environmental sensitive or populated areas. • Avoid entering of construction waste (cement particles, rock, rubbles and waste water) and sanitary waste to the surrounding areas.

5.3.3.2 Wild Life 493. TVET Schools are located in the midst of major settlement areas. Therefore for selected subprojects, there are no wild life areas located. National Park or Protected Areas near Ulaanbaatar and other provinces which are around 7-80 km away from the nearest sub-project site.

5.3.3.3 Aquatic Ecology 494. There are no major rivers or tributaries at the location of subprojects and will not have any impact due to subproject activities on aquatic ecology of the area.

5.3.4 Impact on Terrestrial Ecology 495. There is no sensitive ecological area / protected forest area such as national wildlife park, bird sanctuary site near the proposed sub-project locations. The removal of herbaceous vegetation from the soil and loosening of the top soil generally causes soil erosion. However, such impacts would be primarily confined to the project site during initial periods of the construction phase and would be minimized through adoption of mitigation measures like paving and surface treatment and water sprinkling.

5.3.4.1 Removal of Trees Impact 496. The construction works along the location involves land clearance, cutting, filling and levelling that may cause loss of trees. About 15 populous trees at UB Polytechnical College will be affected by the construction works. About 45 trees will be planted within the TVET premises at the front side of the main building.

Mitigation 497. The exact number of trees affected will be known during design survey and preparation of construction drawings. This will be an irreversible impact. However, any tree that will be cut may be transplanted depending on its type and its suitability for transplantation within the TVET School premises. This will minimize the tree loss.

498. It is highly recommended to establish a tree replanting programme which should be undertaken e.g. where two/three trees will be planted when a single tree is cut. The construction company would be responsible for replantation of trees cut from the construction area within the TVET school premises. UB TVET has agreed to plant 45 trees in front of the main building.

5.3.4.2 Effect on Local Road Network Impact 499. Iron bars, concrete materials, piling equipment, etc. will be transported through the local road network to the project site. Transporting of large quantities of materials using heavy vehicles could exceed the carrying capacity of the road. This would lead to physical damages to local road network.

153

Thus, it will be necessary to obtain consent from the road/highway authorities to use local/national highway roads prior to transportation.

Mitigation 500. The Construction Company should properly maintain all road sections, install road signs warning of children crossing etc. which will be utilized for the construction related activities. In the vicinity of construction area, the Construction company will ensure free and safe access roads to each TVET School students and install appropriate road safety signs as necessary in the area.

5.3.4.3 Effect on Visual Aesthetics 501. The proposed project sites have some grass and scrub vegetation that will be affected due to the land development. But with completion of the TVET School building and replanting of vegetation and trees around the building, the TVET School building site should recover the visual aesthetics.

Disposal of Debris Impact 502. As a result of construction related activities, spoil and debris will be generated during the construction stage. Within the project, there will be 1 demolition site. An old, one storey workshop building with sizes of 12m x 72m at UB TVET will be demolished. Around 1250m3 debris will be generated due to the demolition. Improper disposal of the debris will have an impact on the surrounding ecology, public health and scenic beauty.

Mitigation 503. Following measures will minimize the impacts associated with disposal of debris: • Spoil materials (soil, sand, rock etc.) generated from construction activities shall be used wherever possible for site levelling, back - filling etc. Any dismantled and demolished structural materials, if any, should be dumped in accordance to government norms. • Preparation of Disposal Management Plan for the project and selection of the disposal site by excluding locations, which are closer to residential, commercial and public sensitive areas, is necessary by the construction company. Prior approval should be obtained for linked facilities such as dumping grounds / land fill sites from relevant local authorities. • Dumped materials will interfere with the drainage pattern of the area, any water bodies, agricultural lands, marshlands and down slope or any environmental sensitive areas if not planned properly.

5.3.5 Impact on Human Environment

5.3.5.1 Traffic and Transport Impact 504. During the construction phase, traffic disturbance needs to be minimized by avoiding heavy traffic hours, ensuring proper access roads and avoiding road blockage. There will be likely increase in vehicular traffic in the area during construction phase because of trucks ferrying in off construction material and carrying waste material from site. Following are the impacts likely to occur due to increased traffic: (i) Slightly more congestion near the main entrance to the TVET School. (ii) Increased number of vehicles on local roads will result in increased wear and tear of local roads thus reducing lifespan of affected roads. (iii) Pedestrians using local roads will have to exercise more care with increase of vehicular traffic on the said roads. (iv) There will be an increase of exhaust emission from vehicles, which will pollute local atmospheric air. Constant movement of vehicles that transport construction materials will cause increased level of dust and noise during the construction period.

Mitigation 505. Effective traffic management and accident management plan by Contractor needs to be

154

prepared. If the main entrances to the TEVT facilities are used for construction, it could lead to more congestion near the main entrance to the TVET School due to limited entry available at the TVET School site until entire construction is complete. The construction company will post traffic managers at all access roads of the sites and will ensure parking places are not encroached by placing any construction/waste material or parking of construction vehicles.

506. The Construction Company may have to carry the construction material into the site at night or during least congestion period. So, the traffic related congestion and air pollution would be least affected in this case. The Construction company will be mandated as part of its normal construction practises to erect (i) physical safety barriers, (ii) signboards, (iii) allocate safety personel on the sites.

5.3.5.2 Health and Safety - Construction 507. Risks to Community Health and Safety (CHS) and Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) are highest during the construction stage as project activities can affect various environmental, social and behavioural determinants of health. Risks to CHS and OHS can be inter-related, as interactions between construction workers and local community members are unavoidable.

5.3.5.2.1 Community Health Impact 508. When construction work takes place in a public environment, safety measures are often lacking to protect the public. Project activities may create accidental damage to general public as well as construction workers.

Mitigation 509. The construction company will ensure to adopt internationally and nationally adopted safety regulations during the construction of various sub-project near schools, houses, neighbouring community etc.:

• Health and safety issues due to construction activities will be an issue for workers, community, students and staffs. Accident can occur during earth cutting, casting, construction works and installation of heavy machinery if care is not taken in their operation. • The whole work site will have to be fenced off and marked, so as to prevent the access of local community, in particular residents and children in the vicinity of construction sites. When land clearing is complete, the work area is finished, and facilities are in place, all of the above impacts and risks will be neutralized.

510. The increase in construction traffic, especially of heavy goods vehicles, along the road local networks will affect road safety and the risk of road traffic accidents and injuries. This risk is higher for pedestrians and near vulnerable receptors such as schools and other social services. The construction company must focus on the traffic safety awareness campaigns to communities that live and communes along transportation corridors, imposing speed limitations with zero tolerance clauses in the worker codes of conduct for non-compliance, traffic signs on entry and exit points of the construction site, signs of caution about movement of transportation machinery.

511. Construction traffic and construction works on the various sites will generate noise. Construction-related day-time noise, as well as annoyance and other health effects in the general population around the various construction sites. Night-time noise associated with night-time construction traffic and offloading can cause sleep disturbance and therefore will be limited and as per agreement with local community. Mitigation measures can address community health and safety risks and impacts associated with increased air pollution, noise and traffic during the construction phase.

5.3.5.2.2 Occupational health and Safety Impact 512. The objective of occupational health and safety is to provide workers with safe and healthy

155

working conditions and prevent accidents, injuries, and disease. It also covers the establishment of preventive and emergency preparedness and response measures to avoid, and where avoidance is not possible, to minimize, adverse impacts and risks to the health and safety of local communities. It is therefore a combination of occupational health and safety of staff/workers at the subproject facilities and community health and safety of people living nearby or potentially affected by failures or poor operation of facilities. Health and safety impacts will be in terms of risk of accidents and exposure to electric shock at the construction site.

Mitigation 513. Necessary training regarding safety aspects to the personnel working at the TVET Schools will be provided by the construction company. The workers should wear PPE (Personal Protective Equipment), safety goggles etc. during construction period and during the maintenance work. First aid facilities will be made available with the labor gangs and doctors called in from nearby towns when necessary. Article 16 of the National Constitution of Mongolia states that every employee has the right tШ ‘suТtaЛХО МШЧНТtТШЧs Шf аШrk’. TСО РШЯОrЧЦОЧt aНШptОН a NatТШЧaХ PrШРraЦ fШr OММupatТШЧaХ SafОtв and Health Improvement in 2001 and national standards are also adopted such as the National Standard on Occupational Health and Safety MNS 5002:2000.

514. The contractors will also implement precautions to protect the health and safety of construction workers. The occupational health and safety risks will be managed by applying measures in the following order of preference: avoiding, controlling, minimizing hazards, and providing adequate protective equipment. All workers will undergo a site induction/orientation that will highlight expectations on minimizing impacts to the physical and social environment. There will be an on-site and off-site code of conduct established that will outline roles, responsibilities and consequences for non-compliance. During construction, the EA and the PIU through the Construction Company will engage in public consultations and EMP trainings (listed in Table 7.2) to improve worker and МШЦЦuЧТtв ЦОЦЛОrs’ kЧШаХОНРО, attТtuНОs aЧН praМtТМОs ШЧ СОaХtС aЧН safОtв.

515. Therefore, the Construction Company should take necessary action to enhance personal safety during the construction through following measures: • Organize awareness programmes relevant to personal safety of the workers and general public in the area; • Installation of warning signs to particular locations such as transverse points of local road network by TVET Schools; • Provide protective safety belts, footwear, helmets, goggles, eye-shields and clothes to workers depending on their duty; and • Arrangement of proper first aid unit and transport facilities to take injured people to the hospitals. • Health and safety issues due to construction activities will be an issue for workers, students, teachers and others. Accident can occur during earth cutting, casting, construction works and installation of heavy machinery if care is not taken in their operation. • The whole work site will have to be fenced off and marked, so as to prevent the access of TVET School children and neighbours to the construction site. When land clearing is complete, the work area is finished, and facilities are in place, all of the above impacts and risks will be neutralized.

5.3.5.3 Sanitation Hazard & Drinking Water Impact 516. The health of the project personnel, construction workers and laborers at the site could be impacted if arrangement of sanitation and drinking water is not ensured adequately and properly. The project activities shall make higher demand on the local utilities and service facilities particularly construction and drinking water, health and sanitary facilities.

Mitigation

156

517. Most workers will be local residents at the project sites but some of the workers might come from other regions and may stay in nearby accommodation planned by the Contractor. The Contractor needs to develop occupation health and safety plan for those workers from other regions as per EMP. Impacts related to creation of new sewage pit for the Khuvsgul TVET must be monitored closely.

5.3.5.4 Emergency response during construction 518. The Construction Company must train its project personnel, construction workers and laborers, TVET School teachers and staff to have knowledge of sufficient emergency response systems put in place. Fire safety management training and mock drill should be practiced periodically and emergency equipment and facilities like fire extinguisher/water hose, first aid etc. must be available to manage fire hazard or any medical emergency.

5.3.5.5 Temporary Outage of the Electricity/other utilities 519. Since the work will be done inside TVET school premises, there will be no temporary disconnection of power supply/any other utility during the construction activities for the general public and the apartment dwellers for TVET schools in UB, Nalaikh, Darkhan, Bayanchandmani and Zuunkharaa. However, power transmission poles and lines within the school yard of Bayankhongor, Arkhangai and KСuЯsРuХ TVET’s ЧООН tШ ЛО rОХШМatОН ЛОfШrО МШЦЦОЧМОЦОЧt Шf МШЧstruМtТШЧ, аСТМС will cause a temporary disconnection of power supply of the school facilities. However, such power line relocation activities will not affect surrounding settlements, entities or households. For other utilities, the chance of outage is minimal.

5.3.6 Socio Economics 5.3.6.1 Agriculture 520. There is no land acquisition of agricultural land for the TVET School projects.

5.3.6.2 Local Employment 521. Construction of TVET Schools will generate local employment, as number of unskilled laborers (both men and women) will be required at the time of construction activities. Local employment during this period will increase socio-economic standards.

5.3.6.3 Resettlement and Rehabilitation 522. For the construction of TVET Schools, no land acquisition is required; hence there is no resettlement and rehabilitation involved in the project.

Access to facilties 523. However, the Ulaanbaatar Polytechnical College at Bayangol district, UB city would require demolishing existing workshop building and would temporarily block the access road to the seven (7) privately operated garages in the college premises for construction of new workshop building. The following table provides the details:

Table 5.1: Ownership and usage of garages affected by construction at UB TVET. Name of garage Garage No. Relation to the UB TVET Type of use of the Garage owner 1 Chimeddorj Ex-director of the UB TVET Garage for private car 2 Oyunbyamba Teacher at the UB TVET Garage for private car 3 Zoljargal Teacher at the UB TVET Used as storage, frequently used 4 Batmyagmar Ex-director of the UB TVET Garage for private car 5 Tsedendolgor Ex-teacher of the UB TVET Garage for private car 6 His brother Demchigdorj is Luvsan Ex-teacher of the UB TVET operating a car maintenance, 7 daily used

524. The Construction contractor/PIU shall provide them temporary access or provide temporary parking slots until until construction is complete.

157

5.3.6.4: Cultural sites 525. There are no archaeological, historical or cultural important sites along the location; hence the impacts on these sites are not envisaged.

5.3.7 Waste Disposal 526. The landfill designation would be done by local government after the construction company calculates the waste generation volumes of each type of waste. Waste generation amount will be calculated only after the detailed design works are complete. The local government will accordingly indicate location of the landfill sites when issuing the permission to start construction right before commencement of construction.

5.3.7.1 Solid Waste Disposal Impact 527. The solid waste generation will be at the location at the construction site which will include metal scraps, wooden packing material etc.

Mitigation 528. Wooden waste and metal scrap will be collected and disposed of in compliance with applicable regulations and rules. The quantities will be calculated by the contractor before seeking permission from concerned authorities for their disposal.

5.3.7.2 Sanitary Waste Disposal at Construction Sites and Labor Camps Impact 529. The labor camps at the site of construction will be temporary in nature and the human excreta will not be significant to cause contamination of ground water. Those places where most labor will be staying will be near apartments which may use some community or TVET School facilities for solid waste, water and sanitation. Adequate drinking water facilities, sanitary facilities and drainage in the temporary sheds of the construction workers should be provided to avoid the surface water pollution.

530. There should be proper solid waste disposal procedures to enhance sanitation of workers who stay in camps. Thus, possibilities of infecting water borne diseases or vector borne diseases (Parasitic infections) will be eliminated by adopting proper solid waste disposal procedure. Unacceptable solid waste disposal practices such as open dumping of solid waste and poor sanitation facilities will lead to pollution of surrounding environment, contamination of water bodies and increased adverse impact to the general public inhabited in the area. Surroundings of labor camps, garbage disposal sites and material storage yards provide favourable habitats for diseases. Improper dumping of spoil materials and solid wastes may cause environmental degradation of the TVET School area and students, teachers and neighbouring people will face problems like: bad smell, aesthetically unpleasant environment, diseases etc.

Mitigation 531. Thus, following measures are needed to protect and enhance the quality of environment during the construction stage: • A better way to overcome garbage disposal as mentioned above by reducing or avoiding the construction of labor camps, thus the selection of majority of skilled and unskilled workers from the project influence area will be a proper measure in this regard. • Proper sanitation system should be provided and at the same time, regular, proper and safe disposal of human waste should be ensured. Contractors and workers should obey appropriate means of waste removal and sanitation measures. Adequate number of toilets and bathrooms should be made for the workers, and proper disposal system of sewage waste should be implemented for sanitation purpose and the workers should be made aware to use those facilities. Contractor should provide adequate facilities to manage its wastes in accordance with the guidance given by the Mongolian law on Solid Waste and Law on

158

Construction, and related regulations. • Adequate supply of water should be provided to the urinals, toilets and wash rooms of the аШrkОrs’ aММШЦЦШНatТШЧ • Provision of the solid waste disposal, sanitation and sewage facilities at all site of the construction/labor camps to avoid or minimize health hazards and environmental pollution. • Contractor should handle and manage waste generated from the construction/labour camps without contamination to natural environment and it will reduce risk to general public who stay close to sites. Also, Construction Company should be responsible to enhance the quality of environment. • Contractor should provide garbage bins to all аШrkОr’s accommodation and construction sites, for dumping wastes regularly in a hygienic manner in the area.

5.3.7.3 Liquid Waste Disposal 532. There will be no oil or chemical waste generated during the construction of TVET Schools, hence no mitigation is required.

5.3.7.4 Hazardous Waste Disposal Impact 533. During the TVET Schools construction, generation of any hazardous waste generation is not expected. Any Asbestos, batteries, and solar panels (if used) would constitute waste material that needs to be disposed of as per Mongolian law on Solid Waste and regulations and guidelines related to Hazardous Wastes.

Mitigation 534. No Asbestos containing materials (ACM) will be removed, repaired or demolished. Any ACM containing component has been dropped from project funding. Also, components that have ACM as associated facilities will not be undertaken or dropped from funding.

5.4 Environmental Impacts Associated with Operational Stage

5.4.1 Impact on TVET School Environment Impact 535. During operations, the TVET School building must ensure a better quality of infrastructure for students (both interior and outside) besides better quality of education facilities. Improper heating, washrooms, inconvenient classroom arrangement, poor condition of classrooms, unsatisfactory teacher-student ratio, absence of separate washrooms for boys and girls, suffocation problem etc. are possible adverse impacts that will eventually lead to a poor TVET school environment.

Mitigation 536. The building would be designed to ensure the suitable heating, water, lighting, storage areas, proper ventilation, sufficient toilets & washrooms and support infrastructure. There are no topographical changes envisaged during the operation phase.

5.4.2 Disadvantaged children Impact 537. The disadvantaged children might be at a disadvantage in the existing TVET centers due to physical limitations.

Mitigation 538. The TVET Schools would incorporate certain design improvements required for the disadvantaged children. These would include: (i) disabled access, sanitation and signage (wheelchair access ramps to be included above ground level if deemed appropriate by MLSP; wheelchair access to one toilet cubicle per sanitation block (male and female) to be included; Dual handrails on stairs for

159

small children and adults; Brightly coloured and braille signage to be included). The construction company will ensure proper design to ensure that these are free from any encumbrances, obstruction and defect free in their installation.

5.4.3 Increased demand of utilities-electricity, heating, sewage and drinking water Impact 539. The expansion buildings will require services (notably sewage, water, heating and electricity), which could cause additional demand during periods of low water availability and load-shedding. The proposed building design features that address water and energy conservation would help considerably in this regard. The new buildings will be designed to promote natural ventilation to cut the use of air conditioners. Air conditioners will be installed to maintain temperature, humidity etc. in schools but heating is universal. Facilities for persons with disabilities (PWD) facilities will be added and maintained.

Mitigation 540. The TVET Schools must design a management procedure in coordination with PIU to maintain the septic tanks, individual heat only boiler, water heater, electricity generators (if any) on the premises. They also need to ensure proper funds are available for regular upkeep and maintenance of these facilities. The design engineers would prepare the O&M contracts for sewage treatment facility and sewage tanks.

5.4.4 Impact Due to Solid Waste 541. Operation of the TVET School building will result in production of solid waste, which will require careful storage, separation and handling. Properly marked waste containers should be available at each floor and outside the building. All solid waste will be segregated properly, disposed to the safe places carefully. Sweeping and washing should be done to provide students a waste free healthy environment. It is important that solid waste and sewage from the TVET School building should not be a nuisance to the community. During operations, Waste minimization measures to minimize waste at the source is described as below: • removable waste bins will be placed nearby of key facilities within the school premises. • the TVET Schools set out an internal regulation guides all project staffs to throw waste only at the diversified waste bins such as waste paper, waste glasses and bottles and other. • waste collected in the waste bins shall be disposed to the temporary waste collection point at least once a day. • the TVET School will sign an Agreement on Waste Disposal with the Urban Service Agency of the respective local authorities; in accordance with the agreement, the the Urban Service Agency sends its waste transport truck to the project site once a week to remove the collected waste to the central dumpsite of the respective area.

Figure 5.1: Diversified removable waste bins

160

Management of the waste collection point: • It will be located at least 2 km distance from any surface water bodies. • Protection fencing will be erected around the waste collection point. • The waste collection point will also be divided into separate rooms for industrial waste, food waste and recyclable waste etc. • Regular disinfection shall be made. • Signages must be erected. • In order for easy recognition, all waste bins and containers will have labels. • Waste burning and landfilling around the TVET school is prohibited.

542. The PIU, the City Public Service Company and the Construction Company will provide training on solid waste management to both staff/students to segregate waste by placing separate containers stating waste type before being collected by the City Public Service Company.

5.4.5 Impact due to Liquid Discharge 543. The TVET School building will not create any process liquid. The liquid discharge will be mainly water used for domestic and toilet uses. The domestic liquid waste will be disposed through a septic tank. The project will have planned drainage system to discharge the surface runoff.

544. Workshop/Chemistry laboratory waste: TVET Schools will have some workshop/chemistry laboratory and they will need to manage chemical wastes according to the “Guideline on Methodology and Technology to Dispose, Storage, Transportation, Collection of Chemical Wastes; (2009). Currently, all TVET Schools collect and keep chemicals used for workshops/chemical classes which is disposed of by the District Branch of Emergency Management Agency. The Specialized Inspection Agency monitors this procedure regularly and also registers all chemicals used by TVET Schools.

5.4.6 Emergency response during operations Mitigations 545. The TVET School management will have sufficient emergency response systems in place. The stairs of the building will be well designed and adequate for easy passage of the occupants. Fire safety management training and mock drill should be practiced periodically and emergency equipment and facilities like fire extinguisher/water hose, first aid etc. must be available to manage fire hazard or any medical emergency.

546. Mongolia is usually affected by huge blizzards accompanied with heavy snowfall. The school management would maintain regular contact with National Emergency Management Agency (NEMA)’s ЦaТЧ ШffТМТМО ТЧ UХaaЧЛaatar as well as Provincial Emergency Department. They must assist in providing fuel for workers and staff including tools such as working gloves, pickaxes as well as distributed coal, firewood heating purpose etc.

547. Although the seismicity is relatively low near the vicinity of UB as compared to western Mongolia where there are many active faults. The many small earthquakes associated with these active faults that generate M8 class earthquakes every 50 to 100 years in that region are documented and since the City has to depend on critical facilities like heating plants during winter, there is increasing awareness to identify and reinforce or protect such essential facilities as a part of the disaster preparedness due to eathquakes, snow and blizzards.

5.4.7 Electric Shock Impact 548. This may lead to death or injury to the TVET school staff, students and public in the area if facilities are not constructed properly.

Mitigation

161

549. This can be minimized or avoided by providing security enclosures, establishment of warning signs, and careful design using appropriate technologies to minimize hazards.

5.4.8 Noise Generation 550. There will be minimal nuisance to the community around the TVET Schools due to operations.

5.5 Summary of Impacts 551. Potential environmental impacts (both positive and negative) associated with all project phases were identified in this section and are illustrated by the following Table. Most of the minor, temporary adverse environmental impacts relate to the building construction process, and can be relatively easily mitigated with standard best practices that are increasingly being required of the construction industry. Table 5.2 provides a summary analysis of positive and adverse impacts of the sub-projects.

Table 5.2: Summary Analysis of Positive and Adverse Impacts: 1 Project Activities Positive Impacts (Type) A Pre-Construction i Increasing local Local business will be enhanced due to the construction activities in the businesses area. Local construction companies will be contracted. (Temporary) B Construction i Employment Employment opportunity to local population. (Temporary) C Operation i Socio -economic Development of technical education facilities will help nomadic impact population in the country to send their children for education and thereby may develop the society and neighbourhood. (Permanent) ii State of Art facilities Most TVET Schools building are between 30-40-year-old buildings having inefficient heating, electricity, rusted water and inadequate sanitation. (Permanent) 2 Project Activities Adverse Impacts (Type) A Pre-Construction i Site Access Loss of access to the site for students play area. (Temporary) ii Site preparation, Clearing of vegetation, trees; land development may create problems in clearing and local drainage pattern; emission of dust, Improper management of earthworks construction debris and solid waste may pose risk to the students and others; construction noise (Temporary).

Reduction in visual aesthetics at site, access road, truck traffic, construction equipment and permanent building (Permanent). B Construction i Influx of workers Health & safety of workers at site may pose a risk; concentration of labor force creates un-hygienic condition and sanitation hazard (Temporary). ii Construction Brick/stone crushing and equipment installations may create noise; equipment / materials carrying of construction materials may create traffic congestion; cutting/filling, stockpiling of construction material and traffic movement may create dust emission, improper management of construction debris and solid waste may pose risk to the workers, students and residents (Temporary). iii Vehicle and More congestion near the main entrance to the; increased number of pedestrian traffic vehicles on local roads will result in increased wear and tear of local roads thus reducing lifespan of affected roads; pedestrians to exercise care with increase of vehicular traffic on the adjacent roads and increase of exhaust emission from vehicles (Temporary). C Operation

162

i Generation of Improper solid waste management, sanitation hazard. (Temporary) consumables ii Increased demand Increased risk of water shortages and electricity load shedding. on local services (Permanent) iii Extreme climate Mongolia is earthquake prone area. Fire hazard or any medical events, disasters and emergency may arise during operation of the TVET School. emergency (Permanent)

Impacts on key environmental parameters (Air, Water, Soil and Noise) 552. The Table 5.3 below lists impacts on environment parameters of the sub-project areas where the project will be implemented.

Table 5.3: Impact of key environment parameters # Environmenta Magnit Reason Proposed Mitigation l Parameter ude of Measures Impact # 1 Air Quality Low Insignificant air emission Sprinkling of water, proper from the construction handling of excavated soil, activity except during proper construction material stacking/storage of soil, storage construction material at site. 2 Water Quality Low The project will require The required water will be small quantity of water for sourced from tankers by the construction. All project construction company. components are Domestic effluent shall be connected to centralized discharged in holding tanks sewage system No which will be cleaned regularly hazardous effluent is and waste thrown at urban envisaged to be ЛШНв’s аastОаatОr ЦaЧaРОЦОЧt discharged both during site. construction and operation. 3 Soil Quality Low Land is available-has Construction company to ensure open/vacant areas within proper housekeeping, sanitation the TVET School and cleanliness at work site. premises for expansion projects and proper housekeeping. 4 Noise Quality Mediu The construction activity The TVET Schools shall be m may lead to noise closed for summer vacation pollution during during demolition and shell concreting etc. for the construction of the new building residents of the area. to minimize disruption. Noise Small noise related monitoring will be done at regular installations within shell intervals. No night construction structure may continue activity will be undertaken. beyond TVET School Neighbourhood must be holidays. consulted to determine suitable work timings. 5 Hazardous Low The expansion projects No Asbestos Containing Substance – will not impact the main Materials (ACM) will be removed,

163

# Environmenta Magnit Reason Proposed Mitigation l Parameter ude of Measures Impact # eg. Asbestos, buildings of the TVET repaired or demolished. Due to Volatile Schools. A small single lack of specialised handling Organic floor workshop building capacity in Mongolia for ACM, Compounds will be demolished at UB any components that have ACM (VOCs) TVET. The main as associated facilities will not be buildings will not be undertaken for project funding. affected and no other demolishment will occur in the project 6 Terrestrial Low No ecologically sensitive Tree replantation/transplantation Ecology place (protected to be carried out inside TVET area/reserved School by construction company forest/Important flora and if any trees are cut. fauna species) within 5 km46 radius from each sub-project site. # A low, medium or high magnitude of impacts at the location by any construction activity that would affect the staff, students, residents etc. physically through its implementation. None of the 8 TVET schools locate within any SPA buffer zones. Table 2.7 summarize distances from protected areas.

5.6 Cumulative Impact Analysis of Subprojects

553. The potentially affected environment in the project areas is defined principally in regard to two factors: (i) the nature and scale of the proposed action; and (ii) the sensitivity and circumstances of the environment in which the proposed action will occur or issues of special concern (such as induced aЧН МuЦuХatТЯО ТЦpaМts, ОtМ.). TСО prШУОМt’s arОa Шf ТЧfХuОЧМО rОРarНТЧР pШtОЧtТaХ ТЦpaМts assШМТatОН with noise, dust generation and traffic congestion during construction will extend to areas around the construction zones.

554. For the cumulative impacts assessment, the area was investigated to review if some other projects around the project areas are under construction concurrently, particurally in UB. Some of the TVET schools are surrounded by already existing office buildings, apartments, settlement areas and public roads. However, based on site visits it was found that there are no other construction project is going on around the project sites who could use same access roads or common facilities.

555. There are no physical-geological and hydro-dynamically difficult conditions that may adversely impact the construction. No environmentally sensitive areas were observed near the sites as all infrastructure improvements are located in Ulaanbaatar City and other Aimags/provinces/soums. There are no cultural heritage sites in the project areas.

Densification of area 556. The TVET Schools have sufficient vacant pieces of land required for expansion project in the current premises. Some of these areas identified could be used for playground, parking area or in some cases old buildings. Therefore, the issue of densification of construction in the area does arise but with proper construction planning by architects, adequate care will be taken by the TVET school administration.

46 The Law on Special Protected Areas does not specify any minimum distance but the Monuments Classification says distance to be 0.1-3 km of the territory of Natural, Cultural and Historic Monuments. Therefore for any SPA, the safe distance is assumed to be 5 km for the IEE report.

164

Influence zone of School/Hospital 557. In some areas, where the Kindergarten or primary schools/hospital are located in vicinity (about 100m distance) of the TVET School, the expansion plan is located in the other direction so the distance does not decrease. Figures in Annexure 1b provide details about the affected area for School/hospital. The effective area of influence taken for any school/hospital is a 100 m radius for all impacts – noise, dust, and traffic congestion arising from the construction of the TVET facility.

Noise 558. During construction phase, there is no concurrent construction in any other facility such as school/hospital/commercial building so there will be no amplification of noise to the neighbourhood. The Construction Company will install noise barriers during construction if the residents complain of higher noise incidence from construction activities.

Greenhouse Gas emissions 559. The project would install new heat only boilers in locations where the district heating is not available. However, the discussion were held with MLSP to install electric floor heating and electric boiler for hot water in these TVET schools to avoid handling of coal, ash and its related impacts of using Heat only Boiler.

560. If any new HOBs are installed, assuming that the hours of operation would for 12 hours for 210 days (1 October to 1 May) at the emission rate of 2500g/s for 19 boilers would lead to 17.1 tonnes/annum (Calculated using data from Table 14.2 in Annexure 4). The EHS guideline which states that GHG emission limit for project should not exceed 25,00047 tonnes/annum is well within limits.

47 EHS Guideline, Guidance Note 3 Resource Efficiency and Pollution Prevention, 2012

165

6.0 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

6.1 MLSP Approach for Planning of a Subproject

561. At the planning stage itself, one of the factors that govern the expansion at the established TVET Schools is the availability of scarce land available and the demand for TVET facilities in the cities concerned. Inside each TVET, the preliminary expansion/location selection is done by MLSP based on the school building layout and needs assessment conducted for requirements of new laboratories and equipment.

6.2 Alternatives for Subproject Components

No “BuТlН” Alternative 562. The ‘NШ BuТХН’ alternative in the present case would mean there would be obsolete infrastructure and equipment and shortage of workshops, classrooms and other facilities at proposed TVET Schools and hence, the enhancement of education targets in Mongolia will be hampered. Hence, the 'No build' alternative is unacceptable, and the potential socioeconomic benefits of implementation of such a project far outweigh the adverse impacts, all of which can be controlled and minimized to an acceptable level.

563. Education Sector Development. Expansion (including demolition and construction) of buildings TVET Schools will ensure more access of technical education to students and availability of such facilities at affordable prices. Thus, it will help in development of technical and vocational education sector in Mongolia and will contribute in building of a more educated and efficient nation.

To “BuТlН” Alternative 564. The project has been designed to provide extra space to TVET Schools at its own vacant space adjacent to existing TVET School building, thus involved no resettlement issues. So, there is no logic to find alternative site for the project since it is in the existing TVET School premises.

6.3 Methodology for Sub-project Site Selection: Environmental View 565. Site location selection among alternative sites at each school consider requirements of environmental parameters, availability of logistic support during construction, operation and maintenance of TVET School facilities and specific feasible locations that were identified by the school managements based of their requirement for specilialised training needs.

6.3.1 TVET Schools 566. For selection of appropriate site for TVET Schools, the following points are taken into consideration: • Expansion (including demolition and construction) building selection should consider seismicity and geography of the local area; the expansion area should not be prone to landslide or be unstable. • Construction activities do not adversely affect the population living near the proposed TVET Schools and does not create any threat to the survival of any community with special reference to tribal (herder) community etc. • The location of TVET Schools does not affect any monument of cultural or historical importance. • No resettlement of households, no loss of livelihoods, impact to any sensitive receptors as the TVET SМСШШХ’s existing location is used. • Construction techniques and machinery selection shall be made with a view to minimize ground disturbance. • While planning for TVET Schools, all underground infrastructure – drainage, sewage heating etc. shall be marked to avoid breakage causing seepage/leakages and pollution of water sources. • Construction Company to ensure that noise will not be a nuisance to neighbouring properties.

166

Provision of noise barriers near TVET Schools sites will be made if required. • Security fences will be erected around TVET Schools construction sites. Warning signs shall be displayed at site and road signs to be installed at appropriate locations. • MLSP shall incorporate the best technical practices to deal with environmental issues in its working. • Design of TVET Schools shall be made so as to include modern fire control systems/firewalls. Provision of fire-fighting equipment would be made at locations easily accessible etc. • The location of TVET Schools does not affect any public utility services like power, heating and gas lines, sewage and drainage pipes other underground structures such as hydrocarbon pipelines and unstable ground feature (permafrost etc.). etc. • Minimum cutting of trees and safety of people and property and favourable ground profile. • Avoid any shadow projection onto adjoining buildings due to new structures to be constructed as part of this project • Due consultation with the community and local government units concerned. • None of the TVET schools are located at or in the vicinity of any reserved forest, animal / bird sanctuaries or other sensitive areas.

567. Keeping above in mind, various expansion sub-projects proposed by MLSP officials for funding were taken up for initial assessment of environmental impacts.

167

7.0 INFORMATION DISCLOSURE, CONSULTATION, AND PARTICIPATION

7.1 Consultation Process

568. During the project formulation stage, MLSP has conducted a project scoping exercise and reconnaissance survey of the existing system. Accordingly, during public consultation sessions, considerable dialogue had been held between PIU environmental representatives, individuals, and groups from the community to make them aware of the proposed project.

569. The project-affected community residing beside the proposed TVET Schools has already gained a reasonable knowledge about the potential grievances, which may arise in the future. The community were also informed about the Grievance Redressal Mechanism (GRM), which will be followed by MLSP as per ADB SPS 2009 guidelines.

7.2 Consultation Details

570. During the site visits, the officials and safeguards consultants made numerous observations and held discussions with TVET School managements concerned which would be helpful for project design: (i) location of proper access roads, laydown area for materials to be used by the construction companies to use without disturbing the TVET School working and minimizing utilization of playground areas, (ii) avoidance of underground existing pipes for water, heating, sewage etc. at these proposed work sites, (iii) right of way for construction vehicles and provide traffic safety during construction to local residents living adjoining these TVET Schools, (iv) traffic caused by expansion projects by use of concrete, dump trucks etc. transporting materials inside TVET School premises; (v) traffic safety for children and their parents during operations of TVET School in normal work hours, (vi) lack of safety equipment such as smoke alarms in most old buildings and the need for adequate firefighting extinguishers and imparting evacuation drills and emergency response procedures training, (vii) distances of these TVET Schools from non-sensitive biodiversity areas and cultural heritage sites to ensure no impact, (viii) dust and noise emissions from the construction subprojects and their impacts on TVET School children and apartment dwellers adjoining the TVET School area, (ix) noises from any surroundings areas during construction and operations, (x) any banned substances generated as part of any expansion project such as asbestos etc., (xi) avoid any shadow projection onto adjoining buildings due to new structures to be constructed as part of this project, (xii) Emissions from heat only boilers that use coal burning to generate heating (such as TVET schools in Arkhangai and Bayanchandmani48) (Annexure Table A1.3) will comply to the maximum allowed levels of SO2, NO2 and CO required by WHO Ambient Air Quality Guidelines and the national air quality standard MNS4585:2016 (Table A4-3 in Annexure 4)), (xiii) if insulation works are required in TVET Schools to ensure energy efficiency, i.e. Loss of heat due to old walls (xiv) if any linked/associated facilities are present, (xv) check climate change vulnerability of the location, (xvii) any demolition or major construction works will mostly be done during the summer vacations, and (xviii) no training programs shall use any toxic/harmful substances for training purposes).

571. The team along with officials from TVET Schools also conducted group discussions with the public residing in these subproject areas to sensitize them about project activities, their impacts and got their suggestions between June 22 to August 31, 2018. Annexure 6 indicates a summary of public consultations conducted during the field survey along with socio economic profile in the project affected area.

572. The resident community consulted was requested to air their opinions freely, on the project, its impact, and suggestions for mitigating adverse impacts. People participated in voluntary public

48 The Bayanchandmani TVET school has a boiler with a capacity of 3.6 metric tons which is placed within a separate house made of brick in the school premise. Its boiler is made in Russia and was newly installed in 2016. The Arkhangai TVET school has two boilers with a capacity of 1.2 metric tons each that is placed within a separate house made of block materials in the school premise. Its boiler is made in China and was newly installed in 2018.

168

consultation sessions to express their view about the proposed project. No major environmental issues were raised during the consultation process.

573. Table 7.1 provides summary of public consultations. Table 7.2 summarizes some follow-up actions recommended by the consultees.

Table 7.1 Summary Findings of Public Consultations # Issues Discussed Summary Responses and Suggestions from the Participants 1 Do you support for construction at TVET Nearly all participants (99.8% or 458 out of 459 people) are school? supportive of construction at the TVET schools. 2 Do you have sufficient access to 1Ү3 (3Ү.Ү%) partТМТpaЧts saвs МurrОЧtХв tСОв НШЧ’t СaЯО sufficient access to health service while 262 (57.1%) education services in your community participants replied current access to education in their locality now? is sufficient for them. 3 Will this construction at the TVET 363 respondents (79.1%) answered that construction at the school give any negative impact to your TVET schools will not exert any negative impact for their apartment complex? apartment complex. 4 33.1% of participants expect improved access to education What benefits do you perceive from this services for them while 60.1% expect better equipment and construction? facilities for the TVET schools. 5 Would you have any problem with TVET Ү9.Ү% Шf partТМТpaЧts saТН tСОв НШЧ’t СaЯО prШЛХОЦ аТtС if construction company makes access construction company makes access road in their parking area road in your parking area, dig any or dig pipeline while 17.6% says it might cause a problem. pipeline etc. for repair for diversion? 2.6% of participants did not respond. 6 Would you be having trouble if 351 (76.5%) participants replied dust emission caused by construction causes some dust during construction is not an issue for them while 104 (22.7%) digging and storing in the TVET participants said it might cause a trouble. premises? 7 Will you have a problem if the 369 participants (80.4%) said that construction works during construction company required to work ЧТРСt tТЦО Тs Шk fШr tСОЦ аСТХО Ү9 pОШpХО (1Ү.2%) saТН Тt’s during the night to bringing construction problematic. material and have earthworks that would cause noise? 8 Will you have a problem if the 75.4% of participants replied vibration and noise during the construction activity generates extreme construction will not be a problem for them while 98 people vibration and noise such as concreting, (21.4%) replied it will be a problem. cutting, digging etc.? 9 Are you concerned about Health & 46.8% of participants (215 people) said they will have Safety of children, residents and staff concerns about health and safety children, residents and staffs during the construction? during the construction, while 48.6% (223 people) said they don’t аШrrв aЛШut tСТs. 10 Would you like to participate in safety 365 (79.5%) of participants would be interested in participating monitoring and controlling activities? safety monitoring activities for forming a committee. And Would you be willing to form a Committee to help to TVET school during the construction period? 11 Any other critical environment related 62.1% of participants think there will not be any critical issue and concern by the residents for environment related issue during the construction while 113 the during construction and operation people (24.6%) think there will be issues such as dust and stage? noise. 12 If you have any problem caused by this If they encounter any problem regarding construction, 121 TVET construction, whom would you people (26.4%) will contact their soum/khoroo/district like to contact? (Construction company, administration while 280 people (61%) will contact the TVET TVET administration, urban department administration and 24 people (5.2%) will directly contact the etc.) construction company. 34 people (7.4%) have no idea about whom to contact. 13 What would you expect to improve at 35.1% of participants (161 people) expect a bigger building current building? with increased capacity while 159 people expect better and

169

# Issues Discussed Summary Responses and Suggestions from the Participants modern equipment and devices and 116 people expect connection to centralized heating and water supply networks. 14 Any shops/commercial establishments 85.6% (393 people) of participants think that construction will and industrial activity disturbed by this not disturb any shops/commercial establishments or industrial construction? activity. 15 What other organizations of 307 pОШpХО (66.9%) rОspШЧНОН tСОrО Тs ЧШ suМС tвpО Шf NGO’s environment & nature conservation in their area of living while 107 people (23.3%) said yes there (NGOs/CBOs/ Civil Society) active in are. the area? Name of these organizations Following additional comments are raised during public consultation:

Nalaikh TVET: 1. Erect protection fences and place cautionary signs during construction. 2. Construction shall finish as quick as possible. 3. To have green areas within the TVET.

UB Polytechnical College: 1. Use of access road properly. 2. Traffic safety measures shall be implemented properly. 3. There shall not be any delay in design works and selection of civil works contractor.

Bayanchandmani TVET: 1. Safety management is most important thing during the construction. 2. In order to minimize disturbance on school operation, construction shall start and end during the summer vacation.

16 Zuunkharaa TVET: 1. Occupational and traffic safety measures shall be implemented with 100% execution. Any other issues or comments? 2. Monitor impacts on neighbouring households (nearby girls dormitory). 3. Erect visibility signs during the night time construction

Bayankhongor TVET: 1. Construction safety management is necessary during construction. 2. It would be good if local construction company is chosen for civil works. 3. Duration of construction shall be as short as possible

Arkhangai TVET: 1. Labour safety is important during the construction period. 2. The construction company shall hire as many local workers as possible. 3. The quality of new building shall be good. Khuvsgul TVET: 1. Labour safety is important during the construction period. 2. 70% of construction workforce hired shall be local residents. 3. We need sports gym building. Darkhan-Urguu TVET: 1. Civil works contractor shall engage TVET students in the

170

# Issues Discussed Summary Responses and Suggestions from the Participants construction works for training purposes 2. Safety management is very important during the construction 3. Duration of construction shall be as short as possible

Table 7.2: Summary of Recommendations by the Consultees # Issue Responsible Party 1 Introducing of EMP back to communities surrounding Civil works contractors and the sites for improving their knowledge about their TVET School using responsibilities and participation in monitoring is Advertising budget of EMP important 2 Traffic Management Civil works contractors adhere • The Construction company to ensure proper road to traffic safety measures safОtв fШr rОsТНОЧt’s МСТХНrОЧ НurТЧР construction. specified in EMP • To conduct transportation using a dedicated road in order to ensure safety of the citizens; • To park the vehicles in the dedicated parking space • If any Ger area street road must be used for transportation, the least populated street shall be used 3 Noise Civil works contractors to Not to conduct works that emit loud noise during night adhere to the EMP and also to time citizen council requirements 4 A Committee of citizens, TVET Schools and MLSP for MLSP and TVET School inspecting the quality of the construction and process of Management to form citizen following safety procedures during construction. council 5 • New building of the TVET School must meet the Architect, MLSP and Civil standards and use quality construction materials. works contractors • Ventilation, heating and plumbing system should be taken into serious consideration. • Complete external landscaping and maintenance must be done e.g. fence, road, street lighting and play ground and equipment

Locations and participants 574. Consultation meetings were held at 6 TVET schools in total out of them 8 category B TVET schools that will be under expansion construction. Annexure 6 gives the names of all participants of the public consultation conducted by the team. Consultation details for the 6 sites is also attached (Some documents are being translated). Table 7.3 provides a summary of location and number of participants for the consultations. Consultations were only held at locations where some external work on expansion to the TVET School building will be done.

Table 7.3 Location and Number of Participants of Consultations No Sub-Project Date of Location Number of Participants of components consultation Public Consultations Total Male Female 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 Nalaikh TVET 2018.06.22 Nalaikh district 51 17 34 2 Khuvsgul TVET 2018.08.27 Murun town, Khuvsgul 66 28 38 province 3 Ulaanbaatar 2018.06.27 Bayangol district, UB city 62 38 24

171

No Sub-Project Date of Location Number of Participants of components consultation Public Consultations Total Male Female Polytechnical College 4 Zuunkharaa TVET 2018.06.26 Zuunkharaa town, Mandal 52 17 35 soum 5 Bayanchandmani 2018.06.26 Bayanchandmani soum, 50 17 33 TVET Tuv province 6 Arkhangai TVET 2018.08.31 Tsetserleg town, 72 14 58 Arkhangai province 7 Bayankhongor TVET 2018.07.03 Bayankhongor town 70 28 42 8 Darkhan-Urguu TVET 2018.06.25 Darkhan city 55 28 27 Total: 478 187 291 Consultation Participants by Arranged by Age Groups Dark Nalai UB Arkha han Zuunkh Khuvs Percent Bayankhon Bayanchand kh Polytechn Tot Age groups ngai Urgu araa gul age in gor TVET mani TVET TVE ical al TVET u TVET TVET total T College TVET Below 20 5 2 1 13 7 24 5 57 12% 20-29 11 10 4 2 7 2 1 8 45 9% 30-39 15 20 18 19 20 14 12 24 142 30% 40-49 9 16 10 10 16 13 10 12 96 20% 50-59 15 17 12 10 9 12 14 14 103 22% Above 60 3 5 5 1 1 1 16 3% not answered 14 2 3 19 4% Total 72 70 50 55 52 51 62 66 478 100% participants Consultation Participants by Arranged by Occupation Nalai UB Arkhan Bayankh Bayanchan Darkhan Zuunkh Khuvs Percenta kh Polytech Occupation gai ongor dmani Urguu araa gul Total ge in TVE nical TVET TVET TVET TVET TVET TVET total T College Employed by local 13 9 2 2 2 14 9 3 54 11% administratio n Employed by TVET 23 17 16 20 16 11 21 29 153 32% schools Students of TVET 9 22 12 11 18 10 16 13 111 23% schools Local residents employed in 20 18 17 19 14 12 16 15 131 27% private entities Local residents 4 1 1 1 1 1 9 2% pension age Local residents 3 3 2 2 2 3 5 20 4% unemployed Total 72 70 50 55 52 51 62 66 478 100% participants

172

7.3 Information Disclosure

575. IЧ ХТЧО аТtС AөB’s PuЛХТМ ӨШЦЦuЧТМatТШЧs PШХТМв, MLSP is required to ensure that relevant project information about environment safeguard issues is made available during the initial stages to affected people and other stakeholders, including the general public at Aimag/district headquarters where it is publicly accessible in Mongolian language and any other vernacular local language. ADB and MLSP will also upload and display the IEE documents for their respective websites.

576. Incorporation of the environmental concerns of affected persons (APs) through the public consultation in the decision-making process will avoid or minimize conflict situations during the implementation process as well as enable them to provide meaningful inputs into the project design and its implementation. During implementation period, MLSP through the TVET Schools/construction Company can conduct public consultation and information disclosure through public meetings and notice.

577. After finalization the IEE reports documenting the mitigation measures and consultation process will be submitted to MLSP aЧН AөB aЧН аТХХ ЛО НТsМХШsОН ШЧ AөB аОЛsТtО. IЧ ХТЧО аТtС AөB’s Public Communications Policy, MLSP is required to ensure that relevant project information about environment safeguard issues is made available during the initial stages to affected people and other stakeholders, including the general public at Aimag/Soum headquarters where it is publicly accessible in Mongolian language. ADB and MLSP will also upload and display the IEE documents for their respective websites.

7.4 Future Consultation Plan

578. Incorporation of the environmental concerns of affected persons (APs) through the public consultation in the decision-making process will avoid or minimize conflict situations during the implementation process as well as enable them to provide meaningful inputs into the project design and its implementation. During implementation period, MLSP through the TVET School managements/Contractor can conduct public consultation and information disclosure through public meetings and notice. The Contractor and PIU shall conduct public consultation once per year during Constuction and Operations until the Project Completion Report is issues.

173

8.0 GRIEVANCE REDRESS MECHANISM

8.1 Grievance Channels (Framework) 579. During public consultation sessions of the IEE study, the discussions with apartment dweller groups and individuals were conducted to make them aware of the proposed project. Thus, the project-affected community residing beside the proposed TVET Schools has already gained a reasonable knowledge about the potential grievances, which may arise in future.

580. The public was informed that there will be no involuntary acquisition of land, or involuntary restrictions on land use which result in physical displacement and economic displacement. After construction of TVET School, the land used will be restored back to its original use.

8.2 Time Frame 581. A community awareness programme must be conducted one month prior to construction by the Project Implementation Unit (PIU) of MLSP regarding the scope of the project, procedure of construction activities, utility of resources, identified impacts and mitigation measures. These awareness programmes will help the community to resolve problems, clarify their distrusts related to the proposed project at initial stage. The Community should be informed about the Grievance Redress Mechanism (GRM), which is already established as per MLSP and Government of Mongolia procedure for making complaints, including the place and the responsible person to contact in practical way in this regard. Almost all the stakeholders related to the GRM will also be aware of the established grievance process, the requirement of grievance mechanism, goals, benefits, relevant laws regulations etc.

8.3 The Grievance Redress Mechanism 582. MLSP does not have any specific Environment or Social Safeguards Policy currently. ADB procedures require MLSP to establish a Grievance Redressal Mechanism (GRM) for Environment having suitable grievance redress procedure for the project affected persons. The GRM would aННrОss affОМtОН pОrsШЧs’ МШЧМОrЧs aЧН МШЦpХaТЧts prШЦptХв, usТЧР aЧ uЧНОrstaЧНaЛХО aЧН transparent process that is gender responsive, culturally appropriate, and readily accessible to the affected persons at no cost. This GRM consists of a Grievance Redress Committee (GRC) for Environment headed by the PIU Coordinator who is permanent official of the EA and supported by District/Soum officials, and PIU environment specialist. The committee has the following constitution as listed in Table 8.1:

Table 8.1: Constitution of Grievance Redress Committee 1 PIU Coordinator Chairman 2 District/Aimag Labor officer/TVET School Management 3 PIU ESC/ PIU Safeguards Officer 4 ӨТtТгОЧs’ ӨШuЧМТХ rОprОsОЧtatТЯО aЧН ШЧО аШЦОЧ representative 5 Representative of Construction Company 6 Affected Person

583. This Grievance Redress Mechanism (GRM) would provide an effective approach for resolution of complaints and issues of the affected person/community. Project Implementation Unit (PIU) shall fШrЦuХatО prШМОНurОs fШr ТЦpХОЦОЧtТЧР tСО GRM aЧН PIU’s ОЧРТЧООrТЧР staff sСaХХ uЧНОrtakО GRM’s initiatives that include procedures of taking/recording complaints, handling of on-the-spot resolution of minor problems, taking care of complainants and provisions of responses to distressed stakeholders etc. paying particular attention to the impacts on vulnerable groups.

584. During Construction period, the GRM can have multiple tiers for grievance redress i.e. at Construction Company level, the district TVET School administrations levels; and/or the PIU level, or by courts.

174

• Stage 1: Access to GRM. If a concern arises, the affected person (AP) [residents, government official, worker of contractor, etc.] may contact the TVET School administration and the construction company. They will register APs complaint giving all details, grievance issue, solution offered and the APs decision if he would like to resolve the issue of concern directly with the construction company, or make his/her complaint known to either the PIU directly, or through the bagh or soum/whichever level of authority he/she is most comfortable with. If the AP files the complaint at bagh/soum level, the bagh/soum representative will forward it to the PIU.

• Stage 2: Official Complaint to PIU. The PIU will register the complaint, and must assess its eligibility. If the complaint is not eligible, e.g. related to an issue outside the scope of the project, PIU will provide a clear reply within two working days to the AP. It the complaint is related to the scope of the project, the PIU will inform the AP accordingly and as well as inform the respective aimag, construction company, the Steering Committee and ADB of the complaint. The PIU, with support of the loan implementation consultants will take steps to investigate and resolve the issue. This may involve instructing the construction company to take corrective actions. Within seven days of the redress solution being agreed upon, the contractor should implement the redress solution and convey the outcome to the PIU and notify ADB. However, if AP is still not satisfied or if no solution can be identified by the PIU , the complaint shall be sent to Stage 3.

• Stage 3: GRC Meeting. ADB will be informed of the complaint at the beginning of the stage. Within two weeks of the complaint being referred to Stage 3, the head of PIU Coordinator will ШrРaЧТгО a GRӨ ЦООtТЧР tШРОtСОr аТtС ХШМaХ aТЦaР/НТstrТМt ШffТМТaХs, МТtТгОЧ’s МШuЧМТХ, аШЦОЧ representative, construction company representative, environment specialist and the AP. The meeting should result in a solution acceptable to all, and identify responsibilities and an action plan. The construction company should implement the agreed redress solution and convey the outcome to the GRC within seven working days;

• Stage 4: Aimag Governor Resolution/Court of Law. However, if the GRC meeting cannot resolve the problem and the AP is still unsatisfied, the PIU will set up a meeting with the aimag Governor to identify a solution. For the solution provided by the Governor and agreed by the AP, the construction company must develop an implementation plan within 7 days for approval Лв tСО GШЯОrЧШr. TСО GRM аТХХ ЧШt ТЦpОНО aЧ AP’s НОsТrО tШ aММОss УuНТМТaХ rОЦОНТОs.

585. The PIU will keep records of all grievances received including: contact details of complainant, date that the complaint was received, nature of grievance, agreed corrective actions and the date these were effected, and final outcome. The PIU will issue public notices to inform the public within the project arОa Шf tСО GRM. TСО PIU’s pСШЧО ЧuЦЛОr, faб, aННrОss, ОЦaТХ aННrОss аТХХ ЛО disseminated to the people at the bagh and soum levels. The PIU will have facilities to maintain a complaints database and communicate with construction company, construction supervision engineers, the environmental inspectors of the local offices of GASI, local aimag environmental authorities and representatives of affected Aimags/soums.

586. This grievance procedure would also be applicable for workers at the sites besides the public. The Construction Contractor would erect suitable signage at the work sites along with proper contact details for registration of any grievance.

587. Procedures and timeframes for the grievance redress process are as follows and shown in Figure 8.1.

175

* (Affected person can take the matters to Court of Law at any point of GRM) PIU-Project Implementation Unit Figure: 8.1 - Flow chart showing Grievance Redress Mechanism for Environment

588. The GRM will be in place for the first year of operations; and will utilize the above mentioned GRM procedure for grievance redressal. TСО GRM аТХХ ЛО ХТЧkОН tШ tСО МТtТгОЧ’s РrТОЯaЧМО МОХХ at office of Mayor of each Aimag, soum for a centralized system of receiving, referring, solving and responding to public grievances.

589. If APs want to register a complaint with the ADB, the Focal Person will provide the complainants the following contact information:

176

• ADB National Environment and Social Safeguards Focal Point Resident Mission of Asian Development Bank in Republic of Mongolia; Tel: +976 11 313440 / 323507 / 329836

Or/And

• ADB Special Project Facilitator Asian Development Bank Email: to be access from www.adb.org/site/accountability-mechanism/contacts Fax number: (63-2) 636-2490

• ADB Office of the Compliance Review Panel Asian Development Bank 6 ADB Avenue, Mandaluyong City, Metro Manila, Philippines Tel. +63 2 632 4336, Fax + 63 2 636 2088, E- mail: [email protected]

177

9.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

9.1 Critical Environmental Review Criteria (i) Loss of irreplaceable resources 590. The TVET School projects do not involve any large-scale excavation and land Thus, there will be no net “BТШНТЯОrsТtв LШss” due to project implementation due to felling of trees.

(ii) Accelerated use of resources for short-term gains 591. The project will not use any natural resources occurring in the area during construction, operation and maintenance phases. The construction material such as steel, cement, etc. shall come from factories while the excavated soil shall be disposed in designated waste management sites designated by urban body. Thus, the project shall not cause any accelerated use of resources for short term gains.

(iii) Endangering of species 592. No endangered species of flora and fauna exist in the project area and there seems to be no possibility of endangering/causing extinction of any species.

(iv) Promoting undesirable rural-to urban migration 593. The project will not cause any submergence or loss of land holdings that normally trigger migration. It also does not involve acquisition of any private land holdings. Hence, there is no possibility of any migration.

(v) Increase/decrease in affluent/poor income gap 594. The project will increase availability of education facilities to the neighbourhood communities. Several vulnerable communities are also going to be benefitted due to these facilities. Thus, the project is expected to contribute in reduction of affluent/poor income gap by providing education opportunities for children of “СОrНОr” nomadic population thereby making them equal footing into mainstream of economic streams in future.

9.2 Emergency Response, Disaster Management, Health and Safety, Training

Emergency Response 595. An emergency response plan to take actions on accidents and emergencies, including environmental and public health emergencies associated with hazardous material spills and similar events will be prepared, and submitted to the PIU for review and appraisal. A fully equipped first-aid box in each construction site will be provided.

596. A site-specific emergency response plan will be prepared. This will define protocols to be followed in the event of emergencies or disasters in order to limit the impact on the employees and the local community. The plan will address both on-site and off-site emergency situations due to the operation of the project. The plan will disclose potential disasters and potential risks during construction and operations to the local community as well as the plan of action on emergency protocol in the event of any such eventuality. This will also include awareness programs for the school personnel, local community and local administration.

597. A training and rehearsal of the emergency response by emergency team members and personnel on site will be done regularly.

Disaster Management 598. Though there have been no major earthquake in recent years, small to moderate earthquake have been felt in Mongolia. The flood risk in Ulaanbaatar, Dharkan and other Provinces is lower than that of other parts of the country. Aimag level Emergency Management Agency has been formed under the National Emergency Management Agency of Government designated to take care of

178

disaster management issues. Disaster resilient features49 will be built into expanded and refurbished TVET Schools. The facilities will have sound seismic design to withstand earthquakes, winter snow storms, improved flood control and precipitation resistant features for all the proposed TVET Schools.

Health and Safety Issues Management 599. To avoid/ minimize inherent risks during construction, operation and maintenance, the construction company will follow national and international Environment, Health and Safety Procedure for construction and expansion of TVET Schools and the Operations and Maintenance (O&M) period. Some other implications and mitigations from safety point of view are listed in Table 9.1 below:

Table 9.1: Safety Implication and Mitigation No Implication Mitigation 1 Falling object accidents Proper signs to avoid areas where falling objects can hurt passer-byes, TVET School children etc. 2 Open construction Construction company to install metal sheet barriers that boundary are high enough to make a boundary so that children, residents cannot get unauthorized access into construction sites. 3 Electrical shock/fire due to Ensure all access points to the TVET Schools do not have any open wiring at any open electrical connections/wires lying in open construction site 4 Fatal accidents at TVET Ensure all area is fenced and movement of construction School due to movement and unloading happens before or after when classes at of construction vehicles the TVET school start. and construction machinery gates during construction

Training Programs 600. The training program will be developed by PIU team comprising of PIU ESC who will be contracted with PIU during project implementation. Each of training should last 1 day with specific program and should include interactive problem solving tasks.

601. Trainings on EMP implementation for Construction Company, Emergency Response systems for all emergency situations, Occupational Health and Safety etc. are proposed to be held as per training program as shown below in Table 9.2. The costs for all the training programs are included in the ADB funding for the project.

49 The ability of a system, community, or society exposed to hazards to resist, absorb, accommodate to, and recover from the effects of a hazard in a timely and efficient manner, including through the preservation and restoration of its essential basic structures and functions (UNISDR Terminology on Disaster Risk Reduction. https://www.unisdr.org/we/inform/terminology) Source: Reducing Disaster Risk by Managing Urban Land Use, Guidance Notes for Planners, ADB, 2016

179

Table 9.2: Training programme - summary of training needs Training topic: Summary of training purpose and Recipients/ Frequency or target content Participant date s Induction to EMP Overview of EMP including site All PIU At beginning of information, pollution risks and engineers / project controls, and programmes. contractors Preparation of site specific EMPs and training on implementation to staff of construction company (s) Review of EMP, Review of EMP including new All PIU One year after Refresher training on changes and updates Engineers / project start, or more EMP contractors frequently if required Training on specific pollution risks and controls Emergency case To identify on-site “pШtОЧtТaХ accident All PIU During the project response planning sМОЧarТШ” and how to plan potential Engineers implementation emergency response actions. /contractors/ Local residents Air Quality Ambient Air Quality, Volatile Organic All PIU During the project Monitoring Compounds (VOCs), Particulate Engineers implementation Matter (PM), Ozone Depleting /contractors Substances (ODS), Greenhouse Gases (GHGs) Water Conservation Water Monitoring and Management, All PIU During the project Process Water Reuse and Recycling, Engineers implementation Heating Systems /contractors Waste water and Liquid Effluent Quality, Discharge to All PIU During the project Ambient Water Surface Water, Discharge to Sanitary Engineers implementation Quality Sewer Systems, Land Application of /contractors Treated Effluent, Septic Systems, Wastewater Management Hazardous Materials General Hazardous Materials All PIU During the project Management Management, Hazard Assessment, Engineers implementation Management Actions /contractors Fire safety Fire, and Explosion Prevention, All PIU During the project Control Measures Engineers implementation /contractors Occupational Safety, Occupational Health and Safety All PIU During the project Health and Safety Emergency Preparedness and Engineers implementation Response, Community Involvement /contractors and Awareness Waste Management General Waste Management, Waste All PIU During the project Management Planning, Waste Engineers implementation Recycling and Reuse, Treatment and /contractors Disposal, Waste Storage, Transportation, Treatment and Disposal, Commercial or Government Waste Contractors Monitoring and evaluation

180

Training topic: Summary of training purpose and Recipients/ Frequency or target content Participant date s Participatory M&E of Simple methods for recognizing Local During the project impacts. adverse impacts on environment residents, implementation Methodology of monitoring and TVET evaluation on the water quality School managemen t/constructio n company Energy Efficiency Introduction to energy efficiency, heat Local During the project and Green Buildings loss, green TVET School concept residents, implementation TVET School managemen ts Project management M&E, Implementation assessment of All PIU At the beginning of and implementation the program. Engineers the project /contractors

Requirement for education programs 602. Environmental friendly and green aspects will be reflected in the training courses for each education program/major provided within the project. The recommended points will be included in the training program as agreed by the PIU to be designed by Design consultant. More specifically, following green principles are recommended for the training courses: - Action for forester training course if : How to promote responsible logging and reduce irresponsible logging, how to prevent and treat forest insects and disease epidemics need to be included in the curriculum. - Action for green house training course: Greenhouses50 using glass rather than plastics are recommended. - Action for livestock/cashmere training course: Promote smaller but healthier herd size, resulting in smaller environmental footprint and green house gas emissions; training for goat breeding etc. will nto be provided in the project. - Action for road construction: Promote traffic safety, animal crossings, and construction code factoring in permafrost melting due to climate change. - Action for agriculture promotion: Promote climate resilient and less water, ferliliser and pesticides consuming choices. Promote GHG neutral coolants for cold storage.

9.3 Magnitude of Environmental Impacts 603. The environmental impacts management matrix has been prepared for the project that discusses the anticipated impacts, monitoring requirements, and development of mitigation measures with respect to the following stages: (i) pre-construction, (ii) construction, and (iii) operation and maintenance. Detailed, site-specific mitigation measures and monitoring plans were developed and will be implemented during the project implementation phase. A summary environmental impact matrix and the mitigation measures are mentioned in Table 9.3.

50 Greenhouses will be made of PE film materials, no plastics will be used.

181

Table 9.3: Magnitude of Environmental Impacts - Matrix

Sl. Environmen Potential impacts Nature of Magnitude of impacts # Mitigation measures Implementation Nº tal attribute impact Low Medium High and Monitoring A. Physical Resources 1. Topography Change in the surface Direct/Local/ X The surface soil will be restored During features and present irreversible to normal slope after erection. If construction aesthetics due to the there is any excess soil, it shall activity. construction of the be disposed off at suitable project. location. Any loss of vegetation will be attended by Construction company as per existing Government of Mongolia norms and per EMP. 2. Climate No impact on the Direct/Local/ X No impact on the climatic climatic conditions irreversible conditions, hence no mitigation is required. B. Environmental Resources 1. Air Quality Project will have Direct/Local/ X Water sprinkling at construction During marginal impact on air reversible site, limited bare soils, construction quality during the maintenance of vehicles. activity. construction period due to increase in the dust emission due to cutting/filling, stockpiling of construction material and traffic movement 2. Noise Noise from piling, Direct/Local/ X Restriction of noise generating During concreting and reversible activities at night and use of construction equipment installation. personal protective equipment activity. like ear plugs, mufflers. 3. Surface and Runoff from the Direct/Local/ X Land development may create Before and during Ground construction site. reversible problems in local drainage construction Water quality pattern, minor impact. Careful activity. siting of soil dump and construction material at site. Domestic wastewater Direct/Local/ X Domestic waste treatment by During from construction sites. reversible providing septic tank/soak pits at construction and 182

Sl. Environmen Potential impacts Nature of Magnitude of impacts # Mitigation measures Implementation Nº tal attribute impact Low Medium High and Monitoring Cutting/filling at work site for workers at each operation. construction site would location. create natural drainage blockade during rainy season. 4. Soils and Soil erosion due to Direct/Local/ X Rehabilitation and stabilization of During and after Geology clearing of topsoil at reversible disturbed land at the TVET the construction site. schools after construction is activity. complete. Damage due to seismic Direct/region X Site selection and proper Before the activity. al/ reversible foundation design considering construction the geological conditions and activity. seismicity of the area. Settling of foundations Direct/region X Site selection and proper Before the due to permafrost al/ reversible foundation design considering construction the geological conditions of the activity. area. C. Ecological Resources 1. Terrestrial Loss of vegetation. Direct/Local/ X The tree planting/transplantation Before the Ecology irreversible for trees felled will be done by the construction Construction Company phase. 2. Terrestrial No significant impacts Direct/Local/ X No direct impact Before and during Fauna envisaged. reversible construction phase. 3. Aquatic No impacts envisaged. Direct/Local/ X No direct impact Before and during Ecology reversible construction phase D. Human Environment 1 Health and Fires, explosion and Direct/Local X Use of personal protective During Safety other accidents, Health equipment during construction. construction and & safety of workers at Regular inspection of operation phase site may pose to risk in construction site for faults prone some cases. to accidents. Volatile organics to be handled Banned Substances; Direct/Local X Presence of Asbestos in old During Safe drinking water and buildings, concentration of labor construction phase 183

Sl. Environmen Potential impacts Nature of Magnitude of impacts # Mitigation measures Implementation Nº tal attribute impact Low Medium High and Monitoring Sanitation hazard force creates un-hygienic condition; provide proper facilities. No facilities are taken up for repair or refurbishment that contains Asbestos Containing Material (ACM)51. 2. Agriculture No significant impacts Direct/Local/ X No agriculture land used for Before and during envisaged. reversible TVET school expansion/ construction refurbishment. phase. 4. Socio- Beneficial impacts job Direct/region X Unskilled labor and indirect During operational economics opportunities during al benefits. Overall economic phase construction phase growth of the region. 5. Resettlement None. Direct/Local/ X No resettlement issue. 7 privately Before the reversible operated garages at UB TVET construction will be affected temporarily due phase. blockage of access road 6. Archaeologic No archaeological, Direct/Local/ X No archaeological, historical or -- al/Cultural historical or cultural reversible cultural important sites are sites important sites are affected. affected by the construction. 7. Traffic and Traffic congestion due Direct/Local/ X Proper traffic signs at the During Transportatio construction vehicles, reversible construction site, ensuring construction phase n ferry of construction and availability and maintenance of waste material. proper access. Ensuring transportation of During construction material happens at construction and staggered timings during operation phase classes. 8. Waste Probability of Surface indirect/Loca X Minimization, reuse and recycle During operation Generation and ground water l/ reversible whenever possible. Final wastes phase pollution. Improper to be collected and disposed off management of in compliance with applicable construction debris and regulations and rules.

51 Also, components that have ACM as associated facilities will not be undertaken. 184

Sl. Environmen Potential impacts Nature of Magnitude of impacts # Mitigation measures Implementation Nº tal attribute impact Low Medium High and Monitoring solid waste may pose risk to the neighbours. Pollution from liquid indirect/Loca X No liquid discharge from the During operation discharge l/ reversible project, domestic sewage should phase be disposed through septic tank. 9 Site Security Improper site security Direct/Local/ X Proper fencing and protection at During may pose risk to the reversible the construction sites, and construction phase TVET School children or manned security a must at the community TVET school site.

# A low, medium or high magnitude of impacts at the location by any construction activity that would affect the staff, students, residents etc. physically through its implementation.

185

9.4 Environmental Management Plan (EMP)

604. The EMP included in this IEE together with the Construction EMP that needs to be prepared by the contractor provides the overall Project environmental management framework.

605. The Construction EMP must be submitted within 30 days of the contract award and Preconstruction and Construction cannot commence until the Construction EMP is approved by the PIU and the Engineer.

606. The Bid Documents for the potential Contractor(s) shall contain two sections relating to environmental issues, firstly a basic clause indicating that the Contractor will be responsible for following the requirements of this IEE/EMP and that he should prepare his own Construction EMP for the Project. Secondly, the EMP of the IEE shall be repeated in its entirety as an Annex to the Bid Documents so as the bidder is aware of his environmental requirements under the Project (both Pre- construction, Detailed Design and Construction) and help him put costs to his proposal (such as costs for noise monitoring, etc.).

607. The Contract Documents should follow a broadly similar pattern to the Bid Documents. It is not considered necessary to repeat the mitigation measures. The Contract should specify that the Contractor(s) is responsible for implementation of the EMP via the Construction EMP. Again, the EMP should be included at an Annex to the Contract so the Contractor(s) is liable for any non-conformance with the EMP, and thereby this IEE.

608. The Contractor(s) will be responsible for the preparation of the Construction EMP. The preparation of the Construction EMP requires a qualified environmental person. The work will need to be fully compliant with the EMP and will need to be prepared within 30 days of Contract award.

609. During the Construction phase the Contractor must retain the expertise of an Environment and Social consultant (НОsТРЧatОН as МШЧtraМtШr’s ОЧЯТrШЧЦОЧt aЧН sШМТaХ ОбpОrt (ӨESE) to update the site specific EMP (S-EMP) and to oversee and report on the operation throughout the contract period. If required, the CESE may be be a part/full-tТЦО ЦОЦЛОr Шf МШЧtraМtШr’s staff.

610. The CESE will ensure that the Contractor’s aМtТЯТtТОs arО compliant with the environmental obligations specified in the SEMP. Specifically, the Engineer should be responsible for preparing a monthly environmental report outlining the Contractors environmental performance during that period. The national specialist shall be engaged on a full-time basis to undertake day to day monitoring of the contractors activities.

611. The EMP describes the various measures proposed under this Project, which were designed to avoid, mitigate, or compensate the adverse environmental impacts that may result from the Project. As such the EMP considers all phases of the Project cycle, namely the detailed design, construction and operational phases of the Project.

612. To ensure that the proposed mitigation measures will be carried out by the contractors during the construction stage, the PIU will clearly set out in the tender and contract documents the contractШr’s ШЛХТРatТШЧ tШ uЧНОrtakО tСО rОspОМtТЯО ОЧЯТrШЧЦОЧtaХ ЦТtТРatТШЧ ЦОasurОs.

613. IEE investigations and other project reports have shown that potential project impacts will occur that will need be to suitably mitigated through the implementation of the EMP. An effective environmental management system is a dynamic, continuous process initiated by management and involving communication between the project proponent, the workers, and the local communities directly affected by the project.

614. The Environmental Management Plan (EMP) for the project is attached in as Annexure 2 which identifies feasible and cost - effective measures to be taken to reduce potential significant,

186

adverse, impacts to acceptable levels. Here, proper mitigation measures are proposed for each potential impact, including details on responsible parties for implementation of mitigation measures and supervision. The EMP also discusses the anticipated impacts, monitoring requirements, and development of mitigation measures with respect to the following stages: (i) pre-construction, (ii) construction, and (iii) operation and maintenance.

615. Proposed mitigation measures will be incorporated into tender documents, construction contracts, and Environmental Management Plans. Both Contractors and PIU will implement the measures and their effectiveness will be evaluated on the basis of the results of the environmental monitoring to determine whether to continue them or to make improvements. Detailed, site-specific EMP and mitigation measures and monitoring plans will be developed by the Contractor based on the EMP presented in Annexure 2.

9.4.1 Environmental Monitoring Plan (EMoP) 616. The mitigation measures suggested requires monitoring of environmental attributes both during construction and operational phase of the project by the MLSP. During the construction and operation phase of this project, the monitoring of the environmental aspects shall be done at the TVET Schools by the civil works contractors who will engage local professional laboratories. Necessary costs for periodic environmental monitoring during the construction period will be allocated in the civil works contracts.

617. In addition to the EMP, to ensure that project would not be generating a negative impact to the overall environment quality, an Environmental Monitoring Plan (EMoP) will be prepared. The monitoring activities of the project include site supervision, verification of permits, monitoring of water quality, soil, noise and air. Monitoring of the quality of water, soil, air and noise during the construction stage is a responsibility of civil works contractors. PIU engineers (who are contracted by PIU) will supervise civil works contractors. Monitoring of sanitary waste treatment should be done periodically to avoid water pollution. Other environmental good practices include noise abatement, maintaining hygienic conditions, maintenance of fire and safety equipment etc. Monitoring report should be prepared once in six months with the corrective action plan for the problem areas.

618. The main objective of environmental monitoring is: • to evaluate the performance of construction company in mitigating negative impacts vs. the proposed measures in the EMP; • to provide information on unanticipated adverse impacts or sudden change in impact; to determine if any impacts are irreversible in nature which required remedial measures and monitoring; • to suggest improvement in environmental mitigation measures, if required.

619. Implementation of environmental mitigation measures will be ensured through both routine and periodic monitoring. Annexure 3 provides the periodicity of the measurements of environmental parameters – air, noise, soil and water at the various TVET schools to be implemented by the Construction Company during the construction phase. The PIU ESC shall supervise the project regularly and report to PIU Safeguards Officer (SO), and submit half yearly reports based on the monitoring data and laboratory analysis report.

620. The mitigation measures suggested requires monitoring of environmental attributes both during construction and operational phase of the project by the PIU. During the construction and operation phase of this project, the monitoring of the environmental aspects shall be done at the project sites by the PIUs Environment Safeguards specialist.

621. During the construction phase, civil works construction company should ensure that activities like handling of earth works clearing work, access road construction, putting proper traffic signals is done properly to have minimum impact. This in turn should be monitored by the construction supervision specialists responsible for the TVET School project.

187

622. Implementation of environmental mitigation measures will be ensured through both routine and periodic monitoring. Table 9.4 lists environmental monitoring activities during construction phase: Table 9.4: Construction Phase Monitoring # Indicators of Monitoring Types of Monitoring/ Monitoring Responsibility Method of Frequency Monitoring 1 Safe transportation of Visual Inspection As specified Civil works construction material Continuous in EMP contractors through neighbourhood and during roads construction 2 Stockpiling of excavated Visual Inspection As specified TVET School/Civil materials and appropriate in EMP works contractors disposal during construction 3 Occupational health and Use of PPE As specified Civil works safety, use of safety gears Visual Inspection in EMP contractors by workers during construction 4 Safety to students, staff, Record of injury or As specified TVET School apartment dwellers etc. accidents in EMP during construction 5 Inconvenience to apartment Visual Inspection As specified TVET School/Civil dwellers, water logging etc. Continuous in EMP works contractors during construction 6 Solid waste segregation Visual Inspection As specified Civil works disposal in EMP contractors during construction 7 Cutting/trimming of trees Continuous As specified TVET School, Civil in EMP works contractors during construction 8 Environmental Parameters Air, Water, Noise, soil Six Monthly Civil works Quality sampling lab testing & contractors comparison with Baseline of the area PPE: personal protective equipment

623. During the operation phase, the TVET Schools through MLSP could continue to conduct monitoring as specified below in Table 9.5:

Table 9.5: Operations Phase Monitoring # Indicators of Types of Monitoring/ Monitoring Responsibility Monitoring Method of Monitoring Frequency 1 Solid waste Records of waste collected Semi-annual TVET School/ management system and managed PIU 2 Number of orientation Number of orientation and Regular TVET School/ and trainings on safety, trainings conducted PIU facility usage to students, staff 3 Preparation of Preparation of monitoring Semi-Annual TVET School/

188

# Indicators of Types of Monitoring/ Monitoring Responsibility Monitoring Method of Monitoring Frequency monitoring reports and reports and Compliance with PIU Impact audits EMP EMP = environmental management plan, PIU = project implementation unit

Monitoring Methodology for Baseline Measurements Air Quality

624. Air measurements need to be conducted by the Contractor at the construction sites location, populated areas, other hospital departments. Air quality measurements would done once during daytime at the construction location, the boundary where the housing etc. is located near the boundary. In addition, there need to be air quality measurements near the entrance roads. Baseline measurements are to be taken prior to construction start. Regular monitoring measurements required during construction phase will be conducted. However, the dust emissions can be easily mitigated with appropriate mitigation measures that will be proposed as part of the IEE and EMP.

625. Emissions during operations – both noise level and pollutants will be monitored for the heavy machinery. Wheel loader, excavator, grader, roller, bulldozer, dump trucks will be provided to Nalaikh aЧН өarkСaЧ UrРuu TVET’s. TОМСЧТМaХ safОtв, ОЧОrРв ОffТМТОЧМв aЧН ОЦТssТШЧ Шf tСО ЦaМСТЧОrТОs аТХХ be inspected by the relevant teachers, training managers of TVET schools regularly. Also, in accordance with domestic regulation, all machineries will shall go through full scale technical inspection by the local Specialized Inspection Agencies twice a year. Timely maintenance will be made based on the inspection results.

Noise Measurements

626. Sensitive receptors concerning noise emissions are populated areas, hospitals departments or other social infrastructure facilities. They are located around the Project area. Baseline measurements for noise at identified sensitive hotspots and sensitive receptors need to be measured before construction activities start. EMP will include Noise monitoring by the Contractor as a requirement - to be undertaken prior construction as pre-construction survey and to be monitored after. The baseline noise information will be collected according to existing receptors and their distance to the sites.

Water Quality 627. During operation, internal monitoring of project facilities, including deep water wells water quality and availability would be required. Deep water wells water quality will be monitored with parameters by maintenance engineers of the TVET schools regularly specified in the Environmental Monitoring Plan (Annexure 3).

9.5 Development of Site-specific Environmental Management Plan (SEMP) 628. The construction contractor shall prepare a site-specific environmental management plan (SEMP) prior to the commencement of construction works in consultation with PIU environment specialist and shall submit the same for review and approval. The plan shall include construction method statements on the implementation of pollution control and mitigation measures, adherence to energy-and resource- efficient construction practices, as well as an emergency spill contingency plan for containing and cleaning up accidental chemical spills on construction sites. The SEMP shall be updated as needed as and when any adverse environmental issues arise during implementation.

629. Prior to construction works, the contractor shall provide a comprehensive construction relatd SEMP covering the following aspects: • Dust management which shall include schedule for spraying on hauling and access roads to construction site and details of the equipment to be used.

189

• Layout of the work camp and details of the proposed measures to address adverse environmental impacts resulting from its installation. • Sewage management including provision of sanitary latrines and proper sewage collection and disposal system to prevent pollution of watercourses. • Waste management covering provision of garbage bins, regular collection and disposal in a hygienic manner, as well as proposed disposal sites for various types of wastes (e.g., domestic waste, used tires, etc.) consistent with appropriate regulations. • Description and layout of equipment maintenance areas and lubricant and fuel storage facilities including distance from water sources and irrigation facilities. Storage facilities for fuels and chemicals will be located away from watercourses. Such facilities will be bounded and provided with impermeable lining to contain spillage and prevent soil and water contamination. • Soil Management Plan detailing measures to be undertaken to minimize effects of wind and water erosion on stockpiles of topsoil and excess materials, measures to minimize loss of fertility of top soil, timeframes, haul routes and disposal sites for excess materials. • Emergency response plan (in case of spills, accidents, fires and the like) prior to operation of the asphalt plant. • Method statement or plan for the execution of construction works including measures that will be undertaken to address adverse environmental impacts such as air and noise pollution that may result from such activities.

630. The Construction EMP shall be submitted by the contractor for approval to the Construction Supervision Consultant. SEMP must be prepared by the Contractor and approved by the PIU at least 15 days before start of construction. Construction works cannot start until the SEMP are prepared and approved.

9.6 Monitoring and Reporting

631. MLSP will be responsible for implementing internal monitoring systems for EMP implementation, and will forward semi-annual progress reports to the Government and ADB. The reports will cover EMP implementation with attention to compliance and any needed corrective actions. On-going consultation measures will be incorporated in the EMP. Annexure 5 contains a semi-annual Environment Monitoring Report format, which will be required to be submitted semi- annually by MLSP to ADB and will be prepared by the PIU ESC.

Monitoring of site specific EMPs 632. The PIU ESC аТХХ rОЯТОа tСО ӨШЧtraМtШr’s ТЧtОrЧaХ prШМОНurОs aЧН assОss МapaМТtв Шf tСО Construction Company to manage and implement site specific environmental management mitigation measures. To this end, the training program in Table 9.2 Сas prШЯТsТШЧ fШr traТЧТЧР Шf tСО ӨШЧtraМtШr’s staff. TСО PIU’s ESC52 will be the key person reviewing the implementation of EMP.

Construction Contracts 633. The construction company will adhere and comply with all measures and procedures identified in the EMP. The EMP and EMoP which are endorsed by the EA and Government of Mongolia will be monitored in accordance to ADB Safeguard Policy 2009 requirements. Mitigation measures related to construction as specified in the EMP will be incorporated into civil works contracts, and their implementation will be primarily the responsibility of civil works contractors. In addition, civil works contractors will be requested to submit monthly progress reports on the implementation of EMP measures to EA/PIU.

634. Annexure 3 provides the periodicity of the measurements of environmental parameters – air, noise, soil and water at the various TVET Schools to be implemented by the Construction Company

52 The PIU ESC has already been hired.

190

during the construction phase. The Annexure also lays down the following checklist/clauses for the Construction Company to adhere to. • Environmental Site Inspection and Monitoring Checklist, and • Environmental Safeguard Clauses for Civil Works Contracts.

External Monitoring 635. The PIU will be responsible for internal monitoring of the EMP implementation, and will develop regular progress reports with details of activities and progress made during EMP implementation. The PIU will submit semi-annual monitoring reports to ADB. There is no requirement to procure the services of external monitoring experts as the impacts highly localised inside the TVET schools premises and will not affect local residents, staff or students adversely.

Reporting 636. The EA in turn will be expected to report to the ADB on progress achieved against the EMP activities and milestones on a quarterly basis. Progress reports will include a description of implementable activities and their status; identify the responsible party (ies) involved in their implementation; and provide project management schedules and timeframes for doing so, along with their associated costs. A template of the Environment Monitoring Plan is attached in Annexure 4.

9.7 Environmental Management Plan Budget Costs 637. The main benefits of the environmental mitigation plan are (i) ensuring that environmental standards are met during design, construction, and operation of the project; (ii) providing offsets to negate project impacts especially ecological impacts. Without such expenditures, the project might generate significant environmental impacts, causing the biophysical environment in the area to deteriorate and indirectly depressing the economies of local communities.

638. The estimated civil construction costs for the TVET schools is $6.8 million. The compliance with the EMP has been prepared based upon optimum and reasonable costs that are derived upon minimization of mitigation measures on a “ХОast-МШst” basis. The estimated budget for implementing the EMP is USD$ 285,000 of the total project cost of USD as shown in Table 9.6.

Table 9.6. Estimated costs for implementing EMP # Type of expenses Cost Estimates Cost funded by USD $ 1 Support the implementation of mitigation 170,000 Part of Construction activities* company costs 2 Hiring PIU Environment and Social Consultant 30,000 PIU Costs for reviewing and revising of EMP** 3 Budget for the Monitoring activities ($27,600 50,000 Part of Construction from EMoP Annexure 3 and Training costs company costs from Table 9.2 above ** 4 Budget for public consultation and feedback ** 5,000 Part of Construction company costs 5 Budget for hiring professional consulting firm to 30,000 PIU Costs conduct Environment Parameter survey report during construction and commission period ** TOTAL 285,000 Part of Construction company costs * Approximately 0.25% of total project cost for individual package ** Revision of IEE/EMP, if major scope of project activities change during implementation. These activities will be performed by PIU ESC and the Construction Company together.

639. The cost components include items such as cost towards promotion, advertisement and implementation of mitigation activities (Construction ӨШЦpaЧв’s civil works scope), review and

191

revision of IEE/EMP due to change in scope of the project, training and consultancy (identified in Table 9.2), monitoring of EMP and support implementation of mitigation activities etc. in entire location of TVET Schools and future public consultations required. These activities will be coordinated by the PIU Coordinator, PIU ESC, and the construction supervision consultants hired for project implementation and supervision of the construction company.

9.8 Institutional Arrangements

9.8.1 Project Implementation Organizations: Roles and Responsibilities

640. The Ministry of Labor and Social Protection (MLSP) will be the executing agency of the project and will oversee overall project implementation and management activities to ensure smooth and timely implementation and completion of project activities. The MLSP and Ministry of Education, Culture, Science and Sports (MECSS) will be the implementing agencies for respective components. The project will be implemented from September 2017 to June 2020.

641. The MLSP will be the implementing agency of components 1, 2, 3, and 5. The Ministry of Education, Culture, Science and Sports (MECSS) will be the implementing agency of component 4. Technical working groups will be established under the MLSP and the MECSS to provide strategic, policy and coordination support for the implementation of components 1-4. Table 9.7 below depicts Management roles and responsibilities.

Table 9.7: Management Roles and Responsibilities Project implementation Management Roles and Responsibilities organizations Executing agency – Ministry of • Establish project implementation unit. Labor and Social Protection • Establish project steering committee. • Establish systems, procedures, and mechanisms to ensure effective and efficient project implementation. • Oversee overall project implementation and management activities to ensure smooth and timely implementation and completion of project activities. Project steering committee • Approve annual budgets and plans for the project. • Oversee progress in project implementation. • Guide and support project implementation. • Provide coordination between ministries and other stakeholders involved in project implementation. Implementing Agency • Establish a technical working group to provide strategic, policy, – Ministry of Labor and Social and coordination support for the implementation of components Protection 1–3. • Supervise all project activities under components 1–3 and 5. Implementing agency • Establish a technical working group to provide strategic, policy, – Ministry of Education, and coordination support for the implementation of component 4. Culture, Science and Sports • Supervise all project activities under component 4.

192

Project implementation Management Roles and Responsibilities organizations Project implementation unit • Assume day-to-day management of the project. • Coordinate and implement project activities, including procurement, recruitment, disbursement, contract administration, monitoring, and reporting. • Prepare, on behalf of the executing and implementing agencies, bidding documents, terms of reference, reports, and other supporting documents and submit them for review and approval. • Maintain on behalf of the executing agency the imprest account; and prepare and submit withdrawal applications and supporting documents, quarterly and annual reports, annual audit reports and financial statements.

Environmental specialist of the • Review draft bidding documents and contracts for civil works and PIU ensure that the clauses related to environmental management are included in relevant sections of draft bidding documents and contracts • Review, comment and clear on behalf of the Ministry of Labor and Social Protection site-specific EMPs prepared by civil works contractors • Organize trainings for civil works contractors on environmental and safeguard requirements and implementation of the EMP. • Conduct visits to each civil works site to inspect and monitor the implementation of site-specific EMP (at the beginning of civil works, and at the completion stage) twice a year found • Recommend corrective actions to the contractors in case if any non-compliance • Collect environmental monitoring data (air, soil and water quality testing) from the civil works contractors on quarterly basis • Prepare semi-annual environmental monitoring reports on implementation of the EMP(including compliance of contractors with obligations, inspection activities and findings, problems encountered during construction and operations, and relevant corrective actions undertaken) and submit to ADB • Assist TVET providers in conducting consultations with relevant stakeholders as required, informing them of imminent construction works, and updating them of latest project activities • Carry out construction completion audits to confirm the regularity and safety of each training and testing facility, with the involvement of relevant government agencies • Prepare enviromental ad safeguard section of the project completion report Asian Development • Provide technical support for project implementation. Bank • Supervise and ensure compliance by the executing and implementing agencies with Asian өОЯОХШpЦОЧt BaЧk’s pШХТМТОs and procedures in project implementation. ADB = Asian Development Bank.

642. The Project Steering Committee (PSC) will be established by the MLSP. The PSC will be chaired by the Minister of Labor and composed of senior officials of the MLSP, the MECSS, the Ministry of Finance (MOF), and representatives of employers, and industry and professional associations. The PSC will meet quarterly to (i) approve annual budgets and plans for the project; (ii)

193

review progress in project implementation; (iii) guide and support project implementation; and (iv) provide coordination between ministries and other stakeholders involved in project implementation. The operational costs of the PSC will be funded by the MLSP.

643. The project implementation unit (PIU) will be established by the MLSP. On behalf of the executing and implementing agencies, the PIU will assume day-to-day management of the project and will be responsible for coordinating and implementing project activities, including procurement, recruitment, disbursement, contract administration, monitoring and reporting. The PIU will be staffed by: a project manager, a project coordinator responsible for component 4, a procurement specialist, an accountant/financial management specialist, a CBT&A specialist, a training specialist, an M&E specialist, an education specialist (senior secondary technology subject), an education specialist (career guidance), a project assistant, and a driver. The PIU ESC will be hired to oversee environmental issues during design, implementation (procurement and construction) and operations on intermittent basis.

644. The Initial Environment Examination (IEE) report specifies the roles and responsibilities of institutions involved in project implementation (Ministry of Labor and Social Protection, the Project Implementing Unit (PIU), Contractor) in overall environmental management.

645. Environmental permitting and monitoring of Project implementation is within the responsibility of various Specialised agencies for inspection. All civil works, including rehabilitation ones, should be assessed for their environmental impacts and the proposed mitigation measures should be reviewed and monitored by the Specilaised agencies for inspection (SAI).

646. The PIU will ensure compliance with assurances, including preparation, finalization, and implementation of the EMP for each sub-project. It will be staffed with at least one environmental safeguard specialist (an environmental engineer/scientist). ADB requires one PIU Environment and Social consultant (ESC) who supervises Environment and Social/Resettlement activities until project completion report is issued. The Constractor (s) would hire own national environment experts for reporting during construction to prepare SEMP, monitoring reports, testing reports, public consultations, Grievance redress. The PIU ESC would also update the IEE/EMP; conduct training; quarterly environmental quality monitoring (air, and noise); prepare semi-annual53 project EMP implementation reporting; identifying environment-related implementation issues and undertaking site visits as required. PIU ESC to conduct environment implementation monitoring during the construction phase has been hired. The Terms of Reference of the PIU ESC includes conducting environment and social compliance during the construction phase. One staff of PIU will be designated additional responsibilities to serve as intermittent Safeguard Officer (SO) during the course of project implementation; who will supervise the work of the PIU ESC, the construction contracts and will be the responsible for project progress reporting to the ministry and the ADB.

647. The PIU environment and social safeguard specialist will be responsible for coordination and supervision of the implementation of the IEE and EMP, Resettlement Plan (RP) including (but not limited to)

• setting up baseline ambient air quality, noise and vibration levels, and other baseline in concerned sub-projects; • updating IEE and EMP, RP after detailed project design is approved; • overseeing incorporation of EMP recommendations into the bidding documents; • ensuring the procurement of environmentally responsible contractors;

53 SPS 2009 statОs: “TСО ЛШrrШаОr/МХТОЧt аТХХ suЛЦТt at ХОast sОЦТaЧЧuaХ ЦШЧТtШrТЧР rОpШrts НurТЧР МШЧstruМtТШЧ fШr prШУОМts likely to have significant adverse environmental impacts, and quarterly monitoring reports for highly complex and sensitive projects. For projects likely to have significant adverse environmental impacts during operation, reporting will continue at the minimum on an annual basis. Such periodic reports will be posted in a location accessible to the public. Project ЛuНРОts аТХХ rОfХОМt tСО МШsts Шf ЦШЧТtШrТЧР aЧН rОpШrtТЧР rОquТrОЦОЧts.”

194

• ensuring that approval by SAIs has been secured prior to the awarding of civil works contract; • setting up, coordinating, and reporting on the grievance redress mechanism (GRM); • monitoring contractors to ensure adherence to the EMP and the contractor SEMPs; • preparing semi-annual reports on project EMP implementation to the PIU; • coordinating consultation with local stakeholders as required, informing them of imminent construction works, updating them on the latest project development activities, GRM, etc.; and • conducting training, EMP compliance reviews, developing annual report.

648. Contractors will be required to formulate contractor SEMPs with complete management systems for adverse impacts, e.g., dust control, noise control, traffic management, health care waste management addressing as minimum the requirements of the EMP. The contractor SEMPs will be reviewed and cleared by the PIU ESC. To ensure that the contractors comply with the EMP provisions, the PIU will prepare and provide the following specification clauses for incorporation into the bidding procedures:

• a list of environmental management requirements to be budgeted by the bidders in their proposals; • environmental clauses for contractual terms and conditions; and • the full EMP and IEE in both languages.

649. PIU will monitor and measure the progress of implementation of the EMP. In this regard semiannual monitoring reports during construction stage will be prepared by the Contractor and submitted to ADB. The implementation of the environmental mitigation measures and monitoring measures during construction phase will be taken over by the Constractor who will report to the PIU on a regular basis. The tender and contract documents will clearly set out the contraМtШr’s ШЛХТРatТШЧs to undertake environmental mitigation measures set out in the Environmental Management Plan within 1 month after the reporting period.

9.8.2 Project Organization Structure 650. The interactions between PSC, Ministry of Labor and Social Protection, Ministry of Education, Culture, Science and Sports and the PIU at the project level are shown in Figure 9.1.

195

Figure 9.1: Project Organization Structure

9.8.3 EMP implementation arrangements.

651. The Project Implementation Units (PIU) which will assume primary responsibility for the environmental assessment as well as implementation of EMP through Construction Company (civil works contractors) or any third party consultants. The Project coordinator will be assisted by the PIU ESC for environmental monitoring and EMP measures. Keeping in view the capacity of MLSP, it is proposed that PIU ESC must coordinate with each Construction Company to address environmental mitigation issues54.

652. The duties of the PIU ESC will include at a minimum: (i) oversight of Construction Company for monitoring and implementing mitigation measures; (ii) liaising with the TVET School management and Construction Company (civil works contractors) and seeking their help to solve the environment- related issues of project implementation; and (iii) technical progress reporting as well as preparation of environmental management reports every 6 months (as required by ADB). The PIU ESC will monitor the contract requirements and any specialist functions by the construction supervision specialists (civil, mechanical and electrical engineers etc.) hired under the PIU.

Role and Responsibities of the PIU Environment and Social Consultant (PIU ESC) 653. The role and responsibilities of the PIU national Environment specialist as follows: • Review draft bidding documents and contracts for civil works and ensure that the clauses related to environmental management are included in relevant sections of draft bidding documents and contracts, • Review, comment and clear on behalf of the Ministry of Labor and Social Protection site-specific EMPs prepared by civil works contractors, • Organize trainings for civil works contractors on environmental and safeguard requirements and

54 ADB advises that all EAs develop in-house capability for environmental, health, and safety (EHS) program consistent with international best practices. The EHS program should include accounting for environmental benefits resulting from investment projects within three months of loan approval. The monitoring agency shall report on semi-annual basis directly to ADB and determine whether sound environmental management practices have been achieved, and suggest suitable recommendations and remedial measures for midterm correction and improvement.

196

implementation of the EMP, • Conduct visits to each civil works site to inspect and monitor the implementation of site-specific EMP (at the beginning of civil works, and at the completion stage) twice a year found • Recommend corrective actions to the contractors in case if any non-compliance, • Collect environmental monitoring data (air, soil and water quality testing) from the civil works contractors on quarterly basis, • Prepare semi-annual environmental monitoring reports on implementation of the EMP (including compliance of contractors with obligations, inspection activities and findings, problems encountered during construction and operations, and relevant corrective actions undertaken) and submit to ADB, • Assist TVET providers in conducting consultations with relevant stakeholders as required, informing them of imminent construction works, and updating them of latest project activities, and • Carry out construction completion audits to confirm the regularity and safety of each training and testing facility, with the involvement of relevant government agencies.

654. Specific Task to be performed by PIU ESC • EMP implementation monitoring until end of construction period that includes visit construction sites during the construction period. The budgets for EMP implementation included in Construction Company contracts and implementation is the responsibility of the Construction Company. • Monitor the civil works of the Construction company to conduct aboratory testing for air, soil and water quality testing ie the construction company is also responsible for monthly air, water and soil quality testing by hiring a local laboratory and provide the monthly test sheets. • Prepare the semi-annual EMR for submission to ADB.

655. Additional third-party services may be employed by the MLSP as necessary. Further details on person/agencies responsible for EMP activities are in Table 9.8.

Table 9.8: Institutional Roles and Responsibilities for EMP Implementation Activities Activity Responsible Person/Agency Sub-project Initiation Stage Establish PIU and award contracts Project Coordinator, Procurement Specialist, PIU MLSP Clearances/approvals from relevant Government of Mongolia PIU, MLSP agencies-urban, water, power etc. Disclosure of subproject EMP details on MLSP website PIU, MLSP Conducting discussions/meetings/workshops with APs and other PIU ESC and other Specialists at stakeholders PIU Updating of EMP mitigation measures based on discussions PIU ESC, PIU EMP Implementation Stage Meetings at community/household level with APs PIU ESC, Construction Company Implementation of proposed EMP mitigation measures PIU ESC, Construction Company Consultations with APs during EMP mitigation measures PIU ESC, Construction implementation Company Grievances Redressal PIU /District Administration Internal monitoring PIU/ MLSP ADB-Asian Development Bank; AP-Affected Persons; EA-Executing Agency; EMP-Environmental Management Plan; PIU- Project Implementation Unit, PIU ESC – PIU Environment and Social Consultant.

197

9.9 Implementation Plan

656. The proposed project involves expansion of 8 TVET Schools and equipment at 11 TVET Schools on their premises. The project will involve survey work, land clearance, design and engineering of plant equipment, floating tenders for procurement, civil work and testing and commissioning of buildings.

657. The investment costs of the project include minor civil works for the key occupations in the three priority sectors is USD 6.8 million. The overall draft project implementation schedule under the project is attached as Table 9.9.

198

Table 9.9: Overall Project Implementation Schedule (COMPONENT 2 and 5)

Activities 2018 2019 2020 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 Component 2: Upgrading of selected TVET providers to implement CBT&A in the three priority sectors 3. Selected TVET providers upgraded 3.1 Revise and validate self-assessment tools and templates, and procedures for self- assessment and QIPs 3.2 Train managers of preselected TVET providers in conducting self- assessment and preparing QIPs 3.3 Review self-assessment reports and QIPs of selected TVET providers 3.4 Finalize the list of selected TVET providers to upgrade based on self- assessment reports and QIPs 3.5 Prepare procurement packages of equipment and minor civil works 3.6 Procure equipment and minor civil works Component 5: Establishment of Effective Project Management System 10. Capacity for project implementation and M&E developed 10.1 Establish PIU 10.2 Train staff in disbursement, procurement, financial management, M&E, and reporting 10.3 Conduct inception/annual/midterm review missions 10.4 Train staff of the executing agency and implementing agencies in project management 10.5 Award all contracts 10.6 Start and complete loan closing procedures 10.7 Prepare project completion report CBT = Competency-Based Training, DACUM = Developing A Curriculum, M&E = Monitoring and Evaluation, PIU = Project Implementation Unit, QIP = Quality Improvement Plan, TVET = Technical Vocational Education and Training.

NOTE - This schedule is tentative and will be finalised based on each site as well as estimated schedule indicated by bidders for each contract.

199

10.0 CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATION

658. This report assessed various existing environmental parameters in and around the sub-project and the actions planned to minimize any significant negative impact. The project will support physical construction, expansion, and rehabilitation of education facilities. Environment impact analysis have been done with various criteria like demographic factors, climate and natural habitat, community and employee health and safety etc. based on the impact analysis. It was found that the existing designs used for the construction expansion of TVET Schools in Mongolia are reasonably sound. It was also found that there is no adverse impact on any natural existing land resources nor will affect the regular life of people resident in the subproject area.

659. The project will not cause any significant adverse environmental impacts during construction expansion of TVET School buildings. Impacts are manageable and can be managed cost effectively - Environmental impacts are likely to result from the proposed construction of TVET School buildings. Careful mitigation and monitoring and review/assessment procedures for subprojects have been specified to ensure that minimal impacts take place. The detailed design would ensure inclusion of any such environmental impacts that could not be specified or identified at this stage are taken into account and mitigated where necessary. Those impacts can be reduced through the use of mitigation measures such as correction in work practices at the construction sites, or through the careful selection of sites and access locations.

660. The limited project impacts are associated with drainage congestion/water logging, dust and noise pollution, occupational health hazards, risk from poor sanitation system, improper lighting and ventilation system in TVET School, and management of labor at the site. Moreover, most of the associated impacts are expected to be limited to the construction phase, and will therefore be temporary in nature. Regular monitoring of the recommended mitigation measures shall also be carried out during the implementation phase of the project.

661. The selected expansion projects are located at TVET Schools within their existing premises. Thus, acquisition of land will not be required from the surrounding communities. Minimal number of trees will be removed for the construction expansion at these TVET Schools. No endangered or protected species of flora or fauna are reported at any of the subproject sites.

662. The proposed project will have number of positive impacts and negative impacts to the existing environment as follows: • Construction of state of the art buildings/laboratories for TVET Schools in Mongolia is the main positive impact. • Environment pollution due to cut and fill operations, transportation of construction materials, disposal of debris, disturbance to the TVET School activities, nuisance from dust, noise, vehicle fumes, black smoke, vibration etc. due to construction activities are the short term negative impacts due to proposed project. • Although there is negligible removal of waste, noise, health and safety, some trees at TVET School (s) may be cut is the main negative impact to the proposed project.

663. Proper GRM will have to be implemented by MLSP to overcome public inconvenience during the proposed project activities.

664. EMP and Environment Monitoring Plan has been prepared and attached as Annexures 2 and 3 respectively. The EMP attached in Annexure 2 will be used by all types of construction subprojects (Category B type interventions) and equipment repair and installation subprojects (Category C type interventions) by the Contractor for report on environment mitigation measures undertaken.

665. One round of public consultations was conducted. The results indicate broad support for the project based on perceived economic and social benefits. Most impacts are expected to occur during the construction phase and are considered to be of a temporary nature. The TVET School

200

construction sites were carefully selected after undergoing an options assessment. The architects hired for developing blueprints for each TVET building will ensure that all important underground utilities water supplies, drainage and natural resources at these sites are bypassed or avoided. An Emergency Response Program (ERP) will be prepared by Contraction Company in consultation with Environment safeguard specialist of the PIU. ERP training will be provided to all stakeholders in the project construction and operations stages. Annexure 5 contains the template of Semi-annual Environment Monitoring Report to be submitted to ADB every six months.

666. The IEE performed is adequate for purposes of project implementation. Based on the environmental assessment and surveys conducted for the project, the potential adverse environmental impacts can be mitigated to an acceptable level by adequate implementation of the mitigation measures identified in the EMP. Adequate provisions are being made in the project to cover the environmental mitigation and monitoring requirements, and their associated costs. The environment impact associated with TVET Schools project is limited to the extent of construction phase and can be mitigated through a set of recommended measures and adequate provision for environment and social impact which cover monitoring, measuring and mitigation. The main project impacts are associated with clearing of digging, waste management and excavation and movement of soils. The sub-project sites are not located near any sensitive areas as well as there are no significant historical and cultural areas near the sites.

667. The potential cumulative and residual impacts of the sub-components as a whole indicate the project classifies as a Category “B”, in accordance with AөB’s Safeguards Policy Statement 2009 and MET Guidelines of Mongolia. Thus, IEE report has been prepared for the project. A full Environmental Impact Assessments (EIA) for the project is not required. The project is not considered highly sensitive or complex.

201

ANNEXURES

Annexure – 1: Inventorization of TVET Schools

Annexure 1a: List of TVET School Expansion (including demolition and construction) Sites

Table A1.1 TVET Schools No. Name of Technical and Location Sectors Distance Vocational Education from UB and Training Centers 1 Darkhan-Urguu Darkhan city Road and transportation 221 km Polytechnical College 2 Uvurkhangai TVET Arvaikheer town, Construction, agriculture 430 km Uvurkhangai province 3 Zuunkharaa Zuunkharaa town, Agriculture (crop planting) 198 km Polytechnical College Selenge province 4 Bulgan Agricultural TVET Bulgan town, Bulgan Agriculture (crop planting 430 km province & livestock breeding) 5 Dornod TVET Choibalsan town, Dornod Construction, road & 660 km province transportation 6 Khentii TVET Chingis Khaan town, Agriculture (crop planting) 330 km Khentii province 7 Khovd TVET Khovd town, Khovd Agriculture (crop planting 1450 km province & livestock breeding) 8 Zavkhan TVET Uliastai town, Zavkhan Construction, road & 1075 km province transportation 9 Ulaanbaatar Bayangol district, Construction In UB city Polytechnical college Ulaanbaatar 10 Nalaikh TVET Nalaikh district, Construction 3 5km Ulaanbaatar 11 Arkhangai TVET Tsetserleg town, Occupational 460 km Arkhangai province 12 Khuvsgul TVET Murun town, Khuvsgul Environment & tourism 685 km province 13 Orkhon TVET Erdenet city Construction (light 378 km industry in the future) 14 Bayankhongor TVET Bayankhongor town, Occupational 635 km Bayankhongor province 15 Darkhan TVET Darkhan city Construction 221 km 16 Bayanchandmani TVET Bayanchandmani soum, Agriculture (crop planting 72km Tuv province & livestock breeding), road and transportation 17 Dornogobi TVET Saynshand town, Construction, road & 430 km Dornogovi province transportation, agriculture 18 Dundgovi TVET Mandalgovi town, Construction 270 km Dundgovi province 19 Govi-Altai TVET Altai town, Govi-Altai Construction 1010 km province

202

Table A1.2 TVET Schools Construction/Refurbishment Detail

INDOOR DEMOLISHING No SCHOOL NAME OUTDOOR WORKS REPAIR WORKS WORKS 1 Nalaikh VTPC * Three story new building - workshop, Yes N/A 38x18m * One story new building - garage 8x18m * Practising range new, footage 75x15m *** New power, heating, water supply, sewage and communicatiuon works for a new building 2 Construction Polytechnic * Two story building, footage size Yes Yes - one story College, UB 70*15m building, footage *** Construction of power, heating, 12*72m water supply, sewage and communicatiuon works for a new building 3 Bayanchandmani VTPC * Winter solar greenhouse 6*30m Yes N/A ** One story new building, 500m2 *** Rehabilitation of sewage treatment facility 4 Khentii aimag VTPC ** Winter solar greenhouse, 7*20m Yes N/A ** Renovation of fence, 650m 5 Dornod aimag VTPC *** New water supply and sewage lines Yes N/A for rehabilitated workshop 6 Uvurkhangai aimag * Winter solar greenhouse, 6*30m Yes N/A VTPC * Vegetable storage facility *** New power and heating supply for winter solar greenhouse and vegetable storage facility 7 Bayankhongor aimag * One story building 13*24m N/A Chicken house VTPC *** Construction of power, heating, 6*28m /not water supply, sewage and used/; communicatiuon works for new Greenhouse building remains; 8 Darkhan aimag VTPC N/A Yes N/A 9 Darkhan-Urguu * Practical outdoor range 20*10m /new Yes N/A Polytechnic College 10 Zuunkharaa Polytechnic * Winter solar greenhouse 7*20m Yes N/A College, Selenge aimag * Vegetable storage facility ** Sewage tank ** Parking and walkway inside of agriculture fence *** External power supply line /about 100m/ 11 Arkhangai aimag VTPC * One story building 550m2 Yes N/A *** Expansion of sewage tank 12 Bulgan aimag * Winter solar greenhouse 6*30m N/A N/A Agricultural VTPC inside of school fence

203

INDOOR DEMOLISHING No SCHOOL NAME OUTDOOR WORKS REPAIR WORKS WORKS 13 Dornogobi aimag VTPC ** Winter solar greenhouse 6*30m; N/A N/A ** Construction of deep water well ** fence for 1.5hectare land *** Power supply line 14 Dundgobi aimag VTPC N/A N/A N/A 15 Zavkhan Polytechnic * road and parking area inside of fence Yes Power poles of College several buildings 16 Orkhon aimag VTPC *** water line and may be heating line Yes N/A to cashmere worker shop 17 Khugjil Polytechnic ** Winter solar greenhouse 6*30m Yes N/A College, Khovd aimag ** Construction of vegetable storage facility ** Construction of deep water well *** New power supply line 18 Khuvsgul aimag VTPC * One story new building 850m2 Yes N/A *** New power, heating, water supply, sewage and communicatiuon lines for new building * Lighting and CCTV camera for entire school area ** Winter solar greenhouse 6*30m ** Construction of deep water well ** New fence for 1.5hectare land 19 Gobi-Altai aimag VTPC N/A Yes N/A 20 ACC, UB RMC N/A Yes N/A Legend, except as othewise specified: * Construction/establishment of vocational training building or facility or open yard area inside of school premises. The schools have already fenced boundary. No any hindrance to pedestrican, traffic movement, no any affect to animal migration, no any affect on ground and underground water, no any affect on plantation, no any block of sun to nearby residents.

** Civil works related to the agricultural facilities; such as: greenhouse, vegetable storage, water well, etc. in countryside area, where aimag is specifically developing that area to concentrate family and small sized entities to develop vegetables or fruits, so to say green development. These are already established and functioning farms of the schools, except Khuvsgul and Dornogobi. Khuvsgul and Dornogobi schools are getting new land plots from Aimag government where also that aimag's geen/vegetable development area is.

204

Table A1.3 TVET School Physical Features N Name of # of District Locatio Type Type Fire Sewage water Heating Water supply o TVET School n GPS of of - management supply . Schools s and propo existi figh facility Kinder sed ng ting Conn Se Hol Conn Hea Ele Fro Fr From gartens constr buildi facil ected pti din ected ting ctri m o trans uction ng ities to c g to fro c cen m porte /year etc. centr tan tan centr m hea tral o d const al k k al an ting wat w water ructe Sewa heati ow er n reser d ge ng n sup wa ved in syste HO ply ter own m B sys we water tem ll reser voir. 1 Nalaikh Kinderg Nalaikh 107°15' Constr Existin yes yes yes yes TVET arten district 3.45"E uction g No.140 47°46'4. of works in 400m 02"N worksh hop on op buildin west, (648m2 g with Middle ) and size school garage 856m2 No.119 (250m2 . in 490m ) on west buildin gs, outside trainin g field 1200m 2. 2 Khuvsgul Kinderg Murun 100°10' Constr yes no yes yes no ye TVET arten town, 52.14"E uction s No.1 Khuvsgul 49°37'3 of and province 0.18"N about Middle 850 m2 school buildin No.1 in g 400m on west 3 Ulaanba Middle Bayango 106°53' Demoli Existin yes yes yes yes atar school l district, 34.98"E sh g Polytech No.73 UB city 47°54'5 existin works nical in 7.43"N g hop College 800m, worksh buildin Kinderg op g: 1 arten buildin storey No.1 in g. and 480m in Constr 624m2 south uction size of new which worksh was op built in buildin 1974. g: 3 storey and 2250m 2.

205

N Name of # of District Locatio Type Type Fire Sewage water Heating Water supply o TVET School n GPS of of - management supply . Schools s and propo existi figh facility Kinder sed ng ting Conn Se Hol Conn Hea Ele Fro Fr From gartens constr buildi facil ected pti din ected ting ctri m o trans uction ng ities to c g to fro c cen m porte /year etc. centr tan tan centr m hea tral o d const al k k al an ting wat w water ructe Sewa heati ow er n reser d ge ng n sup wa ved in syste HO ply ter own m B sys we water tem ll reser voir. 4 Zuunkha Zuunkha 48.8512 Constr GТrХ’s yes no yes Main Agr Mai Ag raa Kinderg raa town, 02, uct dormit camp o- n ro- TVET arten Mandal 106.455 vegeta ory is yes. par ca pa No.2 in soum 151 ble 2 k mp rk 500m storag storey HO yes wa distanc e and brick B . ter e on renew house we northwe al of built in ll st, pipelin 2009. Middle es at school agro- No.4 is park, in 800m winter distanc house e on nearby west. girls dormit ory 5 Bayanch Kinderg Bayanch 1. A 3 yes has no yes no ye andmani arten andmani winter storey own s TVET Odod in soum, & a main WWT 800m Tuv summ and P distanc province er dormit e on greenh ory east, ouses, buildin Middle 6m*30 gs, school m size. auto No.1 is 2. A garag in 500m new e distanc worksh buildin e on op g, southea buildin boiler st. g, 1 buildin storey, g, and 330m2 a 3. waste Constr water uct a treatm new ent waste facility water , built treatm in ent 1969. facility for the TVET

206

N Name of # of District Locatio Type Type Fire Sewage water Heating Water supply o TVET School n GPS of of - management supply . Schools s and propo existi figh facility Kinder sed ng ting Conn Se Hol Conn Hea Ele Fro Fr From gartens constr buildi facil ected pti din ected ting ctri m o trans uction ng ities to c g to fro c cen m porte /year etc. centr tan tan centr m hea tral o d const al k k al an ting wat w water ructe Sewa heati ow er n reser d ge ng n sup wa ved in syste HO ply ter own m B sys we water tem ll reser voir. 6 Arkhang Kinderg Tsetserle Constr 2 yes no yes no yes no ye ai TVET arten g town uct a storey s and new buildin school buildin g built comple g with in x size 1962. Ireedui 550m2, in 5km provid on e northwe heatin st, g and Middle water school pipelin Avarga es for in 4km the on new northwe buildin st g 7 Bayankh Middle Bayankh 46*11'1 Existin Existin yes yes yes yes ongor school ongor 7.9" g hen g hen TVET Nomun town 100*43' shelter shelter Dalai in 19.0" , size which 500m 6*2ү was on will be constr north, demoli ucted kinderg shed. in arten Constr 1963 Bayan uct a will be Oit in new demoli 600m worksh shed. distanc op e on buildin northea g, size: st 18m x 36m 8 Darkhan- No any Darkhan 49.4581 1. A 1 yes yes yes yes Urguu schools city 98, new storey TVET and 105.970 worksh buildin kinderg 326 op g built artens buildin in nearby. g, 1977. An 2. An An agricult outside existin ural trainin g college g field under is in will be groun

207

208

Table A1.4 Other Physical Distances

N Name District Distanc Setback and type of buildings/distance in Trees to Debris/soi o TVET e from meters be l disposal schools road /all Front Back Left side Right advers cut/transf required sides/ side e erred outside impact premises if any 1 Nalaikh Nalaikh 5m on 5 storey Main dirt road, Public none central TVET district west, apartm building 1 road dumpsite 10m on ent in of TVET househol of Nalaikh east 150- ds 200m 2 Khuvsgul Murun 5m on empty Empty ger area military none Central TVET town, west, space space office dumpsite Khuvsgul east and of Murun province north 3 Ulaanbaat Bayangol 15m on access 7 private parking warehous 15 populus Ulaanchul ar district, east road garages space e of trees will uut central Polytechni UB city TVET, be dumpsite cal apartment removed College building and replanted. 4 Zuunkhara Mandal 300m on 2 storey Ger area Private The None Central a TVET soum, south, office and 2 house in soum's dumpsite Selenge 5m on building storey 30m, central of province west, in 100m apartmen Trading boiler Zuunkhara 400m on t building houses building in a town east, 5m in 100m, and 500m, on north library supermar private building kets in garages in in 30m 400m 30m 5 Bayancha Bayancha 200m ger a empty a None Central ndmani ndmani from area in househol household dumpsite TVET's soum, Tuv main 60-70m ds in in 20-30m of farm yard province public 30m Bayancha road ndmani soum center 6 Arkhangai Tsetserleg 0.3km on Hen 3 empty 2 No None Constructi TVET town, north shelter househol household Asbest on waste Arkhangai owner ds in s in 5km os landfill site province by 500m containi of school ng Tsetsrleg in 800m materia town ls (ACM) will be remove d, repaire d or demolis hed. Any ACM containi ng compo nent

209

N Name District Distanc Setback and type of buildings/distance in Trees to Debris/soi o TVET e from meters be l disposal schools road /all Front Back Left side Right advers cut/transf required sides/ side e erred outside impact premises if any has been droppe d from project funding . Also, compo nents that have ACM as associa ted facilitie s will not be underta ken. 7 Bayankho Bayankho 60m on Two 2 Two 2 storey workshop None Central ngor TVET ngor town, south, storey private building building dumpsite Bayankho 400m on building houses in 20m, a and of ngor west, s in in 20m bakery in garage of Bayakhon province 300m on 100m, distance 100m the TVET gor town east, main in 20- 80m on classro 30m, 2 north om storey building apartment of in 50m TVET in 20m, a private house in 120m 8 Darkhan- 10m on Universi 2 Agricultur 7 storey None Central Urguu north, ty buildings al apartment dumpsite TVET 10m on dormito in 70- university building in of Darkhan west, 5m ry in 80m in 80m 150m city on south 100m, distance distance distance printing house and 3 storey building under constru ction Abbreviations: KG-TVET TVET School, SCH-TVET School, BZD-Baynzurkh district, BGD-Bayngol district, SBD-Sukhbaatar district, SKD-SonginoKhairkhan district, KUD-Khan Uul district, SUD-Sukhbaatar district, GA-Gobi-Altai, NP-National Park, SPA- Strictly Protected Area.

210

Table A1.5 TVET School Receptors No Name of District Aerial Aerial Aerial Aerial Aerial Aerial Aerial . TVET distance distance distance distance distance distance distance from schools from from from gas from from from any National Industrial station solid railway/maj power river/water parks zones waste or road station/p body landfill ower site line/subst ation 1 Nalaikh Nalaikh 5.1km None 528m on 3.5km 650m from 150m 4.8km from TVET district from northeast railroad, from sub- Tuul river Bogdkha 60m from station n SPA, public road 8km from Terelj SPA 2 Khuvsgul Murun 79km None 500m on 6km 50m from 20m from 1.5km from TVET town, east public sub- Delger murun Khuvsgul road. No station province railroad nearby 3 Ulaanbaat Bayangol 6.8km 6km from 320m on 8km 1km from 80m from 4.5km from ar district, UB from industrial west railroad, undernea Tuul river Polytechni city Bogdkha zone 80m from th power cal College n SPA public road line 4 Zuunkharaa Zuunkharaa 30 km 2 km from 1km on 10km 1.2 km from 0.5km 6km from TVET town, from Spirit east railroad from sub- Kharaa river Mandal Noyon Uul factory, station soum SPA 1.5km from brick factory 5 Bayanchand Bayanchand More than 3km 500m on 4.5km 30km 0.3km 1km from dry mani TVET mani soum, 100km north from sub- riverbed Tuv station province Arkhangai Tsetserleg 3km from 0.3km from 6 5km from 5km from TVET town Bulgan 4km on paved road 6km on west 3km sub- South Tamir Mount west on north. no station river SPA railroad 7 Bayankhong Bayankhong 65 km 700m from 1km on 19km no railroad 3km from 1km from Tuin or TVET or town from bakery on south, sub- river Khangai northeast, 800m on station Mount 2km from west SPA quarry site on southwest 8 Darkhan- Darkhan city More than 6-7km on 600m on 16.5km 3km from 4km from 8km from Urguu 100km north north and railroad power Kharaa river 600m on station, west 0.1km from sub- station

Abbreviations: KG-TVET TVET School, SCH-TVET School, BZD-Baynzurkh district, BGD-Bayngol district, SBD-Sukhbaatar district, SKD-SonginoKhairkhan district, KUD-Khan Uul district, SUD-Sukhbaatar district, GA-Gobi-Altai,

211

Annexure 1b: Google Earth Images of TVET Schools Identified

Google images for the TVET Schools

212

213

214

215

216

Annexure – 2: Environment Management Plan (EMP) Project Reporting Details Project Description Institutional arrangements Project location: Contractor: (Name, Contact Number) Name of TVET School: PIU Coordinator: (Name, Contact Number) Planned interventions: Environment and Social Consultant (Name, Contact Number) (ESC), Engineer: Construction period: (mm/yyyy-mm-yyyy) Aimag environment agency (Name, Contact Number) EMP Stage Environment Monitoring Plan No. (mm/yyyy-mm-yyyy)

Environment Management Plan Project Activity Potential Mitigation Measures Parameters to Standards55/ Source of Institutional Responsibility Environmental be Monitored Measurement/ budget ($) Implement Monitor Impact Frequency I. Pre-construction and Design A. Physical Resources 1. Building Release of Avoid all underground utilities Approved detailed Inspection Included in Design PIU/MLSP specifications and effluents in during design. designs Agency - Before construction Consultant design receptors (air, Design buildings in compliance Start of contract parameters water, land). with relevant design standards Construction. including health and codes for energy-efficient, and safety, green safe buildings, including but and energy- not limited to: MNS 3838: 2008 efficient building and Construction standard codes and package # 91.040. specifications. Structural safety TVET Schools to get Seismic design in Inspection Included in Design PIU/MLSP for construction Specialized Inspection Agency blueprints Agency - Before construction Consultant of extra floor or approval for structural integrity Start of contract erection of Construction. equipment (if any). 2. Rehabilitation Decayed Install modern fire control Structural safety Inspection Included in Design PIU/MLSP of old infrastructure will systems/firewalls, building of the old Agency - Before construction Consultant

55 World Bank EHS guidelines will be used as a standard if any local Mongolian Standards are less stringent as per ADB SPS 2009

217

Project Activity Potential Mitigation Measures Parameters to Standards55/ Source of Institutional Responsibility Environmental be Monitored Measurement/ budget ($) Implement Monitor Impact Frequency infrastructure in damage new insulation, plumbing and buildings and Start of contract TVET Schools installations. heating system upgrades connected utilities Construction. Loss of heating to the building and seepage etc. in building B. Environment Resources (Receptors) 1. Location of Impact to the Construction facilities should Water and Air Air quality Included in Design PIU/MLSP land for TVET existing surface be placed at suitable distance Quality. Site Standards and construction Consultant Schools - water from drainage, water bodies, location (distance Water Quality contract Interference with environment. natural flow paths and to dwelling, standards – drainage patterns Interference with residential areas. Careful site and/or utilities). Before start of drainage patterns selection to avoid and flooding Construction. 2. TVET Schools Noise generation Expansion (including Expected noise Noise control Included in Design PIU/MLSP location and Exposure to demolition and construction) at emissions based regulations construction Consultant design for Noise. noise, TVET school location/designed on TVET Schools Noise levels to contract Nuisance to to ensure noise will not be a design, noise be specified in neighbouring nuisance to neighbouring levels. bidding properties. properties. documents

3. Dismantling of Asbestos present No asbestos containing Air quality Air quality Included in Part of detailed PIU/MLSP portions of as insulation in materials (ACM) will be standards – construction project siting and buildings for some section of removed, repaired or Before Start of contract survey and connectivity of the building demolished56. Any ACM demolition. design. expansion containing component has section been dropped from project funding. Also, components that have ACM as associated facilities will not be undertaken. C. Ecological Resources

56 Physical inspection of asbestos was conducted by Specialized Inspection Agency of Mongolia and they issued an official letter confirming that no asbestos is found is attached in Annexure 8.

218

Project Activity Potential Mitigation Measures Parameters to Standards55/ Source of Institutional Responsibility Environmental be Monitored Measurement/ budget ($) Implement Monitor Impact Frequency 1. Encroachment Loss of precious None into precious ecological ecological areas. values/ damage to precious species. D. Human Environment 1. Involuntary Access to seven Consultation with the garage Construction Consultation Part of detailed PIU/TVET resettlement or garages which owners and provide them phase with local location survey school land acquisition. are operated temporary parking spaces consultation and authorities and and design. privately within elsewhere within the TVET GRM reports design TVET Campus school engineers in will be blocked consonance temporarily with MLSP. 2. Removal of Loss of trees. Avoid siting of structures to Statutory Consultation Included in Part of detailed PIU/MLSP Trees avoid any permanent loss of approvals for tree with local construction location survey trees wherever possible. trimming /removal authorities and contract and design. Implement tree replantation or from competent design transplantation as the case authority. engineers in may be consonance with MLSP. 3. Location and Disturbance to Maintain adequate clearance, Building Technical Included in Detailed PIU/MLSP design of TVET adjacent lands construction of retaining specifications and specification- construction design/Planning Schools. and the people structures, minimize digging compliance with Once contract Stage. due to digging close to the dwellings. setback distances Measure and construction (“as-ЛuТХt” setback operations. diagrams). distances to nearest house structures – Before Start of Construction.

219

Project Activity Potential Mitigation Measures Parameters to Standards55/ Source of Institutional Responsibility Environmental be Monitored Measurement/ budget ($) Implement Monitor Impact Frequency Exposure to Setback of dwellings to Location selection Setback Included in Part of siting PIU/MLSP safety related designed in accordance with with respect to distances to construction survey and risks. permitted safety distances nearest dwellings. nearest houses contract detailed location – Before Start of survey and Construction. design. 4. Explosions/Fire Hazards to life Design of TVET Schools to TVET Schools Bidding Included in Part of detailed PIU/MLSP include modern fire control design document to construction TVET Schools systems/firewalls. compliance with mention detailed contract layout and Provision of firefighting fire prevention specifications design /drawings equipment to be located close and control to electrical/heating codes. installations. 5. Permits and Approvals are The Contractor has the duty to Permits Bidding Included in Contractor Aimag ASI licenses necessary to secure, where necessary, document to construction inspector ensure appropriate permits and mention detailed contract compliance licenses before undertaking specifications the works. The Contractor must comply with all prevailing legislation at the time of construction, including any requirements under health and safety. 6. Permits for Determine Obtain approval on disposal to Approval on during pre- Bidding Contractor PIU/MLSP waste disposal in location landfil landfill site from relevant local location of landfill construction document to cities sites and waste authorities and sign waste sites and waste stage mention transportation transportation agreement with transportation detailed agency urban service agencies of the agreements specifications relevant area 7. Information Complaints The Contractor shall establish Complaints No of PIU PIU, TVET Progress disclosure, a telephone hotline staffed at addressed complaints Schools, EA report (PIU, hotline for all times during working hours. grievance redress Contact details shall be

220

Project Activity Potential Mitigation Measures Parameters to Standards55/ Source of Institutional Responsibility Environmental be Monitored Measurement/ budget ($) Implement Monitor Impact Frequency prominently displayed at the sites. The Contractor shall disseminate in timely manner information on the construction progress, including anticipated activities that might cause safety risk. The Contractor shall inform PIU, TVET provider, EA and ADB in case of formal complaints. In case of no resolution within 3 weeks of the complaint, the PIU will call a multistakeholder meeting to resolve the issue. ADB will be consulted. II. Construction Phase A. Physical Resources 1. Construction Removal of Sprinkle water at site and Air and water Visual Included in Contractor Construction site clearance topsoil and loose cover soil dump against air pollution inspection construction through contract Supervision, soil storage at pollution (Dust)- Two to contract provisions under PIU site may lead to three times (or supervision of dust emission. as deemed fit) MLSP everyday of construction period. 2. Electrical/fire Sparks and fire Record of all TVET Schools Electrical casings As per Included in Contractor Construction safety Equipment hazard during electric fittings and fire safety at TVET Schools/ International construction through contract Supervision, layout and construction devices located within secure TVET schools standards contract provisions PIU installation casings Once in year

221

Project Activity Potential Mitigation Measures Parameters to Standards55/ Source of Institutional Responsibility Environmental be Monitored Measurement/ budget ($) Implement Monitor Impact Frequency 3. Asbestos is Lead to No asbestos containing Presence of Mongolian Included in Contractor Construction found during inhalation and materials (ACM) will be asbestos national construction through contract Supervision, construction long term health removed, repaired or standards contract provisions under PIU impact on demolished. Any ACM (MNS) 3838: supervision of workers and containing component has 2008 and MLSP occupants been dropped from project Construction funding. Also, components that standard have ACM as associated package # facilities will not be undertaken. 91.040.– once a year 4. Use of Volatile Toxicity and air Use of low or no volatile Air quality – Mongolian Included in Contractor Construction organic contamination organic compounds – water measure volatility national construction through contract Supervision, compounds inside building based nontoxic etc. as per Mongolian standards contract provisions under PIU If toxic solid waste is found standards – four (MNS) 3838: supervision of during construction, times a year 2008 and MLSP construction activities should Construction be suspended and the aimag standard ASI inspector consulted to package # define appropriate actions; 91.040. – four Store chemicals/hazardous times a year products and waste on impermeable surfaces in secure, covered areas; Provide spill cleanup measures and equipment at each construction site. 5. Surplus Runoff to cause Storage of excess soil near Location and Visual Included in Contractor Construction earthwork/soil water pollution, drainage and stored in amount (m3) of fill inspection-once construction through contract Supervision, solid waste restricted area and disposal every day contract provisions under PIU disposal construction work should be supervision of carefully designed to minimize MLSP obstruction or destruction to

222

Project Activity Potential Mitigation Measures Parameters to Standards55/ Source of Institutional Responsibility Environmental be Monitored Measurement/ budget ($) Implement Monitor Impact Frequency natural drainage. Excess soil from foundation Soil disposal (Turbidity and Included in excavation to be reused on site locations and sedimentation) construction or disposed of in accordance volume (m3) Appropriate fill contract to construction site disposal and management plan by dispersal contractor. locations quarterly B. Environment Resources 1. Equipment Noise and Selection of construction Construction Minimal ground Included in Contractor Construction layout and vibrations techniques and machinery to techniques and disturbance construction through contract Supervision, installation minimize ground disturbance. machinery Monthly contract provisions, PIU MLSP

2. Provision of Contamination of Construction workforce Amenities for Presence of Included in Contractor Construction facilities for receptors (land, facilities to include proper Workforce proper construction through contract Supervision, construction water, air). sanitation, water supply and facilities. sanitation, water contract provisions under PIU workers at work waste disposal facilities at supply and supervision of site work site. Discharge waste disposal MLSP construction wastewater and facilities - domestic wastewater to sewer Monthly. systems (if possible), or provide on-site treatment facilities.

223

Project Activity Potential Mitigation Measures Parameters to Standards55/ Source of Institutional Responsibility Environmental be Monitored Measurement/ budget ($) Implement Monitor Impact Frequency 3. Mechanized Noise, vibration Construction equipment to be Construction Technical Included in Contractor Construction construction equipment wear well maintained. Construction techniques and specifications, construction through contract Supervision, and tear and techniques and Machinery equipment - safety contract provisions under PIU operator safety, selection to minimize ground estimated noise regulations, supervision of efficient disturbance. Proper emissions and MLSP. operation. maintenance and turning off operating Noise control plant not in use. Noise barriers schedules. regulations- will be installed to reduce Semi-Annually. incidence of noise to local residents. 4. Oil spillage. Contamination of Record of all oil spillage during TVET Schools Guideline on Included in MLSP. Construction land/nearby construction from construction bounding Transportation, construction Supervision, water bodies. machinery etc. (“as-ЛuТХt” storage, use contract PIU diagrams), and disposal of construction toxic and machinery- hazardous Monthly. chemicals (2009) - Yearly 5. Construction of Increased land Existing separate gates used Access gates, Blueprint design Included in Contractor Construction access road for requirement for for construction and road, locations for access construction through contract Supervision, ingress into temporary maintenance access to the site (length and width restricted to contract provisions under PIU premises. accessibility. wherever possible. of access roads). from normal supervision of Temporary Traffic Prepare traffic and access plan TVET School MLSP. Management. within and around TVET entrances not provider during construction, used by as needed. students. C. Ecological Resources 1. Site clearance. Vegetation, re- Marking of vegetation (if any) Vegetation Clearance Included in Contractor Construction vegetation of to be removed prior to marking and strictly limited to construction through contract Supervision, disturbed areas; clearance, and strict control on clearance control target contract provisions under PIU greening. clearing activities to ensure (area in m2). vegetation – supervision of minimal clearance. Once. MLSP.

224

Project Activity Potential Mitigation Measures Parameters to Standards55/ Source of Institutional Responsibility Environmental be Monitored Measurement/ budget ($) Implement Monitor Impact Frequency 2. Trimming/ Loss of Trees that can survive pruning Species-specific Presence of Included in MLSP, Construction cutting of trees vegetation and to comply should be pruned tree retention as target species construction Contractor Supervision, within TVET removal of trees. instead of cleared. If any trees approved by contract through contract PIU School boundary. are felled or pruned vegetation statutory provisions under to be disposed of as authorities supervision of authorized by the statutory (average and department bodies. Construction Company maximum tree will replant or transplant trees height at maturity, to be cut within the TVET in meters). School premises. D. Human Environment 1. Construction Noise nuisance Construction activities not Timing of Construction as Included in Contractor Construction schedules for to neighbouring undertaken during the night construction per Scheduled construction through contract Supervision, TVET Schools. properties. and local communities (noise emissions timings only. contract provisions under PIU informed of the construction in decibels supervision of schedule. Noise barriers will be (dBA)57. MLSP. installed to reduce incidence of noise to local residents, students and staff. Operate between 6am-10pm only and reach an agreement with TVET provider and nearby residents regarding the timing of works, to avoid any unnecessary disturbances. 2. Disturbance to Public Advance notice to the public Disruption to Visual Included in Contractor Construction public regarding inconvenience about the time and the duration other commercial inspection and construction through contract Supervision, outages of utility due to temporary of the utility disruption. and public consultations. contract provisions under PIU services-Water outages of activities/public supervision of supply, utilities complaints MLSP

57 Noise norms of 55dB daytime 45dB night time.

225

Project Activity Potential Mitigation Measures Parameters to Standards55/ Source of Institutional Responsibility Environmental be Monitored Measurement/ budget ($) Implement Monitor Impact Frequency sanitation, power Use of well trained and Technical etc. experienced machinery specification – operators to reduce accidental per public damage to the public utilities – complaint – pipelines etc. Once each time

Restore the utilities immediately to overcome public inconvenience. 3. Temporary use Losses to Contract clauses specifying Contract clauses Incorporating Included in Contractor Construction of land. neighbouring careful construction practices. Design basis and good construction through contract Supervision, land uses/ TVET School Land will be layout. construction contract provisions under PIU values. reinstated following completion Reinstatement of management, supervision of of construction. land status (area design MLSP affected, m2). engineering practices. 4. Construction Indiscriminate All valuable materials (doors, Contract clauses MLSP and ADB Included in TVET providers, Construction and demolition - disposal of windows, sanitary fixtures, Health and construction Aimag ASI Supervision, domestic wastes wastes on site etc.) should be carefully safety standards contract PIU generated on and off site by dismantled from demolished -Monthly. construction sites construction building58 and transported to company an assigned storage area. Valuable materials should be recycled within the project or sold; Provide appropriate waste stШraРО МШЧtaТЧОrs fШr аШrkОr’s construction and hazardous wastes; Install confined storage points

58 In case of Bayankhongor TVET, the hen shelters will also be demolished which are temporary structures.

226

Project Activity Potential Mitigation Measures Parameters to Standards55/ Source of Institutional Responsibility Environmental be Monitored Measurement/ budget ($) Implement Monitor Impact Frequency of solid wastes away from sensitive receptors, regularly haul to an approved disposal facility; Use licensed contractors to remove wastes from the construction sites; Prohibit burning of waste. 5. Transportation Nuisance to the Transport loading and Water, Air Quality Air Quality Included in Contractor Construction and storage of general public. unloading of construction and Noise in Emission construction through contract Supervision, materials. Dust generated materials should not cause decibels (dBA). standards and contract provisions under PIU during nuisance to the people by way Water Quality Included in supervision of construction, air of noise, vibration and dust. standards - construction MLSP. emissions from Avoid storage of construction Semi-Annually. contract construction materials beside the road, vehicles and around water bodies, machinery residential or public sensitive locations. Regularly (at least once a day) spray water on construction sites where fugitive dust is generated. Construction materials should be stored in covered areas to ensure protection from dust, emissions and such materials should be bundled in environment friendly and nuisance free manner.

227

Project Activity Potential Mitigation Measures Parameters to Standards55/ Source of Institutional Responsibility Environmental be Monitored Measurement/ budget ($) Implement Monitor Impact Frequency 6. Occupational Injury and Contract provisions specifying Contract clauses MLSP and ADB Included in Contractor Construction Health and safety sickness of minimum requirements for (number of Health and construction through contract Supervision, workers and construction camps. incidents and total safety standards contract provisions under PIU members of the Contractor to prepare and lost-work days - supervision of public. implement a health and safety caused by injuries Monthly. MLSP. plan and provide workers with and sickness). required PPE (attached separately below table). Contractor to arrange for health and safety awareness programmes including on AIDS and sexually transmitted diseases (STD). Develop an emergency response plan to take actions on accidents and emergencies; Document and report occupational accidents, diseases, and incidents; Emergency contact numbers for local fire, medical and police services shall be kept at prominent place. 7. Community Injury and Installation of proper warning Contract clauses EHS guidelines, Included in Contractor Construction Health and Safety accidents caused signage, installation of sheet (number of MN Health and construction through contract Supervision, to residents in barriers to avoid people, incidents caused safety standards contract provisions under PIU the area students, stray animals falling by injuries and - Monthly. supervision of into trenches, or projectile accidents in MLSP. material hitting the neighbourhood). students/residents walking by or damaging property 8. Capacity Improve Training of MLSP, TVET Training Number of Contractor PIU costs Construction

228

Project Activity Potential Mitigation Measures Parameters to Standards55/ Source of Institutional Responsibility Environmental be Monitored Measurement/ budget ($) Implement Monitor Impact Frequency Building standards of School managements. schedules. training program through Supervision, implementation - Yearly. contract PIU and monitoring. provisions under supervision of MLSP. III. Operation and Maintenance Phase A. Physical Resources 1. Operation of Electric sparks, Record of all TVET Schools TVET Schools MNS: 0640 Operations TVET schools MLSP Electrical safety fire and explosion electrical switchbox located electricity (1989) Fire Budget systems, fire within secure casings. distribution safety standard safety systems. boards – Monthly. - Monthly B. Environmental Resources 1. Oil spillage. Contamination of Record of all oil disposal from TVET Schools Guideline on Operations TVET schools MLSP land/nearby machinery at TVET Schools bounding Transportation, Budget water bodies. (“as-ЛuТХt” storage, use diagrams)- and disposal of Monthly. toxic and hazardous chemicals (2009) - Yearly C. Ecological Recourses None D. Human Environment

229

Project Activity Potential Mitigation Measures Parameters to Standards55/ Source of Institutional Responsibility Environmental be Monitored Measurement/ budget ($) Implement Monitor Impact Frequency 1. Effluent Chemicals from TVET Schools to ensure that Water discharge Waste water Operations TVET Schools MLSP Management Chemistry chemical laboratory effluent is parameters as standards – Budget from TVET laboratory, collected and disposed off to specified in EMoP Semi-annually. School sewage flowing the District Branch of into city drains Emergency Management Agency Maintenance and regular upkeep of septic tanks and holding tanks by TVET School to avoid surface discharge. TVET schools to include O&M of the sewage treatment facility and sewage tanks. 2. Training59 on Lack of Training of TVET School Training Number of Operations MLSP MLSP Health and safety awareness for personnel and children on schedules. training Budget and emergency health and safety safety and emergency program-Yearly. response procedure. response in compliance with өТstrТМt’s EЦОrРОЧМв Management Agency requirements 3. Segregation of Nuisance to local Training of TVET School Training by PIU Number of Operations TVET Schools MLSP Solid waste community personnel and children in training Budget proper segregation and program-Yearly. storage and waste at TVET School 4. Management Low ambient air Monitoring of HOBs operations Air quality and Air quality and Operations TVET Schools MLSP of emissions from quality inside to ensure the air emissions, contamination of soil Budget HOB premises ash handling etc. are within soil contamination

59 5 TVET schools (Bayanchandmani, Uvurkhangai, Arkhangai, Orkhon and Khovd) will have training program for wool/cashmere processing plant workers. Only fabric paints will be used for cashmere/wool processing trainings and there will not be any hazardous waste. Ensure that the wool and cashmere processing course does not contribute to increased goat herding. Occupational health and safety issues related to the use of chemicals in processing should be included in the curriculum.

230

Project Activity Potential Mitigation Measures Parameters to Standards55/ Source of Institutional Responsibility Environmental be Monitored Measurement/ budget ($) Implement Monitor Impact Frequency permissible limits standards – Semi-annually 5. O&M of Loss of heating, Insulation to ensure efficient Energy efficiency Energy Operations TVET Schools MLSP building high operational operations parameters conservation Budget equipment- costs norms of heating, building buildings – insulation and Once/year generators etc. 6. Electric shock Death or injury to Security warnings around Proper Periodic Operations TVET Schools MLSP or accidents the staff and fittings. Careful design using maintenance of maintenance. Budget public. appropriate technologies to distribution boxes Number of minimize hazards. and sign boards. programmes Usage of and percent of appropriate staff/ workers technologies (lost covered. work days due to injuries). 7. Replanted Replanted trees Proper upkeep, water etc. for Number of trees Semi-annually Operations TVET Schools MLSP Trees die ensuring tree regenerate Budget 8. Indoor Indoor health and Ensure compliance with TVET provider Air quality Operations TVET Schools MLSP Pollution safety relevant health and safety classrooms, standards – Budget regulations pertaining to workshops Semi-annually. ventilation, indoor air quality, lighting, noise, fire

Recommended Personal Protective Equipment According to Workplace Hazards No. Objective Workplace Hazard PPE 1. Eye and Face Flying particles, Molten metal, Liquid chemicals, Safety glasses with side-shields, protective shades, etc. Protection gases, vapor. 2 Head Protection Falling objects, inadequate height clearance, and Plastic helmets with top and side impact protection. overhead power cords 3 Hearing Protection Noise Hearing protectors (ear plugs or ear muffs)

231

No. Objective Workplace Hazard PPE 4 Foot Protection Falling or rolling objects, pointed objects, corrosive or Safety shoes and boots for protection against moving & falling hot liquids objects, liquids and chemicals. 5 Hand Protection Hazardous materials, cuts or lacerations, vibrations, Gloves made of rubber or synthetic materials (Neoprene), leather, extreme temperatures steel, insulating materials, etc. 6 Respiratory Dust, fogs, fumes, mists, gases, smokes, vapors Facemasks with appropriate filters for dust removal and air Protection purification (chemicals, mists, vapor and gases. 7 Body/leg Protection Extreme temperatures, hazardous materials, cutting Insulating clothing, body suits, aprons, etc of appropriate materials. and laceration.

232

Annexure – 3: Environment Monitoring Plan (Environmental Parameters) Environmental Project stage Parameters to Sampling Monitoring Estimated Regulatory Standards for Agency component be monitored Location Frequency cost US $ parameter responsible for implementation 1. Air Quality A. Pre- PM10, PM2.5, Boundary of 8 One time 800.00 National Air quality standards Construction construction SO2, NO2, CO, TVET Schools of MNS 4585- 2016 “AТr Company and Design TSPM (Visible quality. General technical stage dust) rОquТrОЦОЧts” (Maximum acceptable level of toxic elements in outdoor air) B. Construction PM10, PM2.5, Boundary of 8 Every one month 8000.00 National Air quality standards Construction Stage SO2, NO2, CO, TVET Schools of construction of MNS 4585- 2016 “AТr Company TSPM (Visible period (10 times quality. General technical dust) in total) rОquТrОЦОЧts” (Maximum acceptable level of toxic elements in outdoor air) C. Operation PM10, PM2.5, Boundary of 8 One time during 800.00 National Air quality standards MLSP Stage SO2, NO2, CO, TVET Schools commissioning of MNS 4585- 2016 “AТr TSPM (Visible quality. General technical dust) rОquТrОЦОЧts” (Maximum acceptable level of toxic elements in outdoor air) 2. Water quality A. Pre- Hardness, TSS, Drinking water Once 800.00 National Drinking Water MLSP construction turbidity, Na+K, supply sources Standard MNS0900:2018 and Design Cl, NH4, SO4, "Hygiene, quality and safety stage Ca, Mg, Pb requirements" B. Construction Hardness, TSS, Drinking water Every one month 8000.00 National Drinking Water Construction Stage turbidity, Na+K, supply sources of construction Standard MNS0900:2018 Company Cl, NH4, SO4, period (10 times "Hygiene, quality and safety Ca, Mg, Pb in total) requirements" C.Operation Hardness, TSS, Drinking water Once a year 800.00 National Drinking Water TVET Stage turbidity, Na+K, supply sources during operation Standard MNS0900:2018 school/MLSP Cl, NH4, SO4, period "Hygiene, quality and safety Ca, Mg, Pb requirements" 3. Noise/ A. Pre- Noise level Boundary of 8 One time 400.00 National standards for Noise Construction

233

Environmental Project stage Parameters to Sampling Monitoring Estimated Regulatory Standards for Agency component be monitored Location Frequency cost US $ parameter responsible for implementation Vibration construction [dB(A)] TVET Schools MNS 4585:2016 Company and Design stage (Baseline development) B. Construction Noise level Boundary of 8 Every one month 4000.00 National standards for Noise Construction Stage [dB(A)] TVET Schools of construction MNS 4585:2016 Company period (10 times in total) C. Operation Noise level Boundary of 8 One time during 400.00 National standards for Noise MLSP Stage [dB(A)] TVET Schools commissioning MNS 4585:2016 4. Soil A. Pre- Visible spills at 1 spot inside of One time 1200.00 Guideline on Transportation, Construction construction and/or soil each 8 TVET storage, use and disposal of Company and Design staining, Oil & Schools toxic and hazardous stage (Baseline grease chemicals (2009) development) B. Construction Visible spills at 1 spot inside of One time 1200.00 Guideline on Transportation, Construction Stage and/or soil each 8 TVET storage, use and disposal of Company staining, Oil & Schools toxic and hazardous grease chemicals (2009) C. Operation Visible spills at 1 spot inside of One time during 1200.00 Guideline on Transportation, MLSP Stage and/or soil each 8 TVET commissioning storage, use and disposal of staining, Oil & Schools toxic and hazardous grease chemicals (2009) Total 27,600.00 Abbreviations: SO2- -Sulphur Dioxide; NO2- - Nitrogen Dioxide; CO- Carbon Monoxide; Pb – Lead; PM2.5 - Particulate Matter <2.5; PM10 - Particulate Matter <10; EC – Electric Conductivity; TSPM- Total Suspended Particulate Matter; DO - Dissolved Oxygen; TSS - Total Suspended Solids; BOD - Biological Oxygen Demand; ORP – Oxidation Reduction Potential NAAQS - National Ambient Air Quality Standards specified by MET

234

Annexure 3A: Environmental Safeguard Clauses for Civil Works Contracts

The general environment, health and safety obligations of the Contractor within this Contract, without prejudice to other official provisions in force, include the following: • The Contractor shall ensure that the construction and decommissioning of project facilities comply with (a) all applicable laws and regulations of Mongolia relating to environment, health and safety; (b) the Environmental Safeguards stipulated in AөB’s Safeguards Policy Statement (2009); and (c) all measures and requirements set forth in the Generic environmental management plan (EMP). • The Contractor shall establish a telephone hotline to receive community complaints, staffed at all times during working hours. Contact details shall be prominently displayed at the sites. The Contractor shall disseminate in timely manner information on the construction progress, including anticipated activities that might cause safety risk. • The Contractor shall secure all necessary permits and licenses before undertaking the works. • The Contractor shall assign sufficient qualified staff to manage site-EMP implementation, and ensure adequate financial resources are available to implement the site-EMP throughout the construction period. • The Contractor shall provide equal pay for equal work, regardless of gender or ethnicity; provide those they employ with a written contract; provide the timely payment of wages; use local unskilled labor, as applicable, comply with core labor standards and the applicable labor laws and regulations, including stipulations related to employment, e.g. health, safety, welfare and the аШrkОrs’ rights, and anti-trafficking laws; and not employ child labor. The Contractor shall maintain records of labor employment, including the name, ethnicity, age, gender, domicile, working time, and the payment of wages. • All buildings shall be designed in compliance with relevant Government of MШЧРШХТa’s design standards and codes for energy-efficient, safe buildings, including but not limited to: Mongolian National Standards (MNS) 3838: 2008 and Construction standard package # 91.040. Only low or no Volatile Organic Compound (VOC)-emitting materials shall be used (including Paints, Coatings, Adhesives, Carpet and Furniture) to ensure high indoor air quality. Water-based nontoxic, no allergenic paint for drywall or plaster surfaces shall be preferred to latex or oil- based paints. All facilities shall be properly sited to minimize the risk of scouring that may result from increase intensity of precipitation as a result of climate change. • The Contractor shall take necessary precautions to avoid interruptions to water supply, wastewater collection, heating and other utility services during the civil works. • The Contractor shall prepare a site-EMP based on this EMP. • The Contractor shall take appropriate sanctions against personnel violating the applicable specifications and provisions on environment, health and safety. • The Contractor shall document, and systematically report to the TVET School management and the project implementation unit (PIU), of each incident or accident, damage or degradation caused to the environment, workers or residents or their assets, in the course of the works. • The Contractor shall provide all relevant information about the EMP and the Site-EMP to subcontractor/s and be responsible for their actions. • The Contractor shall provide the TVET School administration and the PIU with a written notice of any unanticipated environmental, health and safety risks or impacts that arise during implementation of the contract that were not considered in the EMP.

235

Annexure 3B: Environmental Site Inspection and Monitoring Checklist

Note: This form is designed for use by the Project Implementation unit (PIU) project coordinator during site inspections and monitoring and may not be exhaustive. Modifications and additions may be necessary to suit individual sub-projects and to address specific environmental issues and mitigation measures.

Name of TVET School: ______Location: ______Inspection Date: ______Inspection Time: ______Inspector(s): ______

Inspection Item Yes No N.A. Remarks (i.e. problem observed, possible cause of nonconformity and/or proposed corrective/ preventative actions) 1. Has contractor appointed a construction supervisor and is the supervisor on-site? 2. Is information pertaining to construction disclosed at construction site (including construction period, contractor information, grievance hotline, etc.)? 3. Are chemicals/hazardous products and waste stored on impermeable surfaces in secure, covered areas? 4. Is there evidence of oil spillage? 5. Are chemicals stored and labeled properly? 6. Is construction equipment well maintained (any black smoke observed)? 7. Is there evidence of excessive dust generation? 8. Are there enclosures around the main dust-generating activities? 9. Does contractor regularly consult with TVET School management as well as nearby residents to identify concerns? 10. Is there evidence of excessive noise? 11. Any noise mitigation measures adopted (e.g. use noise barrier / enclosure)? 12. Is construction wastewater and domestic wastewater discharged to sewer systems (if possible), or are on-site treatment facilities (septic tank) provided? 13. Is there any wastewater

236

Inspection Item Yes No N.A. Remarks (i.e. problem observed, possible cause of nonconformity and/or proposed corrective/ preventative actions) discharged to soil or surface water? 14. Is the site kept clean and tidy (e.g. litter free, good housekeeping)? 15. Are separated labeled containers/areas provided for facilitating recycling and waste segregation? 16. Are construction wastes/recyclable wastes and general refuse removed off site regularly? 17. Is safe supply of clean water and an adequate number of toilets provided for workers? 18. Is personal protection equipment provided for workers? 19. Are clear information and warning signs placed at construction sites in view of the students and staff as well as the public? 20. Are all construction sites made secure, discouraging access through appropriate fencing? 21. Are disturbed areas properly re-vegetated after completion of works? 22. Were any complaints filed with the contractor, and have staff and nearby residents raised any concerns related to the performance of contractor? 23. Any other problems identified or observations made?

______Date, Name and Signature of PIU staff/ consultant

237

Annexure – 4: Environmental Laws, Standards for Air, Water, Noise and Soil monitoring

Table A4-1: Environmental Laws, Environmental Quality and Health and Safety Standards Relevant to the Project Name of Law Year Description Regulates relations concerning the use & protection of subsoil Law on Subsoil 1988 in the interests of present and future generations. Regulates the possession & use of land by a citizen, entity & 1994 organization, & other related issues. Articles 42/43 provide Law on Land (2012) guide on removing possessed land & granting of compensation relative to removing. RОРuХatОs “rОХatТШЧs ЛОtаООЧ tСО statО, МТtТгОЧs, ОМШЧШЦТМ entities and organizations in order to guarantee the human right to live in a healthy and safe environment, have ecologically balanced social and economic development, and for the protection of the environment for present and future Law on Environmental 1995 generations, the proper use of natural resources and the Protection (2012) rОstШratТШЧ Шf aЯaТХaЛХО rОsШurМОs”. Its ArtТМХО Ү rОquТrОs tСО conduct of natural resource assessment and environmental impact assessment to preserve the natural state of the environment, and Article 10, the conduct of environmental monitoring on the state and changes of the environment. Regulates the protection of the atmosphere to provide environmental balance & for the sake of present & future generations. Allows government to set standard limits to Law on Air (2012) emissions from all sources. Provides for the regular monitoring of air pollution, hazardous impacts & changes in small air components such as ozone and hydrogen. Regulates the protection, proper use, & restoration of natural Law on Natural Plants (2012) plants other than forest & cultivated plants. Regulates relations pertaining to the effective use, protection & restoration of water resources. Specifies regular monitoring Law on Water (2012) of the levels of water resources, quality & pollution. Provides safeguards against water pollution. Law on Plant 1996 Regulates the inhibition, protection, inspection of pasturelands Protection (2007) & plants. RОРuХatОs “rОХatТШЧs МШЧМОrЧТЧР prШtОМtТШЧ Шf tСО ОЧЯТrШЧЦОЧt, prevention of ecological imbalance, the use of natural Law on Environmental 1998 resources, assessment of the environmental impact and Impact Assessment (2012) decision-ЦakТЧР ШЧ tСО start Шf a prШУОМt”. It sОts Шut tСО general requirements and procedures for project screening and conduct of environmental assessment and review. Governs relationships concerning maintenance of sanitary conditions, defining the general requirements for sanitation in order to ensure the right of an individual to healthy & safe Law on Sanitation 1998 working & living conditions, ensuring normal sanitary conditions, & defining the rights & duties of individuals, economic entities & organizations with this respect. Regulates the collection, registration, research, classification, Law on Protection of evaluation, preservation, protection, promotion, restoration, 2001 Cultural Heritage possession and usage of cultural heritage including tangible and intangible heritage.

238

Name of Law Year Description Governs the collection, transportation, storage, & depositing in landfills of household & industrial waste, & re-using waste as a source of raw materials to eliminate hazardous impacts of Law on Wastes 2012 household and industrial waste on public health & the environment. Undertakings that generate significant amount of wastes must dispose of the wastes in designated landfills that meet prescribed standards. Regulates matters relating to the principles & full powers of disaster protection organizations & agencies, their Law on Disaster 2003 organization & activities, as well as the rights & duties of the Protection (2012) State, local authorities, enterprises, entities & individuals in relation to disaster protection. Regulates all the construction phases from design to Law on Buildings 2008 completion of construction. It also regulates civil works. Ministerial order # 196 The Design Authors Supervision during Construction works Ministry of 1999

Infrastructure ( 11.04.99) Source: Mongolia: Ulaanbaatar Urban Services and Ger Areas Development Investment Program (MFF), ADB, 2013

Table A4-2: Standards relevant to Projects Standard Description Air Quality MNS 4585:2016 National air quality standards and parameters, applies to urban areas Noise MNS 0012-1- Standard for noise level in residential areas and civil construction 009:1985 Water Quality (surface & groundwater) MNS 3342:1982 General requirements for protection groundwater from pollution/contamination MNS 0899:1992 Requirements/rules for selecting water supply source & hygienic requirements MNS 4586:1998 Indicator of water environment quality and general requirements MNS 6148:2010 Permissible level for ground water polluting substances. Drinking Water Quality MNS 900:2005 Hygienic requirements and quality control for drinking water Wastewater MNS 4943:2000 Effluent/wastewater standard. Occupational Health/Safety MNS 12.1.06:1988 General requirements for safety against extreme high noise MNS 4990:2000 Hygienic requirements in workplace environment Dormitory MNS 5869 - 2008 Dormitory service. General Requirement MNS 5682 - 2006 Road and access for vehicles, pedestrian and disabled people Fire safety MNS 0640 : 1989 Fire safety requirement Construction work 91.040 The comprehensive package of the standards related to construction 91.140.99 The package of the standards that regulates inside construction and civil works for all buildings 91.140.60 The package regulates water supply system 91.140.80 The package regulates all the sewage water removal system

239

Standard Description MNS 3838 : 1985 Construction design developing and fire safety Heating MNS 3238 : 2001 Design for heating system MNS 3240 : 2003 Heating and air conditioning system design MNS 5041 : 2001 Technical requirements for Heat-only Boilers MNS 5043 : 2001 MNS 5457 : 2005 Permissible level of pollutants in emission from heating and gera chimneys and testing method a National dwelling: A Ger is a portable, bent dwelling structure traditionally used by nomads in the steppes of Central Asia

Environmental quality and health and safety standards relevant to the subprojects under the program during construction and operation

Table A4-3: Ambient Air Quality Standards MNS4585:2016 & Compared to International Standards EHS Guidelines. World Health Organization Parameter MNS 4585:2016 (μР/Ц3) (WHO). Air Quality Guidelines Global Update.2005)-µg/m3) SO2 24-hour 50 24-hour 125 (Interim target-1) 50 (Interim target-2) 20 (guideline) 20 minute 450 10 minute 500 (guideline) 1-year 20 NO2 1-year 40 1-year 40 (guideline) 24-hour 50 24-hour - 20-min 200 1-hour 200 (guideline) PM10 1-year 50 1-year 70 (Interim target-1) 50 (Interim target-2) 30 (Interim target-3) 20 (v) 24-hour 100 24-hour 150 (Interim target-1) 100 (Interim target-2) 75 (Interim target-3) 50 (guideline) PM2.5 1-year 25 1-year 35 (Interim target-1) 25 (Interim target-2) 15 (Interim target-3) 10 (guideline) 24-hour 50 24-hour 75 (Interim target-1) 50 (Interim target-2) 37.5 (Interim target-3) 25 (guideline) CO Average in 1 hour 30g/m3 No standard

Interim targets are provided in recognition of the need for a staged approach to achieving the recommended guidelines. However, if airshed is degraded compared to WHO guideline, then standards more stringent than Mongolian standards must apply.

240

Table A4-4: Ambient Noise Standards MNS 4585:2016 & Compared to International Standards EHS Guidelines (Guidelines for Community Noise. Receptor MNS 4585:2007 World Health Organization (WHO), 1999) Residential, 07 00 - 23 00 55 dB(A) 07 00 - 22 00 55 dB(A) Institutional, 23 00 - 07 00 45 dB(A) 22 00 - 07 00 45 dB(A) Educational Higher MNS figures means (in Red) the EHS standard has to be followed.

Ambient Air Quality Standards in Respect of Noise: MNS 4585-2007 Area Code Category of Area/Zone Limits in dB(A) Leq * Day Time Night Time (A) Industrial area 75 70 (B) Commercial area 65 55 (C) Residential area 55 45 (D) Silence Zone 50 40 Note: 1. Day time shall mean from 6.00 a.m. to 10.00 p.m. 2. Night time shall mean from 10.00 p.m. to 6.00 a.m. 3. Silence zone is defined as an area comprising not less than 100 metres around hospitals, educational institutions and courts. The silence zones are zones which are declared as such by the competent authority. 4. Mixed categories of areas may be declared as one of the four above mentioned categories by the competent authority. *dB(A) Leq denotes the time weighted average of the level of sound in decibels on scale A which is relatable to human hearing. A "decibel" is a unit in which noise is measured. "A", in dB(A) Leq, denotes the frequency weighting in the measurement of noise and corresponds to frequency response characteristics of the human ear. Leq: It is an energy mean of the noise level, over a specified period.

Source: Ministry of Environment and Tourism

Table A4.5: Mongolian and WHO Standards for drinking water quality (permissible limit of chemical composition) WHO 2011 4th MNS 6148: MNS 4943: MNS 4586: Parameters MNS 900: 2010 edition 2010 2011 1998 Aluminum Al (0.9)(1)(ha)(2) 0.5(***)(3) 0.5 0.5 + 4 Ammonium NH4 n.g. ( ) (1.5) 1.5(**) 3.0 6.0 (as N) 0.5 (as N) Antimony Sb 0.020 0.020(***) 0.006 Arsenic As 0.010 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 Barium Ba 0.7 0.7 2 1.5 Beryllium Be n.g. (0.012)(ha) 0.0002(*) 0.001 0.001 Bor B 2.4 0.5 1.0 0.3 Bromide Br n.g. 0.01 bromate? Cadmium Cd 0.003 0.003(*) 0.003 0.03 0.005 Calcium Ca n.g.(300) 100 Cloride Cl n.g.(250) 350 350 300 Chromium Cr 0.050 0.050 0.070 0.300 0.050 Chromium 6+ Cr6+ n.g. 0.005 ?? 0.010 Cobalt Co n.g. 0.020 0.010 Copper Cu 2.0 1.0 1.0 0.3 0.010

241

WHO 2011 4th MNS 6148: MNS 4943: MNS 4586: Parameters MNS 900: 2010 edition 2010 2011 1998 Cyanide CN- n.g. (0.070) 0.010(*) 0.1/0.005(7) 0.05/0.005(7) Fluoride F 1.5 0.7-1.5 1.5 1.5 Hydrosulfuric H2S n.g (0.1) 0.1 0.002 0.5 acid Iodine I n.g. 1.0(***) Iron Fe n.g. (0.3) 0.3(***) 0.3 1.0 Lead Pb 0.010 0.010(***) 0.050 0.100 0.010 Magnesium Mg see Hardness 30 Manganate Mn 0.4(ha)/(0.1) 0.1 0.1 0.5 0.1 Mercury Hg 0.006 (5) 0.0005(*) 0.002 0.001 0.0001 Molybdenium Mo n.g. (0.070) 0.070 0.040 0.500 0.250 Nicle Ni 0.070 0.020(***) 0.1 0.2 0.010 - Nitrate NO3 50 50(**) 50 15 (as tot N) 9.0 (as N) - Nitrite NO2 3.0 1.0(**) 1.0 0.02 (as N) 3- Phosphate PO4 n.g. 3.5 3.5 1.5 (as tot P) 0.1 (as P) Selenium Se 0.040 0.010 0.040 0.020 Argentium Ag n.g.(0.1)(ha) 0.1 0.1 Sodium Na n.g. (200) 200 Strontium Sr n.g. 2 2.0 -- Sulphate SO4 n.g. (250) 500 500 100 Thallium Tl n.g. 0.0005 Vanadium V n.g. 0.06 V2O5 0.1 Copper Zn n.g. (4.0) 5.0(***) 5.0 1.0 0.01 Temperature T°C n.g. 20°C pH pH n.g. (6.5-8.5) 6.5-8.5 6.5-8.5 6.0-9.0 6.5-8.5 Total TDS n.g. (1000) 1000(1500) 1000 (8) dissolvable solids Hardness H (15 meq/L) 7.0 meq/L meq/L Uranium U 0.03/10 Bq/L 0.015 0.020 0.050 Radium 226Ra 1 Bq/L Total alpha α tШt 0.5 Bq/L (6) 0.1 Bq/L Total beta β tШt 1 Bq/L (6) 1 Bq/L Remarks: 1. (1):(xx) Sub-normative for drinking water; (2) : (ha) Health monitoring (aging); (3) : (**) industrial or Agricultural pollution, (***) eliminate pollution; (4): n.g. or clarified: there is no interpretation, value; (5) non organic mercury; (6) screening level to be studied further; (7) total/free; (8) value that more than max or natural contents by 20%; put the values to be checked in cells highlighted or shaded by color. The measuring unit would be mg/l when the values are not indicated. 2. MNS 900: 2010 – Drinking water. Hygienic requirement and quality monitoring. WHO ISBN 978 92 4 154815 1 – Drinking water quality general guideline, 4th edition, 2011. MNS 6148: 2010 – Water quality. Maximium limit for polluters in underground water. MNS 4943: 2011 – Neutralised waste water effluent to the environment. MNS 4586: 1998 – Water quality, general requirement (To evaluate surface water quality).

242

Table A4-6: Ground water quality Standard MNS 900-2005 Compared to International Standards60 Parameter MNS 900:2005 WHO Guidelines for Drinking Water Quality, Fourth Edition. 2011 Na- mg/l 200 None established K- mg/l 200 None established Ca2' mg/l 100 - Mg2- mg/l 30 - SO42 mg/l 500 None established HCO3 mg/l - - CO32 mg/l - - Cl mg/l 350 mg/l 5 P mg/i 0 7-1.5 - Br - None established Test, by mark mg/l 2 - Color degree 20° None proposed Odor mark 2 - pH 6.5-8.5 None established Electric - - Conductivity Y S/st General Minerals 1000 - Hardness mg-eqv/l 7 None established Acidity potential mB - Solid remains g/l 1 - NH4 mg/l 1.5 None established NO3 mg/l 50 mg/l 50 NO2 mg/l 1 mg/l 3 PO4 mg/l 35 - As mg/l 001 mg/l 001 Fe mg/l 0.3 None established Pb mg/1 003 mg/l 001 Ni mg/l 002 mg/l 007 Cr mg/l 005 mg/l 005 Cu mg/l 0.1 mg/l 2 Zn mg/l 5 None established Mn mg/l 0.1 None established Cd mg/l 0003 mg/l 0003 Hg mg/l 00005 mg/l 0006 B mg/l 0.5 mg/l 24 Ba mg/l 0.7 mg/l 07 Mo mg/l 007 None established Se mg/l 001 mg/l 004 E coli or thermo * Must not be detectable in any tolerant coliform 100 ml sample bacteria

MNS 900:2005. Drinking Water Hygienic Requirement and Quality Control is the standard used for groundwater supply, which is the source for drinking water supply in Mongolia

60 It is required that the entire suite needs to be tested where ground water is used for drinking water.

243

Table A4-7: Soil Quality Standard MNS 5850-2008 MNS 5850:2008 Parameter Soil Mechanical Composition Maximum Acceptable Clay Loamy Sandy Amount * Pb 100 70 50 100 Cd 3 1.5 1 3 Hg 2 1 05 2 As 6 4 2 6 Cr 150 100 60 150 Cr6+ 4 3 2 4 Sn 50 40 30 50 Sr 800 700 600 800 V 150 130 100 150 Cu 100 80 60 100 Ni 150 100 60 150 Co 50 40 30 50 Zn 300 150 100 300 Mo 5 3 2 5 Se 10 8 6 10 B 25 20 15 25 F 200 150 100 200 CN 25 15 10 25 * There are no soil quality International standards for EHS guidelines.

Table A4-8: Boiler Emission Guidelines MNS 6298:2011 and compared to International Standards Guideline Parameter in mg/Nm3) MNS 6298:2011 EHS Guidelines * SO2 μР/Ц3 400 urban mg/Nm3 600 remote 2000 areas 3 3 NOx μР/Ц 450-1.100 mg/Nm 650 based on volatile coal PM μР/Ц3 50-200 mg/Nm3 50-150

Dry Gas Excess O2 - - % content 6 * Small Combustible facilities Emission Guidelines (3 MWth-50 MWth) - for Boilers using solid fuel MWth - Megawatt thermal Nm3 is at one atmospheric pressure. 0°C

Table A4-9: Standard for Wastewater Discharge to water bodies (MNS- 4943-2011) № Parameter Measuring Maximum EHS Guidelines* unit allowance 1 Water temperature C 20 2 Hydrogen ion activity (pH) - 6-9 6-9 3 Odor Sense No bad smell 4 Suspended solids (SS) mg/l 50 5 Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD) mg/l 20 30 6 Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) mg/l 50 125 7 Permanganate mg/l 20 8 Dissolved Salt mg/l 100 9 Ammonia Nitrogen (NH4-N) mg/l 6

244

№ Parameter Measuring Maximum EHS Guidelines* unit allowance 10 Total Nitrogen (TN) mg/l 15 10 11 Total Phosphorous (TP) mg/l 1.5 2 12 Organic Phosphorous (DOP) mg/l 0.2 13 Hydrogen Sulphide (H2S) mg/l 1 14 Total Iron (Fe) mg/l 1 15 Aluminium (A) mg/l 0.5 16 Manganese (MN) mg/l 0.5 17 Total Chromium (Cr) mg/l 03 18 Chromium +6 (Cr+6) mg/l Not specified 19 Total cyanide (CN) mg/l 0.05 20 Free cyanide (CN) mg/l 0.05 21 Copper (Cu) mg/l 0.3 22 Boron (B) mg/l 0.3 23 Lead (Pb) mg/l 0.1 24 Zinc (Zn) mg/l 1.0 25 Cadmium (Cd) mg/l 0.03 26 Antimony (Sb) mg/l 0.05 27 Mercury (Hg) mg/l 0.01 28 Molybdenum (Mo) mg/l 0.5 29 Total Arsenic (As) mg/l 0.01 30 Nickel (Ni) mg/l 0.2 31 Selenium (Se) mg/l 0.02 32 Beryllium (Be) mg/l 0.001 33 Cobalt (Co) mg/l 0.02 34 Barium (Ba) mg/l 1.5 35 Strontium (Sr) mg/l 2 36 Vanadium (V) mg/l 0.1 37 Uranium (U) mg/l 0.05 38 Mineral oil mg/l 1 39 Fat oil mg/l 5 40 Surface active agents mg/l 2.5 41 Phenol (C5H20H) mg/l 0.05 42 Thrichloretilen mg/l 0.2 43 Tetrachloretilen mg/l 0.1 44 Remained chlorine (Cl) mg/l 1 45 Faecal conforms No/100ml Not occurring in 1 400 MPN/100ml ml.

245

Table A.4.10: MNS 5919:2008. Mongolian National Standard on Maximum Acceptable Levels of Air Pollutants From The Steam And Hot Water Boilers.

Table A4.10.1. Maximum allowed level of NO2 № Capacity of boiler D. t/h. Content of emission. Emission per second. mg/m3 g/sec 1. Boiler 1 ө=221…420 715.0 67.0 2 D=76...220 1100.0 110.0 3 D=51...75 1270 37.9 4 D=51...75 320 9.8 5 D=26...35 900 16.03 6 D=26...35 710 13.1 7 D=11...25 950 18 8 D=11...25 660 10.8 9 ө ≤ 10 1150 14 10 ө ≤ 10 680 8.4 2. Water heating stoves 11 12

Table A4.10.2. Maximum allowed level of SO2 Content of emission. Emission per Capacity of boiler D. t/h. № mg/m3 second. g/sec 1. Boiler 1 ө=221…420 1200 112.5 2 D=76...220 1485 164.8 3 D=51...75 1931.8 56.8 4 D=51...75 615 18.8 5 D=26...35 1740 30.6 6 D=26...35 1770 30.8 7 D=11...25 1690 29 8 D=11...25 1560 26 9 ө ≤ 10 1620 27 10 ө ≤ 10 1500 24 2. Water heating stoves 11 12

Table A4.10.3 Maximum allowed level of CO Emission per second. Capacity of boiler D. t/h. Content of emission. mg/m3 № g/sec 1. Boiler 1 ө=221…420 180 18.3 2 D=76...220 300 19.4

246

Emission per second. Capacity of boiler D. t/h. Content of emission. mg/m3 № g/sec 3 D=51...75 3547.1 125.5 4 D=51...75 6245 191.2 5 D=26...35 3320 111.45 6 D=26...35 87.65 1.49 7 D=11...25 960 58 8 D=11...25 865 53 9 ө ≤ 10 1030 62.4 10 ө ≤ 10 940 75.5 2. Water heating stoves 11 12

Table A4.10.4. Maximum allowed level of volatile ash Capacity of boiler D. Content of emission. Emission per second.

№ t/h. mg/m3 g/sec 1. Boiler 1 ө=221…420 200 50.8 2 D=76...220 10800 420 3 D=51...75 21000 650 4 D=51...75 1200 36.5 5 D=26...35 11900 225.00 6 D=26...35 10600 194.97 7 D=11...25 10900 200 8 D=11...25 7300 140 9 ө ≤ 10 12000 220 10 ө ≤ 10 8000 150 2. Water heating stoves 11 12

Assuming there are no incineration of wastes included in Project.

247

Annexure 4A: General Environmental, Health and safety Guidelines- IFC-EHS

Table A4.11. WHO Ambient Air Quality Guidelines

Table A4.12: World Bank Environmental Air Quality Guideline (IFC 2007) Average duration of Measuring Maximum Parameter measurement unit acceptable content Particulate matter bigger size (PM Average for 1 year mkg/m3 20 3 10) Average per 24 hour mkg/m 50 Particulate matter small size Average for 1 year mkg/m3 10 3 (PM 2.5) Average per 24 hour mkg/m 25 Average per 24 hour mkg/m3 20 (SO ) 2 10 minutes mkg/m3 500 Average for 1 year mkg/m3 40 (NO ) 2 Average per hour mkg/m3 200 3 Ozone (O3) Average per 8 hour mkg/m 100

248

Table A4.13. Small Combustion Facilities Emissions Guidelines

249

Table A4.14. Indicative Values for Treated Sanitary Sewage Discharges

Table A4.15. Noise-Level Guidelines

250

Annexure - 5: Semi-annual Environment Monitoring Report Format

SEMI-ANNUAL ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING REPORT

PROJECT No: LOAN 3243-MON(SF) Month, Year:

Mongolia: Skills for Employment Project (

Prepared by: (author(s)) (Firm Name) (City, Country)

This report does not necessarily reflect the views of ADB or the Government concerned, and ADB and the Government cannot be held liable for its contents.

251

Table of Content

Part I: Introduction A. Construction activities and Project Progress during previous 6 months No. Period Construction activities

B. Changes in project organization and Environmental management team C. Relationships with Contractors, owner, lender, etc.

Part II: Environmental Monitoring Environmental monitoring summary – summarize the previous six months monitoring data and provide explanations of any instances where environmental standards or guidelines are exceeded. Typically, this will cover: a. Noise and Vibration b. Water Quality c. Air Quality d. Flora and fauna monitoring

Recommendations are required to show how any exceedances will be prevented in the future. Graphs can be used in this section to show trends; however large tables of data or multiple graphs should be attached as an appendix.

Part III Environmental Management

- EMP, SSEMP and work plans. Report on delivery of documents, required amendments etc. Table: Implementation of SSEMPs‘ mitigation measures Potential impacts Proposed mitigation measures Status of implementation the mitigation measures

Table : Status of environment documentation on the Project Management Plan Status Note

- Site Inspections and audits – summarize the number and type of site visits. Table: Site visits and audits in the reporting period Organization Purpose Performed by Date

- Non-compliance notices – summarize the details on the number of notices given out and the issues covered. Summaries the ranking of issues. Table: Non-Compliance Notices Non-Compliance Notice and Date Status Note

252

- Corrective action plans - report on timeliness of preparation and completion Table: Non-Compliance Notices Non-Compliance Notice and Date Status Note

Table: Compliance with Mongolian Standards and International Standards Activity National Law International* Non-compliance

* World Bank EHS 2007 guidelines

- Consultation and complaints – report on any consultation undertaken and list any complaints received. Table: Consultation Details Consultation Date Participants Remarks

Table: Consultation Details Grievance Received Date Grievance Resolution Details Remarks

Annexes

- Monitoring data during Construction and Operations Water Quality Air Quality Noise and vibrations Measurement Health and Safety, Emergency measures etc. - Photographs

- Implementation report on EIA/IEE mitigation requirements

Reference Requirement Action to date Action required/comments

253

Annexure - 6 : Details of Public Consultation (Environment)

A6.1 Details of Public Consultation (Environment) (1-5) N PartТМТpaЧts’ ШpТЧТШЧ, МШmmОЧts aЧН suРРОstТШЧs frШm МШЧsultatТШЧ mООtТЧРs аТtС rОsТНОЧts Шf o surrounding area of sites. 3. 5. 1. 4. 6.Bayank 7. 2. UB Bayancha Darkhan- 8. Khuvsgul Issues Nalaikh Zuunkha hongor Arkhangai TVET nd-mani Urguu TVET TVET raa TVET TVET TVET TVET TVET Total 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Yes Do you support Yes 62 Yes 52 Yes 55 Yes 69 Yes 58 Yes 63 – – – – – – 458, no for the Yes 49 (100%) Yes 50 (100%) (100%) (98.5%) (100%) (100%) 1 – – 1 construction at (100%) (100%) TVET school? I НШЧ’t I НШЧ’t I НШЧ’t kЧШа know – 1 know – Sufficient Sufficient Sufficient – Sufficient Yes – 35 Yes – 40 Yes – 34 Yes – 31 – 20 – 31 39 – 32 262 Do you have Not Not Not Not sufficient access sufficient sufficient sufficient No 16 sufficient No 27 No 24 No 29 2 to health – – – – – 29 19 7 22 173 services in your – – – not not answer Not Not Not Not community? Not answer - - 5 answered answered answered answered answered – 12 – 1 – 1 – 3 3 24 Will this Yes – 14 Yes – 15 Yes – 1 Yes – 4 Yes – 8 Yes – 25 Yes – 10 Yes – 11 88 construction at TVET school No – 35 No – 45 No – 48 No – 47 No – 46 No – 44 No – 47 No – 51 363 give any 3 negative impact Not Not Not Not Not Not Not to your answered answered answered answered answered answered – answered – apartment – 2 – 1 – 1 – 1 – 1 1 1 complex? 8 Better Better Better Better Increase Increase Increased Increased access to access to access to access to d d capacity capacity health health health health – capacity – capacity 13 13 services services – services – services – – 2 – 25 What benefits do – 16 17 30 36 152 you perceive Improved Improved Improved Improved Improved Improved Improved 4 Improved from this education education educationa education education education educational edu service construction? al service al service l service – al service al service al service service – – 26 – 29 – 59 31 – 36 – 29 – 43 23 276 Not Not Not Not Not Not Not answered answered answered answered answered answered - answered - – 7 – 1 – 6 – 1 - 10 5 1 31 Would you have Yes – 19 Yes – 11 Yes – 4 Yes – 6 Yes – 6 Yes – 19 Yes – 13 Yes – 3 81 any problem with TVET school if No – 27 No – 49 No – 46 No – 44 No – 48 No – 51 No – 42 No – 59 366 construction company makes 5 access road in Not Not Not Not Not Not Not your parking answered answered answered answered answered answered answered area, dig any – – 3 2 0 2 1 3 1 pipeline etc. for – – – – – repair for diversion? 12 Would you be Yes – 22 Yes – 12 Yes – 2 Yes – 8 Yes – 6 Yes – 20 Yes – 23 Yes – 11 104 having trouble if construction No – 27 No – 49 No – 48 No – 41 No – 49 No – 49 No – 35 No – 51 351 causes some 6 dust during Not Not Not Not Not digging and Not Not answered answered answered answered answered - storing in the answered answered - 1 - 1 - 1 1 TVET school – – premises? 4 7 Will you have a Yes – 16 Yes – 13 Yes – 3 Yes- 2 Yes – 4 Yes- 23 Yes- 14 Yes- 4 79

254

N PartТМТpaЧts’ ШpТЧТШЧ, МШmmОЧts aЧН suРРОstТШЧs frШm МШЧsultatТШЧ mООtТЧРs аТtС rОsТНОЧts Шf o surrounding area of sites. 3. 5. 1. 4. 6.Bayank 7. 2. UB Bayancha Darkhan- 8. Khuvsgul Issues Nalaikh Zuunkha hongor Arkhangai TVET nd-mani Urguu TVET TVET raa TVET TVET TVET TVET TVET Total 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 problem if the No – 33 No – 46 No – 47 No – 48 No – 49 No – 46 No – 41 No – 57 369 construction company required to work during the night to bringing Not Not Not Not Not Not Not construction answered answered answered answered answered answered - answered - material and – 1 – 2 - 2 – 2 - 1 1 2 have earthworks that would cause noise? 11 Will you have a Yes – 21 Yes – 9 Yes – 4 Yes – 5 Yes – 9 Yes – 23 Yes – 20 Yes – 7 98 problem if the construction No – 27 No – 50 No – 45 No – 46 No – 43 No – 43 No – 38 No – 53 346 activity generates 8 extreme vibration Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not and noise such answered answered answered answered answered answered answered - answered - as concreting, – 1 – 2 – 1 - 1 – 3 - 4 3 cutting, digging etc.? 15 Are you Yes- 31 Yes- 26 Yes- 26 Yes – 22 Yes- 18 Yes – 34 Yes – 29 Yes – 29 215 concerned about Health & Safety No – 17 No – 29 No – 23 No – 29 No – 33 No – 32 No – 27 No – 33 223 9 of children, Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not residents and answered answered answered answered answered answered answered answered staff during the – – 1 7 1 - 1 4 4 2 1 construction? – – – – – 21 Would you like to Yes- 37 Yes- 45 Yes- 45 Yes- 43 Yes- 43 Yes- 48 Yes- 48 Yes- 56 365 participate in safety monitoring No – 9 No – 11 No – 4 No – 7 No – 11 No – 18 No – 8 No – 5 75 and controlling activities? And 1 Would you be 0 willing to form a Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Committee to answered answered answered answered answered answered answered – answered – help to TVET – 2 – 6 – 1 - 2 – 1 – 4 2 2 school during the construction period? 19 Any other critical Yes- 9 Yes- 13 Yes- 6 Yes- 10 Yes- 18 Yes- 22 Yes- 19 Yes- 16 113 environment related issue and No – 28 No – 38 No – 40 No – 40 No – 32 No – 38 No – 28 No – 41 285 1 concern by the 1 residents for the Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not during answered answered answered answered answered answered answered – answered – construction and – 12 – 11 – 4 – 2 – 5 – 10 11 6 operation stage? 61 If you have any To To To problem caused To khoroo khoroo or To khoroo khoroo or khoroo or To khoroo To khoroo To khoroo or by this TVET or district district or district district district or district or district district school administr administr administrat administr administr administr administrati administratio 1 construction, ation – 24 ation – ion – 5 ation – ation – ation – 25 on – 18 n – 6 2 whom would you 14 15 11 121 like to contact? To TVET To TVET To TVET To TVET To TVET To TVET To TVET To TVET (Construction manage manage manage managem managem managem manageme managemen company, TVET ment ment ment ent 24 – ent 42 – – ent 38 nt 33 t 39 school, urban – 40 – 35 34 – – – 280

255

N PartТМТpaЧts’ ШpТЧТШЧ, МШmmОЧts aЧН suРРОstТШЧs frШm МШЧsultatТШЧ mООtТЧРs аТtС rОsТНОЧts Шf o surrounding area of sites. 3. 5. 1. 4. 6.Bayank 7. 2. UB Bayancha Darkhan- 8. Khuvsgul Issues Nalaikh Zuunkha hongor Arkhangai TVET nd-mani Urguu TVET TVET raa TVET TVET TVET TVET TVET Total 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 department etc.) To To To To To To To To constructi constructi constructi constructi constructi constructio constructio construction on on on on on n company n company company - company company company company company - 0 - 2 10 - 1 - 3 - 2 - 5 - 1 24 I НШЧ’t I НШЧ’t I НШЧ’t I НШЧ’t I НШЧ’t I НШЧ’t I НШЧ’t kЧШа know - 0 know - 5 know - 3 know - 5 know - 6 know - 5 - 10 34 Increase Increase Increase Increased Increased Increased Increased Increased d d d capacity capacity capacity capacity capacity – capacity – capacity capacity – – – 19 17 32 19 24 – 32 – 11 – 7 161 What would you Connecte Connecte expect to Connecte Connecte Connecte Connected Connected Connected d to d to improve at d to d to d to to central to central to central central central current building central central central networks – networks – 1 lines – 17 networks networks (such as lines – 6 lines – 7 lines – 13 22 18 3 – 15 – 19 116 changing coal Better Better Better Better Better Better Better Better heating to service & service & service & service & service & service & service & service & electric heating equipmen equipme equipment equipme equipme equipmen equipment equipment etc.) – t – 20 nt – 17 – 12 nt – 26 nt – 35 t – 15 – 15 18 159 Not Not Not I НШЧ’t I НШЧ’t I НШЧ’t answered answered - answered - know 4 know 6 know 4 – – – - 4 2 3 23 Any Yes – 6 Yes – 5 Yes – 1 Yes- 7 Yes – 8 Yes- 7 Yes- 6 Yes- 4 44 shops/commerci al establishments No – 40 No – 50 No – 49 No – 44 No – 43 No – 60 No – 50 No – 57 393 1 and industrial 4 Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not activity disturbed answered answered answered answered answered answered answered answered by this – – 3 7 0 1 4 3 2 2 construction? – – – – – – 22 What other Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, there Yes, there Yes, there Yes, there Yes, there is organizations of there is there is there is is 6 – is 4 – – is 17 is 18 10 environment & – 17 – 17 18 – – – 107 nature No, there No, there No, there No, there No, there No, there No, there No, there conservation are not are not are not are not are not are not 1 are not any are not any (NGOs/CBOs/ any NGO any NGO any NGO any NGO any NGO any NGO 5 NGO – 39 NGO – 44 Civil Society) – 38 – 30 – 45 – 31 – 32 – 48 307 active in the area? Name of Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not these answered answered answered answered answered answered answered – answered – organizations – 5 – 15 – 1 – 4 – 5 – 5 1 9 45 1. Erect 1. Use of 1. Safety 1. 1. Civil 1. 1. Labour protection access managem Occupati works Constructi safety is 1. Labour fences road ent is most onal and contracto on safety important safety is and place properly important traffic r shall managem during the important cautionar 2. Traffic thing safety engage ent is constructio during the y signs safety during the measure with necessary n period construction during measure constructio s shall be TVET during 2. The period constructi s shall be n implemen students/ constructi constructio 2. 70% of 1 Any other issues on implemen 2. In order ted with staff at on n company construction 6 or comments? 2. ted to 100% constructi 2. It would shall hire workforce Constructi properly minimize execution on sites be good if as many hire shall be on shall 3. There disturbanc 2. for local local local finish as shall not e on Monitor training constructi workers as residents quickly as be any school impacts purposes on possible 3. We need possible delay in operation, on 2. Safety company 3. The sports gym 3. To design constructio neighbou manage is chosen quality of building have works n shall ring ment is for civil new

256

Table A6.2 TVET School Follow-up Actions from Consultations

No TVET District Consultatio Constructio Access Preferred Additional Remarks Schoo ns n safety for start of recommendati l training construct constructio on Name ion n period 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A1. TVET School under expansion 1 Nalaik Nalaikh 2018.06.22 No issue A power h district transmission TVET pole within the school yard needs to be relocated 2 Khuvs Murun 2018.08.27 Any impacts 5 power poles gul town, related to within the school TVET Khuvsgul June /school creation of the yard will need to province vacation planned new be relocated. starts/ sewage pit shall be monitored closely. 3 Ulaan Bayangol 2018.06.27 Safety 15 populous baatar district, caution trees removed, Polyte UB city 7 private chnical garages will be Colleg affected due to e temporary blockage of access road, demolition of old workshop building 4 Zuunk Zuunkhar 2018.06.26 Safety Permafrost haraa aa town, caution survey is TVET Mandal needed. soum 5 Bayan Bayancha 2018.06.26 No issue Existing waste

257

No TVET District Consultatio Constructio Access Preferred Additional Remarks Schoo ns n safety for start of recommendati l training construct constructio on Name ion n period 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 chand ndmani water treatment mani soum, facility shall be TVET Tuv renewed. province 6 Arkha Tsetserle 2018.08.31 No Asbestos A power ngai g town containing transmission TVET materials pole within the (ACM) will be school yard removed, needs to be repaired or relocated demolished. Any ACM containing component has been dropped from project funding. Also, components that have ACM as associated facilities will not be undertaken. 7 Bayan Bayankho 2018.07.03 No issue A power khong ngor town transmission or pole within the TVET school yard needs to be relocated 8 Darkh Darkhan 2018.06.25 Needs a an- city new Urguu access

Abbreviations: KG-TVET TVET School, SCH-TVET School, BZD-Baynzurkh district, BGD-Bayngol district, SBD- Sukhbaatar district, SKD-SonginoKhairkhan district, KUD-Khan Uul district, SUD-Sukhbaatar district, GA-Gobi-Altai,

258

Table A. 6.3: List of People met during the site visit No Name of the Occupation Contact Participant Local Governments Bayangol district administration (UB Polytechnical College) 1 G.Odonkhuu Governor of Khoroo No.16 96654563 2 L.Yanjmaa Staff at Khoroo No.16 99278817 3 B.Bor Staff at Khoroo No.16 94399616 Nalaikh district administration (Nalaikh TVET) 4 Ts.Minjinkhuu Member of district Citizen Council 99092550 5 G.Battumur Member of district Citizen Council 99087752 6 B.Nergui Staff at Khoroo No.2 96606149 7 B.Sergelen Staff at Khoroo No.2 96780720 Bayanchandmani soum administration (Bayanchandmani TVET) 8 Ts.Enkhjargal Soum governor 99714908 Mandal soum administration (Zuunkharaa TVET) 9 N.Lkhagvadorj Govrnor of Mandal soum 99090089 10 S.Udaanjargal Governor of Bag No.7 99847246 Bayankhongor soum administration (Bayankhongor TVET) 11 B.Soronzonbaatar Soum governor 88964343 12 B.Naranbaatar Soum vice governor 89400505 13 D.Batjargal Governor of Bag No.1 14 L.Mandaakhuu Head of Citizen Council of Bag No.1 99449111 Murun soum administration (Khuvsgul TVET) 15 Ts.Battogtokh Vice governor of Khuvsgul province 99999708 16 Ts.Nergui HОaН Шf sШuЦ РШЯОrЧШr’s ШffТМО 89110234 17 S.Ariunaa Governor of 13th bag 88913486 Darkhan soum administration 18 B.Azjargal Soum governor 99372070 19 B.Nyambayar Governor of Bag No.13 95376034 20 S.Buyantogtokh Social staff at the No.13 99408612 Erdenebulgan soum administration (Arkhangai TVET) 21 J.Dorjdagva Governor of 5th bag 99129391 22 S.Oyunbileg Environmental officer at Erdenebulgan soum 99793141 23 Ch.Jargaltsetseg administration 99338438 Land management officer at Erdenebulgan soum 24 Ts.Nyamtsetseg 99236525 administration TVET Schools Ulaanbaatar Polytechnical College 25 G.Nyamdulam Director 99095111 26 N.Oyunbold Teacher 91203309 27 N.Saruul Project officer 99007397 Nalaikh TVET 28 Ts.Songuuli Director 99146069 29 S.Munkhbat Head of Education Department 99015503 30 N.Erdenetsetseg Education Department staff 88569818 Bayanchandmani TVET 31 E.Amartuvshin Director 99097446 32 J.Mijiddorj Manager 88763433 96111901 33 B.Tsend-Ayush Monitoring staff 85261099 Zuunkharaa TVET 34 Ts.Erdenechuluun Director 99002525 35 S.Suvdaa Education Department Manager 99026411

259

No Name of the Occupation Contact Participant 36 L.Naranmandakh Education Department staff 99504016 Bayankhongor TVET 37 D.Bat-Orshikh Director 89098899 38 D.Amarjargal Vice director 88983354 39 B.Nyambayar Secretary 99148221 40 Ts.Tseveensuren Accountant 99448100 41 S.Enkhbaatar Teacher 99781588 86781588 Arkhangai TVET 42 D.Tungalag Director of TVET 99185800 43 B.Solongo HR manager 99220410 44 L.Battsetseg Social officer 96692939 45 B.Amartuvshin HSE officer 99178037 Khuvsgul TVET 46 N.Baatar-Ochir TVET Director 96389818 47 J.Battogtokh Education department manager 99382221 Darkhan-Urguu TVET 48 S.Batbayar Director 99395189 49 L.Anar-Erdene Vice director 99031699 50 B.Dulmunkh Head of Construction Faculty 99944409 51 G.Darkhanbayar Teacher 99125111 52 D.Chinzorig Teacher 99406604

PHOTOGRAPHS OF CONSULTATIONS

Figure A.6.1: Public consultation at Ulaanbaatar Polytechnical College

260

Figure A.6.2: Public consultation at Nalaikh TVET

Figure A.6.3: Public consultation at Bayanchandmani TVET

261

Figure A.6.4: Public consultation at Zuunkharaa TVET

Figure A.6.5: Public consultation at Bayankhongor TVET

262

Figure A.6.6: Public consultation at Arkhagai TVET

Figure A.6.7: Public consultation at Khuvsgul TVET

263

264

Figure A.6.8: Public consultation at Darkhan-Urguu TVET

265

SIGNED ATTENDANCE SHEETS OF PARTICIPANTS

Table A.6.4a: Ulaanbaatar Polytechnical College – attendance sheets

266

267

Table A.6.4b: Nalaikh TVET – attendance sheets

268

269

Table A.6.4c: Bayankhongor TVET – attendance sheets

270

271

Table A.6.4d: Bayanchandmani TVET – attendance sheets

272

273

Table A.6.4e: Darkhan-Urguuu TVET – attendance sheets

274

275

Table A.6.4f: Zuunkharaa TVET – attendance sheets

276

277

Table A.6.4g: Uvurkhangai aimag Arvaikheer soum TVET

278

279

Annexure - 7: Biodiversity

A.7a. Plant species distributed in the project areas

№ Scientific/latin name Lifecycle Distribution types 1. POACEAE /Graminaea/ - Grasses family 1 Аgropyron cristatum Perennial Pastureland 2 Achnatherumer splendens Perennial Pastureland 3 Bromus inermis Perennial Pastureland 4 Elymus sibiricus Perennial Pastureland 5 Leymus chinensis Perennial Pastureland 6 Stipa baicalensis Perennial Pastureland 7 Stipa Krylovii Perennial Pastureland 8 Setaria viridis Annual Pastureland 9 Elytrigia repens Perennial Pastureland 10 Hordeum vulgare Perennial Pastureland 11 Cleistogenes squarrosa Perennial Pastureland

12 Puccinellia tenuiflora Perennial Pastureland

2. CYPERACEAE-Sedge family 13 Carex duriuscula Perennial Pastureland 3. CHENOPODIACEAE-Goosefoot family 14 Chenopodium acuminatum Annual Anthrogenic 15 Ch.album Annual Anthrogenic 16 Ch.aristatum Annual Anthrogenic 17 Ch.strictum Annual Anthrogenic 18 Ch.urbicum Annual Anthrogenic 19 Ch.glaucum Annual Anthrogenic 20 Atriplex sibirica Annual Anthrogenic 21 Kochia prostrata Perennial Pastureland 22 Corispermum declinatum Annual Anthrogenic 23 Salsola pestifera Annual Anthrogenic 24 Bassia dasyphylla Annual Pastureland 4. BRASSICACEAE /Cruciferae/ - Herbaceous plants family 25 Lepidium densiflorum Annual Anthrogenic 26 Descurainia Sophia Annual Pastureland 5. AMARANTHACEAE-Amaranth of flowering plants 27 Amaranthus retroflexus Annual Anthrogenic 6. ROSACEAE-The rose family 28 Potentilla bifurca Perennial Pastureland Potentilla anserina Perennial Pastureland 7. FABACEAE-Bean family 29 Astragalus galactites Perennial Grassland medicinal 30 А.adsurgens Perennial Grassland medicinal 31 Medicago falcata Perennial Pastureland 32 Melilotus Suaveolens Annual Pastureland 33 Vicia cracca Perennial Pastureland 34 Oxytropis glabra Perennial Grassland medicinal 8. PLANTAGINACAEA-The plantain family 35 Plantago major Perennial Anthrogenic 9. ASTERACEAE- composite family 36 Artemisia adamsii Perennial Pastureland 37 A.frigida Perennial Pastureland

280

№ Scientific/latin name Lifecycle Distribution types 38 A.palustris Annual Anthrogenic 39 A.scoparia Annual Anthrogenic 40 A. macrocephala Annual Anthrogenic 41 A. mongolica Perennial Anthrogenic 42 Scorzonera austriaca Perennial Anthrogenic 43 Heteropappus altaicus Perennial Grassland medicinal 44 Saussurea amara Perennial Anthrogenic 45 Saussurea dahurica Perennial Pastureland 46 Saussurea salsa Perennial Pastureland 47 Taraxacum officinale Perennial Grassland medicinal 10. URTICACEAE- The nettle family 48 Urtica cannabina Perennial Anthrogenic 11. COMPOSITAE-The composite family of asterales 49 Sonchus arvensis Perennial Pastureland Lactuca tatarica Perennial Anthrogenic 50 Heteropappus hispidus Anthrogenic 12. BORAGINACEAE-The borage family 51 Lappula intermedia Annual Anthrogenic 13. ZYGOPHYLLACEAE-The bean caper family 52 Tribulus terrestris Annual Anthrogenic 14. GERANIACEAE-The genus geranium family 53 Erodium tibetanum Perennial Anthrogenic 15. MALVA-Mallows family 54 Malva mauritiana Annual Anthrogenic 16. CONVOLVULACEAE-Morning glory family 55 Convolvulus arvensis Perennial Anthrogenic 56 Convolvulus Ammanii Perennial Anthrogenic 17. SOLANACEAE-Nightshades family 57 Hyoscyamus niger Annual Anthrogenic 18. LAMIACEAE-Deadnettle family 58 Dracocephalum foetidum Anthrogenic 59 Thymus baicalensis Perennial Grassland medicinal 19. POLYGONACEAE-Smartweed—buckwheat family 60 Polygonum aviculare Annual Pastureland 20. RANUNCULACEAE-Crowfoot family 61 Clematis tangutica Perennial Pastureland 21. SALICACEAE-Willow family 62 Salix Ledebouriana Perennial Bush 63 Salix triandra Perennial Bush

A.7b. Mammal species distributed in the project regions Habitat zones Mammal species Mountain- Plain Rocky Ground № Forest steppes steppes mountains holes Insectivora-ж Erinaceidae- Зых 1 Hemiechinus dauricus - + + Chiroptera- Vespertiloinidae-Бхх 2 Plecotus auritus- +

281

Habitat zones Mammal species Mountain- Plain Rocky Ground № Forest steppes steppes mountains holes 3 Myotis mystacinus- + Lagomorpha- Ochotonidae-х 4 Ochotona daurica- + + + 5 Ochotona hyperborean- + Leporidae-х 6 Lepus timidus- + 7 Lepus tolai- + + Scuiridae-Хээхэ 8 Sciurus vulgaris- + 9 Tamias sibiricus- + 10 Pteromys volans- + 11 Spermophillus undulates- + + 12 Marmota sibirica- + + + Cricetidae-хэ 13 Phodophus campbelli- + + + 14 Cricetulus barabensis- + + 15 Alticola argentatus- + + 16 Clethrionomys rufocanus - + + 17 Clethrionomys rutilus- + + 18 Microtus grigalis- + + 19 Microtus oeconomus- + + 20 Microtus fortis- + + 21 Myospalax aspalax- + 22 Myopus schisticolor- + Muridae-Хых 23 Apodemus peninsula- + + 24 Allactaga sibirica- + + + Carnivora-х Canidae-ых 25 Canis lupus- + + + + 26 Vulpes vulpes- + + + + 27 Vulpes corsac-я + + Mustelidae-ых 28 Mustela erminae- + 29 Mustela nivalis- + + + 30 Mustela sibirica- + 31 Mustela vison- + 32 Mustela eversmanni- + + 33 Martes zibellina- + 34 Meles meles- + + Felidae-хэ 35 Felis lynx- + + 36 Otocolobus manul- + + + Artoidactyla- Cervidae-Бых 37 Capreolus pygargus- + 38 Cervus elaphus- +

282

Habitat zones Mammal species Mountain- Plain Rocky Ground № Forest steppes steppes mountains holes 39 Moschus moschiferus- + Suidae-хх 40 Sus scrofa- + Бү 21 19 12 7 13

A.7c. Conservation status of the key mammal species in the project regions

Conservation status

№ Name of species

II,

(IUCN)

Threatened

ListedRed in

Notprotected

Huntingvalue

sensitive(IUCN)

onFauna (IUCN)

CITES,appendix

Bookof Mongolia EndangeredLaw , Insectivora-ж 1 Erinaceidae-Зых Hemiechinus dauricus - + + Chiroptera- Vespertiloinidae-Бхх 2 Plecotus auritus- + 3 Myotis mystacinus- + Lagomorpha- 4 Ochotonidae-х Ochotona daurica- + + 5 Ochotana hyperborae- + 6 Leporidae-х Lepus timidus- + + 7 Lepus tolai- + + Rodentia-эээ Scuiridae-Хээхэ 8 Sciurus vulgaris- + + 9 Tamias sibiricus- + + 10 Pteromys volans- + + 11 Spermophillus undulatus- + + 12 Marmota sibirica- + + 13 Cricetidae-хэ Phodophus campbelli- + 14 Cricetulus barabensis- + 15 Alticola argentatus- + 16 Clethrionomys rufocanus- 17 Clethrionomys rutilus- + 18 Microtus grigalis- + 19 Microtus oeconomus- + 20 Microtus fortis- + 21 Myospalax aspalax- + 22 Myopus schisticolor- + Muridae-Хых 23 Apodemus peninsula- + 24 Allactaga sibirica- + Carnivora-х 25 Canidae-ых

283

Conservation status

№ Name of species

II,

(IUCN)

Threatened

ListedRed in

Notprotected

Huntingvalue

sensitive(IUCN)

onFauna (IUCN)

CITES,appendix

Bookof Mongolia EndangeredLaw , Canis lupus- + + + 26 Vulpes vulpes- + + 27 Vulpes corsac-я + + Mustelidae-ых 28 Mustela erminae- + + 29 Mustela nivalis- + + 30 Mustela sibirica- + + 31 Mustela vison- + + 32 Mustela eversmanni- + + 33 Martes zibellina- + 34 Meles meles- + + Felidae-хэ 35 Felis lynx- + + 36 Otocolobus manul-- + + Artoidactyla- Cervidae-Бых 37 Capreolus pygargus- + + 38 Cervus elaphus- + + 39 Moschus moschiferus- + + Suidae-хх 40 Sus scrofa- + + TOTAL 31 1 3 2 22 3

284

A.7d. Bird species distributed in the project regions Habitation Conservation status type

№ Name of species

Migratory Permanentl dwelling y Non- protected Rare species Listed in RedBook of Mongolia CITES 1. Ardea cinerea- + - - 2. Ciconia nigra- + - + + 3. Anser anser- + - - - 4. Anser fabalis- + - - - 5. Tadorna ferruginea- + - 6. Tadorna tadorna- + - - - 7. Anas platyrhynchos- + - - 8. Anas crecca- + - - 9. Anas strepera- + - - 10. A.nas Penelope- + - - - 11. Anas acuta- + - - - 12. Anas querquedula- + - - - 13. Anas clypaeta- + - - - 14. Aythya nyroca- + - - - 15. Aythya fuligula- + - - - 16. Aythya ferina- + - - - 17. Bucephala clangula- + - - 18. Mergus merganser- + - - 19. Pandion haliaetus- + - - + + 20. Pernis ptilorhynchos- + - - - + Haliaeetus albicilla- 21. . + - - + + 22. Gypaetus barbatus-Ё - + - + 23. Aegypius monachus- - + - + 24. Milvus migrans- + - - + 25. Circus cyaneus- - + - + 26. Accipiter gentilis- - + - + 27. Accipiter nisus- - + - + 28. Accipiter gularis- - + - + 29. Buteo hemilasius- - + + 30. Buteo lagopus- + - - + 31. Buteo buteo- + - - + 32. Buteo rufinus- - + - + 33. Hieraaetus pennatus- - + - + 34. Aquila nepalensis- - + - + 35. Aquila chrysaetos- + + - - + 36. Spizaetus nipalensis- + - - - + 37. Falco naumanni- - + - - + 38. Falco tinnunculus- - + - + Falco amurensis- + - + - + 39.

285

Habitation Conservation status type

№ Name of species

Migratory Permanentl dwelling y Non- protected Rare species Listed in RedBook of Mongolia CITES 40. Falco subbuteo- + - - + 41. Falco cherrug- - + - + 42. Falco columbarius- + - - - + 43. Lyrurus tetrix- - + - - 44. Tetrasres bonasia- - + - - 45. Perdix dauuricae- я - + - 46. Coturnix japonica- + - - - 47. Grus grus- + - + 48. Anthropoides virgo- + - + 49. Vanellus vanellus- ( ) + - - - 50. Charadrius dubius- + - - 51. Calidris ruficollis- + - - - 52. Tringa ochropus- + - - - 53. Tringa glareola- + - - - 54. Tringa nebularia- + - - - 55. Tringga hypoleucos- + - - 56. Tringa stagnatilis- + - - 57. Gallinago gallinago- + - - 58. Gallinago stenura- + - - 59. Gallinago solitaria- \+ - - 60. Gallinago megala- + - - - 61. Scolopax rusticola- + - - - 62. Larus argentatus- + - - - 63. Larus canus- + - - - 64. Sterna hirundo- + - - 65. Chlidonias leucopterus- + - - - 66. Columba livia- - + - 67. Columba rupestris- - + - 68. Columbia oenas- + - - - 69. Streptopelia orientalis- + - - 70. Cuculus canorus- + - - 71. Cuculus saturates- + - - 72. Bubo bubo- - + - + 73. Surnia ulula- - + - - + 74. Aegolius funereus- + - - - + Glaucidium passerinum- - + - + 75. 76. Athene nocuta- - + - + 77. Strix uralensis- - + - + 78. Asio otus- - + - + 79. Asio flammeus- + - - - + 80. Caprimulgus europaeus-Э + - - -

286

Habitation Conservation status type

№ Name of species

Migratory Permanentl dwelling y Non- protected Rare species Listed in RedBook of Mongolia CITES 81. Hirundapus caudacutus- + - - 82. Apus apus- + - - 83. Apus pacificus- + - - 84. Upupa epops- + - - 85. Jynx torquilla-ё + - - 86. Picus canus- - + - 87. Dendrocopus major- - + - 88. Dendrocopus minor- - + - 89. Picoides tridactylus- - + - Melanocorypha mongolica- - + - 90. 91. Alauda arvensis- + - - Eremophila alpestris- - + - 92. 93. Riparia riparia-Э + - - 94. Hirundo rustica- + - - 95. Delichon urbica- + - - 96. Calandrella cinerea-я + - - 97. Galerida cristata- + - - 98. Motacilla cinerea- + - - 99. Motacilla alba- + - - 100. Motacilla flava- + - - 101. Motacilla citreola- + - - 102. Anthus richardi- + - - 103. Anthis campestris- + - - 104. Anthus trivialis- + - - 105. Anthus hodgsoni- + - - 106. Anthus spinoletta- + - - Anthus godlewskii- 107. + - - 108. Lanius cristatus- + - - 109. Lanius excubitor- + - 110. Lanius isabellinus- + - - 111. Bombycilla garrulous-Э я + - - 112. Cinclus cinclus-я - + Prunella montanella- + - 113. 114. Prunella fulvescens- - + - 115. Prunella collaris- + - - 116. Saxicola torquata- + - - 117. Oenanthe oenanthe- - - - 118. Oenanthe pleschanka-я + - -

287

Habitation Conservation status type

№ Name of species

Migratory Permanentl dwelling y Non- protected Rare species Listed in RedBook of Mongolia CITES 119. Oenanthe isabellina- + - - 120. Monticola saxatilis- + - - 121. Phoenicurus phoenicurus- + - - 122. Phoenicurus ochruros- + - - Phoenicurus auroreus- + - - 123. 124. Phoenicurus erythronotus- + - - Lusciana calliope- 125. + - - 126. Erithacus svecica- + - - 127. Erithacus cyane- + - - 128. Tarsiger cyanurus- + - - 129. Turdus obscurus- + - - - 130. Turdus sibiricus- + - - 131. Zoothera dauma- + - - 132. Turdus ruficollis- + - - - 133. Turdus atrogularis- + - - - 134. Turdus naumanni- + - - - 135. Turdus pilaris- + - - - 136. Locustella certhiola- + - - - 137. Locustella lanceolata- + - - - 138. Phragmaticola aedon- + - - 139. Sylvia communis- + - - 140. Sylvia curruca- + - - Phylloscopus borealis- 141. + - - Phylloscopus trochiloides- 142. + - - Phylloscopus tenellipes- 143. + - - - Phylloscopus inornatus- 144. + - - Phylloscopus proregulus- 145. + - - - 146. Phylloscopus fuscatus- + - - - Phylloscopus collybita- 147. + - - 148. Muscicapa parva- + - - 149. Muscicapa striata- + - - 150. Muscicapa sibirica- + - - 151. Muscicapa latirostris- + - - 152. Aegithalos caudatus- - + -

288

Habitation Conservation status type

№ Name of species

Migratory Permanentl dwelling y Non- protected Rare species Listed in RedBook of Mongolia CITES 153. Remiz pendulinus- + - + 154. Parus palustris- - + - 155. Parus montanus- - + - 156. Parus cinctus- - + - 157. Parus ater- - + - 158. Parus major- - + - 159. Parus vyanus- - + 160. Sitta europaea- - + 161. Certhia familiaris- я - + 162. Emberiza citronella- - + Em.eriza leucocephala- - + 163. 164. Emberiza godlewskii- + - 165. Emberiza cioides- - + 166. Emberiza fucata- + - 167. Emberiza pallasi- + - Emberiza schoeniclus- 168. + - 169. Emberiza aureola- + - 170. Emberiza rutile- + - 171. Calcarius lapponicus- + - 172. Emberiza pusilla- + - Emberiza spodocephala- 173. + - 174. Emberiza hortulana- + - 175. Acanthis cannabina- - + 176. Acanthis flavirostris- - + 177. Acanthis flammea- - + Acanthis hornemannii- - + 178. 179. Uragus sibiricus- + 180. Carpodacus erythrinus- + - 181. Pinicola enucleator- - + 182. Pyrrhula pyrrhula- - + Fringilla montifringilla- 183. + - я 184. Carduelis spinus- + - 185. Leucosticte arctoa- - + 186. Carpodacus rubicilla- + - Loxia curvirostra- 187. - + я 188. Coccothraustes coccothrausres- + -

289

Habitation Conservation status type

№ Name of species

Migratory Permanentl dwelling y Non- protected Rare species Listed in RedBook of Mongolia CITES 189. Passer domesticus- - + 190. Passer montanus- - + 191. Petronia petronia- - + 192. Montifringilla davidiana- - + 193. Sturnus vulgaris- + - 194. Oriolus oriolus- я + - 195. Sturnus cineraceus- + - 196. Gallulus glandarius- - + 197. Perisoreus infaustus- + 198. Cyanopica cyana- - + 199. Pica pica- - + 200. Nucifraga caryocatactes- - + 201. Pyrrhocorax pyrrhocorax- - + 202. Corvus dauricus- + - 203. Corvus frugilegus- + - 204. Corvus corone- - + 205. Corvus corax- - + TOTAL 137 68 163 4 33

290

Annexure - 8: Asbestos

Unofficial translation

SPECIALIZED INSPECTION AGENCY OF THE MUNICIPAL AUTHORITY OF ULAANBAATAR CITY

2018.11.19 No.02-03/4413

TO: CAPITAL CITY EMERGENCY CALL CENTER

This letter refers to the letter issued by your organization to us. The current existing workshop building of the Construction Polytechical College in UB was built in 1970. It has walls made of solidified bricks, thus the the wall frame does not have any asbestos materials in it. When replacing the engineering pipelines outside and inside of the building with new pipelines within Millennium Challege Account project financing back in 2013, no any asbestos materials were used for insulation purposes. Currently, it can be concluded that asbestos materials are not used both in the existing workshop building of Construction Polytechical College in UB and in insulation of its engineering pipelines.

Vice Chairman S.Davaasuren

The original letter in Mongolian language is attached on the next page.

291

292